mgmt1223 2011 PDF

CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN
AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN

Melaka and George Town,
Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca
I SA N DUN
AR I A
W
WO
NDIAL
RLD HE
MO
RI
A
T
GE I
MO
PAT R I
january, 2011
Contents
part 1: VISION AND MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES
1. Introduction
1.1 Background 1-1
1.2 The Need for A WHS Management Plan 1-1
1.3 Purpose of the Plan 1-2
1.4 Preparation of the Management Plan 1-4
1.5 User of the Plan 1-5
1.6 Monitoring the Plan 1-5
1.7 Reviewing the Plan 1-6
1.8 Structure of Document 1-6
2. Description of the Property

2.1 Location 2-1
2.2 Identification of the Property : The Historic City of Melaka 2-2
2.3 Justification Changes of Boundary 2-4
2.4 Identification of the Property : The Historic City of George Town 2-20
2.5 Total Number of Buildings 2-22
2.6 Description of the Historic City of Melaka 2-22
2.7 Description of the Historic City of George Town 2-24
2.8 Urban Morphology of Melaka 2-27
2.9 Urban Morphology of George Town 2-30
3. The History and Development of The Straits of Malacca

3.1 Straits of Malacca : Geographical Position 3-1
3.2 The Traditions of the Straits of Malacca 3-1
3.3 Founding of Malacca (c 1386) 3-2
3.4 Melaka the Genesis of Malaysian Traditions and Culture 3-2
3.5 Islamic Tradition and Malay Sultanate 3-4
3.6 Portuguese Influence 3-4
3.7 Dutch Influence 3-5
3.8 Founding of Penang / English Influence 3-7
4. Significance
4.1 Statement of Outstanding Universal Value 4-1
4.2 The Influence of the Civilisation Exchanges 4-2
4.3 Centre of Historic Administration 4-5
4.4 Important Ports of the East-West Trade along the Straits of Malacca 4-8
4.5 Cities of Migrants and Multiculturalism 4-11
4.6 Eclectic Architecture as a Fusion of Migrants’ Influences 4-12
4.7 Cities for Commerce and Living 4-13
4.8 Exchanges of Civilisations, Cultures and Religious 4-16
4.9 Inter-ethnic Assimilation 4-17
4.10 Religious Pluralism in Melaka and George Town 4-18
4.11 The Shophouse as An Outstanding Example of An Architectural Type 4-23
5. Analysis of Strength, Opportunities, Challenges & Threats
5.1 Strengths and Opportunity 5-1
5.2 Challenges and Treats 5-5
6. Vision and Conservation Principles

6.1 Vision 6-1
6.2 Conservation Objectives 6-2
6.3 Framework for the Conservation of Historic Dynamic Cities 6-3
6.4 Conservation Principles 6-7
7. Management Strategies and Actions

7.1 Introduction 7-1
7.2 Management of the WHS 7-1
7.3 Use of Land and Buildings 7-3
7.4 Conservation of the Cultural Landscape 7-4
7.5 Built Heritage Conservation 7-5
7.6 Compatible Development 7-6
7.7 Understanding WHS, Education, and Information 7-7
7.8 Views and Vistas 7-8
7.9 Public Realm 7-9
7.10 Access and Circulation 7-10
7.11 Risk Management 7-11
7.12 Urban Infrastructure and Utility 7-11
7.13 Summary Implementation of Strategies and Actions 7-12
8. Management and Implementation Mechanism for WHS

8.2 Level of Government Involved in Heritage Conservation in the WHS 8-1
8.3 Legal Provisions for Heritage Conservation in the WHS 8-2
8.4 Existing Institutional and Organization Set-up for Heritage Conservation 8-14
8.5 Strengthening the Administration Set-up and Legal Provisions 8-19
8.6 Implementing the Management Plan 8-31
9. Incentives and Funding for the World Heritage Site

9.2 Existing Incentives for WHS 9-1
9.3 A WHS Incentive Programme1 9-2
9.4 Appointing WHO as the Key Coordinator of the WHS Incentive 9-3
Programme
9.5 Contents of the WHS Incentive Programme 9-3
9.6 Framework for Managing Finances of WHO 9-12
9.7 Making Available Financial Resources for WHS Incentive 9-13
Programme
9.8 Setting up a WHO Heritage Trust Account 9-16
9.9 WHO Sources of Funds, Financing Objectives, and Financial Accounts 9-18
9.10 Conclusions 9-19
part 2: DEVELOPMENT GUIDE PLAN FOR MELAKA WHS
1. Introduction to the Development Guide Plan for George Town
1.1 A Dynamic Historic Living City 1-1
1.2 Propose of this Document 1-1
1.3 Contents of Document 1-1
2. Managing the use of Land and Building

2.1 The Mapping of Living Cultural Heritage 2-1
2.2 Profile of Activities in the WHS 2-1
2.3 Controlling the Use of Land and Building 2-3
2.4 Special Activities 2-5
2.5 Water Body 2-6
3. Protecting Built Cultural Heritage

3.1 Building Category 3-1
3.2 Building Types 3-4
3.3 Building Styles 3-6
3.4 Guidelines for the Conservation Area and Heritage Buildings 3-15
4. Protecting Vistas, Enclaves and Streetscape

4.1 Protecting Panorama and Waterfront Vistas 4-1
4.2 Protecting Landmarks and Vistas 4-2
4.3 Protecting the Terracota Roofscape 4-5
4.4 Heights 4-6
4.5 Street Elevations 4-6
4.6 Corner Sites 4-6
4.7 Protecting Historic Compounds, Boundary Walls, Gateways, Pathways & Street Furniture 4-7
4.8 Protecting Historic Street Edge & Drains 4-8
4.9 Back Lanes 4-9
5. Enhancing Public Realm

5.1 Parks and Plaza 5-4
5.2 Pedestrian Priority 5-6
5.3 Waterfront Promenade 5-8
5.4 Back Lanes 5-10
5.5 Landscaped Car ‘Parks’ 5-12
6. Managing Circulation and Access

6.1 Traffic Management Strategy 6-1
6.2 Integrated Public Transport 6-2
6.3 Traffic Circulation and Parking 6-4
6.4 Pedestrian, Cycling and access for all 6-5
7. Improving Urban Infrastructure

7.1 Sewerage 7-1
7.2 Water Supply 7-4
7.3 Fire Protection System 7-5
7.4 Roads and Drains 7-7
7.5 Electrical Supply 7-8
part 3: DEVELOPMENT GUIDE PLAN FOR GEORGE TOWN WHS
1. Introduction to the Development Guide Plan for George Town
1.1 An Intelligent and Sustainable Heritage City 1-1
1.2 Propose of this Document 1-1
1.3 Contents of Document 1-1
2. Managing the use of Land and Building

2.1 The Mapping of Living Cultural Heritage 2-1
2.2 Profile of Activities in the WHS 2-1
2.3 Special Zone 2-5
2.4 Water Body 2-8
3. Protecting the Built Cultural Heritage

3.1 Identification and Listing of Heritage Buildings 3-1
3.2 Guidelines for the Conservation Area and Heritage Buildings 3-6
4. Protecting Vistas, Enclaves and Streetscape

4.1 Protecting Panorama and Waterfront Vistas 4-1
4.2 Protecting Landmarks and Vistas 4-2
4.3 Protecting the Terracota Roofscape 4-5
4.4 Heights 4-6
4.5 Street Elevations 4-6
4.6 Corner Sites 4-6
4.7 Protecting Historic Compounds, Boundary Walls, Gateways, Pathways and Street 4-7
Furniture
4.8 Protecting Historic Street Edge & Drains 4-8
4.9 Back Lanes 4-9
5. Enhancing Public Realm

5.1 Open Space and Landscape Design 5-1
5.2 Proposed Landscape Network 5-4
5. Events, Tours and Film Locations 5-18
6. Managing Circulation and Access

6.1 Issues on Access Management 6-1
6.2 Access Management Objectives 6-2
6.3 Access Management Strategies 6-4
7. Improving Urban Infrastructure

7.1 Sewerage 7-1
7.2 Drainage 7-2
7.3 Water Supply 7-5
7.4 Fire Prevention System 7-6
7.5 Telecommunication 7-6
7.6 Electrical Supply 7-7
7.7 Roads 7-8
PART 1
Vision and
Management
Strategies
CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : PART 1 1-1
1 Introduction
1.1 Background
1.1.1 In 2008, the World Heritage Committee in
its 32nd annual session held in Quebec
City, Canada inscribed both Melaka and
George Town as a World Heritage Site,
known as Melaka and George Town:
Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca.
The two historic cities, situated along
the Straits of Malacca, have developed
over 500 years as trading centres and
settlements, benefitting from the cultural
exchanges between East and West.
The influences of Asia and Europe have
endowed the cities with an intrinsic
multicultural heritage imbued with both
intangible and tangible values.
1.2 The Need for A WHS

Management Plan
1.2.1 The preparation of the Conservation
Management Plan and the Special Area
Plans for Melaka and George Town World
Heritage Site are in accordance with
the requirements of the World Heritage
Committee at its meeting in Seville,
Spain. The Conservation Management
Plan falls under the general requirements
of the World Heritage Committee on
conservation management. The Special
Area Plans on the other hand, are
intended to ensure that the guidelines and
recommendations of the Conservation
Management Plan are implemented under
the Malaysian law.
Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

1-2 CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : PART 1
1.2.2 The preparation of a special area plan is

provided for under the Town and Country
1.3 Purpose of the Plan
Planning Act 1976 (Act 172). Section 16B
1.3.1 The management plan shall serve to
of the Act provides for the State Planning
guide the promotion of conservation,
Director or the local planning authority
preservation, rehabilitation, restoration
to prepare a detailed plan for an area.
and reconstruction in the WHS. Its
The detailed plan for an area and shall
broad objective is to facilitate the proper
include guidance on its implementation
management of the WHS including the
and management. The special area plan
use and development of all buildings and
is a statutory plan, with legal backing,
lands and measures that would enhance
and would have a strong bearing on
the integration of the physical environment
the impacted areas and the community
with the sociocultural and economic well-
within these areas. In addition, the
being of its people, and the demands of
special area plans are made available
growth.
for public review and objections before
they are finally adopted. Therefore, their
1.3.2 The management plan outlines the much
recommendations and guidelines for
needed strategies and guidance that
the WHS are open to public debate and
would enable and allow changes to take
scrutiny.
place within a framework of conservation
and protection. It would give recognition
1.2.3 The need for a Conservation Management
to the people and communities that live
Plan stems not only from international
within the WHS and enable them to
guidance but also from the reality of the
continue to live and follow their cultural
situation within the Site and its environs.
and social practices. It would address
The fact that the two properties are each
threats and issues that would hamper
a city by itself and thus, as a living city,
heritage conservation of the heritage
each encounters a variety of development
and identify emerging risks to enable
pressures and demands, which, if left on
monitoring.
their own, could threaten their outstanding
universal value. Each city has its own
1.3.3 The management plan serves as a long
living population and yet at the same
term comprehensive framework to guide
time, faces encroaching development and
heritage conservation of the heritage
gentrification which could in the medium to
areas of Melaka and George Town. Its
long term undermine its cultural heritage
principles, objectives and policies are long
if there is no management plan and
term, but its strategies and measures are
strategies in place to guide and monitor
flexible, allowing for change and further
these changes.
improvements.

objectives of the management plan
1. To formulate the vision and policies 7. To prepare planning controls, regulations

for the WHS under the Conservation and guidance for the core and buffer
Management Plan, and the Special Area zones of the WHS;
Plans;
8. To formulate a regulatory urban
2. To propose management strategies and framework plan that will address
action plans to protect the outstanding form, scale of development as well as
universal value significance of the World public nodes and open spaces in the
Heritage Site; conservation area;
3. To review the existing site management 9. To formulate guidelines on traffic

plans in George Town and Melaka in management plan;
order to enhance the protection and
conservation of the cities and their 10. To improve physical access and
significance heritage values; interpretation, encouraging all people to
enjoy and understand World Heritage
4. To collect and examine existing data using Sites;
the Geographical Information System
(GIS) and to build up new databases 11. To create and improve public awareness
of tangible and intangible indicators and create the interest and involvement
which will become the cornerstone to in the world heritage sites of Melaka and
the management and monitoring of both George Town to its local communities.
properties in the WHS;
12. To draft an action plan between the
5. 6. To acknowledge and safeguard relevant agencies, the time frame,
the intrinsic values of the WHS, and methods involved and allocation of
understand the emerging issues with resources,
regards to opportunities, threats and
constraints; 13. To develop short, medium and long term
action plan for implementation at all
6. To identify current conservation issues levels,
and challenges of the physical, social and
cultural development which could threaten 14. To suggest incentives for support and
and undermine the outstanding universal compliance for all quarters,
values of the WHS;

1.4.2 Consultations were also undertaken

1.4 Preparation of The at both national and state level to
Management Plan ensure a holistic approach towards plan
preparation. The Department of National
1.4.1 The management plan adopts a Heritage, through the steering committee,
participatory approach, taking into gave their views and suggestions to
consideration the views of communities improve the conservation management
and stakeholders. Through a series plan and to ensure that the plan meets
of focus group discussions held in the requirements of the World Heritage
George Town and Melaka, where the Committee of UNESCO. The draft
views of different interest groups and conservation plan was further taken to the
non-governmental organizations were state and local authorities for their views.
sought. Perceptions and opinions on
issues related to buildings, landscaping, 1.4.3 As George Town and Melaka are located
traffic, developments, environment in different states, the State Planning
degradation, and cultural and social Committees (SPC) of the respective
aspects were discussed. These views and states was consulted. Within the SPC,
perceptions were taken into consideration representatives from the local authorities
during planning and the formulation of where the properties are located, together
management strategies and guidelines. with representatives from various
government department and agencies
were given the opportunity to express
their views and make recommendation to
further improve the CMP.
1.4.4 The CMP that is presented here has

incorporated the views, opinions and
recommendations obtained at the different
stage of consultations.
1.4.5 Further public consultations would be

undertaken for the Special Area Plans. In
line with the statutory requirements, the
Special Area Plans would be exhibited in
the respective properties to seek public
opinion. A minimum time line of 1 month
is to be given to allow for public feedback,
and if deemed necessary, further
discussions would be held to inform and
explain the Special Area Plans to the
general public before the Special Area
Plans are finalized and approved.

1.5 User of the Plan 1.6 Monitoring of the Plan

1.5.1 It is for the authorities to refer and to use 1.6.1 The CMP is a flexible plan. It is a rolling
in carrying out its implementation and to plan although it covers a period of six
ensure that the guidelines are adhered. It years. The proposed implementation
is for the community, the building owners program allows for change as more
and the general public, especially those information is made available and the
living within the properties who constantly database is expanded. The Plan has a
encounter changes in their physical, social monitoring strategy, with a given set of
and cultural environment. For the building initiatives, each having a time line, and
owners, especially the owners of heritage indicators that allow for regular monitoring
buildings, the CMP shall serve as a guide and tracking on their progress. The
and a reference which would enable them indicators facilitate monitoring as well
to manage and care for their buildings for as scope for change and medications, if
now and for the future generations. strategies are found to be ineffective or
lacking. The database would be further
strengthened by enhancing the GIS for
both areas to enable monitoring.

1.7 Reviewing the Plan 1.8 Structure of the

Document
1.7.1 This Conservation Management Plan
has a lifespan of six years during which 1.8.1 The following outlines the structure of the
a sizeable number of programmes are Management Plan:-
expected to be carried out. In addition,
there are also a number of programmes Part 1:
and elements that would extend beyond VISION AND MANAGEMENT
six year period. Nevertheless, the life- STRATEGIES
span of the programmes proposed within • This part contains nine chapters
this management plan depend very much which deliberates the significance of
on the extent of commitment of all parties the WHS, the challenges it faces,
involved in implementing the programmes. the opportunities and potential
and its vision for conservation
1.7.2 Within the review period of six years practices. It highlights strategies for
on the Conservation Management management of the site, institutional
Plan, annual reviews will be carried as well as financial institutional for its
out to ensure that the Conservation implementation.
Management plan is updated to be as
relevant as possible to the circumstances Part 2 and 3:
facing the World Heritage Site. Annual DEVELOPMENT GUIDE PLAN FOR
reviews will focus on Implementation MELAKA WHS & GEORGE TOWN WHS
Plans rather than the content of this • This part contains seven chapters
Conservation Management Plan. The giving details actions, planning
annual review of the implementation plan control and guidance for the inscribed
will offer short-term updates towards property and its buffer zone. Such
ensuring a better management of the detail treatment includes zoning
World Heritage Site. and use control, heritage building
control, view and vista protection,
1.7.3 The review process becomes the public realm proposals, access and
responsibility of the State Party whom will circulation measures, and proposals
be assisted by the Chief Executive Officer for improving utility and infrastructure.
(CEO) of the World Heritage Offices. A
Steering Committee will be set up to assist Annexure A and B:
in the review and to provide feedback of GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION
the Plan's implementation. AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS
(MELAKA & GEORGE TOWN)
• The annexure provides details
guidelines for conservation of
heritage buildings and conservation
areas.
Annexure C:
HERITAGE BUILDINGS FORM AND
STYLES FOR GEORGE TOWN WHS
• The annexure provides details on
building styles for heritage buildings
in George Town.

2. Description of the Property
2.1 Location
Name of Property
2.1.1 Melaka and George Town, Historic Cities
of the Straits of Malacca.
George Town
Country: Malaysia
2.1.1 Both the Historic City of Melaka and the
Historic City of George Town, Penang
are located on the west of Peninsular
Malaysia, and are bordered by the historic
Straits of Malacca to their west.
Straits of
Malacca
Kuala Lumpur
Melaka
Figure 2.1: Map showing location of Melaka and George

Town
Figure 2.2: Map showing location of Malaysia and the Straits of Malacca

areas: First is St. Paul’s Hill Civic Zone

2.2 Identification of the which has a number of government
Property: The buildings, museums, churches, urban
Historic City of square and original fortress town
Melaka from the 16th Century Portuguese and
Dutch Period. Second is The Historic
Residential and Commercial Zone which
Region : Peninsular Malaysia has more than 600 shophouses,
State : State of Melaka, Malaysia commercial and residential buildings,
Province : Melaka Historical City religious buildings and tombs on four
Council (MBMB) main streets: Jalan Tun Tan Cheng
Lock (Heeren Street), Jalan Hang Jebat
(Jonker Street), Jalan Tokong/Tukang
2.2.1 The Historic City of Melaka is located in Emas/Tukang Besi and Jalan Kampung
the State of Melaka (Negeri Melaka), 125 Pantai; as well as on four perpendicular
kilometers south of Kuala Lumpur. Located streets of Lorong Hang Jebat, Jalan Hang
on the west coast of central Peninsular Kasturi, Jalan Hang Lekiu and Jalan
Malaysia, Melaka state is bordered by the Hang Lekir
Straits of Malacca to the west, State of
Negeri Sembilan to the north and State 2.2.4 Buffer Zone: 242.8 hectares (84.3%)
of Johor to the south. The State capital, The Core Zone is being protected
Melaka, extends from the nominated area by 285.9 hectares of Buffer Zone,
at the mouth of Melaka River inland to the bounded by Jalan Merdeka, Taman Kota
new administrative center at Ayer Keroh. Laksamana, Jalan Ong Kim Wee, Jalan
Tan Chay Yan, Jalan Munshi Abdullah,
back lots of Kampong Banda Kaba, Jalan
Boundary and Coordinates of Core and Chan Koon Cheng and Jalan Merdeka.
Buffer Zones Bukit China, a hill located north east of the
2.2.2 The Historic City of Melaka can be historic inner city of Melaka also makes
identified by the geographical coordinates up the Buffer Zone.
at:
Longitude 20 10’ 36.3929” N,

20 12’ 18.3289” N
Latitude 1020 14’ 10.6314” W,
1020 15’ 48.06” W
The site corresponds to the oldest part

of the historic centre of Melaka, including
the Melaka River that passes through
the site, and encompasses St. Paul’s
Civic Zone and Historic Residential and
Commercial Zone.
2.2.3 Core Zone: 45.3 hectares (15.7%)

The Core Zone of the Historic City
of Melaka comprises of two major

20 12’ 18.3289”
Latitude
1020 14’ 10.6314”
1020 15’ 48.06”
20 10’ 36.3929” Longitude
Figure 2.3: The Historic City of Melaka, boundary of Core and Buffer Zone and coordinates

2.3 Justification Changes

of Boundary
2.3.1 The boundary of the Core and Buffer
Zones of Melaka as found in the Dossier
contains some anomalies which require
attention. In reviewing the boundaries, it
was decided that the boundaries should
follow physical features such as street
edge, river alignment and fencing to
facilitate on site management as well as
legibility.
BUFFER ZONE
134.03 hectare
CORE ZONE
38.62 hectare
ST
RA
ITS
OF
MA
LA
CC
A
TOTAL CORE AND BUFFER AREA 172.65 hectare

Figure 2.4 : Boundary Inscribed by UNESCO According to Dossier

There are 13 changes of the boundaries in 2.3.3 Core Zone
Melaka as follows: 8. Melaka Tengah Police Station, Jalan
Kota
2.3.2 Buffer Zone: 9. Melaka District Police Station, Jalan
1. Bukit China (Major changes) Banda Kaba
2. Melaka River Mouth (Major changes 10. Kampung Ketek
3. Malacca High School Field 11. Kubu Fire Station
4. Tengkera Police Station 12. Dataran Pahlawan Mall
5. Hang Tuah Stadium 13. Jalan Laksamana 5 (Road alignment)
6. Jalan Merdeka (Road alignment)
7. Jalan Munshi Abdullah (Road All the changes proposed have effectively
alignment) increased the area of Core as well as
Buffer Zone of WHS.
5
4
7 1
11 10
13 R
VE
RI
AKA 9
EL
M
8
3
12
6
ST LEGEND
RA
ITS 1 Bukit China
OF
2 Melaka River Mouth
MA
LA 3 Malacca High School Field
CC
A 4 Tengkera Police Station
5 Hang Tuah Stadium
6 Jalan Merdeka
2 7 Jalan Munshi Abdullah
8 Melaka Tengah Police Station, Jalan Kota
9 Melaka District Police Office, Jalan Banda Kaba
10 Kampung Ketek
11 Kubu Fire Station
12 Dataran Pahlawan Mall
13 Jalan Laksamana 5
Figure 2.5 : Location of Proposed Amendment Boundary

BUFFER ZONE
242.8 hectare
CORE ZONE
45.3 hectare
R
VE
RI
A
AK
EL
M
ST
RA
ITS
OF
MA
LA
CC
A
TOTAL CORE AND BUFFER AREA 288.10 hectares
Figure 2.6 : Proposed Amendment Boundary
Table 2.1 : Inscribed Boundary vs Proposed Amendment Boundary

BOUNDARY CORE ZONE BUFFER ZONE TOTAL AREA (HECTARES)
Inscribed 38.62 134.03 172.65
Proposed Amendment 45.3 242.8 288.10

Changes in Buffer Zone earliest days of Melaka. It is commonly
assumed that the entourage which
Bukit China 1 accompanied the bride of Parameswara,
2.3.4 The first major amendment is the inclusion Hang Li Po, settled on this hill. It had also
of Bukit China to the WHS as part of Buffer been suggested that Zheng He used this
Zone. The change was required by the site as a base for his crew.
ICOMOS Assessor during his visit in 2007.
The basis of this request to incorporate Justifications:
Bukit China as part of the Buffer Zone is 1. Required by ICOMOS Assessor
premised upon the fact that it is one of the during 2007 visit.
oldest and largest Chinese burial grounds
outside China. The hill was bought in 2. The oldest and largest Chinese
1622 by Kapitan China Lee Wei King, burial grounds outside China.
one of the early Trustees of Cheng Hoon
Teng Temple and donated the hill to the
Chinese of Melaka for their burial ground.
Bukit China had been referred to since the
Bukit China
Figure 2.8 : Bukit China Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)

Proposed Amendment Boundary (Buffer Zone)

Melaka River Mouth 2 This is to protect the river mouth from

2.3.5 The second major change for the any further reclamation and structures on
boundary is at the estuary of Melaka the reclaimed land that can obstruct the
River. The original Buffer Zone was view towards the WHS from the Straits of
identified along the river bank before the Malacca and vice versa.
construction of the barrage and bypass as
part of the river rehabilitation works. It was Justifications:
also noted that there were reclamation 1. To protect the river mouth from
works at estuary since the initial drawing any further reclamation and
up of the boundaries was done. The new structures on the reclaimed
boundaries take into account the new land.
alignment of the river at this stretch and
extend an additional 1 kilometer in a funnel 2. To protect the view towards the
shape, from the edge of Jalan Syed Abdul WHS from the Straits of Malacca.
Aziz.
3. To protect the view from WHS
towards the Straits of Malacca.
Ja ER
la IV
n R
Sy K
A
ed ELA
Ab M
du
l Az
iz
ter
ome
1 kil
2
STR
AITS
OF
MAL
ACC
A
Figure 2.9 : Melaka River Mouth Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)


Malacca High School Field 3 Justifications:
2.3.6 The existing boundary in the Dossier 1. The existing boundary in the
runs in the middle of the playing field of Dossier runs in the middle of the
Malacca High School in the Buffer Zone. playing field of Malacca
The error occurs as the cadastral plans High School in the Buffer Zone.
had not captured the extension of the
playing field by the purchase of a vacant 2. The new boundary of the Buffer Zone
piece of land in 1973. The new boundary is physically identifiable.
of the Buffer Zone is now physically
identifiable by the fencing between the
schools.
Malacca High
School
Figure 2.10 : Malacca High School Field Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)

Tengkera Police Station 4

2.3.8 The northern boundary of the Buffer Zone
at Jalan Tengkera runs in the middle of
the rows of shophouses halfway between
Jalan Ong Kim Wee and Jalan Gajah
Berang. The access road to Tengkera
Police Station is used as the new
delineation of the Buffer Zone.
Justification:
1. Boundary of the Buffer Zone at Jalan
Tengkera runs in the middle of the
rows of shophouses.
g
ran
Be
jah
Ga
ee
W
lan
Tengkera Police im
Ja
gK
Station
4
On
Ja
lan
la
n
Ja
Te
ng
ke
ra
Figure 2.11 : Tengkera Police Station Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)


Hang Tuah Stadium 5
2.3.9 The inscribed boundary in the Dossier
disecting Hang Tuah Stadium and
Universiti Teknikal Melaka (UTEM) into
two, thus the proposed amendment is to
follow the cadestral and physical boundary
on the site.
Justification:
1. To avoid disecting buildings
and lots.
Stadium Hang
Tuah
UTEM
Figure 2.12 : Hang Tuah Stadium Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)


Jalan Merdeka 6 Justification:

2.3.10 The principle of using physical features to 1. The principle of using physical
demarcate boundary makes it imperative features to demarcate boundary.
that Jalan Merdeka to the east of the
annexe of Dataran Pahlawan Mall form 2. Inscribed boundary follows
the boundary of the Buffer Zone instead of cadestral that runs in the
the cadastral boundary in the middle of the middle of the property next to the
property next to the road. road.
Dataran
Pahlawan Mall
6
Jalan
Merde
ka
Figure 2.13 : Jalan Merdeka Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)


Jalan Munshi Abdullah 7
2.3.11 The amendment is to standardise the
boundary following the inner side of the
road (on the property boundary of the
Buffer Zone)
Justification:
1. To standardise the boundary
following the inner side of
the road.
Jalan Munshi Abdullah
Figure 2.14 : Jalan Munshi Abdullah Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)


Changes in Core Zone
Melaka Tengah Police Station,

Jalan Kota 8
2.3.12 The original boundary from the Dossier
includes the main building only, while
other buildings within the compound in
the complex remain in Buffer Zone. The
proposal is to include the whole complex
of Melaka Tengah Police Station into the
Core Zone.
Justification:
and lots.
Jalan Kota
Melaka Tengah
Police Station
Figure 2.15 : Melaka Tengah Police Station, Jalan Kota Inscribed Boundary (Core Zone)
Proposed Amendment Boundary (Core Zone)

Melaka District Police Station,
Jalan Banda Kaba 9
2.3.13 The original Portuguese Fort was laid
approximately as on the map. The
proposal is to include the whole complex
of Melaka District Police Station into the
Core Zone.
Justification:
1. The site has historical significant
(Portuguese Fort).
Civic Zone
Melaka District
Police Station
Ja
lan
9
Ba
nd
aK
ab
a
Civic Zone Melaka District

Police Station
Figure 2.16 : Melaka District Police Station, Jalan Banda Kaba Inscribed Boundary (Core Zone)

Kampung Ketek 10 Justification:

2.3.14 Kampung Ketek is one of the residential 1. To follow the physical boundary for
enclaves in Core Zone. However only easier identification on site.
some parts of Kampung Ketek include in
Core Zone while the other in Buffer Zone.
The boundary used is based on cadastral
and there are no physical features to
identify these two different Zones. The
proposed boundary is to follow the
physical boundary of Jalan Masjid on the
north, straight towards the river alignment
on the east and extended to Jalan Portugis
on the west side of Kampung Ketek. This
revision will incorporate the whole area
of Kampung Ketek and also a row of
shophouses along Jalan Kampung Hulu.
is
rtug
Hulu
n Po
Jalan Masjid
mpung
Jala
Melaka Ri
a
10
Jalan K
ve
r
Kampung Ketek
Figure 2.17 : Kampung Ketek Inscribed Boundary (Core Zone)


Kubu Fire Station 11
2.3.15 The proposed boundary follows the
fencing of SJKC Pay Teck at Jalan
Portugis, straight to the west towards Jalan
Kubu, and includes Kubu Fire Station to
the south. The physical boundary indicated
is clearer on the ground compared to the
cadastral boundary before.
Justification:
1. To follow the physical boundary for
easier identification on site.
bu SJK Pay Teck

Ku
n
la
Ja
11
Kubu Fire Station
Figure 2.18: Kubu Fire Station Inscribed Boundary (Core Zone)


Dataran Pahlawan 12
2.3.16 The inscribed boundary in the Dossier
disecting Dataran Pahlawan Mall, thus
the proposed amendment is to follow the
cadestral and physical boundary on the
site.
Justification:
and lots.
Dataran Pahlawan Mall
12
Figure 2.19: Dataran Pahlawan Inscribed Boundary (Core Zone)


Jalan Laksamana 5 13
2.3.17 The cadastral indication for the Core
Zone along Jalan Laksamana 5 (at the
back of Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock) is not
identifiable on the site because some of
the shophouses along this road have done
extensions at the back. The proposed
boundary for this area is to follow the road
alignment which is identifiable on the site.
Justification:
1. To follow the physical boundary for
easier identification on site.
Ja
la
n
Tu
n
Ta
n
Ch
en
Ja g
la Lo
n ck
La
ks
am
an
a
5
13
Figure 2.20 : Jalan Laksamana 5

Inscribed Boundary (Core Zone)

collection of historic buildings, vernacular,

2.4 Identification of the administrative and religious - constructed
Property: The by the European trading settlers under
Historic City of the British East Indian Company and later
George Town the British colonists and migrants from
various parts of the India-China trading
route
Region : Peninsular Malaysia
State : State of Penang, Core Zone: 109.38 hectares (42.16%)
Malaysia 2.4.3 The Historic City of George Town covers
Province : Municipal Council of an area of 109.38 hectares bounded
Penang Island (MPPP) by the Straits of Malacca on the north-
eastern cape of Penang Island, Love
Lane to the north-west and Gat Lebuh
Melayu and Jalan Dr Lim Chwee Leong
2.4.1 The Historic City of George Town is to the south-west corner. There are more
located in the State of Penang, 325 than 1700 historic buildings within this
kilometers north of Kuala Lumpur. The Core Zone align on four main streets of
State of Penang comprises of Penang Pengkalan Weld, Lebuh Pantai, Jalan
Island and its mainland component of Masjid Kapitan Keling and Love Lane and
Seberang Perai (formerly known as several perpendicular streets of Jalan
Province Wellesley); and is situated off the Tun Syed Sheh Barakbah, Lebuh Light,
coast of northern Peninsular Malaysia. Lebuh Bishop, Lebuh Gereja, Lebuh
China, Lebuh Pasar, Lebuh Chulia, Lebuh
George Town, the State capital located Armenian and Lebuh Aceh.
on Penang Island, is the heart of the
metropolitan area that is the second Buffer Zone: 150.04 hectares (57.84%)
largest urban conurbation in Malaysia, 2.4.4 The Core Zone is being protected by
served by a sea port, North-South 150.04 hectares of Buffer Zone (this
highway, as well as an international does not include sea buffer), bounded by
airport. stretch of sea area around the harbour,
Jalan Prangin to the south-west corner and
Boundary and Coordinates of Core and Jalan Transfer to the north-west corner.
Buffer Zones
2.4.2 The Historic City of George Town can be
identified by the geographical coordinates
at:
Longitude 5° 25’ 31.5042” W,

5° 25’ 30.7870” W
Latitude 100° 19’ 48.8852” N,
100° 20’ 53.20” N
The site corresponds to the historic

inner city of George Town, the first
British port town along the Straits
of Malacca. The city comprises a rich

5°
5° 25’ 31.5042”
25' 31.5042”
Latitude
Latitude
100°
100°
100°19’
100°20’
19' 48.
20' 53.20”
53.2 0 ”
53.20”
885 2 ”
5° 25’
5° 24' 30.7870”
30.7870” Longitude
Longitude
Figure 2.21: The Historic City of George Town, boundary of Core and Buffer Zone and coordinates

churches, Chinese and Indian temples

2.5 Total Number of and dialect group and clan association
Buildings buildings.
2.6.2 There is a strong element of surprises

2.5.1 The total number of buildings in these created by narrow and deflected streets
zones are as follow: that entice a person to wander through
the alleys endlessly. The skyline is broken
Table 2.2: Total number of buildings within the by tiny intrusive structures on the roofs to
Core and Buffer Zones of Melaka and George
Town
form an interesting silhouette. Added to
that is the unique blend of façade, creating
Total Number of
Buildings a sense of variety within uniformity – with
Total
Sites each building along the streets being
Core Buffer Buildings
Zone Zone different than the others, yet giving a
Historic City sense of unity.
1,075 1,975 3,050
of Melaka
Historic City 2.6.3 The townscape of Melaka is reminiscent of
of George 2,344 2,321 4,665 the medieval European cities which were
Town
designed to fit a society that was ruled by
Total 3,419 4,296 7,715 feudal lords, where streets were designed
to confuse the enemy. This makes Melaka
unique to the world as an example of
a medieval townscape in this part of
2.6 Description of the the region. The naming of the streets
according to the various artisans that lived
Historic City of Melaka here such as goldsmiths, blacksmiths,
temple etc accentuates the character
of medieval cities that tend to locate
2.6.1 The character of the Historic City of
craftsmen and traders according to their
Melaka is strengthened by the unique
guilds. The character of the Historic City
townscape qualities of the streets and the
of Melaka is strengthened by the unique
buildings that shaped the quality of space
created by these streets. In comparison
to other towns in Malaysia, Melaka’s
townscape is quite distinctive in character
to other towns in Malaysia, Melaka’s
because of its sense of enclosure and
townscape is quite distinctive in character.
mixture of houses, shops and places
of worship. Along the narrow streets of
Melaka, align on both sides are rows
of shophouses, mainly two and three
storey height. The buildings ranged from
simple two storey structures with plain
facades to more elaborate three storey
edifices in different styles and influences.
The streetscape of these shophouses
are punctuated by a number of religious
buildings, mainly the Malay mosques,

Figure 2.22: Eredia’s map of Melaka in 1600

This was indeed the best location as it was

2.7 Description of the cooled by the sea breeze from the north.
Historic City of The presence of the fort and police station
George Town in this area also provided security to the
Europeans. A Christian burial ground
established in 1786 is sited on the north-
2.7.1 George Town is situated at the cape or western side of Penang Road, on a site
promontory at the north-eastern tip of that was slightly elevated and overlooking
the island, between the hills and the sea. the north beach.
The hills provide a stunning backdrop
the city, which is built up to the foothills. 2.7.3 The Chinese town is located within the
The settlement that Francis Light, the grid of early George Town, with China
British country trader, had originally Street as the primary axis and King Street
created (1786) and named did not have as the secondary axis. An analysis of the
any grand design as it was not intended Chinese settlement and the location of key
to be a “settlement colony”. Light had buildings suggest that the early Chinese
neither resources nor staff to develop the settlers built their houses on a grid pattern
town. The development of George Town laid out by Francis Light’s administration,
during the first century after its founding surrounding freestanding kongsi temples.
could be attributed to the courageous The Chinese community thus formed not
and entrepreneurial spirit of early migrant only a “city within city” but also lived in the
communities who found in George Town closed society that Victor Purcell described
a place to make a living and begin a new as “imperium in imperio”. The Chinese
life. were also particular in choosing the site
based on social economy and feng shui
2.7.2 The Popham’s 1798 map shows the principles. First they segregated among
early topography and morphology of the respective dialect groups and built their
settlement. From the map, it can be seen associations, kongsi or temples as social
that the town had to be built on land that centres. The four major dialect groups,
had to be cleared of vegetation, levelled Hokkien, Cantonese, Hakka and Teochew
and filled. These early settlers formed were originated from Guangdong and
their own neighbourhoods or quarters. Fujian provinces in China. Each of these
The boundaries of these ethnic quarters sub-groups had their regional tradition in
are not clearly demarcated but centre terms of dialect, customs, cuisine as well
on certain streets or intersections. The as arts and architecture. Secondly, for
cultural practices and preferences of the major buildings to be built, the basic feng
different ethnic groups appear to have shui followed would be “turn away from
created an impact on the development Yin and embrace Yang”. That means the
of the town, particularly in relation to building is backed by all or high land and
the sitting of important religious and faces the sea.
institutional buildings, the European or
colonial quarter is to the north, close
to Fort Cornwallis, the administrative
centre, and clustered around St. George’s
Anglican Church (Farquhar Street),
Catholic Church and Armenian Church
(which no longer exists) at Bishop Street.

Figure 2.23: Popham’s Map of George Town in 1798

2.7.4 The character of the Historic City of

Melaka is strengthened by the unique
to other towns in Malaysia, Melaka's
townscape is quite distinctive in character
because of its sense of enclosure and
mixture of houses, shops and places
of worship. Along the narrow streets of
Melaka, align on both sides are rows
of shophouses, mainly two and three
storey height. The buildings ranged from
simple two storey structures with plain
facades to more elaborate three storey
edifices in different styles and influences.
Figure 2.24: Map of Melaka during the Portuguese era
The streetscape of these shophouses Source: National Archive of Malaysia
are punctuated by a number of religious
buildings, mainly the Malay mosques,
Chinese and Indian temples and Dialect
group and clan association buildings.
2.7.5 There is a strong element of surprises

created by narrow and deflected streets
that entice a person to wander through
the alleys endlessly. The skyline is broken
by tiny intrusive structures on the roofs to
form an interesting silhouette. Added to
that is the unique blend of façade, creating Figure 2.25: Map of Melaka during the Dutch era
a sense of variety within uniformity – with Source: National Archive of Malaysia
each building along the streets being
different than the others, yet giving a
sense of unity.
Figure 2.26 Map of Melaka the British era

Source: National Archive of Malaysia

2.8 Urban Morphology of
Melaka
2.8.1 Melaka began as a fisherman’s village
along the Melaka River. The rise of the
Malay Sultanate marked the beginning
of Melaka as an important regional
empire. A bridge was built on the river to
accommodate the influx of migrants from
its surroundings. The river, together with
the hill forms two important geographical
elements defining the town of Melaka.
Upon the colonisation by the Portuguese,
the A Famosa was constructed at the foot
of St. Paul’s Hill. During the Dutch era, the
urban structure of Melaka town became
more planned. Streets were clearly
defined and it was also during this period
that the construction of brick shophouses
and townhouses began. When the town
Figure 2.27: Jonker Street,1890 and 2010
of Melaka and its fortress was temporarily
handed over to the British in 1795, the
demolition of the fort under the directive of
William Farquhar took place.
2.8.2 Today, the Porta Santiago remains the

only standing physical reminder of the fort
of Melaka. Under the Straits Settlements,
Melaka rapidly expanded during the
early 19th Century. The streets became
linear and wider to accommodate the rise
of private vehicles, and consequently
the blocks of shophouses have also
become increasingly orthogonal. Today,
Melaka continues to grow as a series of
reclamations ensued, causing the historic
city to lose its original relationship to the
sea.
Figure 2.28: Views of Melaka river mouth in 1910

and 2010

2.8.3 1980s had brought rapid changes to

Melaka’s urban fabric. Emphasis was
given to tourists’ related development,
as it was clear that Melaka offers a
significant attraction to both domestic
and foreign visitors. A large area at
Ayer Keroh next to the new highway
became the focus of hotels, theme
parks, restaurants and anything that
can persuade the tourism industry to
attract tourists instead of just relying
on one source of attraction that was
generally focused on Melaka’s rich
heritage resources. The city centre’s
role as seat of administration and most
of the government department around
St. Paul’s Hill for over 500 years came
to an end when they moved to another
administrative centre at Jalan Hang
Tuah in 1980’s and later in the 21st
Century to Ayer Keroh. In 2010 this
administrative centre was hived off to
form the heart of a new administrative
municipality called Hang Tuah Jaya
and thereby effectively ending the
historic ties with the old trading port as
an administrative centre.
2.8.4 The coastal setting at Banda Hilir

where the fishing communities settled
started to be affected. By mid-1980’s,
the original location of Melaka by the
sea was severed and the city’s historic
waterside setting changed forever.
The new area called Melaka Raya was
introduced with large-scale commercial
buildings, shops and offices created
unsympathetic edge to the historic
town.

1891
1869
1969
1916
2010
Figure 2.29: St. Paul’s civic zone and its relationship to the Straits of Malacca

the piers and jetties. The development

2.9 Urban Morphology of of the Ferry Terminal, KOMTAR and the
George Town Penang Bridge symbolise Penang as
a rapidly developing and industrialised
2.9.1 George Town was built on swampy land state. Today, the footprint of the George
on the northeastern tip of the island. The Town WHS has remained relatively intact
1798 Popham’s map shows the position despite the scarcity of land on the island
of the early settlements in George Town, and the intense pressure to redevelop.
with administrative buildings scattered
to the west of Fort Cornwallis and the 2.9.2 The hills and the Straits remain strong
town centre to its south. The town centre, topographical features that frame and
bounded by Light, Beach, Chulia and Pitt identify George Town’s sense of place.
streets, continues to function as the main Nonetheless, the surroundings of the
commercial district within the George city have since experienced rapid
Town WHS. The town then continues to developments. The proliferation of
expand inwards. A series of reclamations skyscrapers and modern buildings now
and canalisations ensues, with the ghauts dominate the skyline, in particular the 232-
extending towards Weld Quay as the new metres tall KOMTAR which is the symbol
waterfront as well as the construction of of a modern, industrialised Penang.
Figure 2.30: Panorama of George Town, taken from the Penang Postcard Collection 1899-1930s and 2010 (Nasution,
Wade, 2003)

1798
1803
1893
2010
Figure 2.31: Urban morphology of George Town

2.9.3 Comparing old photographs from

postcards and current street photographs
enables us to understand the morphology
of the streets of George Town, not only
in terms of physical change but also the
evolution of the way of life brought upon
by modernisation. On Pengkalan Weld, the
colonial administrative building on the right
side of the image was damaged during
the war, and has since been replaced
with a modern building. The tram tracks
have been sealed and Weld Quay to this
day has become a very busy vehicular
passageway connecting to the ferry
terminal and expressway.
2.9.4 Further south along Pengkalan Weld, the

old photograph shows the vibrant trading
activities occurring along the street,
illustrating George Town as a bustling
trade port. Today, parts of the waterside
have been reclaimed for car parking and Figure 2.32: Pengkalan Weld looking form north
landscaping. The buildings fronting the
waterfront are currently vacant and trade
activities have since been replaced with
vehicular traffic movement.
Figure 2.33: Pengkalan Weld looking from south

2.9.5 Nevertheless, many streets of inner
George Town remained historically intact,
for instance the five temples along Lebuh
King. For the most part, the built structures
along King Street have been preserved.
Modernisation has unavoidably impacted
the streetscape character of this historic
city, for instance the installations of lamp
posts and electrical cables on facades
brought upon by introduction of electricity.
Today, roadside parking (often illegal)
and modern utilities such as electricity
substations and bins make up part of the
visual character of the street.
Figure 2.34: Lebuh King looking into the five Cantonese

temples

3. The History and Development of
the Straits of Malacca
Melaka entrepot; the Aceh kingdom (16th
3.1 Straits of Malacca: – 19th Centuries), and the emergence of
Geographical Position the Straits Settlements (1826 – 1957) with
the port cities of Penang, Melaka and
3.1.1 The Straits of Malacca is situated between Singapore.
Peninsular Malaysia and the island of
Sumatra, extending approximately about
800 kilometers from north to south. It is
one of the longest stretches of waters in
the world. The widest stretch which of
3.2 The Traditions of the
about 120 nautical miles, can be found Straits of Malacca
in the north, around Penang Island which
opens out to the Indian Ocean. This area 3.2.1 The maritime tradition that started in the
served as the entrance and exit for ships early years of the Common Era was the
from India and the Middle East (West catalyst of multi-culturalism. This was
Asia). The narrowest stretch which is followed by immigration and settlement
only about 9 nautical miles, is near the in both Melaka and Penang by peoples
southern tip of Singapore joining the from all over Asia and Europe. Melaka
Singapore Straits. This end became the and Penang situated respectively on the
gateway for ships from China, the Far East southern and northern parts of the western
and the rest of the islands in Southeast coast of the Malaysian peninsula, are
Asia. Being surrounded by countries that ports on the Straits of Malacca which grew
were rich in various natural products such from around the end of the 14th Century
as spices from Moluku (the Moluccas), through today.
resins, aromatic woods from Sumatra and
minerals from the Malay peninsula, the 3.2.2 The Straits of Malacca, however, could
Straits served (still is) as a very important have been known much earlier by
highway for maritime traders and maritime traders throughout the world,
merchants. especially those from India and China.
The Malays from the south (probably from
3.1.2 Since the beginning of the Common Era, the present Indonesian archipelago) were
especially during the days when shipping already reputed seafarers. They were
played very important roles in economic renowned for their junks which were small,
and political expansions, the Straits of speedy and efficient that they were able
Malacca was one the busiest highways. to avoid pirates who infested the seas
Any power that was able to wrest authority along the trade routes. These traders had
on this highway also became the super introduced Southeast Asian products such
power of the region, controlling both the as camphor, sandalwood, gharuwood
wealth and economy of the surrounding and spices which were exchanged for
territories. Hence, there emerged powerful goods from the Mediterranean, Middle
kingdoms and port cities along the Straits East and Africa, such as frankincense and
of Malacca, such as Srivijaya (7th – 13th myrrh and other plant resins used in the
Centuries) and its port cities such as manufacture of perfume and incense. As
Palembang and Jambi; the Melaka empire a result of these activities, small coastal
(14th -16th Centuries) with the growth of polities emerged. In the 7th Century the

most important of these was Srivijaya

which was located in Sumatra, halfway
3.4 Melaka the Genesis of
between the Straits of Malacca and the Malaysian Traditions
Sunda Straits. It was a member of the and Culture
royal family from this kingdom who later
founded Melaka in the late 14th Century or 3.4.1 Melaka which was strategically situated
early 15th Century when Srivijaya was on at one of the narrowest spots on the
the decline. Straits and geographically blessed as the
area where the northeast and southwest
monsoons meet, became the heir of
the Srivijayan traditions. The maritime
traders who had been plying the sea
3.3 Founding of Melaka routes between India and China and had
(c 1386) converged at ports of influential kingdoms
of Srivijaya in Sumatra and Majapahit in
3.3.1 The Melaka founder prince was said to Java, began to call at the port of Melaka
be Parameswara, which meant ‘prince which was then only a small fishing village.
consort’, was the husband of a Majapahit With the help of the Orang Laut or sea-
princess in Java. He was a prince from rovers, Parameswara was rapidly able
Palembang, the capital of Srivijaya, and to build up a large settlement by forcing
who was involved in the war of succession all vessels passing through the Straits
before fleeing to Tumasek (Singapore). to obtain a clearance from him. Melaka
There he was reported to have killed the began to make its presence felt.
Siamese regent who ruled the island, and
was driven by armies from Pahang or 3.4.2 It was also able to provide traders with
Patani, which were vassals of Siam. He fresh water and the harbour was situated
wandered around until he reached the such that it could easily be defended,
estuary of a river, later known to be the especially against the marauding pirates.
Melaka River, and rested under a tree.
While resting he was said to have noticed 3.4.3 Right from the start Parameswara’s
a mouse deer being chased by a dog, but political ambition had contributed to the
the former retaliated back, notwithstanding multicultural characteristic of Melaka.
its smaller size, and managed to chase the He had opened his doors to Chinese
dog away. This demonstration of steely envoys as a hedge against Siamese and
courage was taken by Parameswara as Majapahit designs to claim suzerainty
a symbol of fortune for him. He asked over his new kingdom. This coincided
around for the name of the place. Since with the period of the Ming Dynasty which
none knew, he named it after the tree was restoring Chinese control over states
under which he was resting, the Melaka in Southeast Asia. Therefore, when the
tree. Thus Melaka was founded. Under Chinese envoy, Yin-k’ing or Yi Ching,
Parameswara’s rule this small fishing visited him around 1403, Parameswara
settlement became a thriving port. seized the opportunity to apply for
recognition from the Ming emperor and to
request support against the Siamese. Two
years later he established an embassy
to China which was well received and
his position as ruler of Melaka was duly
recognised. That was the beginning of

Melaka-China relationships which were ports only remained as ports of export
strengthened by mutual regular visits by for pepper, whereas Melaka became
both parties led by the newly installed an emporium. It had wrested the spice
Melaka rulers or their regents on the trade route from the Straits of Sunda in
Melaka side and by influential Chinese the south to the Straits of Malacca. The
officers of the court of China on the other. busiest season in Melaka was between
December and March when the south
3.4.4 Parameswara and the rulers after him westerly monsoon brought traders from
surrounded themselves with powerful the Far East and the West Asians to
bureaucrats whose titles carried Melaka. Between the months of May and
Indian terminologies, e.g., Bendahara, September the winds brought traders from
Laksamana, Syahbandar, etc., showing Java and the eastern archipelago here.
Indian/Srivijayan influence in the Melaka About 2,000 ships were reported to anchor
sultanate tradition. It is also well recorded at Melaka at any time during the height of
that some members of the royal families her glory.
of Melaka intermarried with Indian women.
According to Sejarah Melayu (The 3.4.5 Melaka’s success was also attributed to
Malay Annals), a sultan of Melaka had the well administered government and
also married a Chinese princess called trading facilities. The Melaka Maritime
Hang Li Po. The princess’ retinue which Laws were introduced to ensure the rights
consisted of several hundred Chinese of ships’ captains and their crew. There
youths and maidens were settled on a were four different ports to cater for traders
hill which was then named Bukit China from different countries, each headed by a
or China Hill which still exists today. harbour master or syahbandar. The most
Hence, even the royal traditions draw from important was the one in charge of traders
the customs of different royal houses. from Gujarat, as they formed the largest
Melaka’s rapid growth further enhanced group of traders. The second was from
the multicultural characteristics of the those from the rest of India, Burma, and
people. Malay traders from the island North Sumatra. The third was for traders
of Moluku (Moluccas) and other islands from island Southeast Asia, as well as
which produced cloves, nutmegs and from China and Indo-China.
mace, now stopped at Melaka before
continuing to India. Many, however, 3.4.6 Since all of them had to take a time
waited here and exchanged their products off in Melaka to wait for the respective
with textiles brought down by Indian monsoons to take them home, they
counterparts from Gujarat, Coromandel, mingled together in the markets and the
Malabar and Bengal. Chinese traders ports, though their places of domicile were
also began to throng Melaka with the well accordingly allotted. It was reported that
sought after Chinese porcelain and silk. about 80 different languages were spoken
These goods were usually exchanged for on the streets of Melaka every day. The
aromatics and perfumes from the Middle presence of various ethnic groups; Indian,
East, and spices, corals, sandalwood Chinese, Malay, Siamese, Burmese, Indo-
and other exotic products from the Malay Chinese, Arab, and others, germinated
archipelago that fetched very high prices a multi-cultural and highly cosmopolitan
in the East and West. Soon Melaka began society in Melaka.
to overshadow the ports of Palembang
or Jambi in Srivijaya. These latter two

3.5 Islamic Tradition and 3.6 Portuguese Influence

the Malay Sultanate
3.6.1 Melaka’s glory under the Malay sultanate
3.5.1 In addition to trading with China, Melaka ended in 1511, when the Portuguese
had commercial connections with captured the ‘fabulous eastern empire’,
Sumatera, Pasai and Perlak. In 1414, under the command of Alfonso de
Parameswara married the daughter of the Albuquerque. The reputation of Melaka
Muslim ruler of Pasai. After embracing must already have reached them much
Islam he changed his name to Mohammad earlier. In 1509 a group of traders led
Iskandar Shah. Once it was known that by De Sequeira had landed in Melaka,
Islam became the main religion of the but were attacked and some were killed.
state, Muslim traders from India, Persia De Albuquerque who had succeeded in
and Arabia also converged in Melaka, capturing Goa in India, decided that it was
not only to trade but also to spread the the best opportunity for him to rescue and
religion. Melaka became the centre of avenge his fellowmen and capture Melaka
learning for Islam. The Arabic script was and the famous spice trade. By controlling
adopted leading to the absorption of Arabic it, Portugal became the new power to be
vocabularies into the Malay language. reckoned with in Europe. About Melaka,
The language which was already used as a Portuguese had once said, “Whosoever
the lingua franca in the Malay archipelago holds Malacca, had his hands on the
and some other parts of Southeast Asia throat of Venice, for the goods that were
became more sophisticated with the transacted in Melaka had very high values
existence of the Jawi script. in Europe.” They were also keen to spread
their Catholic religion against the Muslims
3.5.1 Official letters and agreements between who were fighting against them in the wars
rulers, bureaucrats, traders and merchants of the Crusades.
were written in Malay. Mosques began
to be built and religious functions were 3.6.2 After the conquest, the Portuguese quickly
regularly observed. In Melaka, and the rest began to work. By using hundreds of
of the Malay States, the Malays became workmen, including slaves and captives
synonymous with Islam. The traditions (probably Malays), they built A Famosa,
were further enriched by Muslims from the the fortress, that surrounded the present
Middle East, India, China and other parts St. Paul’s Hill. This fortress was made
of Southeast Asia who came as envoys, of stones broken down from mosques
traders and missionaries. Their life began and tombs of royal families and nobles.
and ended in Islamic culture, from birth Within the walls were, “the castle, palaces
(naming of the child), marriage, till death of the Governor of the State, the palace
(burial traditions). Islamic tradition is one of the Bishop, the Hall of the Council of
of the major features of the multi-cultural the Republic, the Hall of the Brothers
society in the Malay archipelago and the of Mercy, together with five churches,
rest of Southeast Asia. namely the Cathedral of Our Lady of
the Assumption, with its chapter and the
Episcopal see, the Church of Mercy of Our
Lady of Visitation, the Church of Our Lady
of the Annunciation in the College in the
Company of Jesus at the top of the hill,
the Church of St. Domingo in the Convent

of the Dominicans, and the Church of St. Kampong Keling (Indian village) and
Antonio in the Convent of St. Augustino; Kampong China (Chinese village). It
[and] there were two hospitals.” A famous is also noted that the first Kapitan Cina
French Jesuit, St. Francis Xavier “Apostle (Head of the Chinese) was appointed by
of the Indies”, started St. Paul’s College in the Portuguese. The appointment of this
1548. On another hill opposite the China position was continued later by the Dutch
Hill, the Portuguese also built a chapel and the British. Thus multi-culturalism
dedicated to St. John the Baptist, and the continued to flourish in Melaka.
hill was thus named after him as St. John’s
Hill or Bukit Senjuang (the corrupted
Malay name for the hill). 3.7 Dutch Influence
3.6.3 The destruction of mosques and tombs 3.7.1 In the 17th Century other European
of nobles was a clear indication of traders were actively plying the sea
Portuguese intention to weaken the routes between India and China through
Muslims and the influence of Islam. the Straits of Melaka. Two of the most
Missionary works were carried out and important traders were the Dutch and
a number of people were converted, the British. The Portuguese influence at
though not very successfully, for, in the 1st this juncture had begun to decline. Its
decade of the 17th Century (almost 100 empire had become too large and their
years after the Portuguese had landed in home base was too far away. Melaka had
Melaka), not more than 8,000 people were repeatedly been attacked by the Malay
converted. Muslim traders in Melaka were neighbours, such as the former Melaka
being prejudiced. Consequently many Malay sultans who had settled in Johor
left to seek other more favourable ports, a in the south of Melaka, the upcoming
development that proved disadvantageous Acenese (Achenese) rulers who were
to the Portuguese themselves. But trade contending as the new heir to the Malay
did not stop in Melaka, especially with Muslim power in the archipelago, and the
Indian textile traders who remained to Dutch who had succeeded in subjugating
be more dominant than the Portuguese Java. Between the Dutch and the British,
themselves. Records also mentioned that the former were more advanced as they
chettis (chettiars) had partnered with the were able to ally with the local rulers. In
Portuguese in such trade. The latter had the attack of Melaka, the Dutch received
also encouraged these traders, especially support from the Malays in Johor. After
those from the Coromandel ports, to settle a five-month siege, the Portuguese
down in Melaka. They were promised surrendered in 1641, 130 years after they
great privileges. This then was the first had forever removed the Malay sultanate
colonial policy of settlement that became from Melaka.
a major feature from the 18th Century
onwards. 3.7.2 Batavia (Jakarta) in Java was the new
Dutch capital in the East (they had
3.6.4 However, the Portuguese allowed certain defeated Java in 1619), and the Dutch
local tradition to continue. People from were not about to allow Melaka to
different ethnic communities remained compete with her. Dutch aim was to gain
to live in their own sections as had been paramountcy in the spice and India-China
started by the Malay rulers. There were trade, without any other European rivalry.
Kampong Java (Javanese village), Thus far they had been able to keep the

British at bay, and with the defeat of the the Kapitan China system was associated
Portuguese, the Dutch had realised their with the triad society or the Thian Ti Hui.
dream. But they could not retard the China was defeated by the Manchus and
trade in Melaka. In the Malay Peninsula, Chinese patriots who were repressed
Melaka became the main base for the fled their country to neighbouring states,
Dutch who also concluded treaties with including Melaka, formed secret societies
other Malay states, such as Perak and and aimed to gather enough support to
Selangor, which were rich in tin. In fact, drive away the Manchus. Thus, Melaka
at the end of the 18th Century, Melaka also became a haven for Chinese patriots
rose again as a Southeast Asian entrepot who became successful in wealth and
of par excellence. More Asian traders, influence, so that they could help regain
especially Chinese and Bugis traded here China from their enemies. This tradition
again. Although the Dutch continued was to continue when China fought for the
to monopolise the trade in the Straits of 1911 revolution.
Malacca, they were less restrictive that
the Portuguese. In fact, they resented the 3.7.5 Christianity continued to spread during
Portuguese more, for the European wars the Dutch period. Surprisingly it was
between the Catholics and Protestants the Catholic Church, St. Peter’s Church,
to which the Portuguese and Dutch which was first built in Melaka. The Dutch
respectively were adherents, were also government allowed a Dutch Catholic to
continued here. construct it in 1710 on a piece of land
given by the government. The Dutch
3.7.3 After the conquest of Melaka, the Dutch Protestants only built their own church,
merely took over the infrastructure left Christ Church, in 1753. This became the
behind by the Portuguese. They occupied oldest Protestant Church in Malaysia.
the fortress, A Famosa and renamed it Jalan Gereja (Church Street) where it
Porta de Santiago. The coat of arms of stands today was named after it. The
the Dutch East India Company and the church which was built of red bricks
date 1670 were engraved on the gate. St. specially imported from Holland had tall
Paul’s College was used as part of the slender windows with arched heads,
fortress and later as a burial ground for massive walls and heavy wooden ceiling
high ranking Dutch officials. The Dutch beams. Today the church is still in service
later built their own fortress on St. John’s and devotees still use the original pews
Hill which was armed with eight cannons. during Sunday prayers.
In 1650 the former Governor’s residence
was converted into the red terracotta 3.7.6 Events in Europe also changed the
Stadthuys (Government House) for the history in Melaka. Holland was defeated
Dutch Governor and his retinue. by Napoleon and the Dutch king had to
take refuge in England. The monarch then
3.7.4 The Dutch were more interested in agreed to hand over Melaka and other
trade than in religion. They introduced possessions in the East to the British for
tax farming system, and heads of the protection until the Napoleonic wars were
different communities were appointed to over. Thus, Melaka came into British
help Dutch officers administer the state. hands between 1795-1818. By this time
The penghulu (Malay headman) system (1786) the British had already occupied
was continued, so was the Kapitan Cina Penang which was named the Prince of
system. It was probably at this time that Wales Island.

3.8 Founding of Penang/ all over the world to settle and trade in
Penang. They were also encouraged to
English Influence produce export crops such as pepper,
gambier, coffee, sugar, etc. To administer
3.8.1 Situated at the northern end of the Straits the island, a Presidency was set up under
of Malacca, Penang became a British the jurisdiction of the EIC in Bengal. In
possession in 1786 (specifically they 1826 Penang became part of the Straits
landed at is where George Town is). Settlements when Singapore had also
Earlier, the British had attempted several become a British possession (occupied
times to occupy a base in the Malay in 1819) together with Melaka (being
archipelago in order to participate in the exchanged with Bencoolen with the
lucrative spice trade as well as have a Dutch after the 1824 Anglo-Dutch Treaty)
share in the trade with China, but without were brought under a single British
much success. The opportunity came administration.
when, in the middle of the 18th Century,
the Sultan of Kedah (a Malay sultanate 3.8.3 During the period when Dutch Melaka was
in the north of the peninsula), who had placed under the protection of the British,
allowed some British country traders the latter did not foresee that political
to trade in his ports, had requested for events would eventually unite Melaka with
help against the Siamese and some of Penang. Penang definitely did not intend
his squabbling relatives. Francis Light, to allow Melaka to rival it when the latter
a British military officer, was able to would be returned to the Dutch after the
conclude a treaty with him, promising the Napoleonic wars. The Penang Council
help needed by the Sultan. This treaty ordered the British Resident in Melaka,
was later endorsed by The East India William Farquhar, to effectively level down
Company (EIC). He was also able to the city,”…the whole of the fortifications,
convince the Governor General of the arsenal, store houses and public buildings
EIC in India that Penang could serve as a of all denominations in Melaka except
naval base for the British in Bengal. After Bukit China and St. John’s Hill.”
the Agreement, Light landed on the island
full of hope as he had indicated in his letter 3.8.4 The British action prompted the famous
to his company, Jourdain, Sulivan and de local writer, Abdullah Abdul Kadir Munsyi
Souza, “…European ships can easily stop to lament in his journal, “The Fort was the
there. There is plenty of wood, water and pride of Melaka, and after its destruction
provisions; there they may be supplied the place lost its glory like a woman
with tin, pepper, beetle-nut, rattans, birds’ bereaved of her husband, the luster gone
nests; and the Macao ships will be glad to from her face…The old order is destroyed.
stop there, and all other vessels passing A new world is created, and all around us
through the straits may be as easily is changed.” The only part that remained
supplied as at Malacca [by the Dutch]…” of A Famosa and Porta de Santiago was
Hence Penang became the first leg for the the gate which now still stands. Further
British who gradually stepped into Malay destruction was timely stopped by Thomas
Peninsular in the 19th Century. Stamford Raffles, agent of the EIC, who
happened to be visiting Melaka. His report
3.8.2 Unlike the Portuguese and Dutch in on Melaka to his superiors stated that, “…
Melaka who held monopoly on trade, the the name carries more weight to a Malay
British EIC exercised the policy of free ear than any new settlement could,” and
trade. They encouraged people from

indeed, “…with the assistance of Malacca, of Bangkok, was the first to build the
the whole of the Malay rajas in the Straits Assumption Church. In 1817 another
and to the Eastward might be rendered not church was built not far from the first. It
only subservient but if necessary tributary”, was the Anglican Church of St. George.
was almost prophetic in relation to later The man responsible was the Chaplain of
expansion of British influence in the Malay the EIC, Rev. Robert Sparke Hutchings.
States. In Melaka, a twin-towered Gothic church
dedicated to St. Francis Xavier was built
3.8.5 Under the single government of the in the mid 1880’s by the French Father
Straits Settlements in 1826, the British P. Fabre. Hence Penang and Melaka
EIC began to put the administration of became centres of European Christian
Melaka and Penang in order. In Melaka, missionaries in the East.
the EIC took over the Dutch administrative
structure and continued with it, and the 3.8.7 In 1867 Penang officially became a
traditional Malay system of administration British colony, which brought about the
was thus continued. For example, the introduction of a British administration
penghulu (headman) who was normally as well as a public works department.
appointed from ancestral bureaucrats was The Public Works Department engineers
absorbed into the colonial administrative began to canalise streams and rivers,
bureaucracy. Under the British EIC, build hospitals gaols and police stations
different communities were allowed and plan for the reclamation of Weld Quay.
to administer themselves, led by their Accordingly, the engineers are followed by
respective headmen. However, to avoid the establishment of private architecture
direct confrontation from the local Malays, companies that bring in new architectural
the British were more protective towards forms to accommodate the change in the
them. In addition, the position of Kapitan increasing importance of the car.
China (Chinese Headman) and Kapitan
Keling (Indian Headman) were chosen
from the most prominent and influential
personalities of the communities. In
Penang, Francis Light reported that a
Kapitan China from Kedah had visited him
with boat-loads of Chinese to settle down
in Penang. He was Kapitan Loh Lay Huan
whom Light had him appointed as the first
Kapitan China in Penang. The position of
Kapitan China became an institution in the
British EIC administration of the Straits
Settlements.
Figure 3.1: An aerial view of Penang Island

3.8.6 Like the two European predecessors
in Melaka, the British EIC also set out
to spread Christianity in the newly
found settlements through European
missionaries. In Penang, in 1787, Arnold
Garnault, a French who was the Bishop

4. Significance
4.1 Statement of
Outstanding Universal
Value
Inscription of Melaka and George Town successive European colonial powers
as a World Heritage site was made by the for almost 500 years, each with its
World Heritage Committee in 2008 during imprints on the architecture and urban
its 32nd seating session in Quebec City, form, technology and monumental art.
Canada. Both towns show different stages of
development and the successive changes
The inscription adopts the following over a long span of time and are thus
statement of Outstanding Universal Value: complementary.
Melaka and George Town, Malaysia are Criterion (iii) : Melaka and George Town
remarkable examples for historic colonial are living testimony to the multi-cultural
towns on the Straits of Malacca that heritage and tradition of Asia, and
demonstrate a succession of historical and European colonial influences. This multi-
cultural influences arising from their former cultural tangible and intangible heritage
function as trading ports linking east is expressed in the great variety of
and West. These are the most complete religious buildings of different faiths, ethnic
surviving historic city centres on the Straits quarters, the many languages, worship
of Malacca with a multi-cultural living and religious festivals, dances, costumes,
heritage originating from the trade routes art and music, food, and daily life.
from Great Britain and Europe through
Middle East, the Indian subcontinent and Criterion (iv) : Melaka and George Town
the Malay Archipelago to China. Both reflect a mixture of influences which have
towns bear testimony to a living multi- created a unique architecture, culture,
cutural heritage and tradition of Asia, townscape without parallel anywhere in
where the many religions and cultures East and South Asia. In particular, they
met and coexisted. They reflect the demonstrate an exceptional range of
coming together of cultural elements from shophouses and townhouses. These
the Malay Archipelago, India and China buildings show many different types and
with this of Europe, to create a unique stages of development of the building
architecture, culture and townscape. type, some originating in the Dutch or
Portuguese periods.
The site was inscribed as a World
Heritage Site with the following statements
of Outstanding Universal Value:
Criterion (ii) : Melaka and George

Town represent exceptional examples
of multi-cultural trading towns in East
and Southwest Asia, forged from the
mercantile and exchanges of Malay,
Chinese and Indian cultures and three

Criteria (ii) : exhibit an important interchange of human values, over a span of time or within a cultural area
of the world, on developments in architecture or technology, monumental arts, town-planning or landscape
design.
“Melaka and George Town: Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca ” represent exceptional examples
of multi-cultural trading towns in East and Southeast Asia, forged from the mercantile and civilization
exchanges of Malay, Chinese, Indian and European cultures.”
4.2.2 In George Town, the Muslim population

4.2 The Influence of the was clustered in distinct but contiguous
Civilisation Exchanges neighbourhoods. The Masjid Melayu, or
Acheen Street Mosque, was founded by
The Malay Community Tengku Syed Hussain, who came with his
4.2.1 The Malay community was the earliest clan and settled in George Town in 1792.
settlers in Melaka. They formed the He was the patron of the Arab, Malay
earliest administration in Melaka and and Sumatran community along Acheen
after the introduction of Islam which was Street, many of whom were involved in
embraced wholeheartedly by the Malays, the pepper trade between George Town
the Malay culture and identity began and Aceh. This community in the mid-19th
to crystallize leading anthropologists to Century included a colony of about 300
conclude that it was in Melaka when the Acehnese traders. Other Sumatrans here
definition of the Malay as a race and were Mandailing, Rawa, Minang, Malay,
culture took form. Their influence in the Batak and Batu Bara.
development of the cultural and built
landscape can be seen in the adoption 4.2.3 Ibrahim Munshi, the State Secretary of
of significant parts of their practices as Johore and the son of Abdullah Munshi,
well as language by the uniquely Straits who visited Penang in 1872 and “went
of Malacca community of the Peranakans exploring all the lanes of Penang town”
or Babas (especially in Penang, Melaka gave a vivid description of the ethnically
and Singapore) and the uniquely Melakan mixed Muslim society. He stayed with a
Chitty community. The Malay language friend in Kampong Masjid Melayu, where
which was the lingua franca of the he was entertained by Penang-born
Archipelago initially used the Arabic script Indians performing refined Hindustani
itself, is a testament of the primary role songs, soul and ghazal. He feasted at
Melaka played in the development of the house of wealthy Indian Muslim kain
the Malay culture, since it was Melaka pulicat traders Dalbidal and Yahya Marican
of the Sultans that played a leading role - likely to be their home in Market Lane, a
in the spread of Islam and the Arabic large early 19th Century brick bungalow.
script in the Malay world. The adoption of Ibrahim Munshi remarked that some of the
the Roman alphabet to write the Malay Malays are shoe-makers.
language was said to be initiated by
Francis Xavier a Jesuit priest working from
Melaka in the early days of the Portuguese
administration.

The Indian Community 4.2.6 South Indian Hindus established the
4.2.4 From the founding of the Melakan Mariamman temple at Lebuh Queen by
Sultanate in the early 14th Century, the 1833. Many of them initially worked around
Indian influence became apparent. Some the waterfront. The Chettiars came in the
of the court officials in the Sultanate are early 19th Century and were involved in
Indians and many of the royal ceremonies the textile trade and money-lending; they
were of Indian origin. It should also be established their lodge at Jalan Penang.
noted that the Indians at this stage of Later waves of Hindu migrants recruited
Melaka history were not predominantly for the plantations also passed through the
Hindu; they were just as likely to be Penang port.
Muslim or a Gujerati. Unlike Indians in
other parts of Malaysia the Indians in 4.2.9 Apart from Tamils, those of Indian origin
Melaka are more likely to be involved in included Malabaris from Kerala, Punjabis
commerce than as coolies in the plantation and Pathans from northwest India,
or railways. This is a reflection of their Bengalis who first came as soldiers and
historical role in helping to establish camp followers, Biharis, the ‘UP-wallahs’
Melaka as a major entrepôt port between from Uttar Pradesh (United Provinces),
the Far East and India and the west. There Sindhis, Gujeratis and so forth.
was always a sizeable Indian community
in Melaka and this is exemplified by the The Chinese Community
fact a Kampung Keling had existed in one 4.2.10 Chinese migration to Melaka began
location or another on the right bank of the very early in Melaka’s history. The visit
river since the Sultanate days. The unique of Zheng He is epochal and the visit
Chitty community referred to later in this of a sultan of Melaka to the Ming court
chapter predates the Baba community and in China on a return trip by Zheng He
is essentially Indian origin. cemented the ties with China until this
day. The sultan was said to have been
4.2.5 The Chulias or South Indian Muslims who bestowed a Chinese princess as his bride
came with the East India Company were and the entourage which accompanied
among the earliest settlers in George the princess said to numbered by some
Town. A small group of Chulias long accounts 500 men and women, were
settled in Kedah and other Southeast recorded to be given a hill outside Melaka
Asian ports, also formed part of the early as their settlement. This hill is known to be
Penang community. Up till the mid-19th Bukit China today.
Century they outnumbered the Chinese.
The Captain of the Kelings founded 4.2.11 Records of Chinese settlement during
the Kapitan Keling Mosque in Lebuh the colonial period were consistent
Chulia. The street boasts a number of in the major role they played on the
Indian Muslim mosques and keramats cultural and commercial stage in Melaka.
representing the different groups of Indian The existence of a Campong China
Muslims, such as the Nagore shrine (early in an early map by Eredia during the
1800s) and the Noordin tomb (1870s). Portuguese era, the establishment of
The Kapitan Keling Mosque remained Cheng Hoon Teng Temple in 1640 and
the focus of the Indian Muslim trading the preeminent role this temple played
community of jewellers, shippers, textile in the cultural and religious life of the
merchants and petty traders. Chinese community in Melaka today
speaks volume of the influence of the

Chinese in Melaka. Chinese migration to 4.2.14 By the mid-19th Century, occupational

the Nanyang and in particular to Melaka guilds such as associations of goldsmiths
and George Town took off in a significant and carpenters were also formed,
manner during the British administration especially by the Cantonese. The ‘black-
which coincide with the turbulent period and-white’ domestic servants who came to
in China’s history and the development work in Penang in the 1930s located their
of the tin and later the plantation industry shared quarters (kongsi pang) at Love
especially the rubber industry. Chinese Lane, Muntri Street, Market Lane and
entrepreneur and compradors played Chulia Lane - in the neighbourhood of the
a pivotal role in the development of the Goddess of Mercy Temple. The Hainanese
rubber industry; something not always mainly came in the late 19th Century
appreciated by history. The central role and established their temple, school and
played by statesmen like Tun Sir Tan coffeeshop association on the western end
Cheng Lock Tan, his son Tun Tan Siew of Muntri Street.
Sin, and Mr. Tay Boon Seng in the events
leading to independence speaks volume 4.2.15 The Hakkas were always an important
for the influence of the Chinese in their minority, but in the late 19th Century,
new homeland especially Melaka and Cheong Fatt Tze and other Hakka elite
George Town. became prominent in Penang society,
building their mansions along Leith Street.
4.2.12 More than 60 families, led by Koh Lay
Huan from Kedah, founded the Chinese The Malay Sultanate Legacy
community in George Town. Thus the 4.2.16 Although the physical evidence of the
earliest Chinese permanent settlers were Melaka Malay Sultanate is not obvious,
Hokkien, who were shopkeepers who ancient graveyards and tombstones dating
later controlled the coastal shipping. from that period and some of which are
The Hokkiens became the core of the that of the warriors of the Sultan such as
Straits Chinese or peranakan Chinese, Hang Jebat and Hang Kasturi found in the
who were the Chinese elite of the Straits Core Zone of Melaka are physical legacy
Settlements. of that period. The cultural legacy of the
sultanate also survives to this day in the
4.2.13 The Cantonese and Hakka formed existing monarchies of various Malaysian
Landsmannschaft, that is, associations states, and the lifestyle and traditions of
for migrants from the same county or the Malay communities.
prefecture in China. Successive waves of
these migrants established no less than The Portuguese Legacy
12 temples and associations along Lebuh 4.2.5 The legacy of the Portuguese includes a
King alone; three in Jalan Penang and one unique Eurasian community who speaks
on Lebuh Chulia. In contrast, the Hokkiens an ancient dialect of the Portuguese
set up temples based on clan village language called Kristang and profess
affiliations, most of them to the south of the Roman Catholic faith. They also left
Lebuh Chulia. The temple courtyards of behind the ruins of the church on St.
the Five Big Clans, surrounded by clan Paul’s Hill, and the remains of Fortaleza
housing, are an important and intact de Malaca in the foundations that surround
cultural complex within the WHS. the old civic centre of the City. Culturally
the Portuguese language loan a good
number of words to the Malay vocabulary
such as almari for cupboard and baldi for
pail.
The Dutch Legacy St. Paul’s Hill as the Seat of Power of
4.2.6 The Dutch legacy can be seen in the Melaka
design of the town square, surrounded by 4.3.2 St. Paul’s Hill Civic Zone has always been
architectural masterpieces in the form of the seat of the governing bodies from
the old Dutch administrative building called the time Melaka was founded to recent
The Stadthuys, the Christ Church and times. The establishment of a kingdom at
an office/warehouse complex in Jonker this location was due to its commanding
Street. The Dutch also left behind a unique position facing the river mouth and the
array of townhouses in Heeren Street and Straits of Malacca and protected from
Jonker Street as well as a unique urban the interior by a vast swampy area.
pattern that is the result of the manner in Known as Bukit Melaka during the Malay
which property taxes are levied according Sultanate era, it was a royal abode as
to the width of the frontage of the property well as the seat of power of the Sultans.
onto the street. The Portuguese simply called the area as
Oiteiro or Hill. They built a fortress around
The British Legacy this hill, which was completed in 1548
4.2.7 Penang was originally established by the and stayed within the walls. On top of it,
East India Company (EIC) as the Prince they also built a church. The Portuguese
of Wales Island in 1786, upon negotiations administered the place from within the
with the Sultan of Kedah, in exchange for castle known as the A Famosa.
protection against the Kingdom of Siam. In
1826 Penang became a part of the Straits 4.3.3 The Dutch, who took over the church
Settlement, two years after the possession on the hill, turned it into a Protestant
of Singapore and Melaka by the British church and named it St. Paul’s Church.
EIC. The three towns were then brought The hill was renamed St. Paul’s Hill and
under a single British administration. The remained so ever since. The Dutch also
British, who ruled Penang and Melaka built their administrative buildings known
until the country’s independence in as The Stadthuys and their Governor’s
1957, left behind a significant physical quarters on the western part of this hill.
and cultural imprint, manifested in the The hill therefore served as the seat of
colonial architecture and the administrative government during the Dutch era as well.
and legal system used by independent The hill also continued to be the seat of
Malaysia. power of the British-Melaka government
and the State government of independent
Melaka.
4.3 Centres of Historic 4.3.4 At the foot of St. Paul’s Hill facing the sea,
several large British plantation enterprises
Administration including Dunlop Estates, and Sime Darby
established their head offices to conduct
4.3.1 Up until recently, both the historic cities of
their business affairs. These companies
Melaka and George Town have functioned
were/are related to the plantation industry
as centres of administration. The physical
especially the rubber industry and reflect
imprint is seen in the various structures in
the role played by local Peranakan
the Civic Zone of the WHS.
Chinese especially Tan Chay Yan (who
in 1895 planted the first rubber plantation
in Tiang Dua outside Melaka Town) and

Tun Sir Tan Cheng Lock in pioneering the recorded the visit of Joao Batista, an
rubber industry. These imposing corporate Italian military engineer tasked with
buildings are now restored and adapted as surveying and improving the defenses of
Museums. Portuguese territories overseas, in 1588
and reported the fortifications had already
Fortaleza de Malaca, Melaka been completely transformed. By 1588
4.3.5 The Fortaleza de Malaca was once Melaka was already a walled city and the
an imposing part of Melaka urban citadel within the walls previously identified
environment of which the Porta Santiago as the A Famosa was referred to as the
and part of the foundations are visible Fortaleza Velha or Old Fortress. The
today. The moniker, A Famosa, is often seaward and riverside part of the city was
used to describe the Porta Santiago walled in stone while to the northeast and
or even the entire fortress itself. The east, roughly along the Jalan Banda Kaba
misconception arises from Alfonso and southward towards the Porta Santiago
D’Albuquerque’s plans immediately gate and the sea, was a timber palisade.
after the conquest of Melaka and the
completion of a timber fortress, to build
more substantial fortifications known as
the A Famosa or The Famous. In fact
what was the A Famosa was a Castle
and Keep, square in plan, with walls
eight-foot thick, built on the left bank of the
river close to the estuary on what was the
site of the ruins of the Great Mosque of
Melaka. Work by 1,500 forced labourers
began on the fortress in September 1511
and was completed the following January.
A sketch reproduced in Gaspar Correa’s
Lendas da India shows in 1550’s that the
square structure of the A Famosa square
and crenellated edifice was about the only
masonry building in Melaka and the town
was walled in nothing more than a timber
palisade.
Figure 4.1: St.Paul’s Church
4.3.6 It is recorded that soon after 1550 and
certainly by 1580, the Portuguese had 4.3.7 The Fortaleza da Malaca had then
doubts about the adequacies of the assumed its basic plan until its final
fortifications. The union of the Iberian destruction by William Farquhar in 1807.
monarchies in 1580 led to the fear that The Portuguese built a total of 4 bastions
their overseas possessions might come which were open air gun platforms and
under attack from the mortal enemy of the angling of these bastions utilised
the Spain; The Netherlands; which was the philosophy that had radiated out
beginning to strike out especially to the of Italy during the Renaissance. Dutch
East in search of the very same spice improvements to these fortifications
that inspired the Portuguese. Eredia included the renovation of the northeast

and east palisade into a full stone curtain touched off the fuse and at once spurred
wall of some 20-foot high, additional his horse away. After about ten minutes
bastions and the remodeling of existing the gunpowder exploded with a noise like
bastions and improvements to the city thunder, and pieces of the Fort as large
gates. The Dutch expertise in hydro as elephants, and even some as large
engineering saw the introduction of a as houses, were blown and cascaded
moat from the river near Padang Nyiru; into the sea. Some went right over the
controlled with sluice gates so as to river and struck the houses on the other
ensure that the water in the moat is always side. Everyone was startled when they
fresh; running roughly along what is heard the noise, their surprise all the
now Jalan Banda Kaba and southwards greater because never in their lives had
along Fort Terrace towards the sea. This they heard such a sound or seen how the
effectively made the fortified area into an power of gunpowder can lift pieces of rock
island and on paper a highly defensive as big as houses. At last they realized
site. that the Fort could be destroyed by the
English, and they shook their head saying
4.3.8 The Fortaleza da Malaca took its final ‘Great indeed is the skill and ingenuity
shape during the governorship of of these white men but what a pity that a
Balthasar Bort (1665-1678). As impressive building as fine as this should be brought
as these defenses are on paper, the low in an instant of time. For if they wished
entire fortress fell to the British under the to repair it there’s not knowing how many
command of Major Brown and Captain years it would take before it was finished.’
Newcome after token resistance in For the Fort was the pride of Malacca and
1795. The British; loathe having such an after its destruction the place lost its glory,
impressive fortifications remaining when like a woman bereaved of her husband the
they are obliged to return Melaka to the luster gone from her face. But now by the
Dutch; decided to raze the structures to will of Allah it was no more, showing how
the ground and orders were also given to ephemeral are the things of this world”.
transfer the trade and capital of Malacca,
together with the most valuable part of its
inhabitants to Penang. Raffles’ intervention
was too late to save the fortress but he
and William Farquhar did manage to
persuade the East India Company that
Malacca’s residents could trace their
local roots back several centuries while
Penang was “still an island of transitory
adventurers”.
4.3.9 Abdullah bin Abdul Kadir better known as

Munshi Abdullah recorded the last moment
of the grand old Dame, the Fortaleza da
Malaca;
“Mr. Farquhar appeared on horseback
Figure 4.2: Porta Santiago, A Famosa.
holding a slow-match in his hand. He sent
men to clear out everyone on the Fort and
they ran away in all directions. Then he

Town Square, Melaka commemorate Queen Victoria’s diamond

4.3.10 The Town Square or referred locally to jubilee. The Tower now stands on a
as the Dutch or Red Square is the hub of small roundabout that opens to Beach
the town since its foundation. It housed Street on its south, Light Street on its
the key buildings during the Dutch period west, Jalan Tun Syed Sheh Barakhbah
in the form of The Stadthuys (1660- on its north and King Edward place on
1700) and the Christ Church (built 1753) its east. A 12-storey government office
forming the edge of the square with the built by the Public Works Department
curtain walls of the fortress along the replaced the former building destroyed
river bank; between Middleburgh Bastion during the World War II. The remaining
and Ernestus Bastion. The square was section of the government quadrangle
increased visually when the British under now houses the Syariah Court. Among
William Farquhar demolished the fortress. the major public buildings are the State
A fountain was built in 1904, paid for by Legislative Assembly building (formerly
public subscription, to commemorate the the Magistrates Court), Municipal Council
reign of Victoria and a Clock Tower was buildings, Town Hall and City Hall (at the
built in 1886 as a civic duty by one of the Esplanade), Supreme Court Building at
town notable, Tan Jiak Kee in his father’s the end of Light Street; Dewan Sri Pinang
(Tan Beng Swee) memory. The strategic (Penang’s first auditorium) and Bank
location of the town square with adjacent Negara (Central Bank). The Esplanade,
important public buildings such as The an open field facing the north beach, and
Stadthuys, is testimony of its significance. its promenade was George Town’s main
The composition of the buildings in this social and recreational centre.
square reflects the character of the
townscape typical of a European town,
where the civic ambience of the place was
heightened by the presence of major civic 4.4 Important Ports of the
buildings.
East-West Trade Along
Fort Cornwallis as the Government and the Straits of Malacca
Administrative Centre, George Town
4.3.11 As with most colonial towns, George Town The Melaka River and Bridge
is defined by a fort at its waters edge. Fort 4.4.1 The mouth of the Melaka River divides the
Cornwallis was constructed in 1876 on historic city into two. On the left bank, the
the island of Penang. Functioning not only previously fortified St. Paul’s Hill and its
to protect the town from attacks, but also surrounding is the administrative enclave,
housed some administrative functions. while on the right bank, the residential and
commercial enclaves are located.
4.3.12 Immediately south of Fort Cornwallis
and west of Swettenham Pier are the 4.4.2 The nearby Tan Kim Seng Bridge across
government offices and administrative the Melaka River marks the site of the
buildings. This area was known as the original 14th Century timber bridge,
“Government’s Quadrangle” or King which was attacked and occupied by
Edward Place. King Edward Place ends the Portuguese before they conquered
with the Victoria Memorial Clock tower, the palace ground. This was also the
built in 1897 by a prominent Chinese location of the Portuguese bridge, the
business man, Cheah Chen Eok, to Dutch drawbridge and the British cast

Bendahara was the chief Malay official,
his status was nowhere equal to the
Bendahara of the Malay Sultanate.
4.4.5 While Upeh is to a lesser extent fortified,

the fortifications are far from satisfactory.
It had been recorded that during some of
the sieges by more powerful forces the
residents of Upeh was fled to find refuge
within the Fortaleza da Malaca.
Figure 4.3 : Dutch Square, Melaka
4.4.6 Upeh reemerged as Bandar Melaka
iron bridge before it was replaced by the during the Dutch period and became
present concrete bridge. This bridge is the the place as Governor Bort described
principal and only physical link for a long in his report of 1678 “where the richest
period between the two sides of the city. inhabitants and foreigners lived”. Francis
Valentijn’s view of Melaka for the sea
Upeh - the Historic Residential and circa 1720 appears to confirm his report.
Commercial Precinct of Melaka The street pattern of Bandar Melaka is
4.4.3 The settlement on the right bank of the by now quite recognisable. The Dutch
river roughly encircle by the river and the burghers had settled in what used to be
sea and what is Jalan Kubu today was Kampung Keling and Heeren Street (Jalan
known as Upeh in the Portuguese period. Tun Tan Cheng Lock) and Jonker Street
The area roughly correspond with the part (Jalan Hang Jebat) had been laid out
of the Core Zone on the right bank of the and the area including the occupationally
river. This was the area that was used specialised lanes behind Jonker Street
during the Sultanate era as a market place Goldsmith Street, Blacksmith Street and
as well as residence for the transitory Kampung Kuli came to be known as
inhabitants. Kampung Belanda. The Indian Muslims
relocate further inland to the area known
4.4.4 The name Upeh was first used during the as Kampung Pali roughly corresponds with
Portuguese period to refer to this part of Kampung Kekek today. The Javanese had
the WHS. Eredia identified four ethnic been displaced by the Kelings or south
quarters in Upeh, namely Kampung Java Indians and relocated themselves across
in approximately the same location as the river just north of Jalan Bunga Raya
the square in Jalan Kampung Pantai today. To date the northern end of Lorong
today up to the river bank at Lorong Hang Hang Jebat is dominated by the Indian
Jebat, a Kampung China just north of community and the local Chinese refer to
this area, and a Kampung Keling running this street as “Keling Road” No mention
parallel with the coast. At the northern was made of a Kampung China although
end of what is Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock it is recorded that Chinese burials were
today was the Bendahara residence and beginning to spread over Bukit China. By
in the triangle between Kampung China, 1678 it was recorded that there were no
Kampung Keling and the earthen ramparts less than 310 buildings of which no less
(tranqueira -Portuguese ) lies the Malay than 128 were made of bricks in Bandar
settlement or Kampung Bendahara. Melaka.
It should be recognised that while the

4.4.7 The settlement of Melaka expanded and before its rejuvenation as leisure and
beyond the confines of the Fortaleza da tourist resource. Today, the loading and
Malaca and the Upeh district or Bandar unloading activities still occur but at the
Melaka in the Dutch and British period. front of the buildings and these streets are
To the north of the Fortaleza da Malaca congested with trailers and trucks from the
Eredia recorded 38 buildings at Bunga wholesalers’ activities.
Raya and another 20 as far north as
Panckelaran (Pengkalan Rama). To the 4.4.9 Jalan Kampung Pantai located at the
north west along the coast beyond the centre of this stretch of roads dominates
earthern ramparts or tranqueira of the the trading activities. Jalan Kampung
Portuguese another 40 buildings were Pantai displays the character of a
noted including two in brick. South of the traditional Chinese street that opens up
Fortaleza at Banda Hilir 40 houses (2 in to a square addressing a Chinese temple.
brick) and along the axis to Bukit China A narrow lane and foot bridge links up
along what is Jalan Temenggong now this square with a tiny mosque on the
were 47 houses. other side of the river. It is noteworthy that
part of the area fronting Jalan Kampung
The Right Bank: Lorong Hang Jebat, Pantai was formerly known as Kampung
Jalan Kampung Pantai and Jalan Jawa which is the name of the settlement
Kampung Hulu, Melaka around the afore-mentioned mosque.
4.4.8 Jalan Kampung Pantai, Lorong Hang The decline of trading activities along the
Jebat and Jalan Kampung Hulu are streets river at these streets are expedited by the
that run parallel to the river and housed relocation of the customs and immigration
many retailers, merchants, wholesalers functions on reclaimed land at the mouth
and warehouses. In addition, there of the river as well as the construction of
were also many traditional retailers and larger warehouses there. The relocation
craftsmen located here and in the streets of all barter trade activities to Kuala Linggi
leading to these roads. This stretch of road deliver the coup de grace to the river as a
is evidence of the role of Melaka and in conduit of commerce.
particular the river played in the past as a
port and trading post. In the past, the river The Harbour and Jetties of George
was the main means of communication Town
and thus goods that arrived via ships and 4.4.10 The Penang harbour in its heyday, had
boats were unloaded and stored into the a number of piers: Victoria Pier (1888),
back of the buildings that backs onto the Church Street Pier/ Railway Jetty (1897)
river bank. Padang Nyiru across the river
from Lorong Hang Jebat was the location
of the Customs and Immigration offices
and the location of these offices would
be a convenience for the entrepot trade
that went on almost non-stop along the
river until the 1980’s. Property values
of properties with their backs onto the
river had always been higher than their
counterpart across the road except for
a short period in the 1980’s and 1990’s
when the river slowly declined as a
conduit for the transportation of goods Figure 4.4: Jalan Kampung Pantai, Melaka in 1930

and Swettenham Pier (1904). The Raja
Tun Uda Pier (Ferry terminal) was opened
4.5 Cities of Migrants and
only in 1959. During the 1880s, a stretch Multiculturalism
of seafront was reclaimed and named
after Sir Frederick Weld, Governor of the 4.5.1 The importance of the historic cities of
Straits Settlements (1885-87). Offices and Melaka and George Town as trading
godowns were built on the new waterfront ports meant that they were able to attract
in the distinctive Straits Eclectic style large number of traders from the northern
typified by colonnaded arcades. They region of Sumatera, the Malay Peninsula,
housed the offices of European firms like the Indian subcontinent and China. Trade
Boustead, Behn Meyer, Macalister & Co. became the uniting factor bringing people
and Paterson Simons who were shipping from various cultural backgrounds to settle
agents, general importers and tin refiners. in Melaka and George Town, creating a
During the World War II, many of the fine mosaic of multicultural communities. The
buildings near the port were bombed and historic cities of Melaka and George Town
destroyed, including Government offices is a testament to a vibrant multi-cultural
at Beach Street and Downing Street (a living heritage.
section of it survived), Victoria Pier and
Railway Pier. 4.5.2 The early migrant population was largely
male. The fortunate few who could afford
Weld Quay and the Ghauts, George to take wives quite often took wives not of
Town their own ethnicity. Due to the shortage of
4.4.11 Weld Quay extends from Swettenham Chinese women, many early Chinese took
Pier to Prangin River, linking ghauts that slave women (Batak, Balinese, orang asli)
provided jetties at each end. A ghaut is or local women (especially Siamese) as
the stone or wooden jetty along the water wives. Thus cultural hybridity was com-
front that is constructed as an extension of mon. For example, J.D. Vaughan wrote in
the street that runs inland from the shore. the 1850s: ‘’The mixed races, namely the
Several Chinese clan jetties later sprouted offspring of Kling, Bengali and Chinese
along Weld Quay. These jetties served as fathers and Malay mothers, adopt portions
landing bases for the traditional entreport of the costume worn by both parents so
trade, that is, trade dealing in import, that a description of the dress worn by all
redistribution and re-exporting of products natives in the Straits Settlements that are
from the hinterland and neighbouring classified as Malays would be a descrip-
countries. This trade was normally handled tion of the apparel of Klings, Bengalis and
by small scale Asian traders. Today, the Chinese…’ People mixed in the market-
traditional cargo-handling business by the
Weld Quay jetty community has dwindled
considerably due to the use of containers
at the Butterworth port on the opposite
side of the channel.
Figure 4.5: Swettenham Pier, taken from the Penang

Postcard Collection 1899-1930s (Nasution, Wade, 2003)

place or socially to various degrees, and Goldsmith Street. The stretch of Jalan
among the permanent settlers, attendants Hang Kasturi between Jalan Tukang
and dependants were commonly of differ- Besi/Tukang Emas and Jalan Kampung
ent cultural origins were often considered Pantai is referred to in Chinese as Tofu
part of the same household. Cultural Street and there was once a thriving food
eclecticism could be seen in architecture, processing trade involving soya beans
interior furnishings, dress, food and other which also gave rise to the tinsmith and
elements of lifestyle. barrel makers. The latter is now confined
to a singular old man practicing the craft
learnt from his father and who had in
turn had learnt from his father in the back
lane between Jalan Hang Kasturi and
the graveyard of Hang Jebat. Several
tinsmiths and traditional sign and seals
carvers still survive till today. There were
no less than three traditional Chinese
timber clogs shops along Jalan Hang
Lekir; employing no less than 20 men at
various level of skills turning logs of wood
Figure 4.6: Weld Quay, taken from the Penang Postcard into timber clogs using nothing more than
Collection 1899-1930s (Nasution, Wade, 2003) a short adze and tiny timber plane. None
of the three establishment is in business
Ethnic Trades today.
4.5.3 The distribution of trade activities in the
historic cities of Melaka and George
Town are typically concentrated along
the lines of ethnic dominance of an area.
Different ethnic traders, such as the
4.6 Eclectic Architecture as
Chinese (Hokkiens, Cantonese, Hakkas), a Fusion of Migrants’
Hindu-Tamils, the Javanese, the Arabs, Influences
the Achenese and Indian Muslims would
associatively assemble together to 4.6.1 Various cultures have traded and settled
trade on particular streets or area. The in Melaka and George Town, and have
existence of trade societies based on marked a significant influence in the
ethnic differences further reinforces the eclectic and unique architecture of
strong ethnic divisions between the trades. the cities. The early architecture is an
Collectively this concentration of identities amalgamation of cross cultural values,
formed strong characters of these places. ideas, traditions and the memories of
immigrants and indigenous builders, and
Crafts and Products the adaptation to the availability of building
4.5.4 Names of places often reveal their origin. materials, skills, transportation and the
Blacksmith Street or Jalan Tukang Besi appropriateness to the tropical climate.
had one of the highest concentration of Juxtaposition of different building styles
blacksmith forges in Melaka. Two remain and typologies from those built by the
today but as recent as the 1960’s there Portuguese, the Dutch, the British, the
were less than 8 within that 100 metres Malay, the Chinese and the Indian mainly,
stretch. Similarly there were gold and had created a rich mixture of urban fabric
silver smiths working in the vicinity of in Melaka and George Town.

Architectural Types Jawa (Javanese Village) and Kampong
4.6.2 The Malayan bungalow emerges during Serani (Eurasian Village) are examples of
the 19th Century, a mixture of European ethnic settlements in Melaka. The outcome
and local features, such as timber of this integration of compact settlements,
posts and thatched roofs as well as the commercial districts, as well as religious
shophouses and temples built by the and civic zones, led to the evolution of the
Chinese immigrants who were mainly cities’ urban structures to accommodate
brought in by the British to help open-up the lifestyles and cultural practices of their
the mining lands, and later the Indian inhabitants.
temples built by the Indians who came
to Malaya to help the British in rubber 4.7.2 An interesting development in Melaka is
plantation and in building up infrastructure the lack of ethnic consciousness in the
works. Together this mix of cultural settlement and land use pattern. Here in
influences has created an architecture that Jalan Tukang Emas there is a mosque
is unique in its eclecticism and adaptation sharing a party wall with the preeminent
to local climate and values. A list of Hindu temple in Melaka which are by any
architecture types available in Melaka and standards one of the oldest functioning
George Town is outlined below: mosque and Hindu temple in Malaysia.
1. Traditional Malay houses Just behind the ceremonial opera stage
2. The Malayan bungalows of the oldest Chinese temple in Malaysia
3. Shophouses and townhouses lies Kampung Ketek which is an old Malay
4. Mosques settlement.
5. Churches
6. Chinese temples
7. Hindu temples
8. Administrative buildings from the
periods of Portuguese, Dutch and
British
9. Commerce buildings
10. Godowns
11. Water villages (clan jetty)
4.7 Cities for Commerce Figure 4.7: Heeren Street in 1910

and Living
4.7.1 Early settlers of different ethnicities formed
their own neighbourhoods, where the
boundaries are not clearly demarcated
but concentrated on certain streets and
intersections. Neighbourhoods are typically
situated adjacent to religious structures,
for example a Chinese settlement behind
Kuan Yin temple and a Malay settlement
near Acheen Street Mosque in George
Town. Kampong Kling (Indian Village),
Kampong Hulu (Arab Village), Kampong Figure 4.8: Jonker Street in 1890

Historic Commercial Centre, George The Chinese Kongsi, George Town

Town 4.7.4 The Kongsi is a Chinese association based
4.7.3 The original grid of George Town is framed on clan, particular dialect group or people
by Light Street, Beach Street, Chulia Street from the same district in their original
and Jalan Masjid Kapitan Keling. These country, or an occupational or mutual
streets defined the city’s main commercial benefit society. The Kongsi institution is
district, where banks, shipping companies, a distinctive outcome of the 19th Century
import export trade, and wholesalers are migration of the Chinese to Southeast
located. According to a survey conducted Asia (nanyang). For more than a century
in 1818, Beach Street was the busiest these institutions have influenced to a
street in George Town, where the majority great extent the socio-economic life of the
of the brick shophouses were located. Chinese community in George Town and
Warehouses, godowns, shops and offices created important landmarks.
owned by European merchants were
concentrated on the northern end of Beach 4.7.5 Outside the main historic commercial
Street near the Customs House, while centre, are largely residential quarters
the southern end of the street contained of terrace houses and shophouses,
shops owned by the Chinese, Indian interspersed with bungalows. On particular
and Malay traders. Chulia Street was the area at the southern section of Beach
second busiest street, owned mainly by Street stands out for the network of clan
Chulia merchants who came from the houses (kongsi) which include the Cheah
Coromandel Coast and Bengal. China Kongsi, two Khoo Kongsi, Lim Kongsi, Tan
Street and King Street were dominated by Kongsi and Yeoh Kongsi, representing
Chinese merchants, while Market Street the five Hokkien kongsi. These kongsi
and Penang Street are known as Little buildings are set within a courtyard or
India. Within the commercial district is a compound by residential or shophouses.
high concentration of coffee shops catering The layout and network of narrow
for office workers. alleyways, a legacy of the 19th Century,
are reminiscent of the feuding secret
societies. This urban geography of clan
temples and houses is a unique feature of
George Town.
Figure 4.9: Beach Street in early 1900
Figure 4.10: Aerial of Lim Kongsi, George Town

Clan Jetties, George Town
4.7.6 The timber jetty housing, numbering some
249 premises, are built on stilts on the
sea shore and are spread over an area of
approximately 16.8 acres. The houses are
arranged in a fishbone layout with the jetty
built of timber planks serving as the major
spine for access and communication.
Typically a temple, housing the deity
brought from the clan’s home village in
China, is sited at the front or rear of the
Figure 4.11: View of the Clan Jetties, George Town
jetty. Each of the jetty clan communities
has set up a system of self-management
to look after the security, maintenance of
common areas and movement of heavy
vehicles.
4.7.7 The godowns near the waterfront extend

from Beach Street to Weld Quay with
two street frontages. The warehouses
are located behind the offices that front
the main street. Stone paved through the
warehouse cum office buildings connect
Beach Street and Weld Quay. The streets
extend from the waterfront jetties into the
town’s commercial centre. The clan jetties
represent a unique form of settlement
unlike similar water villages elsewhere as
each community from each jetty comprises
members of the same clan with the same
surname, such as the Lim, Chew, Tan, Lee
and Yeoh jetties. Since 1969, the residents
have been given special permission by the
state government to occupy the site in the
form of “Temporary Occupation Licence”
for each of the premises they occupy.

Criteria (iii): bear a unique or at least exceptional testimony to a cultural tradition or to a civilisation which is
living or which has disappeared.
“Melaka and George Town: Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca ” are living testimony to the multi-cultural
heritage and tradition of Asia, where the greatest religions, and cultures met. The coexistence of distinct
faiths - both tangible and intangible - in particular the different religious buildings, is a testament to the
religious pluralism of Asia.
Festivals
4.8 Exchanges of 4.8.3 The communities of Melaka and George
Civilisations, Cultures Town celebrate many festivals throughout
and Religions the year. Many of these festivals, while
having religious connotations, are often
4.8.1 The Historic Cities of Melaka and George joined in celebration among the different
Town represent exceptional example of ethnic groups. These festivals create an
a multi-cultural trading towns in East and unparalleled atmosphere of a society that
Southeast Asia, forged from the mercantile is deeply entrenched in their own cultures,
and civilisation exchanges of the Malay, and the sharing of their joy to the rest of
Chinese, Indian and European cultures. the communities. Some of the festivals
are commemorated publicly and in great
Coexistence of Different Ethnic Groups splendour, with processions and stage
4.8.2 The different cultural groups and traditions
have helped to enrich further the beautiful
traditions and customs of these historic
cities. The fact that these various
communities are living side by side with
one another while practicing their own
individual traditions, customs and religion,
making both Melaka and George Town, as
vibrant living multi-cultural heritage towns.
Persistence of Cultures and Lifestyles

4.8.3 Despite the threats brought over by
history and changes in governance,
the living heritage and lifestyles of the
cities of Melaka and George Town have
evolved and persisted, and continue to
be practiced by the different communities.
The continuity of these unique cultural
traditions stemmed from centuries of multi-
cultural traditions, manifested in religions,
cultural practices, trades, crafts, cuisine,
languages and inter-ethnic assimilations.
Figure 4.12: Chingay Festival, GeorgeTown

events, among others. There are two kinds 4.8.6 Similarly, in George Town, religious
of such celebrations: those which are pluralism was established from the early
also celebrated throughout the country, days of the East India Company trading
and those which have originated and are post. As the new settlement had attracted
typical only in the Straits Settlements, 10,000 people of various creeds and
especially in Melaka and George Town. nations, Captain Francis Light proposed
The first kind includes such as the Maulud- that ‘each race has a right to preserve its
ar- Rasul, Chingay, the Nine Emperor civil and religious peculiarities’. Today,
Gods Festival and Thaipusam, and the the St. George’s Church (1818), the
second are, the Chap Goh Meh, the Goddess of Mercy Temple (1800), the
Bangsawan, Dondang Sayang, Wang Mahamariamman Temple (1833), the
Kang and Boria. Kapitan Kling Mosque (1800), the Khoo
Kongsi (1851) and the Acheen Street
Food Mosque (1808) are found on the Jalan
4.8.4 Food is a very important facet in the Mesjid Kapitan Keling and Cannon Street
lifestyle of the people of Melaka and axis.
George Town. The evolution of the
local cuisine encapsulates the multi-
cultural communities and their wealth
of gastronomical flavours. Some of the 4.9 Inter-ethnic
food came about from socio-economic
consequences, such as Char Kuay Teow,
Assimillation
Nasi Kandar and Teochew Porridge which
4.9.1 As important trading ports, Melaka and
was originally intended to feed the working
George Town brought in an influx of
population of the city. While communities
migrants from the Malay Archipelago,
like the Baba-Nyonyas have also created
the Middle East, the Indian subcontinent,
their own specialities that represent the
China and others. Consequently unique
finest of their cultures.
groups formed by inter-ethnic assimilation
emerged, representing this cultural
Streets of Harmony
interchange.
4.8.5 In Melaka, community quarters, which
were established based on ethnicities,
Straits Chinese
still exist today but no longer reflect the
4.9.2 The Straits Chinese also known as
racial composition of the populace. For
Baba-Nyonya, or Peranakan, were born
examples, Kampong Kling (Indian Village),
in the Straits Settlements. Their lineage
Kampong Hulu (Arab Village), Kampong
did not go beyond the early 19th Century.
Jawa (Javanese Village), Kampong Serani
They were of Chinese origin but had few
(Eurasian Village) and Kampong China
ties with China. They enjoyed Straits
(Chinese Village). Their proximity reflects
Chinese cuisine and the Melaka.
the coexistence between different ethnic
Baba-Nyonya speak Baba-Nyonya Malay,
groups. A mosque, Indian temple, Chinese
which is a Creole language. In George
temple and a church are located closely
Town, the Straits Chinese speak a dialect
along the Jalan Tukang Emas, Jalan
closely related to Hokkien (Fujian).
Tukang Besi and Jalan Tokong.
4.9.3 The female members wear the Nyonya

costumes, sarong kebaya (Malay
traditional attire), slippers which are
specially designed and sewn in glass

beads and jewellery. Their culture Hindus but spoke Malay and adopted
is neither Chinese nor Malay, but a much of the Malay culture. They have
charming combination of both. Generally their own Hindu temples and shrines.
this community is not the result of inter-
marriages, for the community practiced Arab-Malays
strict segregation. They sent their 4.9.4 Distinct from the Jawi Peranakan were
children to English schools, and became the Arabs who had come to the Straits
government officers and professionals. In Settlements directly from Hadhramaut,
Melaka and George Town they are distinct or indirectly from India and other parts of
from the other Chinese communities. the Malay archipelago, and became more
significant in the 19th Century. They were
Jawi Peranakan known by their honorific titles, Sayyid
4.9.2 Another community such as the Baba but (Syed) or Sheikh, and were held highly by
of Indian origin, is the Jawi Peranakan of the local Malay community. Although there
Penang. They were locally born, the result were intermarriages between them and
of the union between South Indian Muslim local women, they preferred to distinguish
men and Malay women. Most of the men themselves and their children as Arabs,
were from Malabar and were traders, yet they also affirmatively considered
merchants and settlers, who had arrived themselves as Malays. Their sons were
in the late 18th and early 19th Century. often sent to Arabia or other Middle
Although the community still retained some Eastern countries for their education, the
South Indian customs and lifestyles, they girls were married off to Arabs. In George
assimilated rapidly into the Malay society, Town, most of them were wealthy traders
spoke Malay as their first language and and merchants involved in inter-island
identified themselves with Malay concerns. trade in batik and other textiles, spices
Reputed for their intelligence and language and tobacco of the Archipelago, brassware
ability, they were often employed by the and haberdashery of England and India
British as clerks, translators, interpreters and honey and religious literature of
and as munsyi (Malay teachers) to the Arabia. Over the years, this group also has
European communities. Some of the well identified themselves more with the Malays
known families were the Merican or the and speak the Malay language.
Marakayar. They were wealthy and ranked
second to the Arabs as leaders within
the Malay-Muslim community. One such
example was Kader Mydin, the Kapitan
Kling who built the Masjid Kapitan Kling.
4.10 Religious Pluralism
in Melaka and George
Chitty Town
4.9.3 Another sub-culture of the Indian
community is the Chitty. They were born 4.10.1 Within the Core and Buffer Zones of
in Melaka and their generations might Melaka and George Town there are 57
have been present since as far back as the (20 in Melaka and 37 in George Town)
days of the Melaka sultanate in the 15th places of worship, mainly the mosques,
Century. During this period the majority Chinese temples, Indian temples and
of the immigrants were males, and some churches. Many of these religious building
of them settled down and married local are located on the same road, for instance
women. However, they remained staunch on Jalan Masjid Kapitan Keling in George

Town and Jalan Tokong, Jalan Tukang Kampung Keling Mosque, Melaka
Emas and Jalan Tukang Besi in Melaka, 4.10.3 The present Kampung Keling Mosque
or only a couple blocks away from each was built in 1748 on the foundation of its
other. All are still functioning, as they original timber construction. It was related
were hundreds of years ago, where the by the locals that the Kampung Keling
communities perform prayers and other Mosque was founded because the local
religious activities. Malay community was not on the best
of terms with the Keling (Indian Muslim)
Kampung Hulu Mosque, Melaka people. The Malays were centered around
4.10.2 Kampung Hulu Mosque is the third oldest the Kampung Hulu Mosque while the
mosque in Melaka and also one of the Keling community established their own
oldest mosque in Malaysia. Built in 1728, mosque on a piece of land endowed by a
was one of the first mosques built primarily Malay-Muslim to them.
of masonry construction and possesses
the distinctive Chinese-Pagoda like roof
form. The mosque was one of the bustling
centres of Islamic missionary activities
during the days of the Dutch occupation.
The design of the mosque is simple
which is on square plan and surmounted
by two or three stepped pyramidal roof
covered with Marseilles tiles. The columns
and minarets adopted Renaissance
decorations. The Melaka mosque appears
to have numerous structural affinities
with the mosque at Bantam. The general
principles of this tradition may have been
brought from western India at the time of
the Islamisation of Java in the 14th.
Figure 4.14: Photograph of Kampung Keling Mosque in

2010
Figure 4.13: Kampung Hulu Mosque in early 20th
Century

Kapitan Kling Mosque, George Town Sumatra, Southern Thailand and the
4.10.4 The Kapitan Kling Mosque along Jalan northern states of peninsular Malaysia to
Masjid Kapitan Keling was named after purchase their tickets, shop and attend
Caudeer Mohudeen, the head of the religious classes while waiting for the Haj
Indian Muslim community credited to ships. Acheen Street Malay Mosque has
have built it around 1800. The name an octagonal-shaped minaret following the
“Kapitan Keling” is used to denote the 16th century Moghul architecture common
headman or leader of the South Indian in old mosques in Aceh. The 1798
Muslim community. He was the first Popham’s map marked this mosque as a
Superintendent of the mosque, and landmark of the Malay settlement.
brought in builders and materials from
India. The mosque was remodelled in Cheng Hoon Teng Temple, Melaka
1916 to its present appearance. The 4.10.6 The Chinese contribution to Melakan
exterior is ochre yellowed while the interior architectural styles, as has been
had white marble floors and a high ceiling. mentioned before, is most strongly
The interior aisles are formed by a series exemplified in commercial and religious
of horseshoe arches, crowned with King buildings, namely the shophouses and the
Edward’s plaques. The façade of the temples. The Cheng Hoon Teng Temple
building and its interior were decorated or the temple of the Evergreen Clouds in
with geometric designs. Melaka was built in 1645 and completed
in 1704 after several extensions and
additions. It is the oldest temple in the
country. The decoration of the temple
applied in physical and visual form of the
orthodox elements of Southern Chinese
architecture, with the color, symbolism
and fineness of detail and materials. It is
home to the three religious philosophies of
Buddhism, Taoism and Confucianism.
Christ Church
4.10.7 Located at the northern end of the town
square, Christ Church is an important part
Figure 4.15 Kapitan Keling Mosque, Today
of the urban morphology of Melaka. It was
built as a place of worship by the Dutch in
1741 and completed in 1753. The building
Acheen Street Malay Mosque, George construction is unique in that each of the
Town roof beams are cut from a single tree and
4.10.5 Acheen Street Malay Mosque is located measured 48-foot (14.6metres) long and
in the Malay Settlement between Prangin 12-foot square. The walls are equally
River and the south part of Lebuh Chulia. massive, brick walls sitting on a plinth of
This mosque was founded in 1808 by laterite stone. It is tiled in the Dutch pan
Tengku Syed Hussain, a wealthy Arab tiles. Although it was completed in 1753
merchant prince who became Sultan of the records of the Church dates back to
Aceh. In the old days when the Muslim 1641 indicating that the congregation that
pilgrimage to Mecca was by sea rather worship here had been using another
than by air, Acheen Street was the centre building which was the former Catholic
of haj travel. Pilgrims came from Northern church on top St. Paul’s Hill. The British

consecrated the building as an Anglican of Assumption when it was used as a
Church in 1824 after assuming permanent Catholic Church and was one of the two
possession of Melaka by the Treaty of surviving Catholic houses of worship to
London. survive the Dutch siege.
St. Francis Xavier’s Church St. George’s Church

4.10.8 Built in 1849 by a French priest, Father P. 4.10.12 St. George’s Church is one of the oldest
Fabre, and on the site of an earlier church Anglican Church in Southeast Asia, built
called “Church of our Lady of the Rosary” in 1816 with the help of the EIC during
by a Father Gaspar de Cruz. Name after Colonel J. A. Bannerman’s term as British
St. Francis Xavier, the Patron Saint of the Governor of Penang. It features a Grecian
East, it is the principal Catholic Church in columns and pediments on its front
Melaka. The church stands partly over the facade. The brick structure has a solid
foundation of the Fortaleza da Malaca. plastered stone base, a gable shaped roof
The disparate foundation used by the for the tropical climate, and an octogonal-
two towers had resulted in one of the shaped steeple.
towers developing a slight tilt. The fortress
foundations are visible in the undercroft 4.10.13 A rotunda was erected across the main
of the church. The 1970’s Bangunan building in 1886 to commemorate Sir
Madonna adjacent to it and the early 20th Francis Light. Underneath the dome is a
Century priest house to the rear with this marble plaque framed by two columns,
church forms an important community dedicated to Light. The inscription reads
meeting place in Melaka. “In his capacity as Governor the settlers
and natives were greatly attached to him
Tamil Methodist Church and by his death had to deplore the loss of
4.10.9 At the end of Temple Street on the one who watched over their interests and
northern corner with Jalan Kubu is the cares as a father”. The mahogany trees
Tamil Methodist Church. Built in 1908 this
is a church where protestant Christians of
Tamil descent worship.
St. Paul’s Church

4.10.10 Probably Melaka’s oldest and most visited
church, this building now served as
reminder of the Portuguese era in Melaka.
It is vacant, having fallen into disrepair
after the removal of the Dutch Protestant
congregation to Christ Church in 1753. It
was built out of laterite stone and bricks
and roof in clay tiles with the eastern end
which is the altar, roofed with a plastered
brick vault. The roof had now fallen down
except for the vault which had to supported
by steel columns. The body of Francis
Figure 4.16: St. George’s Church, George Town
Xavier was temporarily interred in a tomb
at the altar end before it was removed to
Goa in India.
4.10.11 It was named The Church of our Lady

in the lawn, which came from India as Sri Poyyatha Vinayagar Moorthi
seedlings, were planted by A.B.Mackean Temple, Melaka
in 1885. The ones still remaining today are 4.10.15 The Sri Poyyatha is a Hindu temple
survivors from the destruction wreaked by standing on the same street as Kampong
World War II. Hulu Mosque and Cheng Hoon Teng
Temple. Erected in 1781, this temple
Kuan Yin Temple, George Town enshrines the deity Vinayagar. In the back
4.10.14 The most important building for the room is a sculpture of the deity with the
Chinese communities in George Town is head of an elephant and the body of a man
the Kong Hock Keong, also known as the with four hands. The deity is believed to
Kuan Yin (Goddess of Mercy) Temple. It be capable of removing obstacles in one’s
is situated at the end of China Street on life.
a slightly elevated site as depicted in the
1798 Popham’s map. The temple is sited Sri Mahamariamman Temple, George
with its back towards the central hills on Town
the island and facing the sea with the hills 4.10.16 Situated at Queen Street, Sri
on the mainland in the distance across Mahamariamman Temple was built in
the channel. Stone tablets according to accordance with the saiva agamas with an
Yin Yang (feng shui). Its position on the antechamber, a hall, circumambient dome,
upper centre of the city grid on Jalan surrounding walls and an entrance. The
Masjid Kapitan Keling and facing China complexity of Hindu mythology is reflected
Street axis indicates the importance of in the sculpture gopuram, which is over
the building. Founded around c1800, this 23-feet high and features 38 statues of
temple architecture features a sweeping gods and goddesses and four swans
roof with ornate decorated copings and over the entrance. It is from this temple
ridges. Oracle sticks are a special features that the Navarathri procession starts
of this temple. Chinese opera or puppet every year. Built in 1833, this temple is
theatre is performed on the granite-paved dedicated to the Hindu goddess Sri Maha
forecourt on feast days, three times a year. Mariamman. Historically, it catered to the
tamil community of traders and stevedores
originating from South India.
Figure 4.17: Kuan Yin Temple, George Town
Figure 4.18: Sri Mahamariamman Temple, George Town

Criteria (iv): be an outstanding example of a type of building, architectural or technological ensemble, or
landscape which illustrates (a) significant stage(s) in human history.
“Melaka and George Town: Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca ” reflect the coming together of cultural
elements from elsewhere in the Malay Archipelago and from India and China with those of Europe to create
a unique architecture, culture and townscape without parallel anywhere in the East and South East Asia. In
particular a range and exceptional architecture of shophouses and townhouses.
4.11 The Shophouse as An

Outstanding Example
of An Architectural Type
Shophouse
4.11.1 The dominant building type within the Core
Zones of Melaka and George Town is the
shophouse. There are more than 2,000
shophouses, mostly two and three storeys,
in WHS. The term ‘shophouse’ here refers
to a building form that is unique to the
settlements of the Straits of Malacca.
Typically the shophouses function as both
residence and shop, with the ground floor
used for commercial purposes, while the
Figure 4.19: Axonometric views of a typical townhouse
top floor(s) are for residential purposes. and shophouse
However, they may also refer buildings of
the same form that function exclusively as
residences.
the availability of building materials, skills,
(Refer to Annexure B for a more transportation and the tropical climate.
comprehensive description of the
shophouses) Construction and the Shophouse
4.11.3 The shophouses in the Historic Cities
Evolution of the Shophouse of Melaka and George Town share similar
4.11.2 The shophouses can be traced to the construction materials, techniques,
Dutch terrace buildings in Melaka and the ornamentations and elements. Most of
Chinese immigrants from the southern the buildings used soft burnt clay bricks
coastal provinces of China. They brought as the main construction material. The
with them both knowledge and methods of load bearing walls at both sides of the
building construction which then adapted shophouse support the roof load through
to the Malaysian urban shophouses. The timber joists which span across the width
resultant building type is one that features of the building. The upper floors, of local
a combination of vernacular, Chinese and timber planks, were placed on timber joists
European influences. It is a response to spanning between the party walls.

Five-footways tiles were introduced in George Town

4.11.4 Five-footways are shaded public possibly as early as 1787 as can be seen
walkways along the shophouses of the in Trapaud’s painting of Fort Cornwallis of
Straits Settlements, giving shelter from that year. These tiles were ideals in hot
the heat of direct sunlight and tropical wet conditions for their ability to absorb
downpours. They were first legislated in moisture, cooling the air space beneath.
Singapore by Sir Stamford Raffles as part These tiles came in variety of forms, the
of the Jackson Plan of 1822. In George rounded pan-tiles, possibly influenced by
Town, the five-footways is a significant the roofs found in what was Portuguese
feature of the streetscape and its governed Melaka and India; the Indian
continuity generally still exists. In Melaka equal sized V-shaped tiles used mainly
however, the continuous five footways on the shophouses; and the Chinese
were not traditionally part of the urban temple tiles. The more common Indian
structure during the Dutch period. It was tiles continued to be favoured until after
only implemented during the rule of the the World War II, though Marseilles tiles
British era. There is, however, a covered became popular with their introduction in
verandah five-footways to the shophouse the 1900s. Post-war Indian tiles tended to
during the Dutch period. be thinner than their pre-war counterparts
most likely in the interest of economy and
scarcity of materials.
Figure 4.21: Typical roofscape of the historic cities of

Melaka and George Town
Open Air Well

Figure 4.20: Five-footway covered walkways 4.11.6 In China and India the open courtyard with
Urban Form and Roofscape trees and bushes is an essential element
4.11.5 The large number of surviving shophouses in a building. When this concept was
in both Melaka and George Town retain brought to historic cities of Melaka and
the historically intact townscape. The George Town as open air well shophouses.
pitched terracotta roofscape is one of the The open air well also functions to retain
strongest distinctive of the two cities. In rainwater from flowing immediately into the
George Town, the early timber and brick street drains.
buildings used easily available attap,
palm leaf, roof. A series of devastating
fires finally led to the prohibition of its
use in 1887. Unglazed terracotta roof

Feng Shui, Vashtu Shastra and Other
Beliefs
4.11.7 Feng Shui, Vashtu Shastra and other
beliefs do play important part in the
orientation and internal design of the
shophouse.
Eclectic Mix of Ornamentation

4.11.8 The multi-cultural heritage was contributed
to the eclectic mix of ornamentation.
Such examples include the carved wood
panels and fascia boards of the indigenous
and Indo-Malay, the elaborate and
superstitious images of the Chinese, the
arches of Mogul India, the neo-classical
elements of British architecture of the
Georgian and Regency periods, and
the modernism of art deco and modern
architecture. Roof shapes and gable ends
were also ornamented according to the
tradition and culture of building ownership.
Over the decades, the development of
these shophouses in term of their design
and styles have evolved from simple plan
with plain façade introduced by the Dutch Figure 4.20: The electic mix of ornamentation
to more elaborate facades that features (Source : Centre for Conservation Studies and Records,
the Malay, the Chinese and the European University of Malaya)
motifs are mixture of these.

5. Analysis of Strength,
Opportunities, Challenges and
Threats
The analysis identifies the key strengths of the cities’ multi-cultural aspects, both
of the two properties in the WHS, and the tangible and intangible. The different
opportunities to be further strengthened communities such as the Malays, Chinese,
and used effectively to sustain the integrity Indians, Arabs, Baba-Nyonya Peranakan
of the Outstanding Universal Value’s of and Eurasians, each practicing their own
the WHS. As there are strengths, there cultural and beliefs, enrich the WHS, and
will also be challenges and threats that create a vitality and vibrancy that are
would undermine the values and integrity unique to them.
of the sites. All these require constant
vigilance from the authorities as strengths 5.1.3 The living population has a way of life
can easily slip into challenges and that allows them to adapt to the city
opportunities into threats if they are not working environment; many tend to work
understood, and managed effectively and in business or trade-related jobs, and
efficiently. some have moved into tourism which is
the emerging economic activity of the two
cities. Trading and related businesses like
5.1 Strengths and import and export, banking, and storage
are linked to the cities’ historic role as
Opportunities trading ports in the past centuries. Some
are practicing traditional trades, of which
5.1.1 The inscription of both Melaka and George
food preparations are among their main
Town as a WHS is based on a collection of
interests. The two cities are well known for
strengths the two cities have as examples
their array of food that is unique to them,
of historic colonial trading cities that
and this has formed the cornerstone of the
continue to grow past the colonial era and
tourism industry here.
today remain as living historic cities at the
Straits of Malacca. These strengths are
5.1.4 Tourism, especially heritage tourism, is
reiterated as a testimony of the thriving,
relatively new but the two cities have long
living cultures of the two cities within the
engaged in tourism before their nomination
WHS.
for inscription. George Town has been
internationally recognised as a beach
Living and Working Population
tourism destination and its array of local
5.1.2 The WHS still has a relatively large
food has been a national attraction for
number of people residing in the Core
decades. Melaka is also well known as a
and Buffer Zones. The dominant ethnic
local tourism destination and its local food
group is the Chinese intermingled with the
also has its attraction. Cultural tourism
Indians and Malays living alongside the
is now emerging as the most recent
dominant ethnic group. The presence of
tourism attraction for both cities. This new
people living and working in these areas is
activity has created various development
significant, especially in the conservation
pressures on the two properties in the

WHS, with shophouses being turned into different cultural beliefs and customs
boutique hotels and commercial premises, continue to live together, often along
and this, in turn, would impact upon the the same streets or in close proximity in
living population who may be uprooted. small enclaves in the cities. In the Core
The residential population in the WHS and Buffer Zones of Melaka and George
would now have new opportunities to Town, it is common to find the Chinese,
enhance their livelihood but at the same Indians, Eurasians, and the Malays living
time, they could find that their homes together, sharing common places and
being converted to other uses that understanding but yet each follows its
threaten their way of life, their families, own customary and cultural practices and
and their living space. religious beliefs.
5.1.5 The prospects of urban regeneration can 5.1.7 Religious pluralism is rife in the WHS
contribute towards retaining the living and is acceptable among the different
population in the Core Zone of the two communities. It is common to find
cities. However, urban regeneration would along the same street, the presence
likely change the characteristics of the of different religious buildings such as
residential population, attracting younger mosques, Chinese and Hindu temples,
people to move into such places to live and churches. The architecture of their
and work. At present, the Core Zone are places of worship often reflects a blend
characterised by a large proportion of of the cultural influences of the cultures
aging population particularly in George of the communities living nearby. There is
Town which could deplete the living interactions and acceptance among the
population eventually and erode the people of their religious pluralism in the
underlying values of these places as living WHS. Sometimes, such pluralism spills
space for a multi-cultural society. The over onto active shared places like the
potential for change to attract younger streets and open space. However, these
population into the WHS should be practices are often received with sensitivity
harnessed and organised, taking into and understanding. For example, religious
consideration the sensitive heritage values festivals of different communities in
of the cities through the careful nurturing George Town like Thaipusam, the Feast
of its the urban landscape to sustain the of the Hungry Ghost, the Festival of the
vitality and vibrancy of the WHS for its Nine Emperor Gods or Wesak Day entail
present and its future generations. road closures at certain times of the year
to allow for road processions. These
Multi-culturalism and Religious practices have been ongoing for decades
Pluralism without causing any problems among
5.1.6 The historic cities of Melaka and neither the people nor the authorities
George Town combine a unique blend who would take careful measures to
of architecture, culture and townscape accommodate these processions.
that reflects their historic past as trading
settlements in Southeast Asia. Their role 5.1.8 Multi-culturalism and religious pluralism
as trading ports in the Straits of Malacca are among the major attractions of the two
had brought together various communities, cities of Melaka and George Town. They
living in shared space, and practicing the have become key attractions for cultural
same cultural traditions as their ancestors tourism into the WHS. It is the blend of
used to do. Different communities with multi-culturalism and religious pluralism

in these small spaces in both cities which vibrant local economy in Melaka and
make them vibrant and interesting and George Town. That these large numbers
turn them into star attractions for tourists. of buildings are held by a small pool of
To further add to their cultural and private owners would likely make it easier
religious attractions, many of their religious for the local authorities and agencies
buildings which continue to serve the charged with heritage conservation to
communities have on their own become bring about change in a more sustainable
iconic architectural buildings, with the manner and to monitor such changes.
strong tourism appeal. Already, the local authorities have put
in place guidelines and procedures to
Architectural Landscape Remains allow such changes to take place that
Relatively Intact would conform to the cultural values and
5.1.9 Elements of the Malay, Indian, Chinese heritage integrity of these two places.
and European influence are built into the The authorities have also begun to create
architectural landscape of Melaka and inventories of these buildings and to build
George Town. Among them are a relatively up planning data to facilitate monitoring of
large pool of shophouses built by the future restoration and conservation works
Chinese immigrants in the 18th and 19th in the WHS.
Century. The Chinese brought with them
their knowledge and methods of house 5.1.12 One of the positive characters of the large
construction which they adapted to their number of shophouses is their green
new homes, blending the influences from features which make them the most ideal
the Dutch, Malay and British with their own places for living in the cities centres of
culture to create this unique architecture. Melaka and George Town. For this reason,
restoration and renovation should always
5.1.10 In the Core and Buffer Zones of Melaka take due cognizance of the intrinsic
and George Town, the pool of shophouses values of the heritage buildings and their
is relatively large. Most are privately suitability to the hot and humid climate
owned and concentrated in the hands of here.
few owners. The shophouses are two or
three storeys high and share common 5.1.13 Some building owners have shown
characteristic. They align main streets, interest to regenerate their building and
have internal courtyards. They were find alternative uses that have helped to
constructed using brick with lime plaster, revitalises some parts of the Core and
wooden timber structures and clay Buffer Zones of Melaka and George
roof tiles. The shophouses in the cities Town. Investors are moving into the
continue to function as they were originally cities to become new owners of these
planned, playing a dual role as a place buildings. The potential for change
of commerce and that of residence. The and accommodation of emerging uses
ground floor is usually used for commercial and new economies exist in the large
purpose while the upper floor serves as pool of shophouses in the two cities.
a residence. A significant strength is that However, the pursuit of the potential use
most of these shophouses are still in good of the shophouses must conform to the
state of conservation. guidelines and management plans of the
cities, especially their respective carrying
5.1.11 The opportunities to make effective use capacity.
of these shophouses are abundant,
especially in response to a growing,

Historic Port Cities with Thriving Local 5.1.16 The local economy within both properties
Economy in the WHS continues to thrive, adapting
5.1.14 As historic port cities, Melaka and George to new challenges through a change in the
Town have strong traditions in trading urban landscape and reuse of heritage
and commerce. Developments and buildings into hotels and restaurants.
economic growth have brought about Food business is an important mainstay
industrialisation and changed some parts of the local economy. It is now a major
of the local economy but the people tourist attraction in both cities. Tourist
living in the WHS have largely kept their pamphlets not only highlight historical
traditional businesses in trading, import and religious iconic monuments in the
and export, banking, and commerce. two cities, they also show food trails with
Some continue to provide services to location of food stalls and restaurants. The
support the main trading activity, and port blend of different cultures has resulted
operations. For example, in George Town, in a wide array of food, served in formal
the people living in the water villages next restaurants and street stalls that dot both
to the port were originally fishermen who cities. Involvement in the food business
have shifted away from fishing to providing provides jobs for the people living in
services to the ships in port. Today, they the WHS. Working in tourism-related
are looking forward to participating in the activities such as hotels and other forms of
tourism industry. accommodations is another source of jobs
for the local people. Alongside tourism,
5.1.15 As a result of their strong colonial ties, there is a spillover into retailing and
these cities have also built up a strong businesses that support the food industry
educational base, and these are reflected such as the production of ingredients for
in the presence of many religious the food industry.
educational institutions in both cities, some
of which have become iconic monuments. 5.1.17 The potential for cultural tourism for the
The culture of emphasising education WHS is tremendous. It could impose
as a part of their way of life under their considerable pressures to change the
colonial past is still maintained among the building use in the two cities to cater to the
people in the two cities. Private education expected influx of tourists. The desire to
is now emerging as a new economic regenerate to meet the emerging demands
activity in the WHS, with the adaption and of the tourism industry is in accordance
conversion of some heritage buildings in with the desire to sustain and keep the
the two cities to accommodate such uses. local economy thriving and jobs for the
The change reflects how the historic port people. The goals in supporting the local
cities continually adapt and respond to economy and create jobs and protecting
economic changes in order to survive and the cultural heritage of the sites should
thrive. not be in conflict but are seen to be in
tandem with each other to ensure the
WHS continues to be there for the benefit
of future generations.

with higher plot ratios to extract the most
5.2. Challenges and values out of the urban land in the cities.
Threats As living cities, the WHS constantly face
problems with pollution from the cities’
5.2.1 The state and local authorities responsible economic activities. Water, air, and
for the day to day management of noise pollution have to be contained and
conservation of the two cities constantly managed. Urban utilities and services are
face development pressures. These under pressures from developments and
challenges are acknowledged in the population growth.
dossiers to the UNESCO but the
authorities are meeting these challenges 5.2.3 The state and local authorities have drawn
head on and working towards resolving plans to manage the city centres and to
them for the benefit of all who are protect the heritage values here as early
involved. Of particular significance is the as in the 1980s. The pressures continue to
fact that premises and buildings in both exist as the city centres in the WHS have
cities are largely owned by the private to adapt to change and grow with times
sector. They must be made fully aware while trying to conserve their heritage
that the cultural values and integrity of values.
the site depend very much on how they
care and manage their buildings in the Displacement and Loss of the
WHS in the long term. Cooperation and Residential Population in the WHS
partnership between the authorities 5.2.4 Whilst the two historic cities still have
charged with the responsibility over the a relatively large pool of residential
WHS and the private building owners form population, the threat of displacement
the basis of a good working relationship and loss of the population is real and has
that is vital to keep the values of the WHS to be contained before it gets into a state
intact for future generations. of beyond control. Already in George
Town, a survey of the area has shown a
The Challenge of Managing Large WHS 30% decline in population since 2000. In
Area Melaka, the gentrification of certain streets
5.2.2 Unlike most other WHS, Melaka and in the Core Zone has also resulted in the
George Town WHS is a large area, displacement of residential population,
with many buildings and narrow streets partly because of the emergence of
and negligible large vacant spaces for mass tourism that is believed to impact
recreation and open spaces. Combined, negatively on the residential population
there are more than 4,000 buildings to through loss of privacy and traffic
manage, a large proportion in George congestion.
Town. Daily, the WHS faces traffic
congestion, especially during peak hours. 5.2.5 The presence of an aging population
It has no green field sites to plan for is another threat to the WHS. An aging
change and to meet the needs of the population has a different lifestyle that not
community. It faces constant development only changes the cities’ economies but
pressures. As the city centres of the their use of space. Retail business that
two largest cities and state capitals in thrives on consumer-oriented society is
Peninsular Malaysia, there are frequent challenged into trying to survive; schools
demands to demolish buildings and rebuild that cater to young children find difficulty

in filling up spaces; and landlords have 5.2.9 Mass tourism is believed to raise traffic
difficulty in finding tenants who are willing congestion in the WHS. Both Melaka
to pay the rents they think they deserve. George Town, like many growing cities,
There are also other indirect impacts as have encountered difficulty with their
the aging population lacks the necessary increasing traffic generated from a rise in
occupational skills to engage in new private vehicle ownership over time. As
businesses, and to attract a wider range of such, the local authorities in the respective
new investments into the city Core Zones. areas have been taking various measures
to manage traffic congestion generated
5.2.6 The loss of residential population is internally. Special attention has been
compounded by the lack of living spaces given to WHS Melaka and George Town
to attract younger people, especially those because of their narrow streets and lack of
with families to live in the WHS. Most of parking spaces.
the younger people who work in the city
centre do not live there; those who do 5.2.10 However, with the rapid expansion of
stay with their parents but they have lower tourism in the two cities, traffic congestion
skills and are not able to afford places of has increased and at times, it threatens
their own. the livability of the site. The narrow streets
of the WHS would have to now cope with
5.2.7 The potential negative effects from tourist buses, more private motorcars, and
displacement and aging population are haphazard parking. The traffic problem is
follow: further compounded by inadequate public
transportation and pedestrian connectivity
• the slow out migration of traditional in the WHS. Attempts have been made
businesses away from the Core by the different levels of authorities to
Zone due to a lack of business, address these two problems in the WHS
• the closure of schools that are part of but their progress is remained slow and
the cities’ heritage, difficult. Even the use of buses in the
• the declining number of population to Core Zones of both cities has resulted
sustain the vibrancy of the cities, in damages to the heritage buildings.
• the loss of multi-culturalism, and In this respect, there is a need for a
• the gradual decline of traditional skills comprehensive appraisal of the approach
and crafts from the lack of available to tackle the traffic problem in the WHS.
replacement from existing population.
The Challenge of Gentrification in the
Mass Tourism and its Threats WHS
5.2.8 A major threat to the WHS is the pressures 5.2.11 Another threat is gentrification as building
generated by the onslaught of mass owners respond to new demands for their
tourism. The key strength of both sites buildings to cater to tourism and other
is their strong tourism attraction and new needs. Whilst, urban regeneration
potential and yet if they are not managed is welcomed, uncontrolled gentrification
properly, mass tourism could bring with it of the Core and the Buffer Zones without
undue pressures and challenges that may proper research and sufficient information
undermine the long term sustainability of and knowledge could undermine the
the WHS. architectural integrity and cultural values
of the WHS. Gentrification is known
to bring about a change that is alien

to the living cultural landscape. Poorly 5.2.14 Leaving the heritage premises vacant
executed restoration and renovation, and and in dilapidated conditions undermines
sometimes, illegal works would damage the integrity and safety of the area.
integrity and authenticity of the WHS. Empty and vacant buildings are often
vulnerable to thefts of parts and squatting
5.2.12 Gentrification can bring about a by undesirable parties such as drug
displacement of the original communities addicts and vagrants. They are fire
and their multicultural lifestyles. The hazards not only to themselves but
replacement of living spaces with also to the surrounding neighbourhood.
commercial and business uses brings The presence of these premises has
about a change of the original character to be monitored and controlled, and if
of streets in the WHS and destroys possible, to be acquired by a third party
the intrinsic value created from multi- and restored for the benefit of the entire
culturalism of the site. The development community and WHS.
of hotels, with restaurants and shops
could induce a major transformation in An Absence of an Effective Monitoring
the cities that may not always be positive System and Funding
on the urban landscape and is not always 5.2.15 It is understood that in a living heritage
welcomed by the communities living there. city, buildings are constantly in use, being
Such changes have to be guided and adapted, repaired, and remodelled by
monitored so that they do not undermine tenants and owners according to their
the core values of the WHS. needs and resources. Such modifications
require permission and approvals of
Strong Presence of Dilapidated and the authorities, without which, these
Vacant Premises modifications could threaten the living
5.2.13 Although there is a relatively large pool heritage in the area.
of heritage buildings in a good state of
conservation in the WHS, the presence 5.2.16 There are statutory requirements in place
of many dilapidated and vacant building for managing changes and modifications.
in the Core and Buffer Zones is worrying. The local authorities have relied on a set
Upon nomination of inscription of Melaka of statutes and guidelines for renovation
and George Town as WHS, there has and restoration. Rules and guidelines
been a growing interest in buildings are being tightened by the authorities to
and land located within the WHS as try to plug loopholes in laws and statutes
their investment potentials have risen. on restoration and renovation to heritage
However, although some of these buildings. Owners, on the other hand,
premises have changed ownership, they have claimed a lack of knowledge and
have not been restored or improved but absence of information to cause them
are left vacant. to do a poor job of renovations and
restoration. In both areas, the authorities
5.2.14 The change of owners has also impacted are facing challenges.
negatively on tenancy with rents moving
upwards and becoming expensive for the 5.2.17 Research on buildings and materials is an
existing residential population, especially ongoing task and some efforts are made
those who are from the lower income to help owners with available information
groups. but there are still gaps. Monitoring and
enforcing are weak. All these require
manpower and resources among the

authorities and these have yet to be

effectively in place.
5.2.18 Many owners in the WHS do not have the

financial resources to undertake repairs
and restoration. One of challenges is the
lack of available incentives. Some are
in place but they appear insufficient to
stimulate and motivate owners to do more.
The Department of National Heritage
offers financial assistance to owners in the
WHS who are willing to list their buildings
in the National Heritage Registry. The
Federal Government has allocated funds
for grants to help individual owners and
is studying to introduce a loan scheme
specially for building owners in the WHS
who want to restore. The state and local
authorities have also stepped in to provide
assistance but the size of the WHS
requires a concerted effort of all levels
of government in order to have a wider
reach.

CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : VISION STATEMENT AND CONSERVATION PRINCIPLES 6-1
6. Vision and Conservation
Principles
Dynamic 6.1 Vision
Historic 6.1.1 A central theme of the management

plan is to address and acknowledge
Living City the transformations that a living city

experiences; continuous changes in
functional use, social structure, political
A city that is capable of accepting changes context and economic development. The
that comes with the contemporary epoch, key is in establishing a vision statement
and assimilating these new dynamics into that integrates the drive for compatible
its existing historical built fabric, injecting economic progress, sustainability, and
new life into the city without compromising the conservation of the historic city’s
the integrity of its outstanding universal authenticity and integrity. The aim is to
values. enhance the quality of life and production
efficiency without compromising existing
A city that safeguards and protects both values derived from the character and
its cultural and built heritage, maintain and significance of the historic urban fabric and
strengthen the integrity of its components form.
and builds its value on heritage.
6.1.2 The vision is to create a dynamic historic
A city with vibrant, established communi- living city. A city that is capable of
ties, grounded in their cultural traditions, accepting changes that comes with the
with access to amenities for living, working contemporary epoch, and assimilating
and recreation. these new dynamics into its existing
historical built fabric, injecting new life into
the city without compromising the integrity
MANPOWER of its outstanding universal values. A city
that safeguards and protects both its
cultural and built heritage, maintain and
strengthen the integrity of its components
ECONOMIC HOUSING
CATALYSTS and builds its value on heritage. A city
with vibrant, established communities,
C PRPOR
OMIIC
COON
M GROE
SGS grounded in their cultural traditions, with
OEN R
access to amenities for living, working and
EC
ES
DYNAMIC
S
recreation.
ITIYTY
HISTORIC
COCNONSSEER
BIILL
LIVING CITY
AB
ENVIRON-
AINA
INTANGIBLE
TN
RVVA
MENTAL
ASI
AIOT
T
U
SST N IO
SU N
SOCIAL/
TANGIBLE
CULTURAL
LIVABLE AUTHENTICITY
DIVERSE INTEGRITY
Figure 6.1. Dynamic Historic Living City

6-2 CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : VISION STATEMENT AND CONSERVATION PRINCIPLES
6.2 Conservation
Objectives
The preservation and conservation activities in the
WHS of Melaka and George Town aim to achieve
the following objectives:
6.2.1 To preserve the originality and authenticity

of the multi-cultural living landscape;
6.2.2 To optimise and revitalise the use of

cultural heritage for future economic,
social, cultural and educational
development;
6.2.3 To preserve and transmit the continuity

of the significant values of the living and
built cultural heritage as a life education
tool and resource of knowledge for the
young and for future generations;
6.2.4 To preserve the close relationship of

communities and their social cultural ties
and further enhance a sense of belonging
and pride of place; and
6.2.5 To offer visitors the unique opportunity

to experience an authentic multi-cultural
living and built cultural landscape and its
diverse manifestations

6.3 Framework for the
Conservation of
Historic Dynamic Cities I. An Overall Sustainability Framework
6.3.1 A comprehensive approach is adopted 6.3.4 Principles of sustainability shall be used

in formulating the framework for the in assessing development or intervention
protection and conservation of the Built within Melaka and George Town WHS.
and Living Culture of the World Heritage Application of these principles of
Site of Melaka and George Town. This sustainability adds value and supports
framework defines that urban heritage public and private actions aimed at
conservation is an integrated component preserving and enhancing the quality of
of the broader urban context and that the human environment. The use of the
the overall urban design policies and mechanism is aimed at infusing a culture
development programmes take account where the sustainability considerations
conservation as a fundamental factor. become a fundamental value in planning,
design, policy making etc.
6.3.2 This framework shall be embedded in
future interventions or developments within 6.3.5 It is recommended that any private or
the World Heritage Site. public, commercial or philanthropic
development project on site, be subject to
6.3.3 Some concepts and tools from the a cultural sustainability assessment. This
UNESCO Preliminary Report on the translates into applying the sustainability
Draft Recommendation on the Historic principles in a simple, or in depth
Urban Landscape are integrated into manner to assess the cultural, social,
the framework with intention to pave the environmental and economic impact of
way for a more integrated, long-sighted, development on the site.
realistic and inclusive approach to
managing conservation in the site: Community
and Cultural
i) An overall Sustainability Framework Landscapes
ii) A Landscape Approach to

Conservation The
Livability Cultural Economics
iii) Observing the Connectivity between Site
Built and Living Culture
iv) Comprehensive Protection and Physical

Development Landscape
v) Multi-cultural and Historical Layering as Figure 6.2 : Sustainability Lens

the Fabric and Form

II. A Landscape Approach to

Conservation The landscape approach requires
new perspectives to conservation
6.3.6 The Outstanding Universal Values of both of areas:
towns are intricately tied to their historic
● To look at land use patterns and spatial
urban landscape (HUL). The conservation
organisation of the city as a whole (historical
framework recommends the use of a and contemporary) to determine the complex
landscape approach for identifying, use of space and the urban flow of human
conserving and managing the historic traffic.
areas.
● To reveal historic and modern urban rhythms
of pedestrian and vehicular traffic (domestic,
6.3.7 The definition of Historic Urban social and commercial) in relation to space
Landscapes as per Item 1- HUL Draft (physical landscape) and time .
Recommendations:
● To uncover visual sightlines and vistas
that reveal the relationship of the urban
“The Historic Urban Landscape is the settlement to the geographical landscape and
urban area understood as a historic to the spiritual and cultural expressions of
layering of cultural and natural values, town planning.
extending beyond the notion of ‘historic
● To reveal the layering of urban structures and
centre’ or ‘ensemble’ to include the built environment as expressed in historical
broader urban context and its geographical and modern enclaves and townscape and its
setting.” relationship to socio-cultural and economic
expressions.
6.3.8 Item 2 of the HUL Draft
● To reveal historic and contemporary building
Recommendations, describes what methods and materials (historic and modern)
comprises the historic urban landscape that relate to the geology, geography,
from the built/physical perspective: settlement patterns, and settlers’ knowledge.
● To reveal the historic layering and

“this wider context includes the site’s
accumulation of culture and tradition as seen
topography, geomorphology and in traditional and modern settlement patterns,
natural features; its built environment, gathering spaces, cultural/religious enclaves,
both historic and contemporary; its commercial enclaves
infrastructures above and below ground;
● To reveal the morphology and land-use
its open spaces and gardens; its land use within cultural/religious/commercial enclaves
patterns and spatial organization; its visual (both historic and contemporary) where
relationships; and all other elements of the ‘monuments’ ‘groups of buildings’ and
urban structure….” ‘streetscape’ are intertwined with socio-
cultural, religious and commercial activity.
6.3.9 It is important to note that the WHS site of ● To unveil sacred, commercial and social
Melaka and George Town is a UNESCO navigation pathways such as festival
‘cultural site’, a dynamic city kept alive by routes, five footways and backlanes and
a living culture. Thus, the historic urban its relationship to domestic, religious or
commercial activity.
landscape of the two towns are very much
determined by human activity i.e. “... ● To reveal the permeability between
geographical and spiritual space and
between personal and public space as
manifested through human activity (cultural,
social and economic), temporary and mobile
structures etc.

III. Comprehensive Protection and
Development
6.3.10 A comprehensive and integrated planning 6.3.11 The identification and categorisation of
of the historic urban cultural landscape the elements of the historic urban cultural
is critical, where human, social and landscape constitutes an important
commercial elements are given equal preliminary step in the protection and
recognition as key elements in the urban conservation of the Outstanding Universal
landscape. This also means giving equal Values of Melaka and George Town.
recognition to the living and the built
aspects of the urban landscape and 6.3.12 The chart below uses keywords/phrases
recognition to the tangible and intangible to encapsulate the elements that comprise
components of each. both the living and built culture in an urban
landscape.
A Historic Urban Cultural Landscape

An inhabited site displaying historic layering of built,
cultural, social and economic values resulting from
reciprocity over time between humans, the geographical
Living Cultural Heritage Built Cultural Heritage
Intangible Living Culture Intangible Built Culture
● Commercial/social/cultural activity ● Land use patterns

● Space use patterns Skills and knowledge ● Building use patterns
● Expressions (Oral/performative/ Design Elements ● Expressions (Architecture/
manners/customs) Creative Technology streetscape/townscape)
● Belief systems Building Methods ● Sense of place
● Sense of identity Transmission Methods
Organisation and Management
Tangible Living Culture Tangible Built Culture
● Items for religious/cultural use ● Single/group of buildings

● Items for domestic use (food, dress, ● Public parks and gardens
household items) ● Monuments and structures
● Products for industrial use Documents / Records ● Archaeological sites
● Domestic/cultural/religious Materials and equipment ● Pathways and streets
artefact Communities/ Human Resource ● Technical infrastructure
Figure 6.3 : Historic Urban Cultural Landscape

IV. Observing the Connectivity V. Multi-cultural and Historical

between Built and Living Layering of Fabric and Form
Culture
6.3.14 Framework 5 emphasises, as per the
6.3.13 The historic urban cultural landscape has Hoi An Protocols, “the need to draw from
shaped modern society and has great different sources of authenticity and
value for our understanding of how we overlay various dimensions to understand
live today. The interconnectedness of the historic palimpsest”. This is in contrast
the built and living elements is complex to the view that historical narrative could
and collectively contributes towards the be understood simply in linear form.
cultural sense of place. When looking
at long-term sustainability of the values 6.3.15 The conservation of the Outstanding
of the site, it is important in planning to Universal Value of a trading centre that
retain the strong sense of the connectivity is multi-cultural, historically layered, and
between working, living and recreational encouraging of cultural exchange, requires
opportunities in the city. This connectivity an in-depth understanding of the many
is manifested in the mixed building use forces that have shaped both Melaka and
(residential and commercial), accessibility George Town’s social history and continue
to public amenities such as parks, to shape its society today.
post office, places of worship etc and
commercial chains connecting wholesale, 6.3.16 The maintenance of these Outstanding
retail and service. Universal Value will itself require a
collaborative, multi-disciplinary, multi-
lingual and multi-cultural team.
Physical Human,
Commercial
Landscape and Cultural
Figure 6.4 : Dynamics of a Historic Urban Cultural

Landscape

6.4 Conservation Principles Principle 1
Retaining Cultural Significance of a Place
6.4.1 Conservation Principles provide a
fundamental guideline for the assessment, 6.4.1 Places of cultural significance should be
management and preservation/ conserved.
conservation of cultural heritage.
It provides direction for community 6.4.2 The aim of conservation is to retain the
stakeholders, managers and related cultural significance of a place.
agencies before commencing on
conservation or development plans, Principle 2
decisions or interventions. Maintaining Authenticity and Integrity
6.4.3 Local practices and cultural preferences

Conservation Principles should guide conservation decisions, and
be considered before intervention, as
● Retaining Cultural Significance of a Place these practices and preferences impact
on the authenticity and integrity of a site or
● Maintaining Authenticity and Integrity cultural asset.
● Retaining Association and Meanings

6.4.4 Authentic refers to the genuineness or
● Compatible Use/Functionality originality of expression/activity/object or
site
● Significance of Setting/Location
For example, if a community is bent on
● Engaging Stakeholders and Community commodifying a traditional activity for the
visitor, it may well loose its authenticity and
● Interpretation of Significance
contextual meaning when adapting to suit
visitor needs. It is no longer a part of the
● Co-existence of cultural values
tradition or culture that created it.
6.4.5 Integrity refers to completeness or

intactness of an expression/activity/object
or site and its attributes.
6.4.6 To maintain the authenticity and integrity

of intangible and tangible cultural heritage,
it is important to retain the associations
and meanings related to the heritage in
the conservation decision making process
and intervention process.
Principle 3
Retaining Association & Meanings
6.4.7 Association means the special connection

between people and place. Associations
may be include social or spiritual values

and cultural responsibilities for the cultural 6.4.15 Continuing, modifying or reinstating a
assets. They may relate to people living significant use may be appropriate and
or dead, and to groups, organisations and a preferred form of conservation. It may
other communities. require changes to significant fabric but
this should be minimized.
6.4.8 Significant association between people
and the cultural heritage should be 6.4.16 Use is a major component of the value
respected, retained and not obscured. and meaning of cultural heritage to a
community and should be continued.
6.4.9 Meanings denotes what a place signifies, Sometimes, but not always, a change
indicates, evokes or expresses. Meaning allowing entry and use by another
generally relate to intangible aspects community may still allow for some of the
of a place such as symbolic qualities, meaning to be continued.
memories, traditional practices and events.
Principle 5
6.4.10 Significant meanings should be identified Significance of Setting/Location
as part of understanding the cultural
heritage, and may require research. 6.4.17 To identify the setting, establish how the
place functioned in the past, and how
6.4.11 Opportunities for interpretation, its setting has changed; examine the
commemoration and celebration of these visual connections and views back and
associations should be documented and forth; identify features that are historical
preserved. characteristic of the setting.
6.4.12 Interpreting associations should 6.4.18 The reasoning behind the setting, and
be approached with respect for the the values it encompasses should be
associated people. Issues may arise described and the related places identified.
about who owns, and who has the right to
interpret people’s history. 6.4.19 The physical location of a place is part of
its cultural significance. A building, work
Principle 4 or other component of a place should
Compatible Use/Functionality remain in its historical location. Relocation
is generally unacceptable unless this is
6.4.13 The significance of cultural heritage is the sole practical means of ensuring its
directly related to their use, present or survival.
past. The use or function of the cultural
heritage item/practice/place/expression 6.4.20 If a component of a place is moved, its
is based on its cultural significance. Its characteristics and values should be
continued use may reflect the cultural respected. An appropriate use is one
identity and religious importance of a that retains significance fabric, is similar
specific cultural individual or group. to previous significant uses, and allows
associations and meanings to continue
6.4.14 A use is often of heritage significance
where the use of the site/artifact and the
related activity is the original use or a
use of long standing, and where the site/
cultural asset has historical or social value
because of that use.

● Focus on consultation and negotiation
Tangible Content (Related places and with communities.
objects in Setting):
● Community involvement in identifying
Contents, fixtures and objects which significance.
contributed to the cultural significance
of cultural heritage assets should be ● Participation of associated
retained at its setting/location. Their communities.
removal is unacceptable unless it is the
sole means of ensuring their survival ● Conservation initiated by community.
and preservation; on a temporary basis
for revitalization; for cultural reasons; for Principle 7
health and safety; or to protect the setting Interpretation of Significance
/location. The setting/location should be
returned where circumstances permit and 6.4.24 The cultural significance of the cultural
it is culturally appropriate. heritage assets should be explained
by interpretation. Interpretation should
Intangible Content in Setting: enhance understanding and enjoyment,
and be culturally appropriate.
Related content, such as oral history,
cultural routes, traditions and practices 6.4.25 The key principles of Interpretation:
are part of the story of the use,
associations and meaning to people. ● Should increase public respect and
Those related objects, individual and understanding of the significance of the
groups of people have led to the site and communicate the importance
recognition of the significance of the of conservation.
cultural assets.
● Should allow communities, visitors
Principle 6 and stakeholders to participate in the
Engaging Stakeholders & Community process.
6.4.21 Conservation, interpretation and ● Should be based on authentic evidence

management of the living cultural heritage gathered through appropriate research
should provide for the participation of methods.
people for whom the cultural assets has
special associations and meanings, or ● Should explore the significance of
who have social, spiritual or other cultural a site in its multi-faceted artistic,
responsibilities for the cultural assets. historical, social, political and spiritual
contexts. They should consider all
6.4.22 Conserving cultural assets requires aspects of the sites’ cultural and
acknowledgement of and sensitivity to environment significance.
the values and interest of all associated
cultural groups. ● Should respect and distinguish
between the contributions of all periods
6.4.23 The process for participation should be and all associated communities to the
developed in conjunction with associated significance of a site.
people and other people who may have an
interest.

Principle 8
Co-existence of Cultural Values
6.4.26 In Melaka and George Town, it is important

to note that co-existence of cultural values
should be recognised, respected and
encouraged, especially in cases where
conflicts and contestation may arise.

7. Management Strategies and
Actions
7.1 Introduction 7.2 Management of the
WHS
7.1.1 This section outllines the strategies and
actions that will be undertaken in ensuring 7.2.1 Since WHS inscription in 2008, there
that the OUVs of WHS is conserved and exists a number of interim measures
transmitted to future generations, whilst to set up institutional and management
at the same time supporting the vision for mechanism for both WHS. These
sustainable growth of the heritage cities. interim set ups and arrangements will be
strengthened further so as to carry out the
This chapter also frame out responsibility necessary implementation programmes
for implementations of proposed actions. more effectively and efficiently in a more
Whilst the proposed action are wide- coordinated manner.
ranging, implementation will require close
coordination between different agency. As 7.2.2 Whilst, the Department of National
such, a lead agency has been identified Heritage is the custodian of the WHS, the
in order to spearhead the implementation day to day management of both Melaka
within the framework of this Conservation and George Town WHS lies with the
Management Plan. local agencies of the respective cities. In
order to institutionalise a more effective
7.1.2 The management strategies are structured implementation of the Management Plan,
into the following: a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) in the
1. Management of the WHS form of a World Heritage Office (WHO) is
2. Use of Land and Buildings being set up for the respective property.
3. Conservation of the Cultural WHO will be responsible in providing
Landscape professional and technical inputs for
4. Built Heritage Conservation application of planning permission and
5. Compatible Development building plan approval (see Chapter 8).
6. Understanding WHS, Education and WHO will also be called upon to give
Information advice, guidance and recommendations
7. View and Vistas on heritage matters particularly in ensuring
8. Public Realm the integrity and authenticity of the OUVs.
9. Access and Circulation
10. Risk Management 7.2.3 Section 16B of the Town and Country
11. Urban Infrastructure Planning Act 1976 (Act 172) states the
provision for a preparation of a Special
Area Plan (SAP) which amongst others
may include conservation or management
practice for a specified area, in this
case for the WHS. The Conservation
Management Plan (CMP) will be prepared
using this proviso.

Strategy Strategy
A1 To strengthen and formalise A2 To effect the Conservation
management of WHS to ensure Management Plan into Special
coordinated implementation of Area Plan (SAP) in order to ensure
actions and programmes locally appropriate statutory protection for
the WHS
Actions
A1.1 Actions
Formation of a WHO as Special Purpose A2.1
Vehicle undertaking specific non-statutory To ensure that preparation and
function of conserving and managing the endorsement of the Conservation
WHS in partnership with local authorities Management Plan is undertaken following
(see Chapter 8). the process required as provided under
the Town and Country Planning Act 1976
A1.2 (Act 172).
Strengthen capacity of local authorities
(MBMB and MPPP) at both WHS to A2.2
carry out their statutory functions more To inform the public and local
effectively in close partnership with the stakeholders of the Conservation
WHOs (see Chapter 8). Management Plan and Special Area Plan
using provision of Section 16B of the Town
A1.3 and Country Planning Act 1976 (Act 172).
Increase role and participation of WHO in
the control and regulation of development A2.3
and building works in the WHS. To gazette the Special Area Plan in
compliance Section 16B of the Act
172. This is to ensure that sufficient
legal powers are entrusted into the
implementation of the Conservation
Management Plan.
A2.4
Until the Special Area Plan is gazetted,
the local authority and WHO may carry
out programmes to educate the public and
stakeholders.

7.3.4 In keeping to authenticity of a site, ideally
7.3 Use of Land and the best use will very often be the use for
Buildings which the building was originally designed
for. The continuation or reinstatement
7.3.1 Uses that may impact the OUVs will be
of that use should certainly be the first
subject to requirement for submission
option when the future of that building
for change of building use. The Special
is considered. However, not all original
Area Plan defines activities prohibited and
uses will now be viable or necessarily
permissible within the WHS (see Part 2
appropriate. A compatible or adaptive
and 3 under Control on Use of Building).
re-use of heritage buildings may be
permitted to ensure survival of such
7.3.2 Swiftlet breeding in WHS is not only a
buildings. Approval of new use, therefore,
threat to OUVs but also to safety and
must take into consideration the suitability
sustainability, making living in WHS difficult
of the use within cultural landscape which
and uncomfortable. Restoring buildings
is the OUV of the WHS. A Cultural Impact
formerly used for swiftlet breeding is also
Assessment will help local authorities in
costly and time consuming. Thus, it is
making decision on the suitability of the
critical to ensure that the existing farms do
proposed use.
not proliferate.
Strategy
7.3.3 The Malaysian National Council of Local
B2 Ensure that new use of heritage
Government has issued a directive that
building takes into consideration
swiftlet farming would be prohibited in
the suitability of the use within the
George Town and Melaka WHS. At the
cultural landscapes
local level, implementation of the above-
mentioned directive would be carried
Actions
out in phases with complete removal by
B2.1
December 2013.
To enforce incorporation of a Cultural
Impact Assessment within a Heritage
Strategy
Impact Assessment report submitted for
B1 Ensure removal of activities or
change of use application to ensure that
building use that would potentially
new use reflect authenticity of OUVs.
affect OUVs
7.3.5 Information is key to ensure systematic
Actions
monitoring of use of buildings within
B1.1
WHS. A monitoring system using GIS to
To institute control on building use in the
track change of use and permits/approval
Special Area Plan (use classes) (see Part
granted for each buildings will allow easier
2 and 3 on Managing Use of Land and
tracking of illegal activities within WHS and
Buildings). The control include barring
thus faster enforcement. This will help
the issuance of licence to operate swiftlet
local authorities to manage changes within
breeding the in WHS.
WHS.
B1.2
To remove swiftlet breedings from WHS.

Strategy
B3 Ensure systematic monitoring of
7.4 Conservation of the
change of use of buildings within
Cultural Landscape
WHS
7.4.1 The intangible heritage and cultural
associations of both WHS is of enormous
Actions
significance and is an important link to
B3.1
the authenticity and integrity of OUVs for
To create and maintain a database on
Melaka and George Town. Appreciation
building use; matching the use with
of these intangible and cultural values
valuation information, licensing permits
require in-depth understanding which
given (including their expiry dates) and
in turn requires systematic mapping
planning approvals granted for each
and identification of the assets. Local
buildings in WHS.
communities are important resources
and their participation would be more
For George Town WHS, a socio-economic
meaningful and beneficial towards
and land use survey was commissioned
developing a clear strategy for
in 2010. The survey which focus on
conservation of cultural landscapes.
business and population within the WHS
can become starting base for regular
Strategy
updating of database on economic
C1 Promote interaction with an
activities and population of George Town
understanding of the unique
WHS. Future survey should include data
intangible heritage of the WHS
collection on license permit and planning
approval granted, which would be useful in
Actions
regular monitoring of building use in WHS.
C1.1
7.4.2 Develop technical tools for cultural
Similar survey should also be carried
inventory, cultural mapping and cultural
out for Melaka WHS for consistency with
asset categorisation.
George Town WHS.
C1.2
Mapping and categorisation of cultural
assets and identification of maps on:-
a. Micro mapping and categorisation

of traditional use of the cultural
landscapes which includes religious
clusters, cultural clusters, socio-
economic clusters and residential
clusters. Also included are assets like
traditional festivals, hawkers coffee
shops, markets, places of worship and
five-footways and the street.
b. Assisting communities and local

groups with inventory, mapping and
defining significance.

C1.3
Training and technical assistance for local
7.5 Built Heritage
groups and the community concerns on
Conservation
identification of their cultural landscape.
7.5.1 Melaka and George Town WHS have
already formulated and implement their
C1.4
own guidelines on conservation of heritage
Undertake pilot projects for conservation
buildings. For George Town, this guideline
of cultural landscape involving community
was renamed regulation as per World
and local groups participation.
Heritage Committee's decision. Further
knowledge and information of heritage
7.4.3 Presently, understanding of cultural
buildings in both cities will facilitate review
meaning and its association to a place
of existing guidelines and to take account
within the WHS has not been given due
of recent principles for conservation of
attention. However, the conservation
both built and living heritage.
principles set out in this Conservation
Management Plan emphasises on
7.5.2 The heritage buildings identification map
retaining cultural significance of a
for George Town previously submitted to
particular place and that it is being
the World Heritage Committee with the
considered before any intervention is
nomination Dossier has been reviewed.
made for any particular place in the WHS.
New data which provide a more accurate
information on each of the buildings in
Strategy
George Town WHS has been incorporated
C2 Protect and enhance the cultural
so as to rectify some of the earlier errors
landscape which includes
made on the plan (see Part 3, Chapters 2).
protecting the living communities
and their connectivity to the cultural
7.5.3 For Melaka, the Heritage Building
landscape
Identification map is a new map prepared
during the course of the Special Area
Actions
Plan preparation (see Part 3, Chapters
C2.1
2). This map is to be read together with
Engage stakeholders and community in
new guidelines on heritage buildings and
identifying significance of a place and
building styles (see Annexure 1 and 2).
encourage conservation initiated by
community.
7.5.4 With Special Area Plan, the heritage
buildings guidelines for both WHS will form
C2.2
part of the Special Area Plan which will be
Include requirement for Cultural Impact
a legal document upon its acceptance by
Assessment as part of Heritage Impact
the State Government.
Assessment report submitted to local
authorities.
Strategy
D1 Ensure that heritage buildings
C2.3
are conserved and restored in a
Develop a manual to guide preparation of
manner that would preserve their
Cultural Impact Assessment report.
authenticity

D1.1
Improve and update heritage building
7.6 Compatible
identification map to ensure accuracy Development
of categorisation of heritage buildings,
incorporating new findings and historical 7.6.1 Development on infill and replacement
information (see Part 2 and 3, Chapters 2). sites in the WHS should be a stimulus
to imaginative, high quality design and
D1.2 to be seen as an opportunity to enhance
Review existing heritage building the area. They should make positive
guidelines to further strengthen protection contribution to the overall setting of the
of heritage buildings. WHS and designed with respect for their
context, as part of a larger whole.
D1.3
Carry out regularised monitoring. Strategy
Education and awareness programmes E1 Reinforce the need to protect OUVs
should be carried out to enhance voluntary for all compatible development
complience. (infill and replacement)
7.5.5 Incentives and financial grant aid Actions

are presently available for eligible E1.1
conservation projects within the WHS Ensure all conservation works for infill and
from various agencies at national and replacement be undertaken in accordance
local levels. The existing incentives are to the guidelines.
relatively attractive and can be further
expanded to stimulate more restoration E1.2
(see Chapter 9 on Incentives and Provide examples and advice to
Fundings for WHS). developers, owners and designers on
good design and construction practice for
D2 Ensure that heritage buildings are sites and buildings identified as infill and
adequately repaired and maintained replacement in the Special Area Plan.
Actions E1.3
D2.1 Commission historical research on infill
Provide grants to fund initiatives and and replacement sites to aid developers
technical assistance to building owners for and owners.
restoration and repair works.
E1.4
D2.2 Periodic monitoring of works done to
Improve monitoring of heritage buildings ensure compliance to approved plan and
restoration and repair works by increasing that conservation works employ the right
capacity of local authorities through technique and use the right materials.
provision of additional resources, training,
awareness programmes and knowledge
sharing workshops with other specialists.

Strategy
7.7 Understanding WHS, F1 Provide a foundation of knowledge
Education, and about the built landscape
Information
Actions
7.7.1 Understanding and appreciation are vital F1.1
to meaningful conservation management. Setting up an archive section in WHO
As the WHS covers large areas, with to coordinate and undertake information
a total collection of more than 7,000 gathering/research and dissemination of
buildings, there are still many areas information.
where improved knowledge would benefit
the management of the WHS and the F1.2
appreciation of the WHS. Additional Develop research strategies and
research on all aspects on significance frameworks co-ordinating aspects on
and management of WHS, both tangible cultural living heritage and built heritage.
and intangible, will be encouraged. Active
links between research institutions, F1.3
professionals and community will be Produce a detailed cadastral base map for
explored. WHS to the quality of old maps of 1891 or
1960 which contain not only informations
7.7.2 A living city such as Melaka and George on property/lot boundary, but also building
Town will benefit more from a co- footprints, sidewalks and other information
ordinated, multi-discliplinary understanding relevant and important for work regarding
of its significance rather than isolated buildings in WHS.
initiatives. An archive section will be set
up within the organisation of WHO for F1.4
both Melaka and George Town whose Commission production of measured
functions will be to co-ordinate, undertake drawings and schedule of finishes for:-
and disseminate research outcome and
information. a. All Category I buildings; and
b. Specific Category II buildings and/or
7.7.3 With modern technology, digitalisation objects of additional interest such as
of heritage resources will be useful for corner buildings, cast iron fountains,
dissemination of information on heritage. granite pathways etc.
Digitalisation also helps to preserve
knowledge that has been recorded through Strategy
particular heritage elements. This process F2 Assist in the understanding of
has to be carefully planned. Existing traditional ways of building for
heritage artefacts should be digitised conservation work
and processed in such a way that allows
information to be retrieved by different Actions
users’ criteria. F2.1
Produce information for the public on
traditional ways of building and repairing.

F2.2
Disseminate research findings through
7.8 Views and Vistas
website, exhibitions, pamphlets, and site
7.8.1 People orient themselves by remembering
visits to sites of commendable heritage
certain features that include unique public
conservation or restoration.
views, defined entries, and landmarks.
These features also can set apart one
F2.3
place from another and are part of what
Offer awards for good conservation or new
defines the unique character of a place.
design projects.
Preserving these key features contribute
significantly to the preservation of the OUV
Strategy
of the WHS.
F3 Empowering participation of local
community in conservation
Strategy
G1 Preserve legibility of historic
Actions
townscape and important views
F3.1
To involve community in mapping and
Actions
defining their cultural assets.
G1.1
Identify important vistas and focal points
F3.2
within the WHS in the Special Area Plan
To engage community associations to
(see Parts 2 and 3, Chapter 3).
manage their cultural assets/properties/
sites.
G1.2
Ensure that all development in WHS
F3.3
respect important vistas and focal points
To strengthen communities's
and that visual study be carried out and
organisational capacity to manage own
included as part of the Heritage Impact
festivals, spaces, cultural events etc.
Assessment.
F3.4
To promote and publish WHO's activities
for greater appreciation of heritage by
communities and younger generation.

Strategy
7.9 Public Realm H3 Create a non-distracting design
aesthetics that do not compete with
7.9.1 The streets of the WHS are traditionally
the heritage structures in the design
shared spaces where changing pattern,
of new architecture and streetscape
performances, rituals and festivals are
elements
some of the elements that contribute to the
unique character of the cities.
Actions
H3.1
Strategy
Provide an orderly streetscape
H1 Design streets with comfortable
environment that minimises visual clutter
spaces for casual encounters and
such as utility, signages, etc.
gatherings, utilising excess and
unused street spaces to create
H3.2
landscaped or usable spaces
Ensure conformity of new developments
to the scale of historic urban structure and
Actions
respect for the historic context (following
H1.1
the Heritage Building Guidelines).
Implement green open space and
public access network master plan, with
H3.3
community consultations integrated into
Technical Review Panel to also assess
the planning process.
streetscape projects.
Strategy
Strategy
H2 Create a high quality, functionally
H4 Facilitate wayfindings and legibility
designed streetscape that enhances
of the WHS and ease of movement
the experience of the WHS
Actions
Actions
H4.1
H2.1
Draft design guidelines on street signages,
Ensure consistency and continuity in the
information nodes, and other physical
design of streetscape elements.
wayfinding elements on the WHS.
H2.2
Enforce the use of high quality,
sustainable, durable material in the design
of streetscapes.
H2.3
Include and integrate public art
improvements into street improvement
projects.
H2.4
Ensure that streetscape and pedestrian
projects meet universal design principles.

7.10 Access and Circulation I1

Strategy
Develop traffic demand
management plan based on
7.10.1 Upon the inscription of Melaka and
objective to reduce private vehicle
George Town, Historic Cities of the
dependency
Straits of Malacca, the World Heritage
Committee has requested that measures
Actions
in decreasing motor traffic in the cities be
I1.1
formulated.
Implement proposals for access
management strategies indicated in the
7.10.2 Solutions for traffic congestion in both
Special Area Plan (see Chapter 6 in Part 2
Melaka and George Town WHS rely
and Part 3).
heavily with the overall traffic and
transportation network and system for
Strategy
the whole of Melaka town and for the
I2 Facilitate the continuity of
whole island of Penang for George
pedestrian access and connectivity
Town. Being the centre of commerce
where possible
and administration of the state, traffic
issues for both cities are very much inter-
Actions
connected with travelling pattern into
I2.1
the cities. This coupled with poor public
Remove barriers on select stretches of
transport services in the past and high
five-footways.
number of visitors coming into the cities
for various purposes have proliferated
I2.2
traffic congestion in the cities.
Implement backlane connectivity,
landscaping and lighting plan for
7.10.3 The State Governments for both cities
pedestrian use (see Part 2 and 3. Chapter
have embarked on a public transport study
5).
to resolve traffic problem not only within
the WHS, but covering bigger catchment.
I2.3
Main objectives of these studies are to
Enable shared streets that prioritize
improve public transport services and
pedestrians but accommodate vehicles at
network to the cities.
slow speeds.
7.10.4 With overall and holistic transport solution
I3 Maximise pedestrian security and
currently being studied by the government,
giving pedestrian right of way
solutions for traffic in the WHS focus on
priority on streets in WHS
traffic demand management with priority
given to pedestrians and residents. The
Actions
SAP accompanying this Conservation
I3.1
Management Plan highlights proposed
Ensure adequate lighting and quality
solutions to deal with traffic issues.
pedestrian space.
These solutions will be integrated within
the overall traffic study once the study
I3.2
completes.
Plan safe, convenient crossings on surface
streets wherever possible, instead of using
pedestrian bridges or tunnels.

I3.4
Minimise the impact of loading on
7.12 Urban Infrastructure
pedestrian oriented street through the
and Utility
use of marked loading zones, restricted
7.12.1 Improving urban infrastructure of WHS is a
loading hours and other loading
critical component in improving livelihood
management strategies.
of the cities for their residents and visitors.
Presently, some of the areas within the
WHS needs improvement particularly in
the aspects of sewerage and drainage.
7.11 Risk Management
7.12.2 Key issue for sewerage in Melaka and
7.11.1 A fire prevention strategy can reduce the
George Town WHS is that many of the
potential for damage to both Melaka and
properties in the cities are not connected
George Town WHS. While full-fledge risk
to centralised sewerage system. In
management plan is yet in place, interim
certain areas, individual septic tanks
solutions for fire protections are being
and pour flashes are still being used and
implemented.
maintained by owners of premises.
Strategy
7.12.3 Clogged drains have been cited to be
J1 Implement interim measures for fire
one of the cause for urban flash floods
protection
especially in George Town WHS. Highly
built up area of the WHS reduces
Actions
permeability of the surface thus leading to
J1.1
a high quantity water run-off.
To maintain pillar hydrant pressure by
separating water supply from domestic
Strategy
supply.
K1 Implement proposals for improving
urban infrastructure specified in the
J1.2
Special Area Plan
Installation of underground pillar hydrant to
avoid damaged by vehicles.
Actions
K1.1
J2.3
Coordinate with the relevant agencies
Regulating installation of decorative
responsible for infrastructure and utility
lighting across light pillars.
provision in implementing proposals in the
Special Area Plan.
J2.4
Regulate and enforce guidelines on
signage and advertising board.
J2 Develop property-specific strategy

to improve risk-preparedness
Actions
J2.1
Set up working committee to undertake
preparation of risk management plan for
fire prevention strategy for each cities.

7.13 Summary Implementation of Strategies and Actions

Target for
Implementation Body Implementation
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Strategy Action Note
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
MANAGEMENT OF THE WHS
A1 A1.1 Respective MBMB State Already
To strengthen Formation of a World State MPPP Government executed
and formalise Heritage Office (WHO) as Government in George
management of special purpose vehicle Town
WHS to ensure (SPV) undertaking specific
coordinated non-statutory function of
implementation conserving and managing the
of actions and WHS
programmes A1.2 MBMB - Local
locally Strengthen capacity of local MPPP authority
authorities (MBMB and MPPP) & Ministry
at both WHS to carry out of Housing
their statutory functions more and Local
effectively in close partnership Government,
with the WHOs Malaysia
A1.3 Respective MBMB WHOs own Continuous
Increase role and participation WHO MPPP fund
of WHO in the control and
regulation of development and
building works in the WHS
A2 A2.1 MBMB TCPD State
To effect the To ensure that preparation MPPP WHO Government
Conservation and endorsement of the or Federal
Management Conservation Management Government
Plan into Special Plan is undertaken following (see Chapter 8
Area Plan in the process required as for details)
order to ensure provided under the Town and
appropriate Country Planning Act 1976
statutory (Act 172)
protection for the A2.2 MBMB WHO -
WHS To inform public and MPPP TCPD
local stakeholders of the
Conservation Management
Plan and Special Area Plan
using provision of Section
16B of the Town and Country
Planning Act 1976 (Act 172)

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
A2.3 TCPD MBMB
To gazette the Special Area Melaka MPPP
Plan in compliance to section and TCPD
16B of the Act. This is to Penang
ensure that sufficient legal
powers are entrusted into
the implementation of the
Conservation Management
Plan
A2.4 Respective TCPD and -
Until the Special Area Plan is State MBMB/
gazetted, the local authority Government MPPP
and WHO may carry out
programmes to education the
public and syakeholders
USE OF LAND AND BUILDINGS

B1 B1.1 MBMB WHO MBMB/ 2011-2013
Ensure removal To institute control on building MPPP MPPP 3 years
of activities or use in the Special Area Plan funded
building use that (use classes) (see Part 2 and
would potentially 3 on Managing Use of Land
affect OUVs and Buildings)
B1.2 MBMB WHO - Continuous
To remove swiftlet breedings MPPP
from WHS (see Part 2 and 3
on location of swiftlet breeding
in WHS)
B2 B2.1 MBMB/MPPP WHO MBMB/ Continuous
Ensure that new To enforce incorporation of a MPPP
use of heritage Cultural Impact Assessment
building takes within a Heritage Impact
into consideration Assessment report submitted
the suitability of for change of use application
the use within to ensure that new use reflect
the cultural authenticity of OUVs
landscapes
B3 B3.1 MBMB WHO MBMB Continuous
Ensure systematic To create and maintain a MPPP MPPP
monitoring of database on building use;
change of use of matching the use with
buildings within valuation information, licensing
WHS permits given (including their
expiry dates) and planning
approvals granted for each
buildings in WHS

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
CONSERVATION OF CULTURAL LANDSCAPE
C1 C1.1 MBMB/MPPP WHO - Continuous
Promote Develop technical tools for
interaction with cultural inventory, cultural
an understanding mapping and cultural asset
of the unique categorization
intangible heritage C1.2 Respective MBMB/ WHO
of the WHS Mapping and categorization WHO MPPP assisted
of cultural assets and by MBMB,
identification of maps MPPP, DNH,
Ministry of
Tourism
Malaysia
C1.3 WHO DNH DNH Continuous
Training and technical MBMB
assistance for local groups MPPP
and the community concerns
on identification of their
cultural landscape
C1.4 WHO DNH DNH/ Continuous
Undertake pilot projects MBMB WHO
for conservation of cultural MPPP
landscape involving
community and local groups
participation.
C2 C2.1 WHO DNH WHO and Continuous
Protect and Engage stakeholders and MBMB respective
enhance the communities in identifying MPPP communities
cultural landscape significance of a place and
which includes encourage conservation
protecting the initiated by community
living communities C2.2 MBMB/MPPP WHO - Continuous
and their Include requirement for
connectivity to the Cultural Impact Assessment
cultural landscape as part of Heritage Impact
Assessment report submitted
to local authorities
C2.3 MBMB WHO & MBMB
Develop a manual to guide MPPP DNH MPPP
preparation of Cultural Impact
Assessment

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
BUILT HERITAGE CONSERVATION
D1 D1.1 WHO MBMB/ WHO Continuous
Ensure that Improve and update heritage MPPP
heritage buildings building identification map
are conserved to ensure accuracy of
and restored in categorisation of heritage
a manner that buildings, incorporating
preserve their new findings and historical
authenticity information
D1.2 MBMB/MPPP WHO MBMB Continuous
Review existing heritage MPPP
building guidelines to further
strengthen protection of
heritage buildings
D1.3 WHO MBMB/ WHO Continuous
Carry out regularised MPPP to start
monitoring. Education and immediately
awareness programmes to
be carried out to enhance
voluntary compliance
D2 D2.1 WHO MBMB/ WHO Continuous
Ensure that Provide grant to fund initiatives MPPP to start
heritage buildings and technical assistance to immediately
are adequately building owners for restoration
repaired and and repair works
maintained D2.2 MBMB WHO MBMB
Improve monitoring of heritage MPPP DNH MPPP
buildings restoration and
repair works by increasing
capacity of local authorities
through provision of additional
resources, training, awareness
programmes and knowledge
sharing workshops with other
specialists

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
COMPATIBLE DEVELOPMENT
E1 E1.1 MBMB WHO - Continuous
Reinforce the Ensure all conservation work MPPP to start
need to protect for infill and replacement be immediately
OUVs for all undertaken in accordance to
compatible the guidelines
development (infill
E1.2 MBMB WHO - Continuous
and replacement)
Provide examples and advice MPPP
to developers, owners and
designers on good design and
construction practice for sites
and buildings identified as
infill and replacement in the
Special Area Plan
E1.3 WHO Research WHO Continuous
Commission historical organisation
research on infill and either
replacement sites to aid local or
developers and owner international
E1.4
Periodic monitoring of works
done to ensure compliance
to approved plan and that
conservation works employ
the right technique and use
the right materials
UNDERSTANDING WHS, EDUCATION AND INFORMATION

F1 F1.1 WHO WHO
Provide a Setting up an archive section
foundation of in WHO to coordinate and
knowledge undertake information
about the built gathering/research and
landscape dissemination of information
F1.2 WHO MBMB WHO
Develop research strategies MPPP
and frameworks to co-ordinate
aspects on cultural living
heritage and built heritage

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
F1.3 WHO Research WHO
Produce a detailed cadastral organisation
base map for WHS to the
quality of old maps of 1891 or
1960 which contain not only
informations on property/lot
boundary, but also building
footprints, sidewalks and
other information relevant and
important for work regarding
buildings in WHS.
F1.4 WHO Research MBMB
Commission production of institutions MPPP
measured drawings and such as
schedule of finishes for:- university
etc
a. All Category I buildings;
and
b. Specific Category II
buildings and/or objects
of additional interest such
as corner buildings, cast
iron fountains, granite
pathways etc.
F2 F2.1 WHO MBMB WHO
Assist in the Produce information for the MPPP
understanding of public on traditional ways of
traditional ways building and repairing
of building for
conservation work
F2.2 WHO MBMB WHO
Disseminate research findings MPPP
through web-site, exhibitions,
pamphlets, and site visits to
sites of commendable heritage
conservation or restoration.
F2.3 MBMB WHO MBMB
Offer awards for good MPPP MPPP Continuous
conservation or new design
projects.

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
F3 F3.1 WHO Community State
Empowering To involve community in Government
participation of mapping and defining their
local community cultural assets.
in conservation F3.2 WHO Community State
To engage community Government
associations to manage their
cultural assets/properties/
sites.
F3.3 State WHO State

To strengthen communities's Government Government
capacity organisational
capacity to manage own
festivals, spaces, cultural
events etc.
F3.4 WHO State WHO Continuous Enhance
To promote and publish Government on Web
WHO's activities for greater Info
appreciation of heritage by
communities and younger
generation.
VIEWS AND VISTAS

G1 Identify important vistas and Respective WHO - Identified in
Preserve legibility focal points within the WHS in Local the Special
of historic the Special Area Plan Authorities Area Plan
townscape and
G1.2 Respective WHO - Continuous
important views
Enforce that all development Local
in WHS to respect important Authorities
vistas and focal points and
that visual study be carried
out and included as part of the
Heritage Impact Assessment.
PUBLIC REALM
H1 H1.1 Respective WHO -
Design streets Implement green open space Local
with comfortable and public access network Authorities
spaces for casual master plan, with community
interactions consultations integrated into
and gatherings, the planning process.
utilising excess
and unused street
spaces to create
landscaped or
usable spaces

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
H2 H2.1 MBMB WHO - Continuous
Create a Ensure consistency and MPPP
high quality, continuity in the design of
functionally streetscape elements
designed
H2.2 MBMB WHO Private Continuous
streetscape that
Enforce the use of high quality, MPPP
enhances the
sustainable, durable material
experience of the
in the design of streetscapes
WHS
H2.3 MBMB WHO MBMB Continuous
Include and integrate public MPPP MPPP
art improvements into street
improvement projects.
H2.4 MBMB WHO - Continuous

Ensure that streetscape and MPPP
pedestrian projects meet
universal design principles

Create a non- Provide an orderly streetscape MPPP
distracting design environment that minimizes
aesthetics that visual clutter such as utility,
do not compete signages, etc.
with the heritage
structures in the
design of new
architecture
H3.2 MBMB WHO - Continuous
and streetscape
Ensure conformity of new MPPP
elements
developments to the scale
of historic urban structure
and respect for the historic
context (following the Heritage
Building Guidelines)
H3.3 WHO MBMB - Continuous
Technical Review Panel to MPPP
also assess streetscape
projects.
Facilitate Draft design guidelines on MPPP
wayfindings and street signages, information
legibility of the nodes, and other physical
WHS and ease of wayfinding elements on WHS
movement
ACCESS AND CIRCULATION

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
I1 I1.1 State MBMB State
Develop Implement proposals Government MPPP Government
traffic demand for access management
management strategies indicated in the
plan based Special Area Plan.
on objective
to reduce
private vehicle
dependency.
I2 I2.1 MBMB WHO MBMB
Facilitate the Remove barriers on select MPPP MPPP
continuity of stretches of five footway
pedestrian access
and connectivity,
where possible
I2.2 MBMB WHO MBMB

Backlane connectivity, MPPP MPPP
landscaping and lighting plan
for pedestrian use (see Part 2
and 3. Chapter 5).
I2.3 MBMB WHO MBMB

Enable shared streets that MPPP MPPP
prioritize pedestrians but
accommodate vehicles at slow
speeds.
I3 I3.1 MBMB WHO MBMB

Maximize Ensure adequate lighting and MPPP MPPP
pedestrian’ quality pedestrian way
security and
I3.2 MBMB WHO MBMB
giving giving
Plan safe, convenient MPPP MPPP
pedestrian priority
crossings on surface streets
right of way on
wherever possible, instead of
streets in WHS
using pedestrian bridges or
tunnels
I3.3 MBMB WHO MBMB Continuous
Minimise the impact of loading MPPP MPPP
on pedestrian oriented
design through the use
of marked loading zones,
restricted loading hours and
other loading management
strategies

Target for
Funding P1 P2 P3 P4
Source
2013-2014
2015-2016
2011-2012
Lead Supporting
>2016
RISK MANAGEMENT
J1 J1.1 Fire WHO State funding
Implement interim Separate fire hydrant water Department PBAPP
measures for fire supply line from that of
protection domestic supply line.
J1.2 Fire WHO State funding
Installation of underground Department PBAPP
pillar hydrant to avoid damage
by vehicles
J1.3 MBMB WHO MBMB
Regulating installation of MPPP MPPP
decorative lighting across light
pillard
J1.4 MBMB WHO MBMB

Regulate and enforce MPPP MPPP
guidelines on signage and
advertising board
INFRASTRUCTURE AND UTILITY

K1 K1.1 MBMB State State
Implement Co-ordinate with relevant MPP Government Government
proposals for agencies responsible for
improving urban infrastructure and utility
infrastructure provision in implementing
specified in the proposals in the Special Area
Special Area Plan Plan

8. Management and Implementation
Mechanism for WHS
8.1 Introduction both the federal and state governments
(known as the concurrent list). At the
national level, the federal government
8.1.1 This Chapter looks into how the strategies administration is governed by the
and proposals of the plan for the legislative, judiciary and the executives.
conservation of the Melaka and George Major laws and national policies as well
Town World Heritage Site (WHS) are as those which govern the local areas are
to be implemented and monitored. It passed by the Parliament.
discusses the legal provisions and the
government and institutional set-ups 8.2.2 Although local government falls under
for the implementation of the plan. This the purview of state government, the
Chapter also examines the problems in federal government could still influence
and weaknesses of the existing set-up local government policies through the
and procedural systems and subsequently National Council for Local Government
recommends some proposals to improve which under the Ministry of Housing and
further the efficiency and effectiveness of Local Government. Land matters and land
the legal framework and institutional set-up administration fall under the jurisdiction
and procedures for the better management of the state governments, while town and
and safeguarding of the WHS and the country planning and heritage are in the
Outsanding Universal Values (OUV). concurrent list. With this, the planning and
management of heritage sites became
conjoint activities between both the state
and federal governments.
8.2 Levels of Government
Involved in Heritage 8.2.3 Under the Town and Country Planning
Conservation in the Act (TCPA), the local authority is the
WHS main planning authority responsible for
the day to day planning and control of
development and use of land, while the
8.2.1 Malaysia exercises a three tier
State Planning Committee oversees
government system, with the Federal
planning at the state level, and the
Government being at the core of the
National Physical Planning Council at the
national administration that is governed
national level. Major physical planning
by the Federal Constitution. The second
and development in the local government
tier is the State Government and the third
areas will involve the state and federal
is the Local Government. Based on the
governments. With the implementation
parliamentary democratic system, the
of the National Heritage Act (NHA),
people exercise their rights in electing their
heritage matters are under the purview
representatives to the Parliament and the
of the Federal Minister in charge of
State Assemblies. The Ninth Schedule
heritage, which presently is the Minister
of the Federal Constitution specifies the
of Information, Communications and
jurisdictions of the federal and the state
Culture. He is aided by the Commissioner
governments in the country, but there are
of Heritage at the national level. The
also some functions that are shared by
location of the UNESCO World Heritage

Site in the capital cities of the states of • The Melaka Historical City Council
Melaka and Penang has also resulted in (MBMB) By-laws under the Street,
greater interest and intervention by both Drainage and Building Act and the Local
the state and federal governments. On Government Act:
top of that, local governments, as well
as the states, are likely to depend on the • Uniform Building By-laws 1986
federal government for financial grants for (with amendments until August
development and heritage conservation. 2010)
Under these circumstances, involvement ▪ Earthworks By-law (MPMT) 1982
of all the three tiers of government is Advertisement By-law
imperative to the successful planning and ▪ (MPMT) 1983, and (MPMBB)
management of growth, development 1995
and heritage conservation of the WHS of
Melaka and George Town, and this will • The Municipal Council of Penang Island
certainly be influenced by the working (MPPP) By-Laws under the Street,
relationship among these governments. Drainage and Building Act, and the Local
Government Act.
• Uniform Building By-laws 1986 (with

8.3 Legal Provisions for amendments until August 2010)
• Petty Traders By-law 1979 (with
Heritage Conservation amendments in 1987)
in the WHS • Food Establishments By-Law 1991
• Trade, Business and Industrial
8.3.1 The major Federal laws which can be used Establishments By-Law 1991
for heritage conservation planning and • Advertisement By-law 2000,
management in the WHS of Melaka and • Entertainment and Entertainment
George Town are as follows: Places By-law 1998
• Town and Country Planning Act • Existing Rules prescribed under the
1976 (Act 172), Town and Country Planning Act 1976:
• Street, Drainage and Building Act
1974 (Act 133), ▪ Town and Country Planning Act 1976,
• National Heritage Act 2005 (Act Planning Control (General) Rules
645). 1990, of Penang
• Local Government Act 1976 (Act ▪ Town and Country Planning Act 1976,
171) Development Plan (Structure and
Local Plans) Rules) 1989, of Penang
8.3.2 Besides the Federal laws, the respective
states and local governments have • Existing Regulations prescribed under
enacted State Laws and adopted several the National Heritage Act 2005:
by-laws under the main acts. The ▪ National Heritage (National heritage
enactments and by-laws that are relevant Register) Regulations 2007,
for conservation management in the ▪ National heritage (Prescribed Forms)
heritage areas include: Regulations 2008
• the Melaka Preservation and
Conservation of Cultural Heritage
Enactment of 1988, and its
amendments of 1993 and 2008,
8.3.3 A Heritage Enactment is also being drafted 8.3.7 An important provision that can be applied
by the State Authority of Penang to provide for the protection and conservation of
sufficient powers to state agencies in intangible cultural heritage is the control
implementing the conservation plan of the of material change of building and land
WHS of George Town. use. Under this provision, the proposed
Special Area Plan (SAP) will incorporate
8.3.4 Together these laws provide the necessary a system of classification of building uses
powers to the authorities to prepare plans and activities that will reflect the type of
and to control works and activities that can building uses and activities that define
affect the conservation areas, heritage the OUVs of the WHS. The change of
buildings and other heritage items in the use from one use or activity classification
WHS, as well as to provide funds and to another will constitute a development
carry out conservation projects and other and will require a planning permission.
necessary remedial works. Indirectly in this way certain traditional
heritage uses can be regulated and
Planning Control under the Town protected.
and Country Planning Act 1976
(TCPA) 8.3.8 In addition, section 18 of the TCPA states
that “no person shall use or permit to be
8.3.5 The Town and Country Act of 1976 used any land or building otherwise than
(Act 172) and its amendment acts of in conformity with the local plan”. Local
1993, 1995, 2001 and 2005, provide a Plans include Special Area Plans and
comprehensive system for the planning hence the SAP can provide measures to
and control of the development and use of regulate and control activities and the use
land in Peninsular Malaysia, including the of buildings and land in the WHS.
conservation of urban heritage.
8.3.9 Under the TCPA, the local government is
Provisions for planning control the LPA of its area, while the State Director
8.3.6 An important aspect of the Act is of Town and Country Planning is the LPA
planning control. Under section 19 of of any area outside the area of the local
the Act, any person intending to carry government. In the case of George Town,
out any development has to obtain the Municipal Council of Penang Island
a planning permission from the local (MPPP) is the LPA, and for Melaka, the
planning authority (LPA). The definition City Council of Historic Melaka (MBMB).
of development is very wide and includes The LPAs hence play a key role in the
such works as: conservation and protection of heritage
areas. On top of that the State Planning
• demolition, erection, re-erection, Committee (SPC), which is formed
extension, roofing or re-roofing of a under the TCPA and which is chaired
building or any part of a building, by the Chief Minister of the state, can
• any addition or alteration of a building make policies and give directions to his
that is likely to materially affect the respective LPAs in relation to the planning
building in any manner, and control of development in their areas.
• the making of any material change in
the use of any land or building or any
part of a building.

8.3.10 Procedures and requirements in the 8.3.14 Under this section, the LPA can impose
application and processing for planning the requirement to submit the Heritage
permission under the TCPA Impact Assessment as an item of the
An application for planning permission is Development Proposal Report and the
made to the LPA in a format prescribed layout plans. This provision and other
by Rules (The MPPP is using the Town requirements can be strengthened by
and Country Planning Act 1976, Planning spelling them out in the Rules and the
Control (General) Rules 1990). The One statutory development plans such as the
Stop Centre (OSC) of the LPA provides Special Area Plan.
administrative assistance to the LPA in the
processing of the applications. 8.3.15 If the proposed development is located in
an area where there is no approved local
8.3.11 Under section 21A (1), the applicant plan or special area plan, the LPA has to
has to submit a Development Proposal inform the owners of the neighbouring
Report (DPR) which may contain, among lands of their right to object to the
other information, particulars of the application, and if objections are received,
building which may be affected by the and if so requested, the LPA has to
development, a land use analysis and its conduct a hearing of the objections.
effect on the adjoining land, layout plans,
and other matters as may be prescribed 8.3.16 The LPA, in dealing with an application
by rules, and, if specified by the State for planning permission, has to take into
Authority, a social impact assessment. consideration such matters as are in its
opinion expedient or necessary for proper
8.3.12 The Layout Plans, which are required planning, and in particular:
to be submitted together with the
application, have to show the proposed • the provisions of the development
measures for the improvement of its plan, if any, ie, the State Structure
landscape, particulars of the character Plan, the Local Plan, and the Special
and appearance of buildings located in Area Plan (SAP);
the surrounding area, and where the • the direction given by the State
development is in respect of a building Planning Committee, if any;
with special architecture or historical • the provisions that it thinks are likely
interest, particulars to identify the building to be made in any development plan
including its use and condition, and its under preparation or to be prepared,
special character, appearance, make and or the proposals relating to those
feature and measures for its protection, provisions;
preservation and enhancement. (section • the development proposal report
21B(1)). • the objections.
8.3.13 The LPA can give directions to an

applicant in respect of matters concerning
his layout plans as the local planning
authority considers necessary. (section
21B(2)).

8.3.17 The LPA will also take into consideration building with special architecture or
the requirements of the relevant technical historical interest, conditions to ensure
departments and government agencies that the facade and other external
including the Department of National character of the building is retained;
Heritage. and
• where the development involves the
8.3.18 The LPA can use the proposals in a SAP re-erection of a building with special
that is still under preparation as a basis architecture or historical interest or the
for the consideration of applications for demolition thereof and the erection of
planning permission if it thinks it is relevant a new building in its place, conditions
and important. The SAP under preparation to ensure that the facade and other
is hence an important instrument for the external character of the demolished
WHS conservation. building is retained.
8.3.19 The State Planning Committee directions 8.3.23 These are some of the treatments required
can provide guidance with regard to for conservation of heritage buildings and
heritage conservation for the consideration areas. The conditions can include not
of the LPA. This can be in the form of only the control of physical appearance
detailed Guidelines that may not be and character of new buildings and
incorporated in the SAP. extensions, but also the type of building
materials. Here the LPA can impose
8.3.20 Under section 22(4)(a) the LPA cannot the requirements for the submission
grant planning permission if the proposed of the Dilapidation Survey Report with
development would contravene any the Building Plan submission, and the
provision of the development plan (local Progress Report when works are being
plan or structure plan or SAP). carried out.
8.3.21 Once approved, the SAP is hence to be Building Control under the Street,
strictly complied with before the planning Drainage and Building Act (SDBA)
permission can be granted by the LPA. 8.3.24 The Street, Drainage and Building Act
The SAP is hence a very strong instrument 1974 (Act 133) provides powers to local
for the control of works in the WHS. authorities for the management and
control of street, drainage and building
8.3.22 Under section 22(5), in granting a works in their areas. Under section 70 of
planning permission, the LPA can impose the Act, any person who intends to carry
conditions such as: out any building works has to submit a
building plan to the relevant local authority
• conditions to ensure that the and obtain its approval.
new building or its extension is 8.3.25 Such works include erection of a new
compatibility with the architecture, building or part of a building, extension
character or appearance of the or increasing the height of an existing
buildings located in the surrounding building, external major renovation to
area, which the LPA intends to an existing building, converting to other
protect, preserve or enhance;
• where the development involves any
addition or alteration to an existing

purposes a house originally constructed building plan approval, or building

as a dwelling-house or into a dwelling- permit there is a need for development
house a building not originally constructed control plans and guidelines to assist
for human habitation. In considering the and guide the officers and authorities
application for building plan approval the in the processing and consideration of
Local authority can give directions to the the applications. The TCPA requires the
applicants. Such directions can include preparation and adoption of a hierarchy of
the class, design and appearance of the development plans, ie,
building is to be erected in a locality or
street in which only buildings of a certain • the National Physical Plan at the
class, design or appearance may be national level,
erected. • the Structure Plan at the state level and
• the Local Plan and Special Area Plan at
8.3.26 Section 79 requires a person who erects the local government level.
any partition, compartment, gallery, loft,
roof, ceiling or other structure within a 8.3.30 These statutory plans together with other
building to obtain permission, normally non-statutory guidelines form the basis
called a building permit, from the local for the consideration and the making of
authority. decisions by the authorities on applications
for proposed works.
8.3.27 The SDBA is supported by a set of
Uniform Building By-laws which the local The National Physical Plan (NPP)
authorities have adopted to provide 8.3.31 The NPP is prepared by the Federal Direct
the detail format, procedures and General of Town and Country Planning
specifications for the implementation of the under the direction of the National Physical
Act with respect to the control of building Planning Council under section 6B of the
works. TCPA. It is a long term strategic plan that
contains written statements accompanied
8.3.28 There are certain works and activities that by indicative plans formulating strategic
do not require any approval or permission policies for the purpose of determining
from the authorities under either the the general directions and trends of the
TCPA or the SDBA. These include physical development and conservation of
works such as maintenance, repairs, Peninsular Malaysia. The NPP proposals
re-plastering, and change of materials, are to be refined by the State Structure
that may nevertheless affect the integrity Plans and the Local Plans. The goal of
and authenticity of the heritage property. the present NPP is “to create an efficient,
In such cases, other approaches have equitable and sustainable national
to be taken by the authorities such as spatial framework to guide the overall
giving incentives to property owners to development of the country towards
encourage them to apply and consult the achieving a competitive developed nation
relevant authorities. This will be discussed status by 2020”
in a later part of this chapter.
8.3.32 In the NPP, it is stated that “local planning
Formulation of Development Plans, shall be sensitive to the conservation
Policies and Guidelines under the of historical, cultural and architecturally
TCPA outstanding areas to enhance the
8.3.29 In the consideration by the LPA of the
applications for planning permission,

character and uniqueness of individual to be made available for inspection by
cities.” The present NPP is being the public, who is again given another
revised at the moment to incorporate opportunity to make objections to the draft
more strategies and measures for the plan to the SPC, and then to be heard,
conservation of the WHS of Melaka and either privately by a sub-committee of
George Town. the SPC, or in a local inquiry or hearing,
before the draft plan is approved by the
8.3.33 The State Structure Plan (SSP) SPC, after consultation with the National
The SPP of a state is prepared by the Physical Planning Council. The plan
State Director of the Town and Country comes into effect after the SPC’s approval
Planning Department (SDTCP), under and the State Authority’s assent.
section 8 of the TCPA. It is a written
statement, accompanied by indicative 8.3.35 It is the duty of the State Director of
maps, diagrams and illustrations, Town and Country Planning to review
formulating the policy and general the approved structure plan every five
proposals of the State Government in years in tandem with the State’s five year
respect of the development and use of development plans, and the NPP, but if the
land in the state, including measures State Director so feels, and if so directed
for the improvement of the physical by the SPC, the structure plan, may be
living environment, the improvement of reviewed or altered at any time.
communications, the management of
traffic, the improvement of socio-economic Local Plans (LP)
well-being of the people of the state, and 8.3.36 A Local Plan is prepared, under section
the promotion of economic growth, and for 12 of the TCPA, by the LPA. It contains
facilitating sustainable development. a detailed map, and a written statement,
accompanied by diagrams, illustrations
8.3.34 Before the preparation of the draft and descriptive matters, formulating
structure plan by the State Director, the the LPA’s proposals for the use and
TCPA requires that a comprehensive development of land in its area, including
survey of the state be instituted by the protection and improvement of the
the State Director, examining all the physical environment, the preservation of
matters that may be expected to affect the natural topography, the improvement
the development of the state, and a of the landscape, the preservation
report of the survey be prepared, which and planting of tress, the making up
is to be given publicity in order to allow of open spaces, the preservation
an opportunity for the public to make and enhancement of character and
representations to the State Director in appearance of buildings, the improvement
respect to the findings of the survey and of communications, and any other matters
to the matters he proposes to include in specified by the State Planning committee
the draft structure plan. After the draft or as prescribed under rules made under
structure plan has been prepared by the the TCPA. The local plan, which has to
State Director, it is to be submitted to the conform to the general intentions of the
State Planning Committee (SPC), which national physical plan and the structure
is chaired by the Chief Minister of the plan proposals, will apply and work out
state, for consideration and approval. At in detail the structure plan strategies. In
the same time the draft structure plan is particular it will serve as the basis for all

decisions on planning permissions and the SPC may direct the State Director of
development projects in the local planning Town and Country Planning to do so on
authority area. behalf of the LPA. (Sections 16 and 16A).
8.3.37 Again at the local plan preparation Special Area Plan (SAP)
stage, the TCPA requires that adequate 8.3.39 A Special Area is an area planned
public participation is incorporated in the for special and detailed treatment
preparation process. Even before the by development, redevelopment,
LPA commences to prepare the draft improvement, and/or conservation.
local plan, it has to ensure that publicity The plan can designate the agency or
is given to the draft local plan that is to be agencies to carry out the development and
prepared, its objectives, the purpose of its spell out the manner in which it is to be
preparation, and the matters that the LPA implemented. A Special Area Plan is hence
proposes to include in the plan, so that a more detailed local plan for an area that
the public is given the opportunity to make has been ear marked for immediate or
representations and recommendations to urgent development. The comprehensive
the LPA to be considered in it’s formulation management and protection of the
of the draft local plan. After the draft heritage buildings and tangible objects in
local plan has been prepared it has to the WHS under the TCPA will hinge a lot
be made available for inspection by the on the Special Area Plan.
public, which is given another opportunity,
this time to object to the draft plan in 8.3.40 Under section 16B, the LPA or the State
writing to the LPA, and, if so considered Director of Town and Country Planning
desirable by the LPA, to be heard in a (SDTCP) on its or his own initiative or if
local inquiry or hearing by a committee directed by the State Planning Committee
appointed by the SPC. After considering (SPC) can prepare the SAP, which is
the objections and other representations, prepared in the same procedure as a
the LPA submits the draft local plan, with Local Plan.
or without modifications, to the SPC for
consideration. After the approval of the 8.3.41 The main components of a SAP is the
SPC and the assent given by the State proposals map accompanied by written
Authority, the Local Plan comes into effect. statements, diagrams and illustrations,
(Sections 12A,13,14 and 15). which incorporate detailed guidance for
the implementation and management of
8.3.38 The LPA may make proposals on its own, the plan.
or, if so directed by the SPC, shall make
such proposals in accordance with the Procedures in the preparation of the
directions, for the alteration, repeal, or SAP
replacement of the approved local plan. 8.3.42 Before commencing the preparation of the
The procedures for the public to make SAP, the LPA or Director has to take steps
objections to the proposals have to be to give publicity to the preparation of the
adhered to as in the preparation of the plan, its objectives, purpose and matters
original local plan. If the LPA has failed to that are to be included in the plan, and to
take steps to prepare its draft local plan, give the public the opportunity to give their
or proposals for the alteration, repeal, or views and comments. (section 12A)
replacement of the approved local plan,

8.3.43 When the SAP has been drafted, copies plans and documents which have been
of the draft SAP have to be shown to the either adopted by the LPAs themselves,
public to give the public an opportunity to or as directions from the respective State
raise objections or give comments. The Planning Committees under section 4 (5)
public is to be informed by notices in a of the TCPA. These instruments can be
local newspaper, stating the places where in the form of policies, guide plans and
the copies are available for inspection guidelines, and the LPA has to follow
and the period for objections to be made. these directions in its processing and
(section 13) consideration of applications for planning
permission and building plan approval.
8.3.44 A local inquiry or hearing or objections The term non-statutory is used to mean
may be held by a committee of 3 persons those plans and documents that are not
appointed by the SPC. (section 14) prepared under the main sections of the
acts. However if instituted and adopted
8.3.45 The draft SAP, together with the formally at either the local authority
objections, is then submitted to the SPC level or through the respective State
for consideration for approval with or Authorities or relevant Committees, these
without modifications, or rejection. If instruments can validly be used to guide
approved by the SPC, the plan is then and control decisions on applications, as
submitted to the State Authority for assent the TCPA and SDBA leaves entirely to the
and after the assent the plan comes into discretion of the local authorities in their
force. (section 15 (1), (1C)) considerations and decision-making, even
where there is no statutory guide pans.
Existing Statutory Plans
8.3.46 The statutory plans that have been 8.3.49 The non-statutory plans, policies and
prepared in the MBMB area include: guidelines being used include:
(i) Majlis Perbandaran Melaka MBMB:

Bandaraya Bersejarah Structure Plan • The Conservation Action Area Plan for
(1993) Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock and Jalan
(ii) State of Melaka Structure Plan Hang Jebat/Gelanggang (1994)
(Review) 2002 • Development Plan for the Conservation
(iii) Local Plan Block 1 and 2, Majlis Zone in Melaka Historic City (1994),
Perbandaran Melaka Bandaraya • The Urban Conservation Guidelines
Bersejarah (1994) for Historic City of Melaka Municipal
Council’s Conservation Zone, 2002,
8.3.47 For George Town, the related statutory which is a revised version of the
plans are: 1994 guidelines covers the entire
conservation area of Historic City of
▪ Penang State Structure Plan 2020 Melaka
(gazetted on 28 June 2007) • Melaka River Rehabilitation for Majlis
▪ Penang Island Draft Local Plan Perbandaran Melaka Bandaraya
(currently awaiting approval) Bersejarah (2002)
Existing Non-Statutory Plans and • Action Plan for Conservation in the
Guidelines Historic City of Melaka (2002),
8.3.48 Other than the statutory plans enforced
under part III of the TCPA, both the cities
are also using several non-statutory

• Conservation Management Plan for heritage, tangible and intangible, cultural

the Historic City of Melaka, adopted heritage, underwater cultural heritage,
by MBMB on 30 Jan 2008 treasure-trove and for related matters”. It
became effective on 1 March 2006. This
MPPP: Act incorporates all the provisions of the
• Policy Plan for the Planning and Antiquity Act 1976 and Treasure Trove
Control of Development 1996. This is Act 1957 and replaces them. It includes
a landuse zoning and guide plan for provisions for the formation of a National
the whole island of Penang, which Heritage Council, the appointment of a
incorporates a list of guidelines for the Commissioner of Heritage, the setting up
land use, densities and plot ratios of of a Heritage Fund, and the establishment
new development, height control, etc. of a National Heritage Register in which
• Regulations/Guidelines for are registered heritage items such as
Conservation Areas & Heritage heritage sites, heritage objects, National
Buildings 2007 Heritage, treasure troves, and provides
• Heritage Management Plan for the for licensing, appeal, and enforcement of
Historic City of George Town, adopted offences.
by the SPC on 12 Feb 2008.
8.3.52 The Department of National Heritage
8.3.50 The TCPA is hence a useful act which can was set up under the Ministry of Culture,
be applied in the conservation planning Arts and Heritage (now taken over by the
and management of heritage assets Ministry of Information, Communications
in the WHS. Although it is generally an and Culture) to implement the Act. The
instrument for the spatial and physical Minister is responsible to formulate
aspects of development, it also applies policies and issue directives with regards
in the control of the use of land and to heritage protection and activities, and to
buildings, which to a certain extent can be appoint the Commissioner of Heritage.
used to protect intangible cultural heritage
in the WHS, such as traditional trades. For 8.3.53 The tasks of the Commissioner of Heritage
this purpose, this can be more specifically include establishing and maintaining
defined and spelt out in the Rules made the National Heritage register for the
under the Act and in the development designating and registering of heritage
plans, especially the Special Area Plans. items, establishing liaison and co-
However there are still many areas operation with State Authorities and
which are beyond the ambit of the TCPA, Local planning Authorities in respect of
particularly in respect of the intangibles. conservation and preservation of heritage
This has to be covered under the National matters; advising the Minister, National
Heritage Act 2005. Heritage Council and other bodies at all
levels for the purpose of safeguarding,
promoting and dealing with any heritage.
In carrying out his duty, the Commissioner
Heritage Protection under the is assisted by Deputy Commissioner(s),
National Heritage Act 2005 (Act 645) Assistant Commissioners and other
8.2.51 The National Heritage Act 2005 (NHA) officers, and are all appointed by the
provides “for the conservation and
preservation of National Heritage, natural

Minister.
8.3.56 Under section 112, a person has to obtain
The National Heritage Council consists the approval of the Commissioner if he
of members appointed by the Minister wishes to carry out any works or activity
and serves to advice the Minister and the that may cause damage in the heritage
Commissioner on all matters relating to areas or sites. This is a powerful section,
heritage. and the works that can be controlled
include any demolition, disturbance,
8.3.54 A Heritage Fund is established under destruction, modification or removal of
the Act, which is to be controlled by any monument in the heritage site. This
the Commissioner for the purposes of covers all repair and modification works of
purchasing heritage and conservation a heritage building, which are not covered
areas, expenses incurred for conservation under the TCPA or SDBA. The maximum
and preservation including organizing fine for offences, however, is only RM
campaigns, research, study, publication 50,000, compared to RM 500,000 under
of materials etc. and giving of grants and the TCPA.)
loans.
8.3.57 The National Heritage Act, 2005 is a very
8.3.55 The Commissioner, in consultation with the powerful and effective instrument for
National Heritage Council, is responsible the conservation of the WHS, and gives
to prepare the Conservation Management powers to the Commissioner to protect,
Plan for the purposes of— manage, plan, promote and provide
funds for the heritage conservation areas
(a) promoting the conservation, and heritage buildings, monuments
preservation, rehabilitation, restoration and objects, including the intangible
or reconstruction of a heritage site; cultural heritage. However the process
of declaring, designating and registering
b) ensuring the proper management of the heritage items are tedious and time
a heritage site including the use consuming. The cost factor is also a big
and development of all buildings deterrence, as the cost of renovation
and lands in the heritage site and and restoration of heritage buildings and
the preservation of the environment monuments for example, not to mention of
including measures for the acquiring heritage properties will be huge.
improvement of the physical living
environment, communications, socio-
economic wellbeing, the management
of traffic and the promotion of
economic growth; and Regulating of Activities through
Licensing Under the Local
(c) promoting schemes for the education Government Act 1976 (Act 171)
of, or for practical and financial 8.3.58 The Local Government Act 1976 (Act
assistance to, owners and occupiers, 171) provides for the administrative and
and for community involvement in
decision making.

management powers and conduct of shall be prohibited.

business of the local authority in managing Section 107 empowers the local authority
its area, specifically on matters necessary to revoke at any time or renew or refuse
or desirable for the maintenance of the to grant any license without assigning any
health, safety and well-being of the reason, and in the granting of licenses, to
inhabitants or for the good order and impose any condition or restriction as it
government of the local authority area. may think fit.
8.3.59 Section 102 of the Act gives powers to the 8.3.61 Although the provisions under the
local authority to make by-laws with regard LGA are not directly related to heritage
to these matters. The matters that are conservation, some of the provisions
relevant for the management of the WHS can be used to regulate and control uses
include: and activities that may affect the OUVs
− to control and supervise, by of the WHS, including certain intangible
registration, licensing or otherwise, cultural and traditional trades. However
including in proper cases by clear guidelines have to be prepared to
prohibition, a trade, business or guide decision-making on applications of
industry which is of an obnoxious licenses and the SAP will be useful for this
nature or which could be a source of purpose
nuisance, (subsection s)
− to define the streets or areas within Enactment on Conservation and
which shops, warehouses, factories Restoration of Cultural Heritage of
or business premises may not be Melaka (1988)
erected, or within which specified 8.3.62 The Enactment on Conservation and
trades, businesses or callings may Restoration of Cultural heritage of Melaka
not be established or carried on, was adopted in 1988, to safeguard and
preserve buildings of historical significance
(subsection i)
and cultural heritage of the State of
− to regulate, license, restrict,
Melaka. It provides for the setting up
prevent or remove the exhibition of
of the Committee on Conservation and
advertisements (subsection c) Restoration to advise the State Authority
− to provide for the establishment, about matters relating to the conservation
regulation, inspection and licensing and restoration of cultural heritage
of places of entertainment, public resources in the state of Melaka. The main
recreation or public resort, and to functions of the committee are as follows:
make regulations governing the
means of ingress to and egress i). to gazette areas or premises that are
from such places and for providing to be conserved and restored.
adequate parking space adjacent or in ii). to prepare plan towards improving
reasonable proximity thereto, (p). the physical infrastructure of the
specific site of heritage significance.
iii). to ensure that the preservation of
the original identity of the premises of
8.3.60 Under section 73 (g), the local authority
heritage significance are maintained
can make by-laws to regulate, supervise especially in the context of their
and license pedlars, hawkers and street physical appearance.
traders and to prescribe streets or areas in iv). to process the planning applications
which peddling, hawking or street trading submitted by owners of premises for

alterations and renovations. 8.3.65 The TCPA requires that even before the
v). to enforce the rules in the enactment SAP is drafted by the LPA under the
to the affected property owners. TCPA, the public has to be notified and
vi). To administer the fund that was invited to give their views and ideas on
established under the Funding the plan proposals. When the draft plan
Programmes in this enactment.
has been prepared, another round of
publicity is made where the people can
8.3.63 However the problem of funds has
examine the draft and raise objections or
restricted the giving of substantial grants
or support for the property owners, or give suggestions, and the State Planning
to acquire the property as provided in Committee has to take into consideration
the enactment. Nevertheless the 1988 of all the objections and views before the
Enactment is an advantage to the Historic plan can be approved.
City of Melaka as it provides additional
coverage for the protection of heritage 8.3.66 In a similar vein, all applications for
properties together with the TCPA and the planning permission are referred to
SDBA. Amendments to the Enactment neighbouring land owners for them to raise
are being drafted by the State Authority objections in writing, if they have any, to
to strengthen its provision for heritage the proposed development applied for. If
conservation and protection in line with the
the objectors so request, they are given
inscription of the WHS.
the opportunity voice their objections in
a hearing. All objections raised are to be
Public Participation under the TCPA
considered before the planning permission
and the NHA
is granted. If the application is approved in
8.3.64 The participation and involvement of
spite of the objections, the objectors can
the public is a crucial element in the
appeal to an Appeal Board formed under
process of preparing plans especially
the TCPA.
where the plans and proposals will affect
the people’s living environment and
8.3.67 Under the NHA, an owner or any other
their socio-economic standard. Heritage
person affected or likely to be affected
conservation has always been a touchy
by the designation of a heritage site may
subject, and where the conservation
make an objection to the designation of
visions and strategies of the government
the site, and where an objections has
are looked upon as creating uncalled-for
been made, the Commissioner of Heritage
restrictions to the people’s aspiration of
has to conduct a hearing of the objection,
creating wealth through the enhancement
before deciding to continue with the
of their property values through new and
designation and registration of the site.
modern development, the objections of the
people towards the conservation plans are
Present Procedures adopted in
understandable. To allure these fears, the
Melaka and George Town for the
government authorities have to engage
Processing of Applications for
the public and the stake holders in every
step of the process, to educate and invite
them to participate in the preparation of
and hopefully to support the conservation
plan.

Planning Permission and Building

Plan Approvals in the WHS Areas.
8.4 Existing Institutional
8.3.68 The procedures adopted in MBMB and and Organisational
MPPP are almost the same as they follow Set-up for Heritage
the TCPA. An application for planning Conservation
permission or building plan approval
is submitted to the One-Stop Centre 8.4.1 The institutional framework that supports
(OSC) set-up in the LPAs, through the the heritage conservation works of the
consultants. The OSC then circulates government can either be statutory that is
the application, together with the layout required under the laws, or non-statutory
or building plans, and other documents, that is set-up administratively.
to the various relevant government
technical departments or agencies Statutory Institutional Set-up
for their comments and requirements.
For major projects, either in terms of 8.4.2 Following the present laws, the main
scale or impact, the application is also statutory key players with the authority and
referred to the Department of National responsibility of heritage conservation (and
Heritage. The plan is then sent back to the laws they operate under) are:
the consultant to be amended to comply
with the departmental requirements, At the federal level,
before being tabled by the Town Planning ▪ the Federal Minister in charge of
Department for planning permission heritage (NHA),
applications or the Building Department ▪ the Commissioner of Heritage (NHA)
for building plan applications, to the LPA ▪ the National Heritage Council (NHA)
One-Stop Centre (OSC) Committee ▪ the National Physical Planning Council
for approval or rejection. In the case of (TCPA)
Melaka, a preliminary consideration is ▪ the Director General of Town and
made by a Technical Committee which is Country Planning, who is also the
chaired by the President of the LPA, to secretary of the National Physical
see whether the proposed development Planning Council (TCPA)
complies with the development plans and
conservation guidelines. The application At the state level,
is rejected if there is non-compliance or ▪ the State Authority (TCPA, SDBA,
given an approval-in-principle and then LGA,)
the application referred to the technical ▪ the State Planning Committee (TCPA)
departments for their comments and ▪ the State Director of Town and Country
departmental requirements. Planning, who is also the secretary of
the State Planning Committee (TCPA),
8.3.69 For minor works or simple building plans, ▪ PERZIM Melaka (Melaka Heritage
the applicant through his consultant can Conservation Enactment)
table direct to the OSC Committee for on-
the-spot approval. For simple renovation And at the local level,
and repair works, the Director of Buildings ▪ the local authorities (TCPA, SDBA,
can give a repair permit. The various LGA, NHA).
procedures are shown in Figure 8.1

DEVELOPMENT CONTROL
PLANNING CONTROL BUILDING CONTROL

(UNDER TCPA) (UNDER SDBA)
PLANNING PERMISSION PLANNING PERMISSION BUILDING PLAN BUILDING PERMIT FOR MAINTENACE AND
FOR FOR APPROVAL FOR MINOR INTERNAL REPAIR WORKS
BUILDING OPERATION CHANGE OF USE ERECTION OF BUILDING WORKS (Including re-
(Required under sec 19) (Required under sec 19) (Required under sec 70) (Required under sec 79) plastering, change
(Requires Planning (Does not require of building
Change of use of Permission, can be planning permission) materials, re-
building and land submiƩed painƟng, etc, that
MAJOR WORKS MINOR WORKS from one use- simultaneously with do not require
(Including erecƟon of (Including minor class to another planning permission planning or
new buildings, major extensions, minor as speciĮed in applicaƟon) building approval.
extension, increase in alteraƟon, the SAP
CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : PART 1
height, major renovaƟon, works Submission of

renovaƟon, massive aīecƟng exterior, sketch drawings
MAJOR WORKS MINOR WORKS Requires are encouraged
demoliƟon) minor demoliƟon)
(Including erecƟon of (Including minor sketch with incenƟves of
Requires Town Requires Town
new building, major extensions, minor drawing by provision of
Planner and/or Planner and/or
extension, increase in alteraƟon, renovaƟon Architect or technical advice
Architect for Architect for
height, major Registered and assistance,
submission. submission. Need not Requires Architect or
renovaƟon.) Draughtsman paints and other
circulate to technical Registered
Tabled by Town materials, funds,
Requires Architect or Draughtsman for Approval by
Tabled by Town and/or reducƟon of
Planning Dept to OSC Registered submission. Need not Building Dept
Planning Dept to OSC assessment, etc.
CommiƩee for Draughtsman for circulate to technical or by OSC on-
CommiƩee for
approval submission. departments. the-spot
Tabled by Building Tabled by Building approval
Requires Town Planner and/or Architect for submission. Dept to OSC Dept to OSC
CommiƩee for CommiƩee for on- Note :
Tabled by Town Planning Dept to OSC CommiƩee for approval the-spot approval TCPA - Town and Country Planing Act, 1976
approval
SDBA - Street, Drainage and Building Act, 1974
Figure 8.0.1. Chart Showing Control of Works and Activities in the WHS Under TCPA and SDBA

8-15
Administrative Set-up The DNH was established with the

8.4.3 Each of these authorities has set up its enforcement of National Heritage Act 2005
own machinery and administrative support on 1 March 2006. Prior to this, it was a
system to carry out its responsibilities and division under the then Ministry of Culture,
functions. These include: Arts and Heritage. The objectives of the
Department is to conserve, maintain and
At the federal level, protect the nation’s cultural, natural and
▪ the Department of National Heritage archeological heritage through research,
whose present Director-General is the documentation, enforcement and raising
Commissioner of Heritage, awareness of heritage by means of:
▪ the Federal Department of Town and
Country Planning; • maintaining the National Heritage
Register
At the state level, • conservation of heritage items
▪ the State Heritage Committees to • dissemination of knowledge on
advice their respective State Planning heritage,
Committees and State Executive • enhancing expertise in various
Councils. (In Melaka the Committee heritage fields.
on Conservation and Restoration
was formed under the Enactment 8.4.5 However, the current scope of DNH is very
on Conservation and Restoration of much on the conservation of monuments,
Cultural Heritage), sites and others that comes under the
▪ the State of Melaka Museum national interest.
Corporation (PERZIM) in Melaka; The head of the DNH is the Director
General, who is also the Commissioner of
At the local planning authority level, Heritage.
▪ the Town Planning Departments and
the Building Departments, The Federal Town and Country
▪ the heritage conservation units, (In Planning Department
MBMB the Conservation Unit is a unit 8.4.6 Town planning is a matter that is the
in the Town Planning Department while responsibility of both the Federal and
in MPPP the Heritage Unit is in the State Governments. Under the TCPA,
Building Department). the local government and the Federal
▪ the Technical Renew Panels to help and State Directors of Town and Country
in the evaluation and consideration of Planning are responsible for the planning
planning and building applications, of development and use of land in their
▪ the One Stop Centres (OSC) in the areas. The local government is however
LPAs to assist in the administrative the approving authority for applications of
processing of applications, planning permission on a day-to-day basis,
▪ the One Stop Centre Committee but they have to abide by the plans and
policies made at Federal and State levels,
The Department of National Heritage and for major projects have to obtain the
8.4.4 The Department of National Heritage
(DNH)is the key department at the national
level in the safeguarding of natural,
cultural and archeological heritage.

clearance from the higher levels, which
are monitored by the Directors, by virtue State of Melaka Museum Corporation
of they being secretaries of the planning (PERZIM)
councils and planning committees at their 8.4.9 The State of Melaka Museum Corporation
respective levels. This can be viewed at or PERZIM was established under the
as a check-and-balance system for the Preservation and Conservation of Cultural
monitoring of development at the local heritage Enactment for the State of Melaka
level. 1988. Under the enactment, PERZIM is
the authority in charge of cultural heritage
Melaka State Conservation and for the whole state. PERZIM works with
Restoration Committee local authorities in the conservation
8.4.7 The Melaka State Conservation and of heritage sites in their respective
Restoration Committee was established areas under the TCPA and the SDBA.
under the State Heritage Enactment of It is also empowered to designate and
1988 to advise the state government on declare cultural heritage sites in Melaka.
policies, administration and management Its function includes the protection of
of the cultural heritage and designation of ‘antiquity, historical object, historical site,
heritage areas. The committee is chaired works of art, coins, special architectural,
by the Chief Minister of Melaka and aesthetic, historical, cultural, scientific,
members include the State Director of economic and any other interest or value’.
Town and Country Planning Department,
State Legal Officer, State Financial Officer, MBMB Conservation Unit
General Manager of Museums, Director of 8.4.10 The MBMB Conservation Unit has been
State Public Works Department, and five established under the Development
other members who have the expertise Control Division of the Planning and
and experience in heritage conservation Development Control Department
and history. The State Director of Town of MBMB. Its main role is to act on
and Country Planning is the secretariat of applications for development in heritage
the committee. areas, and to liaise with PERZIM on
heritage conservation matters. In addition,
Penang State Heritage Committee it manages development applications
8.4.8 The State Heritage Committee acts as and enforcement of regulations under its
the highest level of state government heritage areas. Its role is hampered by the
to monitor the implementation of the shortage of officers who have full-fledged
heritage management plan in the state. expertise in the management of cultural
Its jurisdiction covers areas that include heritage, and so relies on PERZIM for
UNESCO designated heritage area and local heritage management matters.
those outside this area. The Committee
is chaired by the Chief Minister while the MPPP Heritage Unit
secretary is the State Director of Town 8.4.11 The MPPP Heritage Unit has been
and Country Planning. Members in established under the Building Department
the Committee include State Executive of MPPP. Its main role is to check on
Council members, heritage experts, local applications for development in heritage
community leaders and technical agencies areas, and to advise the council and the
of the state and the DNH. state government on heritage conservation
matters.

Technical Review Panel 8.4.14 Being a democratic country, the

8.4.12 Technical Review Panels have been set governments at both the federal and state
up in both MPPP and MBMB. The panel levels are aware of the power and the
meets to assist the local authority in the driving force of concerned groups and
evaluation of proposed development citizens, and are always eager to engage
projects submitted in planning permission them on all matters related to heritage
conservation.
and building plan applications. The panel
is chaired by the City Mayor/Municipal
Weaknesses of existing institutional
Presidents and the members include
and administrative set-up
knowledgeable professionals. 8.4.15 The implementation of the management
plan and the Special Area Plan and
The role of the Civil Society in its monitoring will require a strong
conservation efforts in the WHS administrative set-up, adequate staff
8.4.13 The Civil Society and Non-Government strength, personnel competency, access
Organisations (NGOs) have been playing to information and knowledge, and
a major role in the conservation activities efficient procedural and management
in both George Town and Melaka. The systems. There are, however, still many
Civil Society acts as a watch dog on weaknesses in the existing government
institutional and administrative set-up.
the activities of the government and the
These include shortage of staff, lack
private sectors that affect the heritage
of experience, expertise, competency,
matters in their areas. Besides lobbying
bureaucracy and red tape that hampers
the State and Local Governments over the efficiency of the government
their concern on heritage issues, NGOs machinery, lack of cooperation and
like the Penang Heritage trust run their coordination among the departments
own programmes to create awareness, and workers, lack of information, lack of
educate the public and children, raise guidance and leadership, lack of adequate
funds and carry out research and projects equipment, among other problems.
on heritage conservation. Besides NGOs,
Civil Society in George Town and Melaka 8.4.16 The decision-making process is often
include: unduly tedious and long. This is due
often to the government bodies being
• local communities, sometimes unsure of the best planning
options, proposals and strategies. The use
• local leaders, community
of more sophisticated computer soft wares
representatives,
and the geographic information system
• local associations,
(GIS) will facilitate and hasten the process
• clan associations, of data compilation, analysis, mapping,
• trades associations, presentation and decision-making. There
• workers groups, is a need to keep up to date all the
• nature and environmental protection information that has been compiled.
societies,
• consumer societies, 8.4.17 The procedures in the approval of
• resident associations, planning permission and building plans are
• rate payers associations, sometimes unnecessary tedious and time
• children and women groups, consuming. There are many causes of
• professional groups, these delays, including:
• unclear development plans and
• human rights societies,
guidelines;
• concerned individuals. • unclear and imprecise
recommendations on the part of the
planning officers;
• indecisions in the consideration of the
applications;
8.5 Strengthening the
• too many irrelevant and unnecessary, Administrative Set-up
and sometimes, conflicting
requirements and comments from the
and Legal Provisions
technical departments;
8.5.1 Steps have been initiated both in
• too many departments and
committees processing and Penang and Melaka to strengthen the
considering the applications; institutional framework and management
• unclear system and procedures of mechanisms so as to carry out the
processing of applications, some necessary implementation programmes
steps are unnecessary, overlapping more effectively and efficiently, and in a
and/or redundant; more coordinated manner, as proposed
• the applicants and their agents are not
in the Melaka Conservation Plan
competent.
2008 and the George Town Heritage
8.4.18 There is no adequate method to Management Plan 2008. These steps
assess the heritage impact of proposed include enhancing the role of the State
development. A more precise set of Heritage Committees, institutionalising
criteria and indicators for heritage impact and enlarging the World Heritage Office,
assessment should be formulated, and upgrading the Heritage / Conservation
a more precise and quick method of Units in the 2 local authorities to full-fletch
evaluating the impacts, These will be departments, increasing the role of the
invaluable for responsible and effective DNH and the Commissioner of Heritage at
decision-making in the development the State and Local Authority levels, and
control process.
improving coordination and collaboration
8.4.198 This is inadequate monitoring of offences between the 2 cities in their conservation
and lack of enforcement taken under the management efforts. At the same time
planning and building laws. Reasons for the main laws, the TCPA and the NHA are
the delays and inefficiencies include: being reviewed to strengthen them further
and to make them more effective in the
• Some parts of the law and by-laws are conservation and protection of the WHS
not clear, and their OUVs.
• Insufficient supervising officers and
inspectors, Enhancing the Role of the State
• The charging and conviction of
Heritage Committee (SHC)
offenders through the court of law are
8.5.2 The SHC has being formed in Penang
tedious and time consuming,
to act as the main body to monitor
• The fines and penalties are not
high enough to create a significant the management of the WHS and of
deterrence to potential offenders. other conservation areas and heritage
• There are often interferences by buildings in the state. It will oversee
politicians. the implementation of the Conservation
Management Plan and act as a forum

for the discussion of issues concerning 8.5.4 Broadly the committee’s tasks include:
management of the Site in its state among
the different levels of government. It gives i) To advice the State Planning Authority
directions to the Local Authorities and and the State Planning Committee on
other implementing departments through all heritage conservation matters in
the State Planning Committee and the the state,
State Executive Committee for which it ii) To steer and monitor the preparation
acts as the advisor on heritage matters. of the Heritage Conservation
The Penang SHC is the counterpart of Management Plan, the Special Area
the State Conservation and Restoration Plan, the Heritage Conservation
Committee of Melaka, which was Guidelines, and the review of the
established under the State Heritage existing laws, and the making of new
Enactment of 1988. The committees are enactments, rules, regulations and by-
chaired by the respective Chief Ministers laws for the purpose of conservation
and members include the relevant State management of the WHS and other
Executive Councillors, the respective State conservation areas in the state,
Director Town and Country Planning, State
Legal Officer, and State Financial Officer. iii) To liaise and coordinate with
the (National) Commissioner of
8.5.3 In Melaka the other members include Heritage, and the partner city on the
the General Manager of Museums, conservation of the WHS,
the Director of State Public Works
Department, and five other members who iv) To monitor the implementation, and
have the expertise and experience in to ensure the smooth progress of
heritage conservation and history, whereas implementation, of the CMP, the SAP,
in Penang the other members include and other conservation plans projects
the State Secretary, the Director of State by all the relevant authorities and
Economic Planning Unit, the President agencies,
of MPPP, and representatives from the
Department of National Heritage, the v) To keep under review the
National Heritage Trust (Badan wWarisan achievements of the objectives
Negara) and the Penang Heritage and the vision of the CMP and the
Trust, and no more than three individual SAP and propose amendments and
heritage experts or representatives of alterations to these plans to better
local business and community, with a total achieve the desired results,
of not more than 15 members. Whereas
in Melaka, the State Director of Town vi) To formulate principles, policies,
and Country Planning is the secretary of proposals and programmes and give
the committee, in Penang the General directions for heritage conservation,
Manager of the World Heritage Office is
the secretary. vii) To over-see and monitor the works of
the World Heritage Office,
viii) To advice and oversee fund raising

programmes and projects for heritage
conservation,
ix) To approve all budgets, including

those for major conservation, in the World Heritage Site, and in the
restoration and preservation projects, process to evaluate the plans, design,
and other programmes and projects and the heritage impact,
undertaken by the WHO, ii) To prepare and keep in review
the Conservation Guidelines for
x) To adjudicate on disputes on heritage conservation of heritage buildings
conservation and management. and sites and to implement these
Guidelines,
Up-grading the Heritage / iii) To carry out periodic inspections
Conservation Units in the two Local and undertake surveys on heritage
Authorities to Heritage Departments buildings for compliance with
Conservation Guidelines and best
practice standards,
8.5.5 With the inscription of the two cities
iv) To maintain and up-date the data
as UNESCO WHS, the increase in the
bank and inventory of heritage sites
importance and the volume of work
and properties, including of intangible
and responsibility for the conservation cultural heritage,
of the historic cities warrants the up- v) To provide advice and consultation
grading of the Local Authorities’ units in to property owners, consultants,
charge of conservation to the level of a developers and the general public on
department on par with other departments the planning, design, renovations,
in the MBMB and MPPP. The Heritage amendments, additions, extensions,
Departments will be responsible for the reconstruction, change of use, repairs,
evaluation and recommending on all maintenance and other matters
planning and building plan applications, pertaining to heritage conservation of
and the inspection and monitoring heritage buildings,
vi) To undertake programmes to raise
of physical development in the Site.
awareness and educate public,
It will report to the SHC through its
members of the community, owners
representation as an ex-officio member of
and residents on conservation
the SHC. standards and practice,
8.5.6 The Heritage Department will be headed Enlarging the Organisation and
by a Director and supported by a full team Functions of the World Heritage
of professional, technical and clerical staff. Office
The Director of the Heritage Department 8.5.8 World Heritage Offices are set up in
can come from any of the related built as an assurance to the World Heritage
environment disciplines, preferably an Committee that the World Heritage Sites
architect or town planner, and must have can be adequately protected. In spirit of
knowledge and experience in cultural the setting up of the Heritage Departments
heritage management. in the Local Authorities, there will still
be weaknesses and problems for the
Departments and the Local Authorities to
8.5.7 In particular the functions of the Heritage
fully carry out the demands for good and
Department include:
successful conservation and safeguarding
of the WHS. Local Authorities have
i) To process and monitor the their limitation, which include the lack
applications of planning permission of expertise and experienced staff, lack
and building plans of proposed works of incentive and motivation, financial

constraints, and the bureaucratic 8.5.11 Essentially, the WHO will ensure unified
constraints to hire and reward good staff management and implementation of the
or punish wayward ones, that will form a Conservation Management Plan, and it will
stumbling block in the efforts on heritage play the role of the de facto site manager.
and conservation management. The WHO is headed by a General
Manager who must be knowledgeable in
8.5.9 The need to set up a special purpose matters related to the conservation and
vehicle to assist the state and local management of heritage sites.
governments in the conservation of
their historic cities has long been felt. 8.5.12 The WHO compliments, assist and
This was the reason PERZIM had been supports the Local Authorities in carrying
formed in Melaka. The Penang State out all the functions necessary for the
government has moved to set up such efficient and effective management of the
an organization in 2010 and is currently WHS. These functions can be divided into
in operation with a skeletal organizational statutory and non-statutory functions, and
set-up. The George Town World Heritage the non-statutory tasks can be outsourced
Incorporated (GTWHI) was established to the WHO. The legal scope of the local
under the Company Act 1965. Melaka authority and the WHO is shown in
Table 8.1. The WHO must also have the
state government has agreed to set up
ability to hire and fire as freely as possible,
a special propose vehicle in he form of a
and not be saddled with bureaucracies
state owned company under the Company
and red tape in making decisions and
Act, 1965. It is important that both state
taking actions, like that the public
governments establish the required WHO
agencies.
to support the institutions, especially the
local governments concerned, towards 8.5.13 The divided functions of the local
heritage and conservation management at government and the WHO are shown in
the Sites. Table 8.2 below. As the WHO is to
co-exist with the local authority in
8.5.10 The primary function of the WHO will managing heritage sites of the respective
be to manage and liaise with the local cities, the WHO should have the right
authorities as well as State and Federal structure to administer and provide
agencies on all matters pertaining to services to ensure the non-statutory
the Site which are currently outside the functions are taken care of in the
purview of the statutory system, including management of heritage sites. This
branding, promotion, tourism and liaison takes the view that statutory functions
with State,Federal and International will continue to be function of the local
organisations and agencies for betterment government.
of the Site. Bearing in mind that this is
a living site, the WHO also liaises with 8.5.14 The organisational structure that would
the community that lives and work there. befit WHO at both Melaka and George
Issues that arise could include matters Town is as shown in Figure 8.3. This
pertaining to public transportation, structure incorporates the proposed
security, research, impact studies, site guidelines of the Department of National
Heritage as per Guidelines to the
interpretation, public awareness and
Establishment of World Heritage Office
community liaison.
for Melaka and George Town World
Heritage Sites, formulated by DNH under
consultation with both state authorities in
2010.

State Authority
State Planning
Committee
State Heritage
Committee
Local Authority
WHO
Figure 8.2 : Management of WHO at State Level
8.5.15 In addition, the structure incorporates the 8.5.16 The George Town World Heritage
need to have a technical advisory section Incorporated (GTWHI) has already been
which would provide assistance and incorporated as a corporate body under
guidance on heritage matters to individuals
the Companies Act, 1965 in the form of
and developers besides attending to
a company limited by guarantee and not
request for opinions from local government
concerned on applications received having a share capital. This however, has
from the heritage sites. In addition, an not been set up in Melaka.
Archives Section is deemed necessary
for the WHO to function as a Depository
System at the site, and one that can
have a formal linkage with the National
Archives Department and the Department
of Museums and Antiquities.
Table 8.1 : Statutory and Non-statutory functions of the Local Authorities and the WHO in Heritage Management
Heritage Management Local Level

Organisation Local Government (1) Melaka WHO
(1) MBMB (2) George Town WHO
(2) MPPP (i.e. World Heritage
Federal authority Incorporated Office,
(1) Department of National GTWHI)
Heritage
Scope of Functions Statutory Non-Statutory

Table 8.2 : Functions of Local Government and WHO

Local Government (Statutory functions) WHO (Non-statutory functions)
1. Planning and building control 1. Education and awareness

2. Urban services 2. Monitoring the implementation of CMP
3. Enforcement 3. Monitoring the heritage premises
4. Licensing 4. Maintenance of the registry
5. Infrastructure development 5. Provide incentives
6. Legal services 6. Implement projects (enhancement, cultural,
7. Formulation and Adoption of Policies maintenance and landscaping)
8. Sourcing development funds (from state and 7. Raise funds
federal government). 8. Reporting of performance and activities
9. Technical advisory 9. Review Plan
10. Road construction and management and 10. Publicity
utility works 11. Conduct Studies and Research
12. Manage Heritage Trust Fund
13. Capacity building
Board of Directors
Heritage TRPs Chief Executive Officer WHO Trust
Sections
Education & Training
Technical Advisory
Communications
Administration &
Development
Development
& Corporate
Research &
Monitoring
Archives
Cultural
Finance
Figure 8.3 Figure 3 : Organisational Structure of WHO

Table 8.3 : Functions by Section of the SPV
Section Key Functions

Cultural Development − Promote and manage socio-economic development of
local communities
− Develop sustainable cultural tourism and manage
visitor facilities and services.
Communications & − Public relations and publicity

Corporate − Complaints, and participation
− Information management and production of materials
− Encourage community awareness and public participation in conservation
management
− Liaising with federal, state and international organizations and agencies
− Communication with international WHS offices
Technical Advisory − Provide avenues for public consultation
− Provide professional advisory services to applicants
Administration & Finance − Administration
− Raising and managing funds
− Develop proposals and funding packages for major
projects
− Prepare budgets and to manage, monitor
expenditures
Research & Development − Encourage and facilitate research
− Establishing baseline data and information on built and cultural elements
Archives − Managing documents on heritage site
− Seeking, collecting and purchasing archiving information
− Ensuring an effective mechanism on archives and its protection
− Depository system about the Site
Education & Training − Strategizing policies

− Capacity building
− Raising awareness
− Instrument and tool development
− Teaching and learning in formal and non-formal
aspects
Monitoring − Supervising the monitoring of the site
− Ensuring conservation of built and living heritage
− Monitoring threats to OUV on the site
− Risk management
− Coordinating with various agencies and authorities

8.5.17 The functions of the WHO at both Melaka • Manage, promote and administer the
and George Town would include the WHO,
following: • Chair meetings at WHO level,
• Seek participation of experts and
• To supervise respective heritage sites citizens on specific areas/topics,
in line with the need of CMP • Organize workshops and seminars
for information dissemination, training
• To develop and manage a heritage
and capacity building,
database for effective implementation
• Managing the Trust Account,
and monitoring
• Administer incentives,
• To support research and development • Seeking financial resources,
in heritage • Facilitate and coordinate local citizen
meetings,
• To promote sustainable development • Represent the state government on
of cultural tourism and manage tourist heritage matters,
services and facilities
• Prepare periodical reports,
• Publishing information,
• To support local community
involvement in conservation of their • Promoting local heritage area,
cultural heritage • Monitor heritage site.
• To promote socio-economic 8.5.19 To help perform its duties, the following

development of local residents are to be established whenever the need
• To promote awareness on heritage by arises at respective WHO:
implementing programmes
(i) Technical Review Panel (TRP). Until
• To recommend, implement and fund
projects and programmes in relation the Special Area Plan is approved by
to heritage conservation. the state government, it is important
that 2 TRPs are established under
• To prepare, manage and control the each WHO, one is to provide
finances of the organization expertise on funding and incentive
matters; and the other to advise WHO
• To seek funding on planning and control applications
and related matters. In addition, the
• To prepare and present reports on the
WHO may establish any other TRP
implementation of the CMP
as need be. The TRP cannot make
• To function as the secretary to the decisions but may advises and make
State Heritage Steering Committee, recommendations to the WHO or the
and coordinate meetings towards local authority on heritage matters.
effective management of the CMP. For TRPs, each of the WHO is to
establish a directory of experts who
8.5.18 The functions of the Sections in the WHO could fit into the TRPs. Each TRP
of both cities are as shown in Table 8.0.3. meeting may be convened with
With the designated functions for the different combination of experts, of at
sections, the General Manager will have least three experts on a rotational and
to be able to carry out the following key availability basis.
functions:

(ii) Working Committee with Local Account can be set up by the WHO
Authorities and Technical to fund its expenses on its heritage
Departments. There is a need for conservation management. The
WHO to convene a periodical meeting Finance Advisory Committee will
with local authorities; and with other become a tool in the management
technical departments in relations to of the Trust and to advise the CEO
heritage management. on financial matters including raising
(iii) Stake holder groups. Each WHO may funds for the Trust. It is important for
convene stakeholder meetings to work members of the Advisory committee
towards getting opinions and public to have knowledge of finance. The
participation on heritage conservation Finance Advisory Committee may
and preservation initiatives. These propose the Trustees for the Trust
meetings can be held as frequent as Account. Members of the TRP
possible depending on the needs as committees may be considered as
viewed by WHO. Trustees for the Trust Account.
(iv) Topic-based Working Groups. These (vii) Charging fees. WHO may impose
groups could be formed to address fees on some of the services to cover
issues that emerge and to seek expert its costs. For example, the Technical
opinions. These experts could be Advisory Section in WHO may charge
players in the trades and economic a fee to advice applicants.
activities concerned. For example, (viii) Finance Advisory Committee. This
hoteliers could be requested to committee is to assist the WHO in
attend to provide their input on tourist matters pertaining to financial matters
accommodation in heritage areas. including that of the Heritage Trust
Similarly, petty traders, tinsmiths, Fund under respective WHIs. It is
ironsmith, goldsmiths and others alike also to serve as an internal financial
could be specific groups who can be audit under WHI. For this purpose,
requested to participate in relation to it is imperative that a qualified
continuing their traditional trades. accountant’s service is required under
(v) Staffing and Training. It is important this committee to perform with two
that sufficient numbers of staff are other members from the Board of
hired by the WHO and stringent Directors.
measures are undertaken to ensure (ix) Empowering WHO. In order to
they are able to perform multi-tasking facilitate WHO to perform the roles
and reduced number of staff so as to above and to call for meetings, it
reduce wastage of public funds. To is important that sufficient power is
begin with, each WHO may employ conferred upon the WHIs. Towards
about 30 persons and this number this end, the state enactments
can be increased over time depending will need to make necessary
on the availability of funds. In addition, amendments/ incorporation of related
it is necessary that each staff is highly clauses.
trained to provide their professional
services to WHO and the parties that
require their inputs.
(vi) Trust Account and the Finance
Advisory Committee at WHO. A Trust

SDTCP SPC WHO

Gives public noƟce of intenƟon Gives direcƟons Provides technical
of preparaƟon and administraƟve
advice, support
PUBLIC and assistance
Gives views and
comments
SDTCP
Prepares draŌ STEERING
COMMITTEE
Checks and gives
SDTCP
directions
Makes copies for
public inspecƟon
PUBLIC OBJECTIONS AND
VIEWS
PUBLIC OBJECTION
DTCP
HEARING
ModiĮes draŌ and
submits to SPC
SPC approves
with or without
Rejects modifications, or
rejects
Approves
STATE
AUTHORITY
Gives assent
Figure 8.4 : Flow chart for the preparation of the Special Area Plan
The role of the WHO in the development the consideration of the draft SAP before
planning and control process in WHS approval. Major projects in the WHS will
8.5.20 The WHO will play a key role in the also need the consent of the Department
preparation of the SAP by the LPA and in of National Heritage.
the control and regulation of development
and building works and activities in the 8.5.21 Similarly the WHO will be needed to
WHS. As shown in Figure 8.0.4 below, the ensure that the processing of applications
WHO will be providing crucial technical, for planning permission and for building
professional and administrative advice, plan approvals for proposed development
support and assistance to the LPA in work and change of use in the WHS will
every step in the preparation, providing be effectively and efficiently carried out
public education and obtaining public towards the protection and management
participation, and advising the SPC in of heritage and the OUVs. Even at the

APPLICANT
WHO
To provide
advice
CONSULTANT
Prepares & submit plans, reports and documents
LPA / ONE STOP CENTRE

Checks applicaƟon and refers to technical
departments
TECHNICAL TECHNICAL TECHNICAL TECHNICAL WHO

DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT To give comments
To give comments To give comments To give comments To give comments and requirements
and requirements and requirements and requirements and requirements
LPA
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
To check proposed development with Planning Permission, CMP, SAP, Guidelines
and to make recommendaƟon
STATE HERITAGE
COMMITTEE
LPA For direction
PLANNING AND BUILDING COMMITTEE
(OSC COMMITTEE)
For approval, rejecƟon, approval with condiƟons, or deferment WHO
For guidance and
LPA recommendaƟons
FULL COUNCIL
For conĮrmaƟon
Figure 8.5: Proposed Process of Application for Planning Permission and Building Plan Approval
early stage the WHO can provide valuable of Heritage will be entrusted with the
advice and directions to land owners and checking of major projects in the WHS and
developers and their consultants in the her clearance will be needed. The WHO
planning and design of their development will also be called upon to give guidance,
and in the preparation of plans, drawings advice and recommendations on heritage
and documents for submission of matters to the local approving authority,
applications. All applications will have the SPC State Planning Committee and
to be vetted by the WHO which will be the State Heritage Committee in their
empowered to ensure that the proposed consideration and making of decisions on
development complies with the SAP these applications.
before they are approved, as shown in
Figure 8.05 below. As will be pointed out
in the next section, he (National) Director

Increasing the Roles of the 8.5.24 Her role in the WHS becomes more crucial
Department of National Heritage as more and more buildings and areas are
and the Commissioner of Heritage in the WHS are registered in the National
at the State and Local Authority Heritage Register
Levels
8.5.22 The Commissioner of Heritage (CH) Amending the laws to strengthen
plays an important role in the heritage them for the conservation in the
conservation of the WHS of Melaka and WHS
George Town. Under the NHA, her main 8.5.25 Both the TCPA and the NHA are at the
functions, besides maintaining the National moment being reviewed and amended
Heritage Register and designating and to incorporate more specific provisions
registering heritage sires and other for the conservation of heritage sites
heritage items, include overseeing the and buildings in general and in the WHS
conservation, preservation, restoration, in particular. These amendments and
and maintenance of heritage, to advise additions should, among others, include:
and co-ordinate with the local planning
authority, the National Heritage Council i) Amending the definition of
and other bodies and entities at all levels “development” or amending the
for the purpose of safeguarding, promoting definition of “material change of use”
and dealing with any heritage, and to to include change from “traditional”
advise the Minister with regard to any use, for the protection of intangible
matter in respect of conservation and heritage;
preservation of heritage. ii) Requirements for the Heritage Impact
assessment, Progress Report, and
8.5.23 To facilitate her task in the protection of Dilapidation Survey Report for major
the WHS of Melaka and George Town, works in the Heritage Areas that may
the Commissioner of Heritage should be a affect the heritage values.
member of the State Heritage Committees
of Melaka and Penang. She is a member 8.5.26 Other the main acts, amendments can
of the National Heritage Council, and also be made to the subsidiary acts or new
hence she can coordinate the heritage subsidiary acts be made, (in the form of
conservation efforts not only between the Rules under the TCPA, By-laws under the
national bodies and the states, but also SDBA and LGA, and Regulations under
between the two states of Melaka and the NHA) to provide clearer powers and
Penang. A “Joint” Heritage Committee provisions for the planning and control,
at the National Level has been formed
promotion, protection and funding of
under the National Heritage Council for the
heritage and conservation efforts.
purpose of coordination and collaboration
For example, the Fire Requirements, the
of the works in the WHS of the two
strict building specifications can be waived
states, and the Chief Ministers of the
for the restoration and maintenance of old
states should be members of this “Joint”
Committee. The Commissioner is also heritage buildings.
an important source of funds for heritage
conservation, promotion and research in
the states. She is at the moment heading
the Department of National Heritage and
it is has also been proposed that the
Department sets up branches in the two
states to assist in the conservation efforts
of the states and the local authorities
better.

8.6 Implementing the
Management Plan
Introduction
8.6.1 While the implementation mechanism Melaka and George Town WHS. Both
has been established at the local and organizations are set to the most critical
state government level (as discussed implementers of the CMP. The CMP/
in Section 8.3), it is important to define Special Area Plan was submitted to both
the hierarchy of reporting progress and state governments on 17 January 2011
performance of CMP, and establishing the (Penang) and 18 January 2011 (Melaka)
responsibilities of CMP management by for approval. This endorsement was
different authorities and by different tiers of subsequently submitted to the Ministry
the government. of Information, Communications and
Culture through the National Heritage
Hierarchy of Responsibility Commissioner’s office at the Department
of National Heritage on for approval and
8.6.2 Figure 8.0.6 shows the hierarchy of onward submission to the World Heritage
responsibility of the CMP beginning from Centre.
the collaboration between the WHO and
the local authority concerned at both
WORLD HERITAGE OFFICE
STATE PARTY
Government of Malaysia
Commissioner of Heritage
Management Committee for the

WHS for Melaka & George Town
Melaka WHS George Town WHS
Melaka State Penang State
MBMB & MWHO MPPP & GTWHO
Figure 8.6 : Hierarchy of Responsibility of CMP

Partnership and Commitment to 8.6.4 Partnership with these groups will be able
Implement CMP to enhance the deliverables and capacity
8.6.3 At local levels, WHO will need to building of the WHO. Such partnership
collaborate with the following in its will be necessary to ensure that heritage
operations and decision-making: and conservation efforts are sustainable in
• Stakeholder groups such as local the long-run, i.e. will be able to coerce the
residents, businessmen, hotel stakeholders and owners to conserve their
operators, academicians, heritage and heritage assets on their own.
conservation experts
• Specific target groups, such as 8.6.5 The working arrangement of the WHO
hawkers, food operators, business with other agencies on heritage and
operators, printers and others conservation can be seen in Figure 8.0.7.
• Local government The diagram illustrates the relationship
• Inter-WHO coordination meeting to between all three tiers of government in
be coordinated by Department of the heritage management of Melaka and
National Heritage George Town WHS in the country.
• International bodies
8.6.6 At the Ministry of Information,
Communications and Culture, the Minister
chairs a Management Committee for
World Heritage Sites of Melaka and
George Town, which is represented by
the Secretary of State of both Melaka and
Penang.
Ministry of Housing & Local Ministry of Information,

FEDERAL Government Culture and Arts
LEVEL
National Heritage
Department
State Government
STATE LEVEL
State Heritage Committee
LOCAL LEVEL Local Planning Authority

WHO as SPV
Majlis Bandaraya Melaka
Bersejarah (MBMB)
Majlis Perbandaran Pulau
Pinang (MPPP)
Figure 8.7 : CMP Management by Tiers of Government

8.6.7 The agencies shown in Figure 8.6 deposit the heritage registry at state
carry out their functions according to level. The Office may be established
legal powers enshrined in some of the as a state initiative or by the DNH in
legislations. While the municipalities accordance with the state heritage
involved, i.e. MBMB and MPPP, are enactment but should not contravene
empowered by Act 172 and Act 133 as the provisions of National Heritage
well as the Uniform Building By-Law, Act 2005. Upcoming amendments to
and other by-laws, WHO requires a this act may shed some light to this
legal backing to support its operations, matter.
especially that of non-statutory functions. (ii) Town and Country Planning Act 1976
By history, Melaka already has had its (Act 172) is also currently being
enactment on heritage management amended and is likely to incorporate
and conservation established in 1988 measures to enhance the power of the
which was further amended in 1993 local planning authorities in heritage
and in 2008. Similar enactment will be and conservation management. In
required in Penang to support its WHO at addition, the amendments to Act 172
George Town. However, all enactments, are likely to incorporate the need
including existing and future ones must not for developers to submit a Heritage
contravene with the contents of National Impact Assessment (HIA) as part of
Heritage Act 2005 which is currently being other impact assessments for heritage
amended. Given there exists a conflict areas.
between the federal and state laws on (iii) The need to have joint consultative
heritage matters, the federal law on discussions between both WHIs (and
heritage will prevail. all that comes in future) to compare
notes and experiences, include
8.6.8 It is also understood that depending on steering Committee under Department
the type of organisation that WHO takes, of National Heritage.
some statutory functions may also be
transferred to the WHO. For example, 8.6.11 Besides the effort to conserve the
enforcement functions can also be carried buildings, this organization also runs many
out by WHO, provided there is a clause programs to create awareness, raise funds
on it in the enactment, in parallel with the and lobbying the government about the
powers of local government and the DNH plight of the citizens of Penang.
on enforcement.
Awareness and Educating the
8.6.9 At the federal level, the DNH is the Public
custodian of the CMP as being the State 8.6.12 Educating stakeholders is part of
Party to UNESCO. DNH is empowered by managing change that must be undertaken
the National Heritage Act 2005. as part of the process in implementing the
CMP. In particular, this is highly important
8.6.10 However, the following may need some if there are owners of heritage assets
attention in assisting the effective who feel that CMP is cumbersome and
management of the CMP: difficult to follow. The establishment of
WHO at the WHS in Melaka and George
(i) Establishing Heritage Commissioner’s Town will certainly be supportive towards
Office at State level. This Office is educating the owners, developers and all
to provide advice to the WHO, the stakeholders in heritage and conservation
State Heritage Committee in heritage management.
matters, and become the location to

Table 8.4 Players in Heritage Management and Related Legislations
Level Key Agency Related Legislations to CMP Implementation
The Town and Country Planning Act 1976 (Act 172)

The Streets, Drainage and Building Act 1974 (Act 133)
MBMB
Uniform Building By-Law (UBBL)
MPPP
Local MBMB By-Laws

MPPP By-Laws
The respective states to empower the WHO to perform

WHO part of local government responsibilities in heritage and
conservation management
The Town and Country Planning Act 1976 (Act 172)
State State Government Melaka Preservation and Conservation of Cultural
Heritage Enactment 1988; amended 1993, 2008.
Department of National
Federal Constitution
Heritage
Federal
(Custodian)
National Heritage Act 2005 (Act 645)
8.5.13 Hence, the Education & Training larger effort of recruiting volunteers and
Section has been proposed as one of paid staff in heritage and conservation
the administrative structure under WHO management. There is certainly room for
for this purpose. The GM of the WHO providing training to create entrepreneurs
will have to ensure that this Section to produce local products and souvenirs
undertakes necessary efforts to create for visitors to purchase. They should
better awareness of heritage and also be trained to take the economic
conservation management and getting opportunities in heritage and conservation
stakeholders to participate willingly in the management, especially in the field
programmes under the CMP. The Section of cultural tourism that covers food,
should also be responsible to carry out cultural displays, interpreters, hotelling,
interpretive works of the site, organizing transportation, and travel and tours.
campaigns, increasing the knowledge
of the people concerned, improving the
capabilities of the staff through training,
and publicity. Interpretive works includes
orientation programmes, exhibitions and
seminars, books and guides to unique
heritage assets at Site, leaflets, guided
tours and other publications. The Section
may undertake short-term to long-term
programmes to instill interest in people,
especially the young and women, by
providing technical knowledge and skills
training to enable them to be part of the

9. Incentives and Funding for the
World Heritage Site
9.1 Introduction 9.2 Existing Incentives for
WHS
9.1.1 This section aims to establish an incentive
programme for the World Heritage site 9.2.1 Incentives and financial grant aid are
that would, in the short and medium term, presently available for eligible projects
provide sustained assistance to the many in the WHS from various agencies at
players within the WHS to encourage them national and local levels. The Department
to conserve and protect the Outsanding of National Heritage gives grants to
Universal Value (OUV) of the Site. It draws owners of private properties that are in
upon what are available and how to further the National Heritage Registry to help
promote, consolidate and strengthen them them restore their buildings. In the WHS,
under a system which would bring long- selected buildings that opt to be listed in
term benefit the WHO. the National Heritage Registry receive
financial aid and technical advice. In
addition, the Federal Government has
allocated RM50 million for the preservation
and conservation of the WHS. Of this,
RM30 million is allocated to Melaka and is
under the management of the Department
of National Heritage.
9.2.2 In the case of George Town, the Federal

Government allocation of RM20 million has
been entrusted to Think City Sdn. Bhd. a
private company set up under Khazanah
Nasional Bhd, the Federal Government
investment company, to provide financial
assistance for heritage conservation.
9.2.3 Think City Sdn. Bhd. has established a

grant system, the George Town Grants
Programme (GTGP) to provide
seed-funding of heritage projects in
George Town. The four types of grants of
GTGP are:
• project and booster grants,

• repayable grants,
• matching grants; and
• technical assistance and capacity
building grants.

9.2.4 Project and booster grants are one-off given are waivers on widening of roads
grants and their values range from and back lanes (where appropriate),
RM200,000 to RM500,000. Repayable permission for adaptive re-use, car park
grants are aimed at private property provisions, and contributions (such as
owners to encourage them to apply best development charge, tree planting and
practices in heritage conservation. The drainage). In addition, maintenance
repayable grants vary from RM50,000 to grants are given by both state and local
as high as RM 2 million, and repayment is authorities to assist building owners in
expected to go into a revolving fund (Think the George Town WHS. The grants are
City Repayable Grant Fund) to benefit in fact tax discounts, given for a period
others. The grants are given based on of 5 years. Their equivalent value is 90%
certain terms and conditions. Matching of annual assessment rate and 90% of
grants are extended to applicants whose annual quit rent. These incentives are
projects involve public spaces, public relatively attractive and can be further
buildings or projects with strong public expanded to stimulate more restoration.
impact. The applicants are likely to be These incentives should be provided with
public or private bodies, and public-private attached terms and conditions, one of
partnerships. The value of a matching which is approval of building works and
grant can range from RM50,000 to RM2 compliance with guidelines and technical
million for projects that would also have requirements of local authorities.
their own funding sources. Technical
assistance funding and capacity building
grants are given to technical assistance
and capacity building programmes. The 9.3 A WHS Incentive
GTGP does not cover maintenance
works and are available to projects
Programme
on conserving intangible and tangible
9.3.1 A WHS Incentive Programme is proposed
values. They are granted to individuals,
to encourage heritage conservation in the
companies, and public agencies. Around
WHS and to facilitate the implementation
RM2.7 million has already been disbursed
of the CMP. The WHS Incentive
in George Town, among the recipients
Programme, comprising financial and
is the WHO of George Town which used
non-financial incentives, is intended to
the grants for education, research and
encourage and stimulate private sector
dissemination.
participation in heritage conservation
within the WHS. It is also intended to
9.2.5 At the local level, the local authority in
facilitate the implementation of the CMP
George Town, the Municipal Council of
programmes aimed at protecting the
Penang (MPPP) has established its own
OUV of the WHS, and to address and
set of incentives to encourage heritage
prevent losses of heritage integrity and
conservation which are fiscal and non-
value within the site. It is further proposed
financial. The MPPP has set up a one-
that WHO of the respective areas within
stop committee chaired by the Council
the site be responsible for implementing
President to fast track plan processing
the WHS Incentive Programme. Where
for the George Town WHS. It has waived
the incentives are not directly under its
some planning and building requirements.
control, it is to work and coordinate with
The waivers are not blanket waivers and
the awarding agencies to ensure that the
vary between building classifications and
benefits reach the intended beneficiaries.
in-fill developments. Examples of waivers

9.4 Appointing WHO as 9.5 Contents of the WHS
the Key Coordinator Incentive Programme
of the WHS Incentive
9.5.1 The incentive programme is subdivided
Programme into four packages as follows: (i) financial,
(ii) non-financial, (iii) revenue-generating,
9.4.1 Placing the WHS Incentive Programme
and (iv) technical assistance. The financial
under WHO’s coordination and
package is focused on providing financial
management would reduce fragmentation
assistance through grants and loans.
of incentives across agencies, and help
The non-financial package is made up of
the intended beneficiaries to receive
three types of incentives, namely, fiscal,
the aid they need to undertake heritage
planning and development, and technical
conservation. Through this, it is also
assistance. The income-generating
believed that it may expedite the process
package is based on generating income
of managing and monitoring response
from the working partnerships between
to changes taking place in the WHS. It
WHO and the private sector. The fourth
is anticipated that WHO, as the expert
package is on technical assistance. The
heritage agency within its respective area,
packages are not mutually exclusive; they
should be able to streamline and direct the
are used simultaneously, and reinforce
incentives to where actions and help are
each other in order to stimulate heritage
most needed.
works in the WHS.
9.4.2 The advantages of making WHO

a. Financial Package
as key coordinator of incentives are
9.5.2 Two schemes, proposed under the
summarised below:
financial assistance package, are grant
• As the key coordinator, WHO would
and loan schemes (Figure 9.1). The grant
be able to monitor and track various
scheme can be further subdivided into
ongoing and new restoration activities
various types to meet the varying needs
within the site, and use the incentive
of the community on restoration. The loan
programme to achieve the aims of the
scheme is devised to supplement the
CMP.
grant scheme. A major constraint of the
• WHO, being the expert agency in its
loan scheme is WHO’s legal limitation in
respective area, would have access
extending loans to borrowers without a
to in-house and external expertise,
money-lending permit.
to assist in the WHS programme,
providing technical assistance to help
the public.
• WHO is expected to use the incentive
programme to accord equal emphasis
on tangible and intangible values of
the WHS.
• WHO should be able to evaluate
objectively applications for assistance,
including emerging requirements, and
respond quickly to new requirement for
assistance.

On-Off Grant
Matching Grant
WHO Heritage Grant Scheme Payable Grant
Performance Grant
Financial Package
Technical & Capacity Building Grant
Heritage Building Loan
Heritage Loan Scheme
Heritage Building Subsidy Loan
Figure 9.1: Financial Package and Its Components
i) Grant Scheme infill development and vacant lands in

9.5.3 The WHO grant scheme essentially is the property, (e) to support capacity
a scheme where financial assistance is building and skills training, and (f) promote
extended to people involved in heritage education and raising awareness.
conservation. It includes both tangibles
and intangibles. Grants usually do not 9.5.5 In proposing the WHO grant scheme,
entail repayment unless otherwise flexibility and monitoring are emphasized
specified. to enable WHO to modify the grant system
in response to changing circumstances.
9.5.4 The proposed WHO grant scheme is The grant scheme is proposed for a term
fashioned after Think City’s George Town of 2 years, subject to review depending
Grants Programme. Its main underlying on its practicality, available resources, and
principle is to encourage the private sector WHO capacity and ability to achieve the
to work towards sustaining the OUV of goals of the CMP. The review would allow
both properties in the Site. Its goals are for changes and modifications to adapt to
(a) to encourage restoration, (b) to prevent changing circumstances.
further deterioration of existing premises,
(c) to encourage rectification of dilapidated
buildings, (d) to encourage appropriate

9.5.6 The suggested types of grants are subject to WHO financial resources which
summarized in Table 9.1. At the early are not likely to be substantial during the
stage of implementation, WHO is not early stage of implementing the CMP.
expected to implement all grant types; it Thus, the amounts given are expected to
would pick selectively for implementation target at individual building owners and
and use those it adopts in conjunction small corporations undertaking small-
with existing grants to achieve a wider scale projects within the heritage site.
reach within the community. Over time, The values of grants would range from
as existing grants are phased out, the RM2,000 to RM50,000. The grants are to
WHO grants are expected to play a more assist and are not expected to cover entire
significant role in conservation. costs of projects. Applications are to be
made to WHO Technical Committee, and
9.5.7 At a start, WHO grants are not expected the amount awarded would be evaluated
to entail large sums of monies. They are on technical and intangible considerations.
Table 9.1: WHO-Grant Scheme and Proposed Types of Grants

Grant Purpose Amount (RM) Beneficiary
One-off • Maintenance and upkeep including interiors RM2,000- a) Individuals
Grant • Improvements to interiors RM10,000 b) Corporations
• Painting and facade improvements c) NGOs
• Education, Publicity and awareness d) Institutions of
• Research and publication higher learning
• Skills training
• Renovations and restoration
Matching • Maintenance and upkeep Ratio is 50:50 a) Individuals

Grant • Improvements to interiors or 30: 70. b) Corporations
• Painting and Facade Improvements Maximum c) NGOs
• Education, publicity and awareness grant is d) Institutions of
• Research and publication RM50,000 higher learning
• Skills training e) Public agencies
• Renovations and restoration
• Area improvement
• Technical assistance
Repayable • Improvements to interiors Zero interest a) Individuals

Grant • Renovations and restoration Maximum: b) Corporations
RM50,000
Performance • Improvements to interiors RM2,000- a) Individuals

Grant • Renovations and restoration RM10,000 b) Corporations
c) NGOs
Technical and • Education, publicity and awareness RM2,000- a) Individuals

Capacity Building • Research and publication RM10,000 b) Corporations
Grant • Skills training c) NGOs
d) Institutions of higher
learning
Source: Comprehensive Development Plan (January, 2011)

9.5.8 The proposed grants are: CMP, WHO may not have access to
• One-off grants are small grants substantial monies to provide grants with
provided to assist individuals, NGOs high monetary values. In fact, during
and small corporations undertaking this early stage, WHO may not be able
works to protect the value of the to implement all the proposed grants
WHS. simultaneously. This would depend
• Matching grants entail the recipients on its financial, technical and human
to match the value of the grant capacity. Each WHO shall have the
given. The matching ratio could be flexibility to determine which types of
50:50, with each contributing equal grants are appropriate for its respective
sum or it could be 70:30 with the site, and what terms and conditions to
recipient providing 30% of project set. However, all WHO grants are subject
cost. The ratio is a variable, subject to a qualifying condition that approval
to recommendation of the granting for building works and compliance to
body. technical requirements.
• Repayable grants are a form of loan
except that there is no interest. WHO ii) Heritage Loan Scheme
is not a licensed lending institution 9.5.10 Another financial assistance scheme
and has no authority to give loans. is a heritage loan scheme (Table 9.2).
It can provide grants which are WHO is not licensed to give loans so it
repayable but as a form of guarantee, would have to negotiate and work with
it may want a heritage agreement banks to create a special heritage loan
to be signed to enable it to recover scheme for individuals and corporate
the grants. The repayable grant is investors. Under the loan scheme, WHO
likely to range from RM10,000 to plays a supporting but important role in
RM50,000. encouraging banks to participate and
• Performance grants are aimed at extend financial assistance for restoration
specific targets to achieve. Targets projects in the form of loans. Crucial
could be physical improvements to the proposed loan scheme is a firm
such as improvements to structures commitment from the banking institutions
or to facades or roofs. on how they could contribute towards
• Technical and capacity building preserving the OUV in the WHS.
grants are another form of financial
assistance directed at technical and 9.5.11 There are two variations to the loan
capacity building aspects of heritage scheme. One is a direct loan scheme
within the WHS. which the commercial banks can give to
eligible borrowers working on restoration
9.5.9 The above list is not exhaustive. WHO and renovation projects within the WHS.
can further improve on the proposed The other variant has an element of
grant scheme, adding or removing those subsidy whereby the interest rate on such
found to be not effective and replacing loans is lower than market rate, and the
them. The Table 9.1 also indicates the difference is to be financed through a rant
grants having low monetary value. This from WHO.
takes into consideration that during the
early stages of implementation of the

Table 9.02: Proposed Heritage Loan Scheme to vet applications for these incentives
Loan Purpose Beneficiary before they are submitted to the relevant
Type authorities for approval. These incentives
Building • Improvement to are not blanket incentives, and would vary
Loan interiors a) Individuals on a case to case basis.
• Renovation & b) Corporations
restoration The non-financial incentives include:
• Skill improvement Fast Track Advisory Services
Building • Improvements of Unit in WHO
Subsidy interiors a) Individuals 9.5.15 A Fast Track Advisory Service Unit in
Loan • Renovations & b) Corporations WHO is established to assist in fast
restoration tracking of applications for restoration
and renovation in the WHS. The
proposed advisory unit will have technical
expertise to provide advisory services on
planning and building procedures and
b.Non-Financial Package
requirements, materials, contractors, and
9.5.12 The non-financial package has its origins
guidelines and regulations. The unit helps
from incentives provided by the local
applicants and their consultants to comply
authorities such as those provided by
with guidelines, regulations, and other
MPPP in George Town WHS. There are
pertinent requirements before formal
two parts to the non-financial package.
submissions are made to the Technical
One part is the planning and development
Review Panel for consideration.
incentives, and the other is the fiscal
incentives in the form of tax exemptions
ii) Planning and Development
and discounts (Figure 9.2).
Incentives
9.5.16 Some planning and development
9.5.13 The WHO does not play a direct role in
incentives are already available from
the provision of non-financial package
MPPP in the George Town WHS. (Table
for the WHS because it does not have
9.3). The incentives are to help building
regulatory functions. For this package,
owners in the WHS. They should be
the state and local authorities are the
extended to Melaka part of the WHS, and
main players, and the extent to which
be institutionalised as part of the WHO
incentives under this package are given
Incentive Programme. The incentives
would depend on how much these
should be given on conditions that the
authorities could and would give.
proposed restoration or development
works have approved building plans and
9.5.14 Although the types and contents of this
are in compliance with heritage guidelines
package are outside the control of WHO,
and technical requirements.
it is important for WHO to contribute and
assist in the provision and management
9.5.17 New planning incentives such as the
of the non-financial package. One way
transfer of development rights or plot
it can do this is for WHO to work close
ratios (subject to other existing planning
with representatives of the state and local
regulations) could also be introduced.
authorities on these incentives, forging
These, however, have to be further
working partnerships to ensure that the
studied before they could be adopted by
incentives are relevant and operational.
the respective local authorities in WHS.
It could use its Technical Review Panel

Non Financial Package
Fast Track Advisory Planning & Development

Fiscal Incentives
Services Incentives
Income Tax Exemptions
Discount on State Quit

Rent
Discount On Local
Property Assessment
Reverse Incentives
Penalties for
Vacant/Abandoned
Buildings
Figure 9.2: Non-Financial Package and Its Components
iii) Fiscal incentives benefit WHO and donors (individuals and

9.5.18 Fiscal incentives are tied up to tax corporations) who make contributions
rebates, credits, exemptions or discounts in support of the WHS. An income tax
provided at different government levels. exemption would be beneficial when WHO
At the federal level, the most important establishes a trust account to benefit
incentive would be that given by the projects and activities in the WHS.
Inland Revenue and relates primarily to
exemptions or rebates on income tax. At 9.5.20 Exemptions or Discount on State Quit
state and local levels, the fiscal incentives Rent and Property Assessment.
are based on exemptions or discounts of The factors to be considered under this
taxes on land (state) and properties (local proposed scheme are the duration of the
authority). incentive and whether a discount or full
tax exemption is preferred.
Exemptions from Income Tax Table 9.4 shows the possible fiscal
9.5.19 Requests for exemptions from income incentives that can be initiated by
tax by WHO from Inland Revenue would

Table 9.3: Planning and Development Incentives
Planning & Development Incentive Categories of Buildings I, II, IIA Infill
Deletion of road widening* Exempted Exempted
Deletion of back land widening* Exempted Exempted
Allow adaptive re-use With permission N/A
Waiver of Car Park Provision Full Waiver or 70% 50%
Exemptions of Development Charges & Full Exemption N/A
Other Contributions to Local Authorities
Notes: (1) * Subject to technical requirements of relevant authorities
(2) N/A –not applicable
Source: Investing in Penang’s Heritage. A Guide for Investors
both state and local authorities. These 9.5.24 This fiscal incentive has terms and
incentives are conditional upon the conditions of which approval and
building works having approval and are full compliance to guidelines and
in compliance with the development and requirements of the approving authorities
building guidelines. is the most important qualifying condition.
The incentive can also be varied by the
9.5.21 The fiscal incentive from the state awarding authorities, depending on the
governments is used together with that types of heritage works such as whether
from the local governments, as a double they are major or minor works, whether
reward to owners who have approvals and there is a change in use from commercial
comply with all technical requirements. to residential or from residential to
commercial, and whether they are in line
9.5.22 A longer duration of incentive of up with the recommended land use policies in
to10 years is proposed. The rationale the WHS.
for a longer duration is to make the
incentive sufficiently attractive to promote 9.5.25 Alternatively, instead of giving discounts,
restoration works while encouraging the authorities can opt for a tax credit.
greater compliance to technical This scheme works on the basis that prior
requirements and guidelines. to the award of tax credit on property
tax; the recipients must have paid these
9.5.23 In using the incentive on annual property taxes in the immediate past 2 years to
assessment, the awarding authorities may be eligible (those who had not been
opt to give incentive only on the enhanced paying such taxes are not eligible). The
value of the building/property or they tax credit will only be given to buildings
may allow the entire land or property to after restoration and have complied with
receive discount from annual assessment. heritage guidelines and other technical
It is suggested that the duration and the requirements.
quantum of the incentive be varied, using
5 years a benchmark for exemption and
allowing the discount or exemption to
taper off gradually at the tenth year.

Table 9.4: Options for Fiscal Incentives at State and Local Levels
Nature of Fiscal
Options Duration
Incentive
Exemption on Enhanced Value of 100% tax exemption on Total Duration: 10 years
Assessed Property (as result of the enhanced value of For 5 years after which, tax is imposed
Restoration/conservation) property at 25% discount for next 5 years
Discount on Property Assessment or 90% discount Total Duration: 10 years
a Tax Credit 90% discount for first 5 years; reduce
to 50% in subsequent 5 years.
Tax credit is an alternative form of
discount where a credit is given for use
later on.
No change in Assessed Value of Assessed value is Total Duration: 5 years
Building (after restoration) unchanged & not Value of tax base is held constant
reviewed
Discount on State Quit Rent or Tax 90% discount Total Duration: 10 years
Credit 90% discount for first 5 years; reduce
to 50% in subsequent 5 years. The
alternative is tax credit
Notes: (1) * Subject to technical requirements of relevant authorities
(2) N/A –not applicable
Sources: (1) Comprehensive Development Plan (January, 2011)
(2) Investing in Penang’s Heritage. A Guide for Investors
9.5.26 Reverse Incentive and Penalty conditions, would not enjoy this benefit.
In Peninsular Malaysia, local authorities They would be penalised by having to pay
are known to exempt properties which are the full tax unless they show proof that
vacant or unutilised for a period of time they are starting to repair, to seek tenants
from property assessment. or to approach WHO as partners under
revenue-generating scheme.
9.5.27 Owners of such properties can apply for
exemptions by providing proofs to the c) Income-Generating Package
local authorities that their properties were 9.5.28 Under this incentive package, two
vacant. This incentive tends to benefit schemes are to be initiated and managed
property owners with vacant premises. by WHO (Figure 9.3). The objectives
This incentive may have a negative effect are (i) to stimulate restoration and
on WHS as property owners who leave preservation among owners of buildings,
their premises in disrepairs and vacant and (ii) to generate income for WHO,
would not be penalised. Under such where possible. This forms part of its
circumstances, a reverse incentive is efforts to increase its independent
introduced. Property owners in WHS who revenue sources while encouraging and
leave their premises vacant, and in poor helping building owners in WHS to start
restoration or repair works.

The schemes are: lease concessions are formalised through
i) Heritage Preservation Scheme agreements and fees are to be paid
9.5.29 The objective is to encourage reuse of by users. The fees are managed by
heritage buildings in the WHS through WHO, and the income earned shared
purchase or donations. WHO acquires between WHO and property owners
properties either by purchase or donation through buildings in WHS. Conditions
in order to safeguard these buildings. can be imposed, for example, souvenir
Whether the buildings are acquired manufactures are to use local resources
through donations or purchase, the key to produce the WHS souvenirs in an
player is WHO. It would restore and sell attempt to create a positive socio-
or lease the buildings, with attached economic impact for communities living in
heritage covenants that restrict their uses. WHS through the generation of jobs and
Any revenue or income earned would be business opportunities.
put into WHO to finance other heritage
initiatives under its management. d) Technical Assistance Incentive
Package
9.5.30 An alternative arrangement is to create 9.5.32 The provision of technical assistance is
a preservation easement between WHO vital towards sustaining the integrity of
and a building owner who wants to retain the WHS. On ground, the various group
ownership of a heritage building. The discussions held have revealed that
preservation easement gives the rights having access to information, technical
for WHO to restore a building and lease skills, and technical advice are important
it out to earn rentals. Income generated for people impacted upon to respond
is share between the owner and WHO on positively. Some areas of concern
an agreed revenue sharing principle that identified are inadequate knowledge
also takes into consideration maintenance of building plans and materials, lack of
costs. This arrangement is intended to specialist building skills among local
induce more owners to restore; especially contractors, and lack of appropriate
those who lack knowledge and financial building materials. In these areas, WHO,
resources to take proactive measures through a special technical assistance
to restore their buildings and yet are incentive package, can begin to target
reluctant to sell or unable to lease. much needed technical advice to
communities, and interface with them to
ii) Copyrights Concession Scheme help them to carry out restoration and
9.5.31 This scheme proposes to centralise improvement works.
copyrights on WHS heritage image into
the hands of WHO to manage and ensure 9.5.33 The incentive package emphasizes
that they are not abused or misused education and awareness as a priority
commercially. The WHO would form measure in the WHS, and to support
partnerships with the heritage building it with various technical assistance
owners over such images. The WHO schemes that include:
would coordinate the lease concession
of these images to potential users such • Free Heritage Information Kit,
as hotels, restaurants, bus and other • Discount Heritage Paint Scheme
transport companies, retailers, tourism where it can bring in local paint
agencies, and souvenir makers. The manufacturers to assist building

Income-Generating Package
Heritage Preservation
Scheme Copyrights Concession Scheme
1. Partner with property owners

1. Buy, restore & sell
2. Develop image concession
2. Obtain an easement,
3. Identify potential lessees
restore & lease
4. Lease & manage concessions
5. Encourage local participation
6. Monitors for abuses
Figure 9.3: Income-Generating Package and Its Components
owners in the heritage site to buy

The service can be provided free or at
appropriate paints for their buildings,
a nominal fee to the public.
• Building Materials Sponsorship
Scheme to be developed under
WHO watch and coordinated by WHO,
• Skills Training Scheme where WHO 9.6 Framework for
would identify skills required and Managing Finances of
work with relevant agencies to train WHO
local craftsmen and artisans including
heritage tourist guides, and skilled. 9.6.1 WHO needs a framework to effectively
WHO could work with Construction manage the money it receives and raises.
Industry Development Board (CIDB) or In this way, it can direct funds to where
with the state skills development centre they are needed most. The WHO would
to develop skills training courses. have two accounts which are managed
• Registration Scheme for contractors, separately (Figure 9.3).
builders, painters, artisans, etc to
create a pool of skilled workers who Management Account
are able to undertake heritage 9.6.2 The management account is to cover
conservation works in WHS, and the operating expenses of WHO and it
• Technical advisory scheme where is kept separate from a trust account
WHO, using its access to a pool where it keeps money to implement the
of experts, shall provide extension CMP programmes and fund heritage
services to help building owners conservation. The management account
comply with the guidelines and is for its daily and operating and
technical requirements of restoration. administrative expenses.

Free Heritage Discount Heritage
Information Kit Paint Scheme
Constractors Building Materials

Registration Sponsorship
Scheme Scheme
WHO Technical Technical Skill's Training

Advisory Scheme Assistance Package Scheme
Figure 9.4: Technical Assistance Incentive Package
Heritage Trust Account grants and incentives that are already

9.6.3 For conservation works and CMP provided by public agencies and private
programmes, it has a heritage trust corporations for heritage conservation
account. Any surpluses from its in the WHS are expected to continue,
management account can be transferred unless they are terminated or have
into its Heritage Trust account. The achieved their purpose and are closed.
CEO of WHO is responsible for the The World Heritage incentive programme
management of both accounts, and for would attempt to integrate with them,
ensuring that the funds are managed where appropriate. As most of the
separately. Both accounts are audited proposed incentives proposed are WHO
by external accounting firms, and WHO management, the agency would require
will adhere strictly to the principles financial resources to implement them.
of transparency and accountability in For WHO, government support is crucial.
managing these accounts. It needs financial support from both
federal and state governments, and a
strong working relationship with the local
authorities to carry out its work in WHS.
9.7 Making Available The main sources of financial support for
WHO are (Table 9.5):
Financial Resources
for WHS Incentive a) Government Contributions or
Programme Appropriations
9.7.2 These contributions are to be channelled
9.7.1 The WH incentive programme requires mainly into WHO management account
funding to be operational. Some of the

Framework to Manage WHO Finances
Management Account WHO Trust Account
1. Operational Expenses
1. Grant scheme
2. Rentals, Utilities
2. Loan scheme
3. Staff Costs
3. Technical Assistance
4. Miscellaneous administrative cost
scheme
Figure 9.5: Framework for Managing WHO Finances
to enable it to carry out its operational related schemes or projects, they can
and management functions. Surpluses apply for grants from Ministry of Tourism
from the management account can be or if the programmes are focused on area
transferred into its trust accounts for CMP improvements, they can apply for grants
programmes and other heritage schemes from the Ministry of Housing and Local
operated by WHO. The possible sources Government.
are:
• State contributions or appropriations 9.7.4 Similarly, state governments in the
• Federal contributions or WHS can also award grants to their
appropriations through the Ministry respective WHO to help them in heritage
of Information, Communication and conservation. Under its draft heritage
Culture enactment, the state government of
Penang has proposed a state heritage
b) Government Grants fund. If the state heritage fund is
9.7.2 Government grants are provided by established, it can extend a grant to help
the federal or the state government the WHO. The same approach can be
or through selected federal ministries used for Melaka.
for specific purposes, linked to area
improvement and tourism. WHO and the 9.7.5 Another possible source of grant is
local authorities are both implementing from the national Heritage Fund. The
the CMP programmes, and should establishment of a national Heritage Fund
be entitled to apply for grants from is provided under Part V of the National
various federal ministries or their state Heritage Act 2005. Among its allowed
governments for financial assistance. For expenses is payment of expenses
example, if the programmes had tourism- incurred on conservation and preservation
in conservation areas that are owned by

the federal government or otherwise, and • Membership fees: Public can opt
the provision of grants and loans. The to join WHI as members and pay
establishment of the national Heritage subscriptions
Fund would be beneficial for WHO as
they can seek financial assistance, either e) New Funding Sources
grants or loans, from the Heritage Fund. 9.7.8 The search for funds for heritage
conservation should be done at all levels
9.7.6 Grant money received by WHO are to be of government. Heritage funding,
placed under a trust account to ensure unlike economic and social development,
that their use is dedicated for heritage does not always receive top priority in
programmes and schemes, and not the national or state budget. Finding
administrative expenses additional funding is a challenge for all
authorities involved.
c) Grants and Contributions from
Government-Linked Agencies and • New sources for National Heritage Fund
Corporations At the federal level, the Heritage Fund
9.7.7 WHO and the local authorities may want to seek additional sources of
implementing the CMP programmes funds in addition to government allocations
should be entitled to access grants and and contributions. The National Heritage
contributions from government-linked Act 2005 indicates that a levy can be
agencies and corporations. One example introduced for heritage funding. In the
is the grants from Think City Sdn Bhd event that introducing a new levy is not
for George Town which can be used viable, allocations from certain federal
to finance partially or fully the costs of revenue sources may help to provide more
selected projects under the CMP. funding. Some possibilities to consider
are a percentage share of revenue from
d) Other Sources of Funds gaming taxation or a percentage of the
9.7.8 Although government funding is vital, it is service tax.
also important for WHO to be financially
self-reliant by looking for ways to • State Heritage Charge at the state level,
generate its own income. the proposed state heritage enactment
• Income-generating project: A possible of Penang also outlines the types of
way is to develop income-generating funding for the proposed state heritage
scheme where it can earn some fund including the possibility of using a
revenue. new levy. It is proposed that the state
• Appeal scheme: Another way is government may introduce a heritage
to raise money through an appeal charge on hotels in the state to help
scheme, either on annual basis or fund the state heritage fund. As a start,
periodic basis. Through its trust it could impose the heritage charge on
account, WHI can seek donations hotels within the WHS. The money raised
from individuals and corporations. could be redirected to WHO heritage trust
• Gifts and Bequests: WHI should to use be used as grants for heritage
also be allowed to receive gifts and
bequests of buildings or other monies
for the WHS.

conservation. The charge can be imposed out financial projections to determine the
on hotels of 3-star to 5-star and above required amount of funds, (ii) to request
within the WHS. The hotels are to collect government funding that could go into
the charges on behalf of the state and the trust account, (iii) to identify potential
remit to the state heritage fund. The rate trustees from private sector, (iv) to identify
could be RM3 per room per night for 3-star potential donors to start appeal scheme
hotel, rising to RM5 per room per night for (v) to decide on whether CEO is to
hotels of 5-star and above. Payments are undertake fund-raising or appoint another
to be itemised in hotel bills to ensure that person to do this task, and (vi) to seek tax
hotel guests are aware of such charges. exemptions from Inland Revenue.
A small percentage of the charge can be
given to hotels to cover administrative c) Management of WHO Heritage
costs. The state government undertakes to Trust
remit the charges collected to WHO trust 9.8.3 Trustees and their responsibility
account for use in WHS. The proposed trust is to have a panel
of trustees where there is a mix of
government and non-government
representation, including private
9.8 Setting up a WHO sector representation. Private sector
representation is encouraged, especially
Heritage Trust Account for the purpose of fund raising. Among
the trustees, there must be a combination
a) Key Principles of WHO Trust
of technical, financial, and management
Account
expertise. The trustees have fiduciary
9.8.1 The proposed WHO trust account is
responsibility to manage and safeguard
created based on three key principles,
the assets of the trust. A set of bye-laws
i.e. (i) to promote and encourage
and regulations are to be established to
active participation in conservation
guide how the trust is to be administered
and preservation in WHS, (ii) to have
and the procedures for extending financial
sustainable financial resources, and
and non-financial assistance.
(iii) to ensure that monies collected
are managed in a transparent and
9.8.4 Manager/Management
responsible manner for the benefit of
The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of
WHS.
WHO will be the manager of the proposed
trust fund. To assist the CEO, there has
b) Preliminary Steps
to be Financial Advisory Committee
9.8.2 WHO can start the process of establishing
comprising 3 members, with at least 2
a Heritage Trust by setting up a working
members having expertise in fund and
committee to look further into it, together
financial management. To process
with a budget and a time frame. A budget
applications for grants, loans, and other
of RM50,000 would be sufficient to cover
incentives, the trust can refer to WHO
the preliminary costs of setting up the
Technical Review Panel for assistance.
heritage trust within a maximum time
frame of 12 months. Some of the tasks
9.8.5 Accounts of Trust
to be resolved quickly are (i) to identify
The proposed trust is to establish different
the projects and schemes under the CMP
accounts to hold and manage the funds
that WHO can implement, and to carry
collected. Money from the different

Table 9.5: Hierarchy of Heritage Funds and Funding Sources
Heritage Fund Funding Source Propose New Funding Source
1. Approved Government contributions
from Consolidated Fund
2. Donations, gifts, grants
3. Approved levy under National Trust Act
4. Interest from investments of fixed 1. % share of revenue from gaming tax
Federal level - deposit 2. % share of service tax
Heritage Fund 5. Repayment of loan provided under 3. Corporate donations & gifts (tax
National Trust Act exemptions)
6. Credit in the Fund
7. Approved Borrowings by Federal
Government
8. Monies or property
1. Approved Government contributions

from State Consolidated Fund
1. State Heritage Charge as a levy
2. Federal government contributions
provided under the proposed State
3. Donations, gifts, grants
Heritage Enactment. The charge is
4. Approved levy under proposed state
imposed on hotels within the WHS
State level- heritage enactment
as a start. Charge to be imposed on
Heritage Fund 5. Repayment of loans
3-star hotels and upwards. Proposed
6. Approved Borrowings by State
rate of RM 3 to RM5 per room per
Government
night. Grants from national Heritage
7. Money or property of the Heritage
Fund
Commission
1. Approved federal contribution

2. Grants from national Heritage Fund
and state heritage fund
3. Allocation of State Heritage Charge
WHS level- 1. Approved state contributions
on Hotels
WHI Heritage 2. Donations, gifts, bequests
4. Grant from federal ministries (Ministry
Trust Account 3. Membership fees
of Information, Communication and
Culture, Ministry of Tourism, & Others,
where relevant)
5. Think City Sdn Bhd (GTGP)
6. Income-Generating Schemes
Sources:(1) National Heritage Act 2005
(2) Comprehensive Development Plan (January, 2011)

accounts can be used in various ways to would need to identify a responsible

provide financial support to its incentive fund manager to manage the funds and
programme. provide stable income flows.
9.8.6 The trust account is subdivided into 9.8.8 The revolving trust account is easier to
different trust accounts as follows: set up but it entails annual top-ups to
enable the trust to sustain its programme
a) Endowment Trust Account where in WHS. Annual surpluses from WHO
money it receives are deemed as capital management account can be transferred
to be invested and only earnings from to the revolving account. The trust
these investments are used to fund its can seek annual contributions from the
heritage programme. The capital remains federal and state governments for its
intact as the long-term asset of the trust revolving account. Such contributions
fund. can be grants from federal ministries
or donations from private corporations
b) Revolving Trust Account where and individuals. WHO can also place
money it receives are used to finance the revenue earned from income-generating
heritage programme but care is taken schemes into the revolving account.
to ensure that the revolving fund does The allocation from the proposed state
not dry up. This means that the account heritage charge can be a regular income
has to be topped up through repayment, source for the revolving trust account.
income earned, donations, and surpluses
from management account. 9.8.9 The sinking trust account involves using
a financial allocation for a specific task
c) Sinking Trust Account where the and to close the account after the monies
monies are to be used for a specific have been used and the task achieved..
purpose, after which the account for that A sinking trust account can be set up to
purpose will be closed when the allocated keep grants obtained from organizations
fund has been used up and/or the task is such as Think City. The grants can be
completed. earmarked for a specific purpose, and
when the task is completed, the account
9.8.7 Among the three, the endowment trust for that activity is closed and the excess,
account is more difficult to establish if any, is transferred to the revolving
as it requires a large contribution account.
from a donor, whether government
(federal or state) or private donation.
The sum would likely be in a range
of RM10 million or more in order to
make a substantial impact, i.e. to have
the investment yields an attractive
annual return for the trust. The annual
earnings can then be put into a revolving
account. The contribution or donation
is considered a capital to be kept intact.
To safeguard the capital, the trustees

9.9 WHO Sources of 9.10.3 A number of funding sources has
been identified for WHO. They range
Funds, Financing from federal to state government
Objectives, and contributions, grants from various federal
Financial Accounts ministries, and different organisations.
New sources of funds are also identified.
9.9.1 Table 9.6 summarises WHO sources of An important one would be the proposed
funds, its various financing objectives, State Heritage Charge on hotels in the
and the accounts where it keeps the WHS. When introduced and transferred
funds received. The table shows that to WHO, it would be one of its stable
WHO would likely channel a substantial sources of revenue to fund heritage
portion of what it receives into its trust programmes. Heritage conservation
account to fund heritage conservation requires financing, and it will not be
and its activities proposed under the easy to compete with other development
CMP. needs in the federal or state budgets.
Finding alternative and new financial
sources is crucial for heritage funding,
whether at federal, state or local level.
The proposals here are indicative
9.10 Conclusions possibilities and they are not exhaustive.
Upper most in these proposals is
9.10.1 The provision of incentives for heritage
flexibility. WHO should have the
conservation in WHS is closely tied to
flexibility and space to adapt and change
the availability of financial resources to
the funding model to suit their needs at
the proposed agency undertaking the
different points in time in the future.
conservation programmes. Although
there are existing incentives in the WHS,
the impact on the WHS is not apparent
as the private sector and the local
communities have yet to demonstrate
active participation.
9.10.2 One limitation is an absence of

concerted incentive programme to
which the public and community can
easily access. Financial resources to
support an incentive programme are
relatively weak. There is a need to focus
incentives onto one authority or agency
that is able to bring to work closely with
the local communities. Such agency
would likely be a local body that is also
very familiar with the WHS. As WHO is
proposed as the organisation best suited
to manage the WHS, it is also important
to provide them with access to financial
resources.

Table 9.6: WHO -Sources of Fund, Financing Objectives and Financial Accounts
Sources of Funds WHO Account

Financing Objectives Time Frame
to WHO Management Trust Fund
Federal Endowment (if
Operating and Administrative Annual √ √
Contributions large enough).
expenses (staff costs,
State Any surpluses
office administration, travel Annual √ √
Contributions to be transfer to
expenses, expert costs, &
Trust Fund
Membership fees other operating costs Annual √ √
WHO Incentive Programme

Federal Ministries’
on tangible and intangible Annual - √ Revolving
Grants
activities
Grants from WHO Incentive Programme
national/state on tangible and intangible Annual - √ Revolving
Heritage Funds activities
State Hotel
on tangible and intangible Annual - √ Revolving
Charge
activities
Donations Revolving or
(corporate & Endowment
on tangible and intangible Annual - √
individual), gifts, (if gifts are
activities
bequests substantial)
• Operating and
Income- administrative expenses
Annual √ √ Revolving
generating • WHO Incentive
Programme
Private Grants on tangible and intangible Annual - √ Sinking
activities

PART 2
Development
Guide Plan for
Melaka WHS
CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : PART 2 (MELAKA) 1-1
1 Introduction to the Development
Guide Plan for Melaka
1.1 A Dynamic Historic respected by new development. Heritage
conservation does not preclude change
Living City but rather respond to it. This Development
Guide Plan provides a framework for
Melaka has existed for more than 500 the control of new development of
years and it was a vibrant and successful redevelopment and for conservation. It
trading port in its early days. Today though aims to:
challenged by high growth in other urban
centres in Malaysia, Melaka remain i) Establish the framework and guiding
strong and more importantly it is able to principle for detailed planning on
adapt to change and new demands to heritage;
accommodate growth physically as well
economically and socially. ii) Ensure that development within the
WHS are planned and constructed
Melaka is rich with culture and traditions. with the basic understanding of
Where the forefathers had brought with heritage significance and that level
them beliefs, foods, traditions, decorations, of change should respect its heritage
arts and other custom from their place of significance;
origin. They were adapted to suit the local
climate and conditions and had influence iii) Enhance the townscape elements of
the cultural landscape of Melaka. the city in a manner that it celebrates
and enrich the Outstanding Universal
It is for this and much more that Melaka Values that make Melaka as World
is a World Heritage Site. And this Heritage Site.
Development Guide Plan is prepared to
ensure that the city's authenticity remain
intact by managing growth and the new
needs for change in today's modern times
1.3 Content of this
in a more holistic manner so as to protect Document
the integrity of the OUV's.
The document contains these following
aspects:
1.2 Purpose of this i) Managing the Use of Land and
Document Building;
ii) Protecting the Built Cultural Heritage;
Planning for heritage in Melaka WHS aims iii) Protecting Vistas, Enclaves and
to ensure that the significant elements of Streetscape;
the past are appropriately managed and iv) Enhancing Public Realm;
v) Managing Circulation and Access;
vi) Improving Urban Infrastructure.
Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of The Straits of Malacca .

2 Managing the Use of
Land and Building
Managing growth and change in a World 2.1.1 What are the maps for?
Heritage Site is challenging. It requires
the understanding for the protection of the They serve as a critical tool in identifying
OUVs and the need to accommodate for the cultural significances and the
new economic opportunities that emerge manifestations of the OUVs of the site;
in today's cities but could potentially be a
threat to the authenticity and integrity of They facilitate the formulation of the land
the WHS. use and building use control mechanism.
Realising this, the management plan They facilitate the planning and
for WHS has proposed for the need to development process in understanding the
manage the use of land and building in the importance of the site/building that needs
WHS. The intricacy of the multi- cultural to be incorporated into the proposal.
historic urban landscape necessitates a
control on the use of land and building that
takes account of the sensitivity of change
to cultural landscape of Melaka WHS.
Thus, control on use of land and building 2.2 Profile of Activities
in the WHS requires a process that is in the WHS
unlike any other areas outside the WHS.
2.2.1 A Mixed-Use City
2.1 The Mapping of Living Figure 2.1 shows the distribution of
Cultural Heritage landuse activities in the WHS.
Living heritage topography maps reveal The Melaka WHS is a mixed use heritage
the layering of urban structures and city, with Institutional and Residential
built environment as expressed in the being the highest distribution of activities.
historical and modern townscape. These 40.47% of the WHS are institution,
maps display the dominant patterns, However most of these institution are
spatial distribution and range of human located within the buffer area that is.
activity in relation to the built environment.
These maps also facilitate a thorough Within the Core area, its main activity is
understanding of the inter-connectivity Commercial (34%) , Institution (30.7%)
of activities with the built environment. and Residential (16.34%). The commercial
Together they form a representation of the components are well spread in the Core
dynamics of the living cultural landscape area and as such seem to be the dominant
of Melaka WHS. activity of WHS and proves why the city
is vibrant with activities of trade and
commerce.

2-2 CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : PART 2 (MELAKA)
The WHS has substantial amount of residential units and these also
accounts for the population base of WHS.
One use that is important to have in the WHS is its open space and
green areas. Only 2.94% of the185.24 hectares of land is open space
and recreational areas. In early days, roads were not busy and hence
co-function as part of the outdoor space of its communities. With a
built-up of 85%, the Melaka WHS needs quality spaces for the city to
breathe. However WHS has 16.87 hectares of vacant land and this can
be observed as potential land to acquire green space when developed.
The land use and activities structure shall assist in managing future
growth for the WHS area.
2.2.2 Clustering of Economic Activities
Commercial use in the WHS consist of :

- Retail trade
- Wholesale trade
- Personal & Household Services
- professional Services
- Bank and Financial Institution
- Hotels and Motels
- Restaurants and cafe
- Storage and Go-downs
These activities clustered strongly at the buffer area of Jalan Bendahara

- Jalan Pasar baru i.e. Areas north of the Core Area. While in the Core
Area, it is interspersed with other activities and uses.
The second cluster of economy is Industry where its activities includes:

- Metallic Product
- Basic metal
- Paper Printing
- Food and Tobacco
- Metal Fabrication & Machinery Equipment
- Wood

COMPREHENSIVE ACTION PLAN FOR MELAKA WHS
LIVING HERITAGE TOPOGRAPHY MAPS
Figure 2.3
KG. CHITTY
Existing Landuse (Buffer)
Stadium Hang Tuah

Housing
Fully Residence 30.22
Chee Ancestral House 0.48
Gajah Berang Commercial 30.70

Wisma Negeri
h
Po
Li
g
Retail Trade 29.34
an
Sek Men
Kg. Bukit
iH
Pay Fong
Bunga Raya China
r
Jal
te
an
Pu
Ka Pantai Wholesale Trade 2.5
lan
mp
Ja
un
gE BUKIT CHINA
mp Personal & Household Services 2.28
e
We
at
Jalan Kampung Hulu

Kim
SJK(C) Yok Bin

Jal ng Professional Services 1.50
an do
ng
e
Ta it G
O
n Ch k
Bu Bank & Financial Institution 1.84
an
ay
lan
Jal
Ya
n Ja
Jalan Hotels & Motels 3.70
Muns
hi Abd
ullah
bu
Ku Restaurants & Cafe 4.14
lan
Ja
SJK(C)
Masjid
Kg. Hulu
Jalan Pasar
Baru Storage/Godowns 0.04
Pay Teck
Ja
lan
Industry 49.46
Te
ngk
era Kubu Fire Station Metalic Product 0.62
Kampung
Ketek
Kampung Basic Metal 0.15
Raya
Jawa
ahara
Paper Printing 0.07
Jalan Bunga
Chiang Lin Si
Temple
Bend
Jalan Tokong
SJK(C)
Pay Fong 1 Food & Tobacco 0.11
Jalan
Cheng Hong
Teng Temple Metal Fabrication & Machinery
Jal
an
iu
Ka & Eqiupment 0.28
Le
k mp
un
gP
ng
Ja
an
Ha
lan
Masjid Kg tai Wood 0.05
eu
lan
Tu
Ja Ja Jalan
Lik
Keling
k
Ja la Bukit
Ja
lan
an
lan n Cina
ng
Sri Poyyatha
g
Ha Ka
Tu 1.28
Ha
Em
Vinayagar Morthi m
n ng
Ta pu Institution
as
lan
n Je ng t
Ch ba ba
Ja
ri
en Ku Je
Ja
t
stu
gL Government Use 7.93

lan
li ng
Ka
oc a
Tu
k gH
ng
n
an
ro Non Government Body 0.15
a
Ha
Lo
Cin
g
Be
lan
Ja Jala
kit
si
lan
Ja
n Te
men Educational 14.32
Bu
Ko ggo
ta
g Ho
ng
a ng
La an hen
ana C
o
ks am
Jala
Lor
m Public Facilities 2.87
am
La
ks Laksa
Jalan
nB
an n
a ala
and
J
Safety & Emergency 3.00
aK
Melaka Police
aba
Gudwara Sahib
Headquarters
Melaka Cemeteries park 42.27
The Stadthuys Religious 3.37
Ko Kampung
ta Banda Kaba Recreational Park/ 75.00
La
Open Space
r
ks
ve
Ri
am Jala
nC
ka
Jalan Kota
an han Open Space 7.93

ela
Melaka Sultanate Koo

a
M
Palace Museum nC
hen
Police St. Paul g Sek Men 7.93
Saint Francis
Stations Church Vacant
Vacant Land 16.87
Medan
Vacant Building 1.46
Samudera Sek. Keb
Sacred Heart Infrastructure 18.33
Sekolah Tinggi Melaka & Utility
Jal
an
Pa
ra me Electrical Supply 0.24
sw
ara
Port Authority
Malacca
Straits Hotel
0.24
Dataran Pahlawan
Transportation
Car Park 4.34
Jalan M 4.34
erdek
a
Ujung Pasir
Others
Core Area Buffer Area River
Melaka Raya
Source :
* Map produced from existing land use information 100 0 100 200 300 m
Land use survey, 2010 ; AJM Planning & Urban Design Group Sdn Bhd Meters
Melaka Raya
BUKIT CHINA
Jal
an
Ta
Jalan Kampung Hulu

n Ch Figure 2.2
ay
Ya
e
n
Existing Landuse (Core)
We
Kim
Jalan
Muns
hi Abd
g
ullah
On bu
Ku
an
n
Jal
Jala
Housing
Fully Residence 5.55
Jalan Pasar
Baru
Chee Ancestral House 0.48
Commercial 6.03
1 2 3
Raya
Retail Trade 6.62
Jalan Bunga
Wholesale Trade 1.42
ahara
Ja
lan Personal & Household Services 0.67
Te
Bend
n gk
era Professional Services 0.59
Jalan
Jalan Tokong Bank & Financial Institution 0.25
Hotels & Motels 0.51
Restaurants & Cafe 1.65

Ja
lan 11.71
Ka Industry
mp
iu
un
ek
gP Metalic Product 0.34
gL
Ja
an
n
tai
lan
ir
Ja Basic Metal 0.07
Ha
ek
lan Ja Jalan
Tu
Ja Bukit
lan
la
gL
ka
lan Ha n Cina Paper Printing 0.02
Ja
n
Ka
ng
Tu ng
Ha
n Je m
Em
Ta pu
n lan ba Food & Tobacco 0.05
as
Ch t ng
Ja
a
en Ku
Cin
gL Metal Fabrication & Machinery
Ja
l i
lan
oc
k it
k
ri
Tu
& Eqiupment 0.05
Bu
stu
ka
Ja
Ka
lan
ng
ng
Wood 0.03
ng
Ko
o
Be
Lor
ta
Ha
si
La Jala 0.53
lan
ks n Te
am men
Ja
an t ggo Institution
ba ng
Jala
a e
n gJ Government Use 5.32
nB
4
a
5 gH an
a
6
and
n Non Government Body 0.64
ro am
Lo ks
aK
a Public Facilities 2.15
nL
aba
la
Ja
Safety & Emergency 2.90
Cemeteries park 0.21
Religious 2.11
Ko 11.33
ta
La Recreational Park/
ks Open Space
am Jala Open Space 4.37
Jalan Kota
nC
an han
Koo 4.37
a nC
hen Vacant
g
Vacant Land 0.75
Vacant Building 0.86
Infrastructure 1.61
& Utility
Electrical Supply 0.19
0.19
Transportation
Jal
an Car Park 0.66
Pa
rame
sw 0.66
ara
Others
7 8 Core Area Buffer Area River
Jalan M
erdek
a
Source :
100 0 100 200 300 m
* Map produced from existing land use information
Meters
Land use survey, 2010 ; AJM Planning & Urban Design Group Sdn Bhd
2.3 Controlling the Use of 2.3.2 Single-Use Activity Zones
Land and Building
For these zones in the WHS, the described
In managing the WHS and ensuring its use must be retained:
sustainable development, it is necessary to
protect its Outstanding Universal Values, i) Institution Zone
namely: ii) Open Space/Green Zone
iii) Places of Worship
OUV 1: Layered history, plural society
and cultural-religious diversity,
hereinafter simply referred to as 2.3.3 Mixed-Use Activity Zones
‘cultural diversity’
For the purpose of controlling the use of Land
OUV 2: Living heritage, both tangible and and Buildings, the WHS of George Town is
intangible, hereinafter referred to as segmented into 7 mixed-use Activity Zones:
‘living heritage’
i) Institution Zone
OUV 3: Built townscape, especially ii) Commercial Zone
townhouses and shophouses, iii) Residential Zone
hereinafter referred to as ‘built iv) River Zone
heritage'. v) Mixed Use Zone
vi) Traditional Village
Cultural diversity (OUV 1) is itself an
intangible heritage which is embodied and With the exception of the Traditional Village
embedded in living heritage (OUV 2) and Zone, the zones are generally mixed-use
built heritage (OUV 3). zones, meaning the use of land for either
100% Commercial, 100% Residential and
In so far as cultural diversity is reflected in Residential-with-Commercial are allowed.
built heritage, it has to be recovered and
protected with the tools for protecting built The Traditional Village is residential dominant
heritage, as well as through action plans. use zone. It should retain its dominant
The control of Land and Building use through residential component, with allowance for
zoning is an important tool to protect and limited tourism related activities and sundry
enhance these OUVs, in particular OUV 1 shops within the residential premises. Refer
and OUV 2. to Figure 2.3 for a map of the Activity Zones
and their descriptions. Any change of use
2.3.1 Use of Category I Buildings and shall require the application for Planning
Sites Permission.
For Category I buildings and sites, the use 2.3.4 Matrix of Non-permissible Activities
should remain as originally intended. Any in the WHS
adaptation to the use must be of similar
use or nature of activities and have minimal Refer to Table 2.1 for a matrix describing the
impact on the cultural significance of the list of non-permissible activities within the
place and requires the preparation of a WHS of Melaka, and exceptions to the list in
Planning Permission. The submission shall accordance with each Activity Zone.
include a Heritage Impact Assessment and
Cultural Impact Assessment (CIA) within the
Development Proposal Report.
TABLE 2.1 Matrix of Non-permissible Activities
Exceptions for:
The matrix describes a list
of non-permissible activities
Institution Zone
Places of Worship
Open Space/Green Zone
Commercial Zone
Residential Zone
Traditional Village Zone
River Zone
Mixed Use Zone

within the WHS of Melaka,
with the exception of
those checked under their
respective Activity Zones.
This table is to be read with
Figure 2.5 which describes
the Activity Zones
1 Motor Vehicle and Motor Vehicle Repairs

Swiftlet Houses
N on- pe r m is si b le A ct i vit ies in the W HS of M e l a k a
2
3 Bowling Alley, Karaoke, Arcade, Snooker Hall, Casino
4 Industry (except cottage industry)
5 Recycling (except existing)
6 Funeral Services (except existing)
7 Petrol Station (except existing)
8 Printing (except existing)
9 Department Store
10 Contemporary Mini-Mart/Convenience Store
11 Wholesale, Storage and Distribution
12 Bar/Night Club
13 Electronics and Computer
14 Internet Café
15 Transport, Import/Export and Logistics
16 Travel and Tourism Services
17 Financial Services
18 Real Estate and Property Services
19 Renovation Supplies and Hardware
20 Home-stay
21 Budget Hotel
22 3-5 Star Hotel
23 Boutique Hotel

2.4 Special Activities
Two special activities are found in WHS Ancestral House
and they are the Ancestral Houses
and Traditional Trades. These special
activities are quite unique to Melaka WHS
and special attention has to be given to
ensure that the planning and development
protects their activities in this vibrant
heritage town.
2.4.1 Traditional Trade and Ancestral

House Overlays
Ancestral House Overlays are identified.

They are 9 units of Ancestral house and
they are located along Jalan Tun Tan
Cheng Lock.
The Traditional Trades in Melaka consist

of 238 numbers and they consist of 32
types of traditional trades. These
traditional trades ranges from food
related activities, jewellery activities, Main Cluster of Traditional Trades
traditional crafts, health and beauty related
activities and several others. They are ● Jalan Tukang Emas-Jalan Kampung
located in both the Core and Buffer area Pantai
and are clustered in several enclaves.
● Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock
The 33 types of traditional trades are:-
1. Provision shop
● jalan Tokong
2. Traditional Food
3. Salted Fish
● Jalan Temenggong
4. Spice and Flour Millers
5. Kopitiam/Coffee Shop Coffee manufacturer
● Jalan Bunga Raya
6. Chicken Merchant
7. Coconut Shop
● Jalan Pasar Baru
8. Silver Smith
9. Tin Smith ● Jalan Kubu
10. Locksmith
11. Traditional Embroidery & Tailoring
12. Traditional Chinese Wedding Shop
13. Beaded Stones
14. Shop Scales
15. Chinese Medical Shop & Medical Hall
16. Saloon
17. Bicycle Shop
18. Frame makers
19. Rattan Handcraft
20. Rubber Stamping/Seal Carving

21. Chinese Clogs

22. Optical & Watch Shop
23. Stone Maker
24. Barrel
25. Pawn Shop
26. Chettiar
27. Book Rental
28. Chinese Longevity
29. Money Changer
30. Dentist
30. Pharmacy
32. Market
2.5 Water Body
The water body is an important part of

the WHS where it's view into the city of
Melaka are important view towards WHS
OUV's. Thus any form of land reclamation
on the water body area designated within
the Buffer Zones of the WHS is NOT
permitted.
The construction of floating structures may

be permitted, subject to a hydraulic study
and Planning Permission, which includes a

Stadium Hang Tuah Figure 2.6
Traditional Trades
h
Gajah Berang
Po
Wisma Negeri
Li
g
an
Traditional
iH
Kg. Bukit
r
Trade Total
te
Bunga Raya China
Pu
Jal
an Pantai Provision Shop 13
n
la
Ka
Ja
mp BUKIT CHINA Traditional Food 22
un
e
gE
We
Jal Salted Fish 2
mp
an
im
at Ta Spice & Flour Milers 12
Jalan Kampung Hulu

gK
n Ch Kopitiam (Coffee Shop & Coffee Manufacture 7
On
ay
Ya
an
Jal n Chiken Merchant 1
Jalan Coconut Shop 2
Muns
hi Abd
u ullah Silver Smith 1
b
Ku Tin Smith 21
lan
Ja Gold Smith 17
Jalan Pasar
Baru Lock Smith 1
Traditional Embroidery & Tailoring 7
Ja
lan Traditional Chinese Wedding Shop 3
Te
Raya
ngk Beaded Shose (Wah Aik) 1
era
Shop Scales 1
Jalan Bunga
Chinese Medical Shop & Medical Hall 24
ahara
Saloon 2
Jalan Tokong
Bend
Bicycle Shop 4
Jal Frame Makers 7
Jalan
an
Ka Rattan Handcraft 2
mp
un
iu
Ja gP Rubber Stamping/Seal Caraving/Sing Board 7
k
lan an
Le
Ja tai Chinese Clogs 2
lan
Ja
Ha
ng
lan
Tu ng Ja
Ha
n Je la Jalan Optical & Watch Shop 18
Bukit
Tu
Ta n
lan
n ba Cina
k
Ka
an
Ch t Stone Maker 4
Ja
en m
g
gL pu
Em
ng t Barrel 1
oc ba
as
Ja k Ku e
gJ
a
Pawn Shop 6
Cin
lan li an
Ja
Ko H Chettiar 5
lan
kit
ta ng
Tu
ro
Bu
La Book Rental 10
Lo
k
ks Jala
an
ng
Jala
am n Te Chinese Longevity (Prayer, Coffin & Undertaker) 28
g
a men
o
an an
Be
Lor
ggo
nB
a m ng Money Changer 3
si
ksa g Ho
and
La hen
lan ana C Dentist 1
ksam
aK
Ja La
Jalan Pharmacy 1
aba
Market 2
Ko 238
Jalan Kota
ta Jala
La nC
ks han Others
a m Koo
an nC
hen Core Area Buffer Area River
a g
Jal
an
Pa
ra me
sw
ara
Jalan M
erdek
a
Source :
Meters
DEVELOPMENT GUIDE PLAN FOR MELAKA WHS
MANAGING THE USE OF LAND AND BUILDING
Figure 2.5
Activity Zoning Diagram
This Activity Zones Map is
to be read together with the
Matrix of Non-permissible
Activities in the WHS
(Figure 2.6)
Institution Zone
The zone includes civic buildings schools, police

stations and fire stations
Places of Worship
Commercial Zone
Residential Zone
Traditional Village Zone
River Zone
Mixed Use Zone
Traditional Trade
Ancestral House
Category I Buildings
The use should remain as intended, or of similar

use or nature of activity
Residential Overlay
0 100m 500 m
3 Protecting Built Cultural Heritage
3.1 Building Category Replacement buildings are mostly refers to
buildings on the reclaimed land which has
The buildings and sites within the Melaka no significance to the WHS.
WHS are identified into four categories
encompassing both conservation and
Protection, conservation & adaptation
compatible development. Figure 3.1
maps out the categorisation of heritage ● Category I:
buildings in the WHS of Melaka (i) Monuments of exceptional interest.
(ii) Buildings and monuments declared as
Analysis on Categorisation of the WHS ancient and gazetted formerly under
the Antiquities Act 1976 now under the
National Heritage Act (2005)
Category No of Building %
(iii) Buildings Registered as National Heritage
I 66 2.11 under the National Heritage Act (2005)
IIA 77 2.49
IIB 1987 65.98
● Category IIA:
(i) Buildings of exceptional interest.
Replacement 920 29.41
(ii) Buildings related to or associated
TOTAL 3,050 100.00 with Category I buildings.
(iii) Corner buildings of architectural
From 3,050 number of buildings in significance.
Core Zone and Buffer Zone, Category I (iv) Rows of buildings of architectural
significance.
buildings estimated 66 nos(2.11%) and
(v) Dated building of architectural
Category IIA is 77 (2.49%). Most of the significance.
buildings are under Category IIB which (vi) Compounds, boundary walls,
take about 65.98% and Replacement gateposts & gates, landscapes,
about 920 buildings(29.41%). trees, enclaves, granite pathways
and sites.
(vii) Historic street furniture, granite posts
Category I buildings mostly refers to
and chains, fountains,lamp-posts, post
Religious Structure and also the Dutch boxes,fire hydrants and fire assurance
Structure. For example the Stadhuys, plaques, granite and engineering
the Christ Church, the Clock Tower, Sri brick drains, etc.
Poyyatha Vinayagar Moorthi Temple,
Kampung Hulu Mosque, kampung Keling ● Category IIB:
Buildings of special interest that warrant
Mosque and Chan Koon Cheng Temple.
every effort being made to preserve them.
Category IIA address the important

Compatible development
structure for WHS, relating to the historical
and also cultural element of the town. For ● Infill Development:
example, the landing steps at the river Existing empty land or temporary
mouth relates to the significance of trading structure where compatible re-
port in the past. The ancestral house development is permitted.
along Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock, Chinese
● Replacement:
Associations along Jalan Hang Jebat and
Existing building without any significant
the Sikh Temple at Jalan Temenggong value where sensitive re-development is
represent the significance of multicultural permitted.
in WHS.

Building Categories
Building Category
h
Po
Gajah Berang
Li
Wisma Negeri
g
an
iH
Kg. Bukit Category %
r
te
Bunga Raya China
Pu
Jal
an Category I 2.11
n
Pantai
la
Ka
Ja
mp
un BUKIT CHINA Category IIA 2.49
e
gE
We
mp Jal
an Category IIB 65.98
im
at Ta
Jalan Kampung Hulu

gK
n Ch
On
ay Replacement 29.41
an Ya
n
Jal
100.00
Jalan
Muns
hi Abd
bu ullah
Ku
lan
Ja Others
Jalan Pasar
Baru
Ja
lan
Te
Raya
ngk
era
Jalan Bunga
ahara
Jalan Tokong
Bend
Jal
Jalan
an
Ka
mp
un
iu
Ja gP
k
lan an
Le
Ja tai
lan
Ja
Ha
ng
lan
Tu ng Ja
Ha
n Je la Jalan
Bukit
Tu
Ta n
lan
n ba Cina
k
Ka
an
Ch t
Ja
en m
g
gL pu
Em
ng t
oc ba
as
Ja k Ku e
gJ
a
Cin
lan li an
Ja
Ko H
lan
kit
ta ng
Tu
ro
Bu
La
Lo
k
ks Jala
an
ng
Jala
am n Te
g
a men
o
an an
Be
Lor
ggo
nB
a m ng
si
a
ks g Ho
and
nL
a
ana Chen
ala aksam
aK
J L
Jalan
aba
Ko
Jalan Kota
ta Jala
La nC
ks han
a m Koo
an nC
hen
a g
Jal
an
Pa
ra me
sw
ara
Jalan M
erdek
a
Source :
* Map produced from existing land use information

100 0 100 200 300 m
Meters
Jalan Kota
I 25 45.45
IIA 5 9.09
IIB 10 18.18
HISTORIC RESIDENTIAL TOTAL 55 100.00
AND COMMERCIAL
Jalan Laksamana
I 3 7.14
IIA
IIB 39 92.86
CIVIC ZONE
Replacement
TOTAL 42 100.00

Figure 3.2 Core Zone main area (ii) Historic Residential and Commercial

Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock
3.1.2 Categorisation of Built Cultural Category No of Building %
Heritage in Core Zone I
IIA 15 8.15
Core Zone of Melaka WHS is divided IIB 165 89.67
into two main areas that significantly Replacement 4 2.17
represents its function and activity as TOTAL 184 100.00
follows:
(i) Civic Zone - Historic Administration Jalan Hang Jebat
Enclave Category No of Building %
(ii) Historic Residential and Commercial - I
Mixed Use Enclave IIA 20 13.99
IIB 121 84.62
Replacement 2 1.40
(i) Civic Zone
TOTAL 143 100.00
Jalan Gereja & Lorong Gereja Jalan Tokong, Jalan Tukang Emas & Jalan
Category No of Building % Tukang Besi
I 3 17.65 Category No of Building %
IIA 1 5.88 I 19 13.29
IIB 13 76.47 IIA 6 4.20
Replacement IIB 101 70.63
TOTAL 17 100.00 Replacement 17 11.89
TOTAL 143 100.00
Jalan Parameswara, Jalan Banda Kaba &

Jalan Kampung Pantai, Lorong Jambatan

& Jalan Kampung Hulu Category No of Building %
Category No of Building % I
I 1 0.68 IIA
IIA IIB 28 96.55
IIB 145 97.97 Replacement 1 3.45
Replacement 2 1.35 TOTAL 29 100.00
TOTAL 148 100.00
Jalan Portugis
Lorong Hang Jebat I
IIA 3 42.86
I
IIB 1 14.29
IIA
Replacement 3 42.86
IIB 106 93.81
TOTAL 7 100.00
Replacement 7 6.19
TOTAL 113 100.00
Jalan Masjid

I 7 43.75
Jalan Hang Kasturi
IIA 1 6.25
IIB 8 50.50
I
Replacement
IIA 6 7.79
TOTAL 55 100.00
IIB 61 79.22
Jalan Kubu
TOTAL 77 100.00
I
Jalan Hang Lekiu
IIA
IIB 19 100.00
I
Replacement
IIA
TOTAL 19 100.00
IIB 23 76.67
Replacement 7 23.33
Kampung Ketek
TOTAL 30 100.00
I
Jalan Hang Lekir
Category No of Building % IIA
I IIB 33 100.00
IIA Replacement
IIB 18 94.74 TOTAL 33 100.00
Replacement 1 5.26
TOTAL 19 100.00
Jalan Kampung Kuli

3.2 Building Types

The early architecture is an amalgamation
of cross cultural values, ideas, traditions
and the memories of immigrants and
indigenous builders, and the adaptation to
the availability of building materials, skills,
transportation and the appropriateness to
the tropical climate.
Masonry buildings of fortress, churches,

chapels and monastries started since 1511
after the Portuguese conquered Melaka.
and they introduced laterite and tiles as
the building materials. A Famosa and
the Ruins of St. Paul's Church are two
examples of the masonry structure that still
can be seen today.
After Dutch wrested control of Melaka

in 1641, they started to introduce
brick houses, protestant churches and
administrative buildings. This is when the
shophouses of Dutch Style was started.
Monopolies being awarded to Dutchmen
to manufacture clay bricks, roofing tiles of
Mediterranean and Chinese patterns as
well as 'Melaka Tiles'.
A list of architecture types available in

Melaka is outlined below:
1. Shophouses and Townhouses

2. Mosques
3. Churches
4. Chinese temples
5. Hindu temples
6. Buildings of administration
7. Buildings of commerce
8. Godowns and offices
9. Residential Blocks

FIGURE 3.3 Types of Buildings, Melaka
1. 8.
5.
6.
2.
9.
3. 7. 10.
4. 11.

3.3 Building Styles

The eclecticism of the architecture of the
shophouses can be contributed to the
migrant Indian and Chinese builders, who
brought with them the influences from their
homelands. By the 1900s the European
architectural and engineering professionals
came to Melaka and brought with them new
technologies and building forms influenced
from the western architecture movement.

The basic shophouse styles are defined as:
1. Dutch Style
2. “Southern Chinese” Eclectic”Style
3. Early “Straits” Eclectic Style
4. Late “Straits” Eclectic Style
5. Art Deco Style
6. Modern Style
Researchers to date have worked hard to

analyse the influences and styles that these
shophouses took on. It is this analysis that
has been transferred onto other built forms
and is used to describe the styles in which
they too were built.

Building Style
h
Po
Gajah Berang
Wisma Negeri
Li
g
an
Dutch Style
iH
Kg. Bukit
r
te
Bunga Raya China Dutch
Pu
Jal
an Pantai
n
la
Ka Dutch (Altered)
Ja
mp
un BUKIT CHINA
e
gE Southern
We
mp Jal China Style
an
im
at Ta
Jalan Kampung Hulu

Southern China
gK
n Ch
On
ay Early
Ya Shophouse
an
Jal n
Jalan Early Shop House/Town House
Muns
hi Abd
bu ullah Early Shop House/Town House (Altered)
Ku Timber
lan Shophouse
Ja
Jalan Pasar Timber Shop House
Baru
Timber Shop House (Altered)
Ja Transitional
lan
Te Transitional
Raya
ngk
era
Transitional (Altered)
Jalan Bunga
Straits
ahara
Eclectic
Jalan Tokong Early Straits Eclectic
Bend
Early Straits Eclectic (Altered)
Jal
Jalan
an Late Straits Eclectic
Ka
mp
un Late Straits Eclectic (Altered)
Ja gP
iu
lan an
k
Ja Art Deco
Le
tai
Ja
lan Ha
ng
lan
Tu ng Ja Jalan Art Deco
Ha
n la
Tu
Ta Je n Bukit
ba Cina
k
lan
n Ka
an
Ch t m Art Deco (Altered)
Ja
g
en pu
Em
gL ng t Modern
oc ba
as
Ja k Ku e
gJ
a
l Modern
Cin
lan
Ja
i n
Ha
lan
Ko
kit
ta g Modern (Altered)
Tu
n
ro
Bu
La
k
Lo Other
an
ks Jala
ng
Jala
am n Te
g
a men Architectural
Be
o
an an
Lor
ggo
nB
si
a m ng Styles
k sa Ho
and
La na C heng Palladian
lan sama
aK
Ja Lak
Jalan Baroque
aba
Neo Classical
Portuguese
Chinese Urban Courtyard House
Ko Straits Colonial
Jalan Kota
ta Jala
La nC Istana
ks han
a Koo Kampung House
m nC
an hen
a g Mosque
Chinese Temple
Church
Hindu Temple
Sikh Temple
Warehouse
Jal
an
Pa Monument
ra me
sw Undefined
ara
Others

Jalan M
erdek
a
Source :
Land use survey, 2010 ; AJM Planning & Urban Design Group Sdn Bhd Meters
FIGURE 3.5 Six Main Shophouse Styles, Melaka
Dutch Style Southern China Style Early Straits

Eclectic Style
Late Straits Art Deco Style Modern Style

Eclectic Style

FIGURE 3.6 Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock

FIGURE 3.7 Jalan Hang Jebat

FIGURE 3.8 Jalan Tukang Emas

FIGURE 3.9 Jalan Hang Lekir

FIGURE 3.10Jalan Kampung Pantai

FIGURE 3.10Jalan Kampung Kuli

Analysis on Style of the WHS Eclectic. Outside Core Zone which have a
various mixture of Styles are Jalan Bunga
From the map (figure 3.4), it is clearly Raya, Jalan Temenggong, and Lorong
shown that the styles are richer for the Bukit Cina. Art Deco Style can be seen
area that established earlier (refer to the dominantly along Jalan Bendahara and
map below) for example in Residential and modern styles on the reclaimed land.
Commercial Zone, especially along Jalan
Tun Tan Cheng Lock. This is the earliest
stretch of settlemet in WHS, the Dutch
styles had dominant numbers and the
others are Southern China and Late Straits
Figure 3.4: Melaka Town 1916

3.4 Guidelines for the
Conservation Area and
Heritage Buildings

All the buildings and sites within the World
Heritage Site are subject to the Guidelines
for the Conservation Areas and Heritage
Buildings, covering all aspects of
conservation works as well as all compatible
developments within the World Heritage Site.
Refer to the Appendix A : Guidelines for the

conservation areas and heritage buildings
for more details.tion opening on the wall of a
building.

4 Protection of Landmarks, Vistas
and View Corridors
4.1 Protection of Panorama
and Waterfront Vistas
The hills and the river remain strong
topographical features that frames
and identifies Melaka's sense of place.
The roofscape and skyline, and the
prominance of certain landmarks are
significant in the way the historic city is
perceived and read.
Figure 4.1: Panorama towards Melaka Town taken from the
It is critical to the OUVS Melaka therefore
Straits of Malacca in 1831
that these unique features area respected
and that new developments give, due
consideration to them and further enhance
the visual quality.
Figure 4.2: Aerial View of Melaka Town

4.2 Protection of
Landmarks and View
Corridors
Street level views also frame important Any development in the WHS will be
vistas and focal points. For example, the required to take considerations of the
minarets of Kampung Kling and Kampung identified landmarks. They must not be
Hulu Mosques, the church towers of St block view from the street.
Francis Xavier's, as well as the clock
tower at Dutch Square, all define important
landmarks and wayfinding elements for its
corresponding streets.

Figure 4.3. Streetscape of Goldsmith Street, Melaka showing the minaret of Kampung Keling Mosque and Sri Poyatha Vinayagar
Moorthi Temple

FIGURE 4.4 Urban Form and City's Profile
Civic Zone
r
ve
Ri
a
ak
el
M
Landmarks:
1 Kg. Hulu Mosque

2 Cheng Hoon Teng Temple Street Level Vista
3 Kampung Kling Mosque
4 Sri Poyatha Vinayagar Moorthi
5 St. Francis Xavier Church
6 Christ Church Waterfront Views
7 Stadthuys
8 Ruins of St. Paul Church
9 Malay Sultanate Palace
10 A Famosa Fort
11 Proclamination of Independent Memorial
12 Sam Poh Kong Temple
13 Hang Li Po’s Well
14 Chee Anchestral Mansion

Figure 4.6. Jambatan Kampung Jawa towards St. Francis

Xavier Church
Figure 4.5. Jalan Kampung Hulu towards Masjid Kampung Figure 4.9. Jalan Kampung Pantai
Hulu
Figure 4.6. Jambatan Kampung Jawa towards St. Francis

Xavier Church
Figure 4.10. Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock
Figure 4.7. Jalan Gereja towards Christ Church
Figure 4.8. Jalan Kota toward Independence Memorial Figure 4.11. Chee Ancestral House

Figure 4.12. Jalan Laksamana Figure 4.15. Jalan Tukang Emas
Figure 4.13. Jalan Hang Lekir Figure 4.16. Istana Kesultanan Melayu Melaka
Figure 4.14. A Famosa Gate
Figure 4.17. Ruin of St. Paul's Church

4.3 Protection of the

Terracotta Roofscape
The terracotta roofscape is an essential
component of the historic urban fabric of
the WHS of Melaka and its Outstanding
Universal Values. It is essential towards
the conservation of this area that the
preservation of the terracotta roofscape is
supported.

Figure 4.19 shows an aerial vista of the
terracotta roofscape.
Figure 4.18. Preservation of Terracotta roofscape
Figure 4.19. Terracotta Roofscape of Commercial and Residential Zone, Melaka WHS

5 Enhancing Public Realm
A strong and unique character of the old Melaka
is the presence of a public space in the middle
of the town. This can be seen strongly at the
city square or Dutch Square which is also a
significant landmark in Melaka city. The square,
whose postion made very prominent by sense
of enclosure created by the Stadhuys and the
Christ Church with a fountain and clock tower
cut the centre. The buildings composition in the
square has never been altered since the Dutch
period. It has always been a strong imprint of
a typical character of a European townscape Figure 5.1: Clock Tower at Dutch Square, 1890
where the civic ambience of the place was
heightened by the presence of major civic
buildings and space.
3) Improving further connectivity with waterfront
Objective of public realm proposal is to: area.
4) Connects back lanes as alternative route or
1) Create more spaces similar to the Dutch padestrians.
squareor open space for the public. 5) Greening the town reduce the effect of heat
2) Priortizing streets in the town for pedestrian island, create cooler atmosphere and improving
as shamed spaces with other street users. padestrian comfort.

Figure 5.2: Clock Tower at Dutch Square, 2010

C1
E1 A6
E3
A5
A4
D1 A3
A1
B1
B3 E2
A2 B2
Figure 5.3: Proposed public realm projects

Projects
Park and Plaza

A1. Heeren Linear Park (New)
A2. Jalan Kota Linear Park (Upgrade)
A3. Padang Nyiru park (Upgrade)
A4. Kampung Pantai Plaza (New)
A5. Jonker Plaza (New)
A6. Market Plaza (New)
Pedestrian Priority Street

B1. Lorong Gereja upgrading
B2. Jalan Istana upgrading
B3. Linear park pedestrian bridge

Waterfront Promenade
C1. Connect and upgrade the riverwalk to
Melaka Sentral
Backlane
D1. Backlane improvement (Upgrade)
Car-Parks
E1. Jalan Masjid centralized parking (New)
E2. Parking at Jalan Banda Kaba (Upgrade)
E3. Parking at Jalan Bendahara (Upgrade)

5.1 Parks and Plazas Performance Criteria for Parks
A comfortable and stimulating public ● Parks to simply consist of turf and large tree
space that encourages social interaction canopy coverage;
always relate with the nodes of activity,
complemented by the components of ● Trees preferable to shrubs;
street furniture. The proposed parks and
urban plazas in Melaka World Heritage ● Incorporation of underground water retention
Site are interconnected via a landscaped where possible;
pedestrian network. It is also proposed
that some open land be upgraded into ● Minimally designed new street furniture and
parks and be made public accessible. It lighting;
emphasizes improvements to the streets
that connect to parks, recreation centres, ● Promotes universal access principles;
transit stations and other community uses.
● Promotes efficient water use and solar
A1. Heeren Linear Park (New) lighting;
To define the original water edge of
Melaka Town. This is the back lots of ● Recovers, re-uses and generally minimises
Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock. the amount of natural resources used;
A2. Jalan Kota Linear Park (Upgrade) ● Possible incorporation historic street
To define the original water edge of furniture, either restored or authentically
Melaka Town by upgrading the back- reconstructed;
house of Dataran Pahlawan
● Possible incorporation of “urban farming”
and bio diversity, such as a paddy field for
educational purposes.
A1

A3. Padang Nyiru park (Upgrade) A5. Jonker Plaza (New)
To turn the carpark into green open space To provide a public place at the end of
to protect vista from Lorong Jambatan Jalan Hang Jebat where people can gather
towards St Francis Xavier’s Church. and enjoy the street activities.
A5
A3
A4. Kampung Pantai Plaza (New) A6. Market Plaza (New)

To provide a public space at Jalan To provide a public space on the old
Kampung Pantai where it links to the back market footprint near to Kampung
lane. Jawa where it links to the existing park
A5
A6

5.2 Pedestrian Priority

Shared streets is an important
characteristic of the city of Melaka.
However, it should be the aim in any
design of the streetscape that pedestrian
use is prioritized. B3
Some of the main vehicular-use streets B1
may benefit from the addition of sidewalks
and planting of trees along the streets.
B1. Lorong Gereja upgrading B2

B2. Jalan Istana upgrading
Figure 5.4: Jalan Gereja

Being a city divided into by a river,
connectivity from one side to the other is Performance Criteria for
critical. This has been acknowledge in the Pedestrian Priority Streets
past practice with existence of existing
bridges, mostly located at the focal point ● A cautious approach in the design of
or nodes such as residential area ( Lorong streetscapes, of changing as much as
Jambatan to Kampung Jawa), commercial necessary but as little as possible;
area (Jalan Kampung Hulu to former
market site) and transit station (former bus ● Design of streetscape to take into
station to Jalan Munshi Abdullah). consideration the community use of the street,
including festival use
B3. Linear park pedestrian bridge
To connect the linear park and the transit ● Ground material to ideally remain as asphalt,
hub as well as centralized parking at or a porous material that is easily maintained;
Taman Kota Laksamana.
● The provision of sidewalks only when
necessary;
● Use permeable, breathable sidewalk

material;
● Consistent colour pallette for the entire WHS;
● Street trees preferable to shrubs;
● All new streetscape programs to adhere to

universal access principles;
● Possible intergration of street design with

landscape and storm water management
system;
● Recovers, re-uses and generally minimises

the amount of natural resources used;
● Minimally designed new street furniture and

lighting;
● Possible incorporation of street markers

along heritage trails to increase legibility and
wayfinding;
Existing Pedestrian Bridge

Proposed Pedestrian Bridge
● Possible incorporation historic street
Proposed Pedestrian Priority Street
Proposed Transit Hub
Figure 5.5: Pedestrian Priority Street and Bridges

5.3 Waterfront Promenade

Melaka River is significant as a historical
trading port where it was a melting pot of
cultures and influences from Middle East,
India, China and Malays Archipelago.
The river used to be very busy as it was a
primary transportation during those days
and today, the river river cruise has taken
into place.
The promenade provides the structure that

integrates all these elements together, and
a pedestrianised linkage connects from the Figure 5.6: Melaka Rivermouth 1900s
Quay Side and proposed to connect until
Melaka Sentral, the main transportation
hub. Water taxi landings are proposed to
revitalize and bringing back the importance
of the river as one of the transport mean for
the public.
C1. Connect and upgrade the riverwalk to

Melaka Sentral (the transport hub)
Figure 5.7: Melaka River 2010

Taman Rempah
Performance Criteria for
Waterfront Promenade
Kampung
● Integration with the inner city and all
Morten
redevelopment programs;
● Public accessible;
● To adhere to universal access principles;
● Possible intergration with landscape and storm

water management system;
● Recovers, re-uses and generally minimises the

amount of natural resources used;

wayfinding;

lighting;
QuaySide
St Paul’s Hill
● Possible incorporation historic street furniture,
either restored or authentically reconstructed.
Figure 5.8: Continuity of Promenade follows the Water

Transport Route

CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : PART 2 (MELAKA)
5.4 Back Lanes

The fourth landscape program involves
upgrading and revitalisation of back lanes
for pedestrian use, or even commercial
use where applicable. Back lanes create
short cuts and as an alternative escape in
case of fire for the residence.
D1. Backlane improvement (Upgrade)
Figure 5.9: Potential of Melaka backlanes
Figure 5.10: Vibrant street activities on backlane.

Performance Criteria
for Back Lanes
● A cautious approach in the design of

streetscapes, of changing as much as necessary
but as little as possible;
● Design of streetscape to take into consideration

the community use of the street;
Figure 5.11 Back lanes ● Ground material to ideally remain as asphalt, or

a porous material that is easily maintained;
● Lighting of back lane attached on heritage

buildings
● Preffered location of lighting to be on top of the

rear door
● Possible landscaping of back lanes.
D1

5.5 Landscaped Car

“Parks”
While it is an objective to make the city
carbon-zero and green, the shift into a
carbon-zero emission and a car free city
has to happen gradually. Meanwhile,
a lot of empty spaces within the WHS
especially at Jalan Portugis and Jalan
Masjid are dedicated towards parking car
and remains necessary until the transition
towards public transportation happens.
A short term design solution is to

landscape these on grade car parks in
the effort to make them multi-functional as
green public open spaces. Figure 5.12 Landscaped Car-Park
E1. Jalan Masjid centralized parking (New)

E2. Parking at Jalan Banda Kaba
(Upgrade)
E3. Parking at Jalan Bendahara (Upgrade)
E1

Landscaped Car “Parks”
● Use porous ground material and permeable

paving for on-site water retention where possible;
● Possible intergration of street design with

landscape and storm water management system;
● Recovers, re-uses and generally minimises the

amount of natural resources used;

wayfinding;

lighting;
● Possible incorporation historic street furniture,

either restored or authentically reconstructed.
E3
E2

6 Managing Circulation and Access
objectives for Melaka WHS. The traffic
6.1 Traffic Management management plan takes upon a short
Strategy and medium term approach, where the
strategy looks into immediately enhancing
The traffic management strategy for public transportation infrastructure and
Melaka WHS is in response to the traffic encouraging public transport travel
issues that the area is facing and also the before restraint measures are adopted.
concern and decision made by the World This strategy is also in light of the local
Heritage Committee in its 32nd annual stakeholders views that traffic demand
session in Quebec City, Canada, 2008 in management should be undertaken after/
which it has requested the State Party to :- while public transportation matters is
- Develop measures for decreasing motor addressed.
traffic.
Thus the traffic management strategy is
In developing the traffic management plan, based on six main objectives as follows:-
the transport strategy adopted has taken 1. To encourage and improve public
into account the vision and development transport travel and enhance the
existing transport network;
2. To reduce private vehicle use so
as to shift to a more sustainable
mode of transport;
3. To integrate the current modes of
public transport with future
proposed systems in achieving
greater coverage and usage;
4 To encourage walking and cycling
in the WHS;
5. To adopt travel demand
management strategies in phases
so as to achieve a congestion free
WHS; and
6. To promote an integrated
transportation policies towards
better environmental standards.
Figure 6.1: Traffic congestion at Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock

6.2 Integrated Public

where all Melaka City buses and
taxi services are stationed;
Transport
2. Provision of additional jetties along
Presently, public transport system in the Melaka River that will enhance
Melaka mainly consists of buses and taxis. linkages to the WHS via water taxi;
In addition, there are river boat cruise and
tourist bus that serves along the Melaka 3. Provision of pedestrian bridges
River and the World Heritage Site. With and footpath from the jetties to the
the high usage of private cars, the bus WHS;
systems are not operating at maximum
efficiency due to the congested roads. 4. Provision of a Park-And-Ride
Thus, in order to improve the public (P&R) stations at Taman Rempah
transport usages within the World Heritage and Kota Laksamana. The
Site area, some key initiatives identified Panorama buses and water taxi
are as follows:- will provide services between
P&R to the World Heritage Site.
1. Proposal for a river transport
system such as a water taxi that 5. Proposed policy that all tourists
will link the WHS area to Melaka using private cars are to park
Sentral - the public transport hub at P&R sites and use water
transport, Panorama buses or
Melaka Sentral taxis to the World Heritage Site.
Kg Morten
(proposed stop)
Hang Tuah
(proposed stop)
Taman Rempah Kg Jawa
(proposed stop)
Lorong Jambatan
(proposed stop)
Padang Nyiru
Buffer (proposed stop)
Core Zone Zone Quay Side Hang Jebat
Padang Nyiru (existing stop) (proposed stop)
Kota Laksamana
Figure 6.2. To propose river transport from Melaka Sentral to Figure 6.3. To propose jetty stops for water taxi and pedes-
Kota Laksamana trian bridge

6. To integrate buses and water taxi
with the future tram system that
is expected to connect Ayer Keroh
to Melaka Town. Two transit
station has been identified close
to WHS and they are at Jalan
Laksamana and near the bridge to
Jalan Hang Tuah.
7. To also integrate with the tourist

buses where they are to drop
visitors at two to three spots at the
perimeter of WHS and then park at
designated parking areas
outside Core Zone of WHS.
Figure 6.4. Proposed Water Transport Stops
Figure 6.5. Proposed Tram Stops Figure 6.6. Existing Panorama Bus Stops

6.3 Traffic Circulation and The initiatives to address the problems

faced are as follows:-
Parking
1. To proposed two centralised
The existing road system within Melaka parking facilities in the area -
WHS consists of narrow streets with Kampung Hulu to serve the
limited footpath. These roads are northern area and at Kota
burdened with heavy local traffic that Laksamana to cater for the
passes through the area everyday southern area. The proposed
especially vehicles using Jalan Tun Tan and existing centralised parking
Cheng Lock and Jalan Kg Hulu-Jalan Kg location shall ensure good
Pantai. The problem is further aggravated coverage within walking distance
with roadside and illegal parking activities of 300 metres.
and heavy pedestrian movement. All these
activities shares the same road space and 2. To reduce on-street parking
to a certain extent has created discomfort facilities on congested roads and
to the road users. in particular on-street
parking at Jalan Tun Tan Cheng
In addressing traffic issue, consideration Lock.
for residents daily routine is given priority
as local communities are an important 3. To allow for scheduled times
component to Melaka as a World Heritage zones for service truck for loading
City. Consultations with local communities unloading.
representatives indicated that the prefered
solution to resolve traffic issue is that any
change is done progressively, and ensure
that they achieve the desired result before
proceeding to another initiatives. This is an
order to ensure that the resultant impact is
as minimum as possible.
There will be no change in traffic
circulation for the short term but once the
public transportation system is in place, Centralized Car park
the traffic circulation needs to be reviewed. (car-’park’)
Centralized Car park

(multi storey)
Figure 6.7. Proposed Centralized parking location

6.4 Pedestrian, Cycling and
access for all
Improving pedestrian connectivity is one of
the key strategy for the WHS as this area
has high visitation rate and pedestrian
comfort and safety is most important.
Key Initiative:
1. Providing Sidewalks
Replacing on-street parking
with sidewalks and dedicated
pedestrian pathways.
2. Ensuring that the proposed

sidewalk provides clearways for
pedestrians.
3. The proposals are for Jalan Hang

Jebat, Jalan Tukang Besi and Tun
Tan Cheng Lock.

7 Improving Urban Infrastructure
The object of this study is to determine the Figure 7.1 illustrates the alignment and
current state of the infrastructure in the size of the sewer mains described here
Melaka WHS, to identify the weaknesses
and deficiencies of the said infrastructure The second main component of the
and to propose improvement, upgrading sewerage treatment system in this area
and rectification works. The successful is the existing Sewerage Treatment Plant
implementation of the proposed works will in Taman Kota Laksamana. This plant
require the relevant agencies and utilities has the capacity or is capable of being
companies to work and coordinate with expanded to treat the sewerage and grey
each other. water from the roadside drains in the
WHS.
7.1 Sewerage The final component of the existing

sewerage treatment system is the in-situ
7.1.1 Existing System
septic tanks and packaged treatment
plants located within the premises of the
One of the main component of the
properties in the WHS. None of these
sewerage treatment system found in the
in-situ units are capable of treating the
Melaka WHS are sewer mains running
sewerage to the standards set or are
along the river bank from Taman Rempah
maintained properly.
at Jambatan Hang Jebat through Jalan
Bunga Raya, with a spur running down
Jalan Kee Ann to join this line. A second
line runs from Kampung Morten and
along Jalan Kampung Pantai and Jalan
Kampong Hulu joining the Jalan Bunga
Raya line at Jambatan Chan Koon Cheng.
The main line then runs along the right
bank of the river beneath the river walkway
to join the sewer line constructed in the
1980's in Taman Kota Laksamana.
A secondary line runs parallel to the

combined main sewer along Lorong Hang
Jebat joining the original Taman Kota
Laksamana sewer mains. A feature of
this sewer mains unlike the original main
line in Taman Kota Laksamana is that the
sewer mains in the rest of the WHS and
Kampung Morten captures grey water from
the roadside drains. Except for properties
which were connected directly to the
original Taman Kota Laksamana mains,
none of the other properties in the WHS
are connected to the central sewer line.

Figure 7.1: Sewerage alignment in WHS
7.1.2 Issues
grey water as well. There is no mechanism
or legal framework whereby IWK can
(i) Except for the sewerage captured by
determine a tariff to charge households or
the Taman Kota Laksamana portion of
businesses nor is it within their purview to
the centralised sewerage system, the
treat grey water.
sewerage in the rest of WHS is not treated
to the required standards. This is because
(ii) There is little or no incentive or motivation
the in-situ septic tanks relied on are
on the part of the households and
either too old to be functioning properly or
businesses in the WHS to maintain or
inadequately maintained to achieve the
upgrade their individual septic tanks.
level of treatment necessary to meet the
standards determined by the authority.
(iii) It is also difficult to access the individual
The properties are not connected to the
septic tanks for maintenance as many
sewer mains because the sewer lines
of them are located at the back of the
laid in the last decade in the WHS were
premises and the back lanes access was
designed to capture grey water and the
built for nightsoil collection and inaccesible
sewerage treatment company, Indah
by IWK tankers.
Water Konsortium (IWK), tasked to run the
sewerage treatment works nationwide is
only mandated to treat sewerage and not

7.1.3 Recommendation
(i) Households and businesses must be

encouraged to upgrade their in-situ
plants and/or migrate to newer/green
technologies that treats sewer water and
at the same time recycles and reuses
the grey or black water for irrigation of
toilet flushing. Examples of one such
system is the BIOKUBE system which is
an engineered biological green domestic
sewage water recycling technology.
(ii) Resolve the statutory impediment to

allowing the households and businesses
to connect to the sewer mains and to the
centralised sewer plant.
● Cost of connection to sewer
mains to be shared between
householders and the PBT.
● SPAN to be prevailed upon
their Umbrella Act to permit them
to treat both sewerage and grey
water or allow a third party to
manage and run the system.

Only if the above is found to be
unworkable and as a last option only;
disconnect the sewer mains from the grey
water input and treat only the sewerage
from the premises in the WHS. If this
option is adopted, strict enforcement
must be carried out to ensure as little
contaminants enter the road side drains as
possible. Street vendors, food retailers etc
must be monitored to ensure that the open
drains are not used as convenient place to
dispose of their waste.

7.2 Water Supply 7.2.3 Recommendations
(i) Develop a best or good practice guidelines

7.2.1 Existing Status
for final connections and location of

meter stands bearing in mind the on-site
The water supply to the WHS is
observations above.
undertaken by Syarikat Air Melaka Sdn
Bhd a GLC. The distribution network had
(ii) Re-lay all final connections and ensure
recently been upgraded and is adequate
a well thought out pattern of final pipe
for the WHS needs.
connection to the premises.
7.2.2 Issues
(iii) Close supervision of all on site works to
(i) Final connection to premises is not
ensure the protocols in the guidelines
properly executed with some installations
are adhered to and work is carried to
do not meet technical specification
specifications.
required. Examples and insufficent depth
leading to frequent leakage especially at
location where the pipes cross roads.
(ii) Obstructive location of water, meter, and

exposed hosing that affects the visual of
heritage streetscape.
(iii) Indicator markers of underground pipe

lines and below ground hydrants are not
adequately maintained and/or thoughtfully
located.
Figure 7.2 Inappropriate location of water meter and

connection

7.3 Fire Protection System 7.3.2 Recommendations
(i) Replace all underground hydrants with

pillar hydrants.
(i) Existing hydrants in Core Zone are mostly
(ii) Re-locate hydrants to positions where
underground and located by means of a
they cannot be unwittingly or purposely
concrete marker.
concealed.
(ii) Existing hydrants are connected to the
(iii) Install a dedicated pipeline for fire hydrants
domestic mains and pressure within the
and fire hosereels. This will ensure
domestic mains are not constant; varying in
adequate pressure is maintain at all times
accordance with demand patterns.
as well as permit a network of hosereels
and sprinklers to be installed within the
(iii) Haphazard distribution of electrical cables
premises in the WHS. Connection to
and disused cables are left in-situ.
hosereels and sprinklers within private
premises can be metered with the rates for
(iv) Existing roads in WHS are narrow and
unauthorised use set a punitive level.
often crowded with visitors.
Figure 7.3: Hydrants Location in WHS

(iv) Set up a Risk Assessment Committee

to develop guidelines for fire safety as
well as to develop Disaster Management
Protocols in the event of a fire and other
public safety incidents.
(v) To consider the setting up of volunteer

fire rescue squads and obtain specialised
equipment to cater to the narrow streets.
Figure 7.4 Underground Hydrant

7.4 Roads and Drains maintain that allow drain water in the WHS
to flow out into the river.
(iii) Allow the river to recede to the low tide
level whenever possible especially when
The roads and drains in the WHS is the
the boats are not in service.
responsibility of MBMB. Currently the road
level had been raised considerably since
(iv) Prepare a comprehensive drainage
and many of the premises are now lower
master plan to overcome the drainage and
than the road edge. Similarly the walls of
flooding issue.
the historic Dutch drains had been raised
to maintain the coping level imposed by
(v) To adopt water sensitive urban design
the higher new road levels.
solutions by introducing localised
infiltration through well drained landscape
7.4.2 Issues
areas that can be located as part of small
pocket parks in WHS.
(i) The existing levels of the roads are in the
most part either higher or at grade with the
(vi) To increase water absorption rate on road
foot-ways of the premises.
surface by use of pervious materials for
the roads.
(ii) The construction of the barrage at the river
estuary and the maintenance of the river
level at a high tide level had lead to back
flow of the water from the river into the
drainage system. The installation of flow
valve (tide valve) devices at the discharge
points with the river had prevented the
back flow of water from the river to an
extent. The high water level in the river
itself meant that the water in the drains
cannot discharge into the river. The
permanent high water level in the river and
drains had led to damage to the buildings
in the WHS.
Figure 7.5: Road level higher than building level
7.4.3 Recommendations
(i) Conduct a comprehensive survey of the

road and drains alignment, levels (both
coping, crown and invert levels) and the
levels of the footways to enable an opinion
to be formed as to the optimum levels of
the roads. Milled the road down so as to
achieve this optimum level.
(ii) Determine the optimum water level for the

river for boats to ply. If necessary dredge
the river so that an optimum level can be

7.5 Electrical Supply even be installed indoors and concealed.

If such remote monitoring technology is
unavailable, consumers can be asked to
do their own meter reading regularly with
Tenaga Nasional Berhad is the sole
the TNB doing annual reading to confirm
supplier of electricity to the Melaka WHS.
the accuracy of these self reading.
The supply cables within the WHS are
mainly overhead although there are some
(iii) Identify locations for new substations and
which are laid underground.
feeder pillars and to relocate badly sited

substations and feeder pillars.
It is generally accepted that the supply
network is severely stressed by the high
(iv) Encourage the use of energy saving
demand and low capacity of the supply
lighting and devices to reduce the need for
network. The low capacity is mainly
increased power supply and the attendant
caused by the lack of suitable sites for
need for infrastructure.
substations and feeder pillars.
(v) Encourage the use of solar powered

7.5.2 Issues
lightings and fittings. These includes street
lamps, bollards etc, that will reduce the
(i) Haphazard installation of incoming
cabling works.
supply cables to the premises due to
uncoordinated upgrading especially to
newly relocated businesses.
(ii) Feeder pillars and compact substation

are visually and physically obtrusive. Eg
at the end of Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock
near the river. The vista from the street to
The Stadhuys and St. Paul's Hill is visually
impaired while the pedestrian walkway
is obstructed by both the substation and
feeder pillar.
(iii) Poor location of meters and incoming

distribution boards.
Figure 7.6: Inappropriate decorative lighting
7.5.3 Recommendations
(i) To re-lay all supply cables and remove all

disused cables.
(ii) When re-laying the supply cables, to

relocate the meters to visually less
intrusive positions such as above
archways between premises at the foot-
way or back lanes. The use of remote
monitoring of electricity meters meant
there is no necessity to locate the meters
as they are now being done. Meters can

PART 3
Development
Guide Plan for
George Town WHS
CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : PART 3 (GEORGE TOWN) 1-1
1 Introduction to the Development
Guide Plan for George Town
development of redevelopment and for
1.1 An Intelligent conservation. It aims to:
and Sustainable
Heritage City i) Establish the framework and guiding
principle for detailed planning on
As the heart of the Penang, George heritage;
Town WHS is poised to become a key
cultural centre of the region as the ii) Ensure that development within the
State's prepares to position itself the WHS are planned and constructed
hub of the Northern Corridor Economic with the basic understanding of
Region (NCER) of Malaysia. There is heritage significance and that level
much potential for the WHS to contribute of change should respect its heritage
towards the enhancement its greater significance;
region. A city that builds its value on
heritage, not hindered by it. iii) Enhance the townscape elements of
the city in a manner that it celebrates
Part 3 of the Conservation Management and enrich the Outstanding Universal
Plan and Special Area Plan for 'Melaka Values that make George Town as
and George Town, The Historic City of World Heritage Site.
the Straits of Malacca' : Development
Guide Plan for George Town WHS reflects 1.3 Content of this
the State Government’s aspiration of
developing the historic centre of the city
Document
of George Town as an "Intelligent and
The document contains these following
Sustainable Heritage City.”
aspects:
1.2 Purpose of this i) Managing the Use of Land and

Document Building;
Planning for heritage in George Town ii) Protecting the Built Cultural Heritage;
WHS aims to ensure that the significant
elements of the past are appropriately iii) Protecting Vistas, Enclaves and
managed and respected by new Streetscape;
development. Heritage conservation does
not preclude change but rather respond to iv) Enhancing Public Realm;
it. This Development Guide Plan provides
a framework for the control of new v) Managing Circulation and Access;
vi) Improving Urban Infrastructure.

2 Managing the Use of
Land and Building
Managing growth and change in a World 2.1.1 What are the maps for?
Heritage Site is challenging. It requires
the understanding for the protection of the They serve as a critical tool in identifying
OUVs and the need to accommodate for the cultural significances and the
new economic opportunities that emerge manifestations of the OUVs of the site;
in today's cities but could potentially be a
threat to the authenticity and integrity of They facilitate the formulation of the land
the WHS. use control mechanism.
Realising this, the management plan 2.1.2 Living Heritage Topography Maps:
for WHS has proposed for the need to
manage the use of land and building in the Four living heritage topography maps are
WHS. The intricacy of the multi-cultural provided on the following pages:
historic urban landscape necessitates a
control on the use of land and building that i) Socio-Cultural Topography (Figure
takes account of the sensitivity of change 2.1)
to cultural landscape of George Town
WHS. Thus, control on use of land and ii) Socio-Economic Topography (Figure
building in the WHS requires a process 2.2)
that is unlike any other areas outside the iii) Residential Topography (Figure 2.3)
WHS.
iv) Restaurants and Food Stalls
2.1 The Mapping of Living Topography (Figure 2.4)
Cultural Heritage
2.2 Profile of Activities
Living heritage topography maps reveal in the WHS
the layering of urban structures and
built environment as expressed in the 2.2.1 A Mixed-Use City
historical and modern townscape. These
maps display the dominant patterns, Figure 2.3 shows the distribution of
spatial distribution and range of human the residential component of the WHS
activity in relation to the built environment. of George Town. The land use data
These maps also facilitate a thorough on residential is categorised into full
understanding of the interconnectivity residences and mixed-use residences.
of activities with the built environment. As of current, there are two dominant
Together they form a representation of the residential neighbourhoods within the
dynamics of the living cultural landscape WHS; surrounding the enclave of Lebuh
of George Town WHS. Acheh Mosque and beyond the Kuan Yin
Temple. Generally, the rest of the WHS is
of mixed-use character, containing a mix
of residences and commercial (or often
both).

COMPREHENSIVE ACTION PLAN FOR GEORGE TOWN WHS
Figure 2.1
Socio-Cultural
Jalan S Mission House
Topography
ultan A
hmad
Shah
Cemetery
Jala
n Tu
n Sy
ed S
heh
Barakb
ah
Esplanade
Leb
uh
2 Ligh
t
1
The socio-cultural topography
Leb
uh
describes the distribution of a
ng
Chu
cultural enclave or area, which is
na
lia
5
Pe
defined by its related buildings,

lan
Chowrasta Market
spaces and paths.
Ja
King Street Temples

7
3
4
ng
1) Civic Administrative Area
eli
nK
Campbell Street Market Le Kew Leong Tong Lim Kongsi ● Historic civic and administrative buildings and public
7 bu
ita
h and recreational open spaces
ap
Cheah Si Hock Haw Kongsi Pa
dK
Ja hwe
sa
r
C
lan e
sji
Yap Kongsi tai 2) Historic Schools Cluster
Ma
Dr Leo
an
. L ng
P ● Historic school buildings, compounds and open sports

lan
im
b uh
Ja
Le and recreational spaces

Har Yang Sey Teik Tong Yeoh Kongsi
Leong San Tong Khoo Kongsi 3) Street of Harmony
n ● Cluster of Religious buildings, related trades and
vo
ar el
d
religious community
rn
h Ca n
W
bu la
Le ka
Pen
g
4) Little India
● Cluster of Indian cultural businesses, street stalls and
Eng Chuan Tong Tan Kongsi
resident Indian community
Clan Jetty Temple
6 5) Cantonese Cultural Buildings
Cluster
●Cluster of Clan Temples, Associations and Clan House
Buildings
8
6) Five Major Hokkien Clan Houses
● A Clan House includes Temple, Compound and
Related Buildings
Boon San Tong Khoo Kongsi 8) Market Clusters

● Includes Core market building, street stalls and related
shops
9) Clan Jetties Cluster

● Includes Jetty, temples, water village and resident
community
10) Trade Associations Distribution
0 100m 500 m
Source: AJM, 2010
Figure 2.2
Socio-Economic
Jalan S
Topography
ultan A
hmad
Shah
1
Jala
n Tu
n Sy
ed S
heh
Bara
kba
h
Leb
uh
Far
quh
ar Leb
The socio-economic topography
uh
Ligh describes the distribution of a
2 t
cultural enclave or area, which is
Leb
defined by its related buildings,
uh
Chu
lia spaces and paths.
ng
na
ng
Pe
1) High End Hotel Cluster
eli
lan
nK
Ja
● 3-5 Star Hotels, Boutique Hotels

4
ita
ap
dK
2 2) Budget Hotel Cluster
sji
Ma
● Budget Hotels
lan
Ja
3) Fashion & Textile Cluster
3
● Fashion clothing, textile and related activities
Ja
7
lan
Dr
4) Financial Cluster
.L
im
ta i ● Legal and banking activities. Includes financial services,

Ch
an
P insurance, money changers and lenders, pawnshop and stock
we
h
bu
e
Le 6 exchange
Le
on
g
n
rvo
Ca
rn
a
5)Import-Export, Transport & Storage
uh
Le
b Cluster
● Freight forwarding cargo and logistics
● Import / export / distribution
● Transport, trucking and removals
ld ● Food and beverage distribution, general storage
We
l an
5 Pe
ngka
6) Waterfront Cluster
● Jetties, ferry, port, godown and mechant houses
7) Gold and Gems Trade Cluster
8) Hardware Trade Cluster
9) Creative Industries
● Media, marketing, graphic design services, printing and
publications
● Paper suppliers, sign board makers
Source: George Town Land Use and

0 100m 500 m
Population Survey, Geographia, 2010
Figure 2.3
Residential Topography
Jalan S
ultan A
hmad
Shah
Jala
n Tu
n Sy
ed S
heh
Bara
kba
h
Leb
uh
Far
quh Leb
ar uh
Ligh
t
Leb
uh
Chu
lia
g
an
en
P
lan
Ja
ng
eli
nK
ita
ap
dK
sji
Ma
lan
Ja
Ja
lan
Dr
i
nta
.L
a
im
hP
Ch
bu
Le
we
e
Le
n
rvo
on
a
rn
g
h Ca
bu
Le
100% residential properties
eld
lanW
ngka Mixed-use residences
Pe
100% commercial properties
Source: Land Use Survey, AJM, February 2010 0 100m 500 m

Figure 2.4
Restaurants and Food
Jalan S
ultan A
Stalls Topography
hmad
Shah
Jala
n Tu
n Sy
ed S
heh
Bara
kba
h
Leb
uh
Far
quh Leb
ar uh
Ligh
t
Leb
uh
Chu
ng
lia
na
Pe
lan
Ja
ng
eli
nK
ita
ap
dK
sji
Ja
Ma
lan
lan
Dr
i
nta
.L
Ja
a
im
hP
Ch
bu
Le
we
e
Le
n
rvo
on
na Indian Muslim Restaurants

ar
g
u hC
L eb
Malay Restaurants
ld
We South and North Indian Restaurants
l an
gka
P en
Chinese Restaurants -
Hokkien, Hakka, Cantonese, etc
Kopi Tiam
Other Restaurants
Food Stalls
Source: George Town Land Use and

Population Survey, Geographia, 2010 0 100m 500 m
2-2 CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN : PART 3 (GEORGE TOWN)
There has been a reduction in the living have now gradually expanded inward
population of the WHS in the decade. towards the inner city.
According to land use data, the residential
component in 2010 makes up 13.94% of Food and beverage related activities
the land use or 21.07 hectare. This is a is a dominant activities in the WHS, as
reduction of 4% from the year 2005, or illustrated in Figure 2.4. Its locations are
12.1% from the year 2000. It is therefore fairly dispersed. Figure 2.4 also shows the
imperative to the conservation of the location of food stalls.
OUVs that residential activity is promoted.
2.2.1 Clustering of Cultural
2.2.1 Clustering of Economic Activities
Activities
The Socio-Cultural Topography (Figure
Commercial use dominates the WHS. 2.1) describes the various cultural
Patterns of activities emerge from the enclaves and clusters that are distributed
analysis of the land use, as illustrated in within the WHS.
Figure 2.2.
The cultural clusters encompasses several
A high concentration of clothing and textile neighbourhoods of distinctive character,
related businesses are clustered around largely falling within the Core Zone of the
Lebuh Pasar and its perpendicular streets. WHS. The Historic Civic-Administrative
This area is also known as Little India. Area has important public buildings,
Lebuh Cintra and Jalan Pintal Tali contains cultural venues and recreational open
another cluster clothing and textile related space. The Historic Schools Cluster
business. consists of educational buildings, mostly
within large green spaces. Little India is a
Finance related activities are concentrated culturally vibrant area for ethnic retail and
along the Lebuh Pantai, Lebuh Bishop and commerce, it has a significant degree of
Lebuh Gereja. Aside from financial related mixed use, due to the presence of migrant
services, the cluster also include related workers. The Street of Harmony along
activities such as money changers and Jalan Masjid Kapitan Keling, which has
brokers. various religious institutions lined up along
an axis, is richly endowed with spiritual
Hotels are generally located along Jalan values and cultural diversity. Lebuh King
Penang, Lebuh Chulia and Lorong Love. likewise has many cultural associations. In
Boutique hotels are the fastest emerging the Mosque and Waqf Precinct, mosques
activity in the WHS, and its growth may are surrounded by trust properties
need to be contained within select zones occupied by communities of faith. The
as to not devalue the OUVs. Five Big Clans Temple Complex similarly
consists of clan temples surrounded by
The WHS also contain a strong clustering community housing and trust properties.
of wholesale, storage and distribution
activities. Traditionally these activities
were conducted in the godowns between
Pengkalan Weld and Lebuh Pantai. These

2.2 Controlling the Use of 2.2.2 Single-Use Activity Zones
Land and Building For these zones in the WHS, the
described use must be retained:
In managing the WHS and ensuring its
sustainable development, it is necessary
i) Institution Zone
to protect its Outstanding Universal
ii) Open Space/Green Zone
Values, namely:
iii) Places of Worship
OUV 1: Layered history, plural society

2.2.3 Mixed-Use Activity Zones
and cultural-religious diversity,
hereinafter simply referred to as
For the purpose of controlling the use of
‘cultural diversity’
Land and Buildings, the WHS of George
Town is segmented into 7 mixed-use
OUV 2: Living heritage, both tangible and
Activity Zones:
intangible, hereinafter referred to
as ‘living heritage’
i) Waterfront Zone
ii) Financial Zone
OUV 3: Built townscape, especially
iii) Trade Zone
townhouses and shophouses,
iv) Jetty Zone
herinafter referred to as ‘built
v) Enterprise Zone
heritage'.
vi) Tourism and Leisure Zone
vii) Special Zone
Cultural diversity (OUV 1) is itself an
intangible heritage which is embodied and
With the exception of the Jetty Zone, the
embedded in living heritage (OUV 2) and
zones are generally mixed-use zones,
built heritage (OUV 3).
meaning the use of land for either 100%
Commercial, 100% Residential and
In so far as cultural diversity is reflected
Residential-with-Commercial are allowed.
in built heritage, it has to be recovered
The Jetty Zone should retain its dominant
and protected with the tools for protecting
residential component, with allowance
built heritage, as well as through action
for limited tourism related activities
plans. The control of Land and Building
and sundry shops within the residential
use through zoning is an important tool
premises. Refer to Figure 2.5 for the
to protect and enhance these OUVs, in
Activity Zoning Diagram.
particular OUV 1 and OUV 2.
Any change of use shall require the
2.2.1 Use of Category I Buildings and application for Planning Permission.
Sites
2.2.3 Matrix of Non-permissible
For Category I buildings and sites, the
Activities in the WHS
use should remain as originally intended.
Any adaptation to the use must be of
Refer to Table 2.1 for a matrix describing
similar use or nature of activities and have
the list of non-permissible activities within
minimal impact on the cultural significance
the WHS of George Town, and exceptions
of the place and requires the preparation
to the list in accordance with each Activity
of a Planning Permission. The submission
Zone.
shall include a Cultural Impact Assessment
(CIA).
TABLE 1.1 Matrix of Non-permissible Activities
The matrix describes a list Exceptions for:

of non-permissible activities
Waterfront Zone
Financial Zone
Trade Zone
Jetty Zone
Enterprise Zone
Tourism and Leisure Zone
Special Zone
within the WHS of George
Town, with the exception of
those checked under their
respective Activity Zones.
This table is to be read with
the Activity Zoning Diagram
(Figure 2.5)
1 Motor Vehicle and Motor Vehicle Repairs

N on -p er mi s si bl e A ct i vit i es in the W HS of Geor ge To w n
2 Swiftlet Houses
3 Foreign Food and Beverage Outlets
4 Bowling Alley, Karaoke, Arcade, Snooker Hall, Casino
5 Industry (except cottage industry)
6 Recycling (except existing)
7 Funeral Services (except existing)
8 Petrol Station (except existing)
9 Printing (except existing)
10 Department Store
11 Contemporary Mini-Mart/Convenience Store
12 Wholesale, Storage and Distribution
13 Bar/Night Club
14 Electronics and Computer
15 Internet Café
16 Transport, Import/Export and Logistics
17 Travel and Tourism Services
18 Financial Services
19 Real Estate and Property Services
20 Renovation Supplies and Hardware
21 Home-stay
22 Budget Hotel
23 3-5 Star Hotel
24 Boutique Hotel

DEVELOPMENT GUIDE PLAN FOR GEORGE TOWN WHS
Figure 2.5
Activity Zones
Tourism and Leisure Zone
The zone is an inner city tourism cluster. The land
This Activity Zones Map is to be read
use should be inclusive towards tourism related together with the Matrix of Non-permissible
services and leisure for all types of visitors Activities in the WHS (Figure 2.6)
Category I Buildings
The use should remain as intended, or of similar

use or nature of activity
Places of Worship
Institution Zone
The zone includes civic buildings schools, police

stations and fire stations
Financial Zone
The zone is an existing finance, legal and
banking cluster for the larger city of George
Town. The land use should retain this character
and to encourage night and F&B activities
Waterfront Zone
The zone is a prime area for urban regeneration,
with connections to the waterfront and the inner
city. The land use should be geared towards high
value development incorporating mixed-use
development, high end hotels and leisure
Enterprise Zone
The zone is a diverse retail zone. The land use
should encourage a full range of retail activities Special Zone
and allow for supporting services.
The zone contains the highest concentration of
OUVs and Category I buildings within the WHS.
The land use shall be subject to the following
overlays:
Trade Zone Residential Overlay
The zone is an existing trading and warehouse

cluster. Trade-related activities should be
contained within this zone but allow for land use Cultural Enclaves Overlay:
changes.
i) Masjid Kapitan Keling and Gold
Bazaar
ii) Kuan Yin Enclave
Jetty Zone iii) Little India
The zone is an established residential cluster. iv) Kongsi Enclave

The land use should remain as primarily
v) Lebuh Acheh Mosque Enclave
residential and allow for tourism oriented
activities.
0 100m 500 m
2.3 Special Zone
Socio-Cultural Layer
This zone has the highest concentration
of significant cultural sites and Category I
buildings within the WHS. The area thus
warrants the strictest form of land use
control as it contains a complex layering
of cultural, socioeconomic, religious and
residential morphologies.
Special Zone is generally a mixed-use

zone, meaning the use of land for either
100% Commercial, 100% Residential and
Socio-Economic Layer
Mixed-Commercial-and-Residential are
permitted, subject to the requirements and
prescriptions of the Overlays.
The Overlays attempt to reveal these

cultural, socio-economic, religious and
residential morphology within the planning
of land use. The Overlays prescribe the
encouraged activities for the respective
areas within the Special Zone.
Figure 2.5 illustrates the methodology

of the generation of the Overlays for the
Residential Layer
Special Zone
2.3.1 Residential Overlay
The dominant activity in these areas

is Residential, and thus shall remain
so. Commercial activities within these
neighbourhoods shall enhance the cultural
significance and OUVs of the site.
Special Zone & Overlays
Figure 2.5: The generation of the

Overlays for the Special Zone

2.3.2 Cultural Enclave Overlays
Five Cultural Enclave Overlays are

identified. They are:

Bazaar
iii) Little India
iii) Little India
Prescribed activities:
iv) Kongsi Enclave
v) Lebuh Acheh Mosque Enclave
● South and Northern Indian restaurants
The following pages outlines the

● Textiles and related trade
prescribed or encouraged activities for
each of these enclaves
● Worker's accommodation
● Cultural products and services

Bazaar Enclave
● Activities relating to gold and gem trade iv) Kongsi Enclave

● Indian Muslim restaurants
● Activities supporting the temple and its
● Activities supporting the mosque and the users
Muslim community services
● Residential or Commercial-with-Residential
● Compatible arts and culture related

activities
● Retail of prayer paraphernalia, idols and

charms v) Lebuh Acheh Mosque Enclave
● Chinese vegetarian restaurants
● Activities supporting the mosque and the
● Activities supporting the temple and its muslim community, preferably Haj related
users

FIGURE 2.6 Special Zone
Residential Overlay Cultural Enclave Overlays:
Masjid Kapitan Keling and Gold Bazaar
Kuan Yin Enclave
Little India
Kongsi Enclave
Lebuh Acheh Mosque Enclave

2.4 Water Body
Any form of land reclamation on the water

body area designated by the Core and
Buffer Zones of the WHS is not permitted.
The construction of floating structures may

be permitted, subject to a hydraulic study
and Planning Permission, which includes a

3 Protecting the Built
Cultural Heritage
3.1 Identification and Protection, conservation &
Listing of Heritage adaptation:
Buildings
● Category I:
3.1.1 Categorisation of Built Cultural
Heritage (a) Monuments of exceptional interest.
The buildings and sites within the (b) Buildings and monuments declared as
WHS are identified into four categories ancient and gazetted formerly under the
encompassing both conservation and Antiquities Act 1976 now under the National
compatible development. Heritage Act (2005)
Figure 3.1 and 3.2 describes the (c) Buildings Registered as National Heritage
categorisation of buildings for the Historic under the National Heritage Act (2005)
Cities of the Straits of Malacca, along with
the samples of each category in the WHS
of George Town
Example of Category I : City Hall, Esplanade
● Category II:
(a) Buildings of special interest that warrant

every effort being made to preserve them.
Example of Category II :
ensemble of shophouses, Light Street
Figure 3.1: Categories of Built Cultural Heritage: Protection,

Conservation and Adaptation

Analysis on Categorisation of the WHS:

Compatible development:
In the WHS of George Town, there are 93
● Infill: of buildings, gateways, cemetery and sites
categorised as Category I. This amounts to 1.71%
(a) Existing empty land or temporary structure of the total number of identified buildings and sites.
where compatible re-development is The majority of Category I buildings and sites are
permitted. located in the core zone (69 out of 93)
Category II consists of 74.43% of the total number

of buildings and sites, at 4048. It is the most
prominent category as it makes up the majority of
● Replacement: buildings on the WHS. The distribution of Category
II buildings and sites are approximately equal in
(a) Existing building without any significant both the Core and Buffer Zones.
value where sensitive re-development is
permitted. Meanwhile, there are 585 of infill sites identified,
which consists existing empty land or temporary
structures. This corresponds to a land area of
14.49 hectare, or 12.35% of the total WHS area.
They are mainly located along the waterfront
between Beach Street and Weld Quay.
Figure 3.2: Categories of Built Cultural Heritage: Compatible
Development
Replacement buildings, on the other hand, make
up 713 of the total, or 13.10%.
Table 3.1 below describes the number of identified

buildings and sites in the WHS of George Town.
Refer to Figure 3.3 for the map of categorisation.
Number of
Category: buildings and %
sites
Category I 93 1.71
Category II 4048 74.43
Infill Development 585 10.76
Total 5439 100.00
Table 3.1: Identified Buildings and Sites in George Town

WHS

PROTECTING THE BUILT CULTURAL HERITAGE
Figure 3.3
Building Categories
Lebuh
Farquh
ar
ng
uke
na J al Ja la
Pe an nT
D
an Su un
J al lta S ye
Jala n
hall
n Ah dS
he h
ma
ma B ar
Green
d akb
a
Sh ah
ota L
a h
ng K
P ada
Jal
Jal an
a nS th
ri Le i
Ba uh
ha L eb
ri
ke
ar
Ja
Cl
la
n
h
A
bu
rg
L eb
Le
yl
uh
l
F ar q Lebu
J al u ha r h Lig
an Lor ht
ong
Da A rg
to us
Ko Jala n
ya Mun
h tr i
g
lin
Ke
tan
ap i
Jal
id
a
dK
nH
a sj
ut t le bu
hU
asji
nM
on Lor n io
nM
ong n
Jala
g
Ka L or
lan
a
m on g
Jal
Le pu n L eb
hK
g uh S tew
in g
bu Ma C hu art
hD
a
lia
u
lab
hK
intr
Le b
ic k ar
e ns
bu
hC
Leb
Le
uh
u
Le b
Bi
s ho
p
a
ali
ud
al T
M
ng
in t
ro
Le b
nP
Lo
uh
G
Jala
ere
J al L eb ja
an
sa r
Ph uh
Le
C
ng
ee amp
bu
C
Ka
ho be
h
on ll
D
al a
ow
an
Ku
ni
hu
ng
an
C
J al
et
eck
Le
tre
bu
S
hP
S
ng
asa
een
ro
Qu
Lo
Le
bu
hC
hin
a
Building Category :
g
an
a li
en
ta lT Lebu
hP
Ga
n h Bu
Pi
bu
ckin
t
n Le
Le
a gh am
Le
Leb Ja l bu
bu
uh hP
hG
K im as
er
ber ar
eja
ly Le
g bu
jo n Kampung
Kolam hA Le
U
lan
Su
ng
ai hQ
ue
e
bu
h
Ch
ul Category I
n
ia
ano
Ja
Ga
hC
tL
eb
g
u
uh
Le b
Ho
Ch
oo
J al
in
gS
a
an
r on
Ja l
Dr
Lo
n
L im
Ch
Category II
Ch
eo
on
Ga
ng
we
av
t
arn
Fa
Le
eL
mu
hC
tt
bu
Le
eo n
el d
Lu
Tz
bu bu
hP
Le W
g
h
g
lan
as
Ac
r on
ka
ar
he
ng
Lo
h
Pe
a
ori
ict
hV
i
ta
bu
an
Le
Ga
Ga
Infill
hP
t
t
Le
Le
bu
bu
bu
Le
hC
hA
Lo
Le
r on
hu
rm
b
gT
lia
uh
en
oH
i
M
an
Ak
ela
a
yu
Le
G
b
uh
at
Le
Replacement
Pr
bu
a
ng
h
Ac
in
h
eh
Ga
tL
eb u
hM
ela
uy
Core Area
Buffer Area
Source : “Inventory of building in the Heritage zone of

George Town”, 2000, Extract Data from “Kelly map”, 1970’s Survey map,
Photographic Evidence (1990’s - 2010),
0.5m resolution GEOEYE1 image (2010), 0 100m 500 m
Ortho image mapping & Building Heights Extraction;
3.1.2 Types of Buildings 3.1.3 Styles of Buildings
A list of architecture types available in The early architecture is an amalgamation

George Town is outlined below: of cross cultural values, ideas, traditions of
immigrants and indigenous builders, and
1. Shophouses the adaptation to the availability of building
materials, skills, transportation, as well as
2. Bungalows
the appropriateness to the tropical climate.
3. Mosques By the 1900s the European architectural
4. Churches and engineering professionals came
to Penang and brought with them new
5. Chinese temples
technologies and building forms influenced
6. Hindu temples from the western architecture movement.
7. Buildings of administration
8. Buildings of commerce and trade The basic shophouse styles are defined
9. Godowns and offices as:
10. Water villages (clan jetty)
11. Residential Blocks 1. Early Penang Style
2. Southern Chinese Eclectic Style
Figure 3.5 on the facing page describes
3. Early Straits Eclectic Style
the form of buildings available in the WHS
of George Town. Refer to Appendix C: 4. Late Straits Eclectic Style
Heritage Buildings in George Town for 5. Art Deco Style
a description on the form and styles of
6. Early Modern Style
buildings.
Figure 3.4 below illustrates the six main

The shophouse constitute the majority of
shophouse styles in Penang. For a
building form within the WHS.
description and explanation of each of
these styles, please refer to Appendix C:
Heritage Buildings in George Town.
Figure 3.4: Six main shophouse styles in Penang

FIGURE 3.5 Types of Buildings, George Town
1.
8.
5.
9.
2.
6.
7. 10.
3.
4. 11.

Analysis on Styles of Buildings of the WHS:
Styles: Number %
Besides the six main shophouse styles, there are
other architectural styles of buildings within the
WHS of George Town. Early Penang 124 2.28
Southern Chinese Eclectic 1746 32.10

These include the architecture of Post Modernism
and contemporary buildings since the 1980's; Straits Eclectic 1044 19.19
as well as the architectural styles of the places
Art Deco 587 10.79
of worships such as the Chinese Temple Style
and the Southern Indian Style temples; utilitarian Modernism 407 7.48
architecture such as godowns and garages; and
Post Modernism 81 1.49
wooden structures or sheds, among others.
Chinese Temple 34 0.63
There are also non-architectural building
undefinable within any prescribed styles and Mosque 9 0.17
therefore described as "other (non-architectural)". Godown/Utilitarian 112 2.06
This includes schools, tombs, cemeteries, petrol
stations, gates, entrances and monuments. Table Wooden structures 602 11.07
3.2 describes the number of buildings in the WHS
Other architectural styles 96 1.76
according to architectural styles.
Empty land 138 2.54
Within the WHS, the Early Penang styles of
Others (non-architectural) 459 8.44
buildings are endangered, at only 124 buildings.
There is a high distribution of Southern Chinese Table 3.2: Styles of buildings in George Town WHS
Eclectic styles in the core zone. This is especially
true within the historic commercial centre, which is
the oldest shophouse area in the WHS. In contrast,
the buffer zones contains a high number of Straits
Eclectic styles and Art Deco styles, which are later
architectural styles corresponding to these areas
that were developed much later. Godown styles
are mostly concentrated around the waterfront
zone.
Refer to Figure 3.6 for the map of showing the

styles of buildings.

3.2 Guidelines for the

Conservation Area and
Heritage Buildings
All the buildings and sites within WHS
are subject to the Guidelines for the
Conservation Areas and Heritage
Buildings, covering all aspects of
conservation works as well as all
compatible developments within the World
Heritage Site.
Refer to the Appendix A : Guidelines

for the Conservation Areas and
Heritage Buildings for more detail on
the conservation principles, procedures
for repair/building/planning permissions
and the guidelines on the allowable works
on all heritage buildings, and controls
on signage and advertisement within the
WHS.

PROTECTING THE BUILT CULTURAL HERITAGE
Figure 3.6
Building Style
Lebuh
Farquh
ar
ng
Building Styles:
uke
na J al Ja la
Pe an nT
D
an Su un
J al lta S ye
Jala n
hall
n Ah dS
he h
ma
ma B ar
Green
d akb
a
Sh ah
ota L
a h
Early Penang
ng K
P ada
Jal
Jal an
a nS th
ri Le i
Ba uh
L eb
ha
ri
Southern Chinese Eclectic
ke
ar
Ja
Cl
la
n
h
A
bu
rg
L eb
Le
yl
uh
l
F ar q
J al
an
Da
Lor
ong
Arg
u ha r
Lebu
h Lig
ht Straits Eclectic
to us
Ko Jala n
ya Mun
h tr i
g
lin
Ke
Art Deco
tan
ap i
Jal
id
a
dK
nH
a sj
ut t le bu
hU
asji
nM
on Lor n io
nM
ong n
Jala
g
Ka L or
lan
a
m on g
Jal
Le pu n L eb
hK
bu g uh S te w
in g
Ma C hu art
hD
Modernism
a
lia
u
lab
hK
intr
Le b
ic k ar
e ns
bu
hC
Leb
Le
uh
u
Le b
Bi
s ho
p
a
ali
ud
al T
M
Postmodernism
ng
in t
ro
Le b
nP
Lo
uh
G
Jala
ere
J al L eb ja
an
sa r
Ph uh
Le
C
ng
ee amp
bu
C
Ka
ho be
h
on ll
D
al a
ow
an
Chinese Temple
Ku
ni
hu
ng
an
C
J al
et
eck
Le
tre
bu
S hP
S
ng
asa
een
ro
Qu
Lo
Le
bu
hC
hin
a Mosque
g
an
a li
en
a lT Lebu
hP
nt
Ga
Pi h Bu
bu
ckin
t
n Le
Le
a gh am
Le
Leb Ja l bu
bu
uh hP
hG
K im as
er
ar
ber
Godown/Utilitirian
eja
ly Le
g bu
jo n Kampung
Ko hA Le
U lam
ai hQ bu
ng ue h
Ch
Su e
ul
lan
n
ia
ano
Ja
Ga
hC
tL
Other Architectural Styles
eb
g
u
uh
Le b
Ho
Ch
oo
J al
in
gS
a
an
r on
Ja l
Dr
Lo
n
L im
Ch
Ch
eo
on
Ga
ng
we
av
Undefined Architectural Styles
t
arn
Fa
Le
eL
mu
hC
tt
bu
Le
eo n
el d
Lu
Tz
bu bu
hP
Le nW
g
h
g
as
Ac a la
r on
ar
he gk
Lo
h n
Pe
a
ori
ict
hV
Wooden Houses/structure
i
ta
bu
an
Le
Ga
Ga
hP
t
t
Le
Le
bu
bu
bu
Le
hC
hA
Lo
Le
r on
hu
rm
b
gT
lia
uh
en
oH
i
M
an
Ak
ela
a
Others (Non-architectural)
yu
Le
G
b
uh
at
Le
Pr
bu
a
ng
h
Ac
in
h
eh
Empty
Ga
tL
eb u
hM
ela
uy
Core Area
Buffer Area
Source : “Inventory of building in the Heritage zone of

George Town”, 2000, Extract Data from “Kelly map”, 1970’s Survey map,
Photographic Evidence (1990’s - 2010),
0.5m resolution GEOEYE1 image (2010), 0 100m 500 m
Ortho image mapping & Building Heights Extraction;
4 Protecting Vistas, Enclaves
and Streetscape
The built heritage of George Town
does not simply consists of individual
4.1 Protecting Panorama
buildings, it include the ensemble of and Waterfront Vistas
buildings and streetscape elements, and
the way they are clustered and oriented The hills and the Straits remain strong
to form the historic urban fabric of the topographical features that frames and
city. The protection of vistas, enclaves identifies George Town’s sense of place.
and streetscapes are therefore essential The roofscape and skyline, and the
towards the preservation of this fabric. prominence of certain landmarks are
significant in the way the historic city is
perceived and read.
It is imperative that this waterfront

vista remains uninterrupted from any
development projects within the WHS.
Figure 4.1 and 4.2 shows the panorama of

George Town from the Straits of Malacca,
then and now.
Figure 4.1: Panorama of George Town in the early 20th Century
Figure 4.2: Panorama of George Town today

4.2 Protecting Landmarks

and Vistas
Street level views also frame important
vistas and focal points. For example, the
minarets of Acheen Street and Kapitan
Keling Mosques, the church towers of St.
George’s and the Assumption’s, as well
as the clock towers of the FMS Railway
building (Figure 4.3), all define important
landmarks and wayfinding elements for
their corresponding streets.
Figure 4.3: Streetscape of Lebuh China, George Town showing the FMS Railway Clock Tower as landmark.

Tables 4.1 to 4.3 describe the landmarks that
require view protection, and correspondingly their
related street level vistas, sea view vistas and
waterfront views. Figure 4.4 identifies these in map
format.
Table 4.1: List of Landmarks Table 4.3 List of Sea ViewVistas
Landmarks Sea View Vistas Reference to

landmark #
L1 Clock Tower, King Edward's Place S1 Gat Lebuh China (L11)

L2 Fort Cornwallis, Esplanade S2 Lim Jetty -
L3 Town Hall, Esplanade S3 Chew Jetty -
L4 City Hall, Esplanade S4 Tan Jetty -
L5 Supreme Court, Lebuh Light S5 Lee Jetty -
L6 St. George's Church (Church and Rotunda), S6 New Jetty -
Lebuh Farquhar S7 Yeoh Jetty -
L7 Church of the Assumption, Lebuh Farquhar S8 Sea view of Boon (L17)
L8 Cheong Fatt Tze Mansion, Lebuh Leith San Tong Khoo
L9 St Francis Xavier Church, Jalan Penang Kongsi
L10 Church Street Pier, Pengkalan Weld S9 Ferry view (L10), (L11), (L17),
L11 FMS Railway Clock Tower, Gat Lebuh China waterfront views
L12 Kuan Yin Temple, Jalan Masjid Kapitan Keling

L13 Sri Mahamariamman Temple, Jalan Masjid
Kapitan Keling
L14 Nagore Shrine, Lebuh Chulia
L15 Kapitan Keling Mosque, Jalan Masjid Kapitan
Keling
L16 Acheen Street Mosque, Lebuh Acheh
L17 Boon San Tong Khoo Kongsi
L18 Benggali Mosque
Table 4.2: List of Street Level Vistas
Street Level Vistas Reference to

landmark #
V1 Lebuh Light (L1), (L2), (L3), (L5)

V2 Lebuh Gereja (L6)
V3 Gat Lebuh Bishop (L10)
V4 Lebuh China (L12)
V5 Jalan Masjid (L12), (L13), (L15), (L16)
Kapitan Keling
V6 Lebuh Leith (L8), (L18)
V7 Inner road towards (L9)
the Catholic Church

FIGURE 4.4 Landmarks, Vistas and Focal Points, George Town
L9 L4
L8
V7
V6 L3
L7 L5 V1 L2
L18 L6
L1
L12 V2
V4
L13
L15
V3
L14 S1
L3
V5
L11
L16 Protection of
view from ferry
S2
S3
L17
S4
S8
S5
S7
Protection of sea views

along the waterfront
S9
Landmarks:
1 Clock Tower
2 Fort Cornwallis Street Level Vista
3 Town Hall
4 City Hall
5 Supreme Court
6 St George’s Church Sea View Vista
7 Church of the Assumption
8 Cheong Fatt Tze Mansion
9 St Francis Xavier Church
10 Church St Pier Waterfront Views
11 FMS Railway Clock Tower
12 Kuan Yin Temple
13 Sri Mahamariamman Temple
14 Nagore Shrine
15 Kapitan Keling Mosque
16 Acheen Street Mosque
17 Boon San Tong Khoo Kongsi
18 Benggali Mosque

4.3 Protecting the
Terracotta Roofscape
The pitched-roof terracotta roofscape is Any development in the WHS must be
an essential component of the historic roofed in terracotta tiles, and maintain
urban fabric of the WHS of George Town the pitched roof character. Existing flat
and its Outstanding Universal Values. It is roofs, should they not be replaced, is
essential towards the conservation of this recommended to be converted to green
area that the preservation of this pitched- roofs.
roof terracotta roofscape is supported.
Figure 4.5 shows an aerial vista of the
terracotta roofscape.
Figure 4.5: Terracotta Roofscape, George Town

4.4 Heights 4.5 Street Elevations

The townscape of the WHS as a The dominant building type in the
manifestation of the OUVs is closely WHS, the shophouse were designed to
linked to the visual legibility the form a row of shophouses. The facade
important landmarks and the continuity composition of compatible Infill and
of its roofscape. The control of height Replacement developments must respect
is a necessary measure to ensure that the scale and rhythm of their surrounding
importance of these elements are in no buildings, as well as ensure the continuity
way compromised of the street elevation.
Increase in height of all heritage buildings

in the WHS (Category II) and the allowed
4.6 Corner Sites
height for Infill and Replacement sites may
For a shophouse on a corner site, both the
be built to a maximum of 18 metres from
front and the side are considered the street
ground level to the roof eave;
façade and should maintain the continuity of
both street elevations.
Such increase in height; shall be
considered at the merit of each application
where the extension of height reflects the
authenticity of the OUVs of the WHS;
The height of Category I buildings must be

maintained.
Figure 4.7: A corner building
Figure 4.6: Street Elevation

4.7 Protecting Historic
Compounds, Boundary
Walls, Gateways,
Pathways and Street
Furniture
Compounds, enclaves, boundary walls,
gateways, pathways and street furniture
constitute this historic urban structure.
The existence of these elements should be

researched and warrant every effort to be Figure 4.8: Traditional cobbled pathways from Pengkalan
Weld to Lebuh Pantai, once pounded by the feet of
protected and conserved. coolies and labourers - for the loading and unloading of
cargo of the vibrant trans shipment port. These pathways
As the town grew more intensively, rows support the local OUV of the site.
of shophouses were built on the available
land fronting the street edge, eventually
concealing the earlier buildings and their
compounds. The Chinese Kongsis illustrate
this morphology (Figure 4.9), where the
temples were set within an open space and
surrounded by shophouses.
Among the buildings constructed on a

compound layout are the St. George Church,
the Supreme Court, the Kuan Yin Temple,
Kapitan Keling Mosque, and the mansions
on Light Street and between the Convent
and the Esplanade.
Any extensions to a heritage building on a

compound must retain the spatial character
of the compound.
Figure 4.9: The Khoo Kongsi enclave, showing the

temple, stage, related buildings and compound

4.8 Protecting Historic

Street Edge & Drains
In the older parts on George Town, the

drain edge is of clay brick. But in the
extensive engineering works of the 1890s
in George Town, the drain edge used
engineering brick, usually made in the
potteries next to coalmines.
4.8.1 Historic Drains is an Example of

Sustainable Urban Design
The built landscape was designed to use

the climatic conditions, with materials to
hand. Terracotta tiled roofs, cooled the
upper rooms and channelled rainwater to
the open drain below, creating a cooling
curtain of water. Internally rain flowing
from the roofs sloping into the air-well
was collected in the granite reservoir, and
would drain through the property and into
the open drain in the street. The open
drains allowed for evaporation and cleared
quickly, any blockage easily seen. This
is a typical streetscape designed to suit
tropical climates. Figure 4.13: View of Lorong Stewart shows the
clean open drain today, with the gutterless V-shaped
terracotta roof
To avoid flooding, the buildings were

raised up by a step or two. This also
meant that the internal outlet was higher
and this avoided back up from the drain
during heavy rains. The drain was crossed
by a ‘bridge’ of granite slabs opposite the
central door of the buildings. On top of the
slabs, or sometimes forming the bridge,
were granite steps.
The open street drains should be

maintained as much as possible, and
the practice of new developments
incorporating open drains should be
encouraged when possible.
Figure 4.12: Gutterless traditional tiled roof

channels water into the historic street drains

4.9 Back Lanes
4.9.1 Back Lane Waiver
Within the WHS it is possible to apply for

a waiver against this requirement during
the application process for planning
permission or building submission.
4.9.2 Previously Surrendered Land
In the case of land surrendered to the

state authority before WHS listing and
is now identified as of heritage value,
it is advisable for the landowner make
application to the state authority to buy-
back the land in order to protect the
heritage building.
When the project is part of the World

Heritage Site, the back lane position
should be reconsidered by the state.

5 Enhancing Public Realm
5.1 Open Space and
Landscape Design
5.1.1 Objective 5.1.2 Shared Streets
It is an objective of this document to make The streets of George Town are traditionally
the streets of George Town pedestrian shared spaces, with changing patterns of
priority, and to provide adequate public open activities (Figure 5.1). These practices,
spaces and connectivity for the comfort of performances and rituals create the richness
all non-private-vehicle user. This relates of the culturally eclectic landscape of the
closely to the management of access and historic settlements. Refer to Figure 5.21 at
circulation, which is addressed in Chapter 6 the end of this chapter for a map of Festival
of this document. Routes and Performance Space Topography.
This chapter proposes the series of urban The temporary public use of the street
design programs and guidelines towards the should be maintained and encouraged.
enhancement of the public realm.
The use of five footways and street space for
outdoor seating and merchandise displays
while maintaining adequate pedestrian
access is allowed.
Figure 5.1: The street of George Town as a multi-use, cultural space. Illustration by Tan Yeow Wooi

5.1.2 Strategy for Public Open Space

and Pedestrian Connection
i) Public Space Connectivity iii) Waterfront Connectivity
In the effort to green the city and towards The strategy of public connectivity also
reducing carbon emission, a series of parks includes the linkage from the waterfront
and public open spaces are proposed in (Weld Quay especially) into the inner city,
addition to existing public open spaces. in the aim to facilitate pedestrian movement
These proposed network of public open within these two areas. A water taxi route is
spaces are interconnected via a landscaped also proposed to connect key areas along
pedestrian network. the waterfront. Please refer to Chapter 6 on
Managing Access and Circulation for more
ii) Nodes Connectivity details.
Three main nodes that bring in the highest Figure 5.3 describes the connectivity
number of pedestrians into the WHS are between the open spaces and pedestrian
KOMTAR, the ferry/bus/taxi terminals on network. A series of landscape programs
Weld Quay and Swettenham Pier bringing and streetscape upgrades are proposed in
a high volume of tourists from the cruise the aim towards improving connectivity of
ships. All these nodes are proposed to be movement to, from, and within the WHS of
connected to the pedestrian network. George Town.
Figure 5.2: Example of a streetscape that is pedestrian priority and incorporating a public arts program. This
is potentially applicable for Leith Street and Farquhar Street Upgrade (program B3, refer to 5.2.2)

FIGURE 5.3 Open Space and Pedestrian Network, George Town
Cruise Pier
To create pedestrianised
link along China Street to
connect the waterfront to
the inner city
KOMTAR
Pedestrian interface
with KOMTAR
Ferry, Bus,
Taxi Terminals
Water taxi connecting the clan

jetties to Church St Pier and Green
Hall, with linkages to the waterfront
promenade
Existing Green / Public Open Space Pedestrian Priority Streets
Proposed New Green / Public Open

Space Tree Lined Pedestrian Priority
Streets
Nodes Waterfront Promenade
Water Taxi Route

5.2 Proposed Landscape

Network
The proposed landscape network is divided
into five types of programs:
A) Parks
B) Pedestrian Priority Streets
C) Waterfront Promenade
D) Back Lanes
E) Landscaped Car Parks
The list of programs are described in Table

5.1 to 5.5, and illustrated in Figure 5.4.
It is possible for the programs to be

consolidated into packages corresponding
to areas, or be a part of a redevelopment
project.
It is essential that upon the detail design

and documentation of any landscape
programs that a Heritage (and Cultural)
Impact Assessment (HIA) is conducted to
assess the impact of new intervention or
development on the existing historic urban
cultural landscape.
The objectives of these landscape programs

are:
i) To increase green public open space in

the city
ii) To have streets that promote a safe,

comfortable, convenient and barrier
free connectivity for all road users with
primary consideration for pedestrian
iii) To reinstate the vibrancy of the

waterfront, and to reconnect it with the
inner city
iv) To revitalize back lanes as important

and safe pedestrian access-way

Table 5.1: List of Park programs Table 5.3: List of Waterfront Promenade programs
Code Name of Program Acreage Code Name of Program Length (m)
A1 Prangin Canal Park (New) 3.2 C1 Green Hall-Esplanade Waterfront 570

A2 Esplanade Field (Upgrade) 13.37 Promenade
A3 Lebuh Union Police Quarter's 0.84 C2 Upper Weld Quay Waterfront 860
Park (New) Promenade
A4 Lebuh Bishop Park (New) 0.15 C3 Clan Jetties Waterfront 610
Promenade
A5 Lorong Pasar Park (New) 0.47
A6 Kampung Kolam Park (New) 0.25
A7 Lebuh Armenian Park (Upgrade) 0.44 Table 5.4: List of Back Lane programs
A8 Lebuh Carnarvon Police 2.27
Quarters Park (New) Code Name of Program Length (m)
A9 People’s Park (New) 0.78
A10 “Rock World” Park (New) 0.64 D1 Line Clear Back Lane Project 100
(Upgrade)
A11 Prangin Park (New) 0.31
D2 Lebuh Union - Lebuh Bishop 135
A12 Lebuh Carnarvon Park (New) 0.13
(Upgrade)
A13 Boon San Tong Khoo Kongsi 0.52
D3 Lebuh Pasar - Lorong Chulia 130
Public Plaza (New)
(Upgrade)
A14 Clan Jetty Parks (New) 8.32
D4 Lebuh Carnarvon- Jalan Pintal 170
A15 Gat Lebuh Pasar Park (New) 0.57 Tali (Upgrade)
A16 Jalan Masjid Park (New) 0.24 D5 Lebuh Chulia - Lebuh Muntri 425
A17 St. Francis’s Xavier Park (New) 6.43 (New)
A18 Merdeka Park (New) 0.32
A19 St. George’s Park (Upgrade) 2.36
Table 5.5: List of Landscape Car Park programs
Table 5.2: List of Pedestrian Priority Street programs

Code Name of Program Acreage
Code Name of Program Length (m)

E1 Fort Cornwallis car park 1.28
E2 Lebuh Downing car park 2.46
B1 Lebuh China Limited Access 590
E3 Lorong Love car park 0.37
B2 Lebuh Carnarvo, Jalan Masjid 1010
Kapitan Keling Upgrade E4 Jalan Argyll car park 0.54
B3 Lebuh Leith, Lebuh Farquhar 750 E5 Police HQ car park 3.68

Upgrade
B4 Gat Lebuh Acheh Upgrade 480

Legend:
A) Parks
B) Pedestrian Priority Streets
C) Waterfront Promenade
D) Back Lanes
E) Landscaped Car Parks
FIGURE 5.4 Proposed Landscape Network, George Town


5.2.1 Program (A) : Parks Public-Private-People Partnerships (PPP)
In the effort to green the city and towards The success of the green masterplan is
reducing carbon emission, a series of parks highly dependant on collaborations between
are proposed. The proposed parks are the Local Authority and the private owners,
interconnected via a landscaped pedestrian as possibility of the acquisition of empty
network. It is also proposed that some open land for park space is limited. It is advised
land be upgraded into parks and be made that public-private-people partnerships are
public accessible. pursued in the upgrading of certain privately
owned public spaces and parks (such as
Well maintained parks and landscaped St. George’s Church Park). This partnership
elements are essential for the livelihood and includes collaborating with stakeholders.
livability of George Town. The parks offer the
residences a place of recreation and leisure,
as well as helping to maintain ecological
balance and reduce pollution.
Figure 5.5: Park to consist of turf and large tree canopies

The proposed park programs are as follows*: Performance Criteria
for Parks
A1. Prangin Canal Park (New)
A2. Esplanade Field (Upgrade) ● Parks to simply consist of turf and large
A3. Lebuh Union Park (New) tree canopy coverage;
A4. Lebuh Bishop Park (New)
A5. Lorong Pasar Park (New) ● Trees preferable to shrubs;
A6. Kampung Kolam Park (New)
A7. Lebuh Armenian Park (Upgrade) ● Incorporation of underground water
A8. Police Quarters Park (New) retention where possible;
A9. People’s Park (New)
A10. “Rock World” Park (New) ● Minimally designed new street furniture and
A11. Prangin Park (New) lighting;
A12. Carnarvon Street Park (New)
A13. Boon San Tong Khoo Kongsi Public ● Promotes universal access principles;
Plaza (New)
A14. Clan Jetty Parks (New) ● Promotes efficient water use;
A15. Gat Lebuh Pasar Park (New)
A16. Jalan MasjidPark (New) ● Recovers, re-uses and generally minimises
A17. St Francis’s Xavier Park (New) the amount of natural resources used;
A18. Merdeka Park (New)
A19. St. George’s Park (Upgrade) ● Possible incorporation historic street
furniture, either restored or authentically
* Execution of programs subject to the reconstructed;
availability of funds
● Possible incorporation of “urban farming”
and biodiversity, such as a paddy field for
educational purposes.

5.2.2 Program (B) : Pedestrian Priority B1. Lebuh China Limited Access
Streets
Lebuh China is proposed as a limited
access street that limits private vehicles from
Shared streets is an important characteristic
entering. The purpose of this limited access
of the city of George Town. Thus, it should
street is to recreate the public interface on
be the aim in any design of the streetscape
the street, uninterfered by private vehicles.
that pedestrian use is prioritised.
Minimal changes to the street structure
is proposed (i.e. reversibility), hence the
Some of the main vehicular-use streets may
retaining of the asphalt ground material
benefit from the addition of sidewalks and
and bollards that are removable for festival
the incorporation trees along the streets.
processions. The street is to be tree lined,
Figure 5.3 : Open Space and Pedestrian
however the choice of plants should not
Network illustrates the proposed pedestrian
compromise the vista towards Kuan Yin
networking on these main streets.
Temple and the FMS Railway Clock Tower.
Street furniture to facilitate urban encounters
The proposed street programs are as
should be sensitively placed. Loading and
follows*:
unloading are allowed only at specific times.
Lebuh China thus becomes a case study for
pedestrianised streets for George Town and
to test the public acceptance for them.
Figure 5.6: Artist impression of Lebuh China Limited Access

B2. Lebuh Carnarvon, Jalan Masjid Kapitan
Keling Upgrade Performance Criteria
for Parks
Lebuh Carnarvon and Jalan Masjid Kapitan
Keling, with high volume of vehicles, ● A cautious approach in the design of
are proposed as tree lined streets with streetscapes, of changing as much as
sidewalks for pedestrian. As of the printing necessary but as little as possible;
of this document, the planting of trees on
the median of Lebuh Carnarvon has been ● Design of streetscape to take into
completed. consideration the community use of the
street, including festival use (Refer Figure
B3. Lebuh Leith, Lebuh Farquhar Upgrade 9.21 for routes of festivals);
Lebuh Leith is proposed to incorporate ● Ground material to ideally remain as

wide tree lined pedestrian sidewalks, as asphalt, or a porous material that is easily
it is very wide and lack five footways. The maintained;
street should also showcase public art. The
provision for public art and sculptures has ● The provision of sidewalks only when
benefits in fostering a civic experience and necessary;
connection to a place.
● Use permeable, breathable sidewalk
The sidewalk is proposed to continue into material;
Lebuh Farquhar toward’s St George’s
Church. ● Consistent colour palette for the entire
WHS;
B4. Gat Lebuh Acheh Upgrade
● Street trees preferable to shrubs;
Gat Lebuh Acheh currently benefits from
a tree lined sidewalk that is actively used ● All new streetscape programs to adhere to
by the community. It is proposed that this universal access principles;
sidewalk is continued along Gat Lebuh
Acheh to connect to the waterfront and Weld ● Possible integration of street design with
Quay. landscape and storm water management
system;
* Execution of programs subject to the
availability of funds ● Recovers, re-uses and generally minimises

lighting;

along heritage trails to increase legibility
and wayfinding;

Figure 5.7: Possible intergration of swales and on street reconstructed.
car park with sidewalk program

5.2.3 Program (C) : Waterfront

Promenade C1
There is high potential in reinvigorating
Leb
uh L
George Town’s waterfront that reflects the ight
continued evolution of the city from its status
ng
e li
as a port town to a world class waterfront
nK
ita
development.
p
Ka
jid
C2
as
nM
The waterfront demands a coherent
la
Ja
framework that links together the W
el
d
an
conservation of the physical and cultural k al
ng
Pe
fabric, connectivity to the inner city and
revitalisation in the form of new activities
that adapt to the historic built environment. C3
The promenade provides the structure that
integrates all these elements together, and a
pedestrianised linkage connecting them. proposed water taxi route
Public-Private-People Partnerships (PPP)

Figure 5.9: Waterfront promenade programs
Public-Private Partnerships between C1. Green Hall-Esplanade Waterfront

the Local Authority and investors are Promenade
an essential component to ensure the
integration of the waterfront development To construct a waterfront promenade
with the public realm. This partnership connecting Green Hall along the Esplanade
includes collaborating with stakeholders. and Fort Cornwallis (Jalan Tun Syed
Sheh Barakbah) towards the godowns
Three waterfront promenade programs are near Swettenham Pier. A water taxi stop
proposed. They are however interconnected is proposed on Green Hall. The program
to one another. The programs are defined as should be integrated with any proposals for
follows (subject to funding): the Esplanade and Fort Cornwallis as a PPP
Partnership.
Water taxi stop
Jala
n Tu
nS
yed
She
hB
ara
kba
h
Leb
uh L
ight
Figure 5.8: A waterfront development that integrates new Figure 5.10: Green Hall-Esplanade Waterfront Promenade
functions and the historic built form

C2. Upper Weld Quay Waterfront Promenade
To construct a waterfront promenade for Waterfront Promenades
connecting the godowns of Swettenham Pier,
along upper Weld Quay towards the marina ● Integration with the inner city and all
and bus/ferry/taxi station. It is imperative redevelopment programs;
that the promenade is integrated with any
development along the waterfront and is ● Public accessible;
made public accessible.
● Possible integration with landscape and

storm water management system;
Leb
uh L ● Recovers, re-uses and generally minimises
ight

and way-finding;

lighting;
ld
We
an

kal
ng

Pe
reconstructed.
Figure 5.11: Upper Weld Quay Waterfront Promenade
C3. Clan Jetties Waterfront Promenade
To construct a waterfront promenade

ld
connecting lower Weld Quay that provides lan
We Lim Jetty
a
gk
a public interface and a safe pedestrian Pe
n
route towards the clan jetties. The illegal

Chew Jetty
structures along Weld Quay is to be removed Tan Jetty
and reinstated as pedestrian access, which Lee Jetty
New Jetty
is integrated with the proposed parks for the
Clan Jetties. Water taxi stops to be placed at Yeoh Jetty
the end of the clan jetties. Figure 5.12:Clan Jetties Waterfront Promenade

5.2.4 Program (D) :Back Lanes D1. Line Clear Back Lane Project (Upgrade)
When the earliest streets were created, To upgrade and beautify the back lane
buildings were built back-to-back with no where Line Clear Nasi Kandar Restaurant
back lanes. In the early 1900s when road is located. This back lane connects Chulia
widening took place together with suburban Street and Penang Road. The temporary
growth and redevelopment of the urban roofing is to be removed and replaced with
areas, back lanes were created. These were an open air environment that integrates
either part of redevelopment, or created by seating, tables and landscaping elements,
cutting back the kitchen areas of back-to- while the narrow lane is upgraded with
back housing. There are areas where back- vertical planting and floor lighting.
to-back still exist. Leb
uh
Ch
ulia
The fourth landscape program involves the
ng
upgrading and revitalisation of back lanes
na
Pe
lan
for pedestrian use, or even commercial use
where applicable. Ja
Line Clear Nasi Kandar
The proposed back lane programs are as

follows (subject to funding):
Figure 5.15: Line Clear Back Lane
Le
bu
hU
nio
Figure 5.13: Landscaping and lighting of back lane n
Le
bu
hB
ish
op
ai
nt
Pa
h
bu
Le
Figure 5.16: Lebuh Union – Lebuh Bishop Back Lane

D2. Lebuh Union – Lebuh Bishop (Upgrade)
To upgrade and beautify back lane and

integrate with proposed Bishop Street park.
Figure 5.14: Active back lane are safe and conducive for
street activities

e
ov
gL
lia
ron
for Back Lanes
hu
Lo
gC
ron
Lo
Lo
ron
● A cautious approach in the design of
gP
as
ar
streetscapes, of changing as much as
Le
bu
h
Ch
necessary but as little as possible;
ul
ia
● Design of streetscape to take into

Figure 5.17: Lorong Pasar – Lorong Chulia Back Lane consideration the community use of the
street;
D3. Lorong Pasar – Lorong Chulia (Upgrade)
● Ground material to ideally remain as
asphalt, or a porous material that is easily
integrate with proposed Market Lane park
maintained;
and Love Lane car “park”.
● Lighting of back lane not to be attached on
heritage buildings
i
al
lT
nta
PI
ja
la
n ● Preffered location of lighting to be on the
Ja
la
ground, e.g. a hidden fluorescent wash

n
Ch
eo
lighting;
ng
Fa
tt
Tz
e
n
ar
vo ● Possible landscaping of back lanes.
a rn
hC
bu
Le
Figure 5.18: Lebuh Carnarvon – Jalan Pintal Tali Back Lane
D4. Lebuh Carnarvon – Jalan Pintal Tali

(Upgrade)

integrate with proposed Carnarvon park
Lebu
h Mu
ntri
d
asji
nM
Leb
uh
Chu
Jala
lia
Figure 5.19: Chulia Street - Muntri Street Back Lane

D5. Lebuh Chulia – Lebuh Muntri (New)
To construct new back lane connecting

Lebuh Chulia and Lebuh Muntri, and
integrate with proposed Jalan Masjid park.

5.2.5 Program (E) : Landscaped Car

Parks
While it is an objective to make the city

carbon-zero and green, the shift into a E1. Fort Cornwallis car park
carbon-zero emission and a car free city
has to happen gradually. Meanwhile, a E2. Lebuh Downing car park
lot of empty spaces within the WHS is
dedicated towards parking car and remains E3. Lorong Love car park
necessary until the transition towards public
transportation happens. E4. Jalan Argyll car park
A short term design solution is to landscape E5. Police HQ car park, Jalan Penang
these on grade car parks in the effort to
make them multi-functional as green public * Execution of programs subject to the availability of
open spaces. In the long run these areas funds
may be converted into parks.
Five proposed landscaped car parks

programs are as follows*:
Figure 5.20: A landscaped car park that functions as green open space

for Landscaped Car Parks
● Use porous ground material and permeable

paving for on-site water retention where
possible;
● Possible integration of street design with

landscape and storm water management
system;
● Recovers, re-uses and generally minimises


and way-finding;

lighting;

reconstructed.

5.3 Events, Tours and Film

Locations
The historic centre of George Town has been
the heart for many celebrations. Some have Performance Criteria for
their origins in traditional celebrations, such Contemporary Culture Festivals
as the Chingay Parade and the Dondang and Events
Sayang singers during Chap Goh Mai. Refer
to Figure 9.21 for a map of Festival Routes ● Community consultation and participation –
and Performance Spaces Topography. even if the celebration is not of their culture;
Other celebrations have become traditional ● Manufacture of sets off site, delivered to
over time – such as the New Year site for fast assembly;
Celebration of the Gregorian calendar and
the Merdeka countdown. ● No fixing of items to the heritage buildings
without the permission of the occupier;
The purpose of this chapter is to guide the
use of the WHS for gatherings of a large ● Banners, decorative lighting to use existing
number of visitors, or for location of filming. poles and not be placed across the road,
restricting bomba access;
5.3.1 Contemporary Culture Festivals

● Road closure to be on the event day only
and Events and using easily removable barriers;
George Town is attracting contemporary ● Bomba aceess should be maintained at all

festivals and events. The performance times and not be blocked with temporary
criteria as describes as follows describes the structures.
required guidelines pertaining to the use of
the WHS for Contemporary Culture Festivals
and Events
Performance Criteria for Heritage

5.3.2 Heritage Tours Tours
● The carrying capacity of the site must be

From time to time a Heritage Site may
considered;
be used as a venue for entertaining large
groups of visitors. The performance criteria
● Tour buses are only allowed to drop off
as describes as follows describes the
passengers and not allowed to park within
required guidelines pertaining to the use of
the WHS;
the WHS for Heritage Tours.

5.3.3 Film Locations
This section describes the required for Film Locations
guidelines pertaining to the use of the WHS ● All film location companies are to inform
for Film Locations. This is to ensure that GTWHI before confirming the location of
filmmakers, local communities and building their shoot;
owners can all benefit from such events
● GTWHI should ensure that not only the
taking place within the cultural landscape. owners of the buildings have agreed to
the shoot, but that the remaining cultural
landscape and communities are not
compromised;
● The film company must walk through the

site with GTWHI to explain the location
and equipment to be used, and to receive
advice as to how to avoid damage to the
area;
● Approval may not automatically be granted

if:
a. the filming method is likely to cause
damage to the WHS;
b. the road has been or will be closed for
more than 5 days during the year due to
other festivities;
● The film company should carry sufficient

insurance against damage to the heritage
buildings;
● A heritage repair deposit must be lodged

with GTWHI so that in the event of damage,
there are sufficient funds to effect good
repairs;
● Heritage buildings may be repainted to

suit filming, but the materials used must
be approved by the GTWHI and repainted
with the original colours and materials
on completion of the filming by the film
company or a local contractor;
● Compensation is to be paid to all residents

and businesses for the duration of the
filming and extend to businesses affected
by road closure even if the filming is not
directly on their doorstep;
● The building and striking of the film set is

to take place during reasonable hours,
avoiding the disturbance to any cultural
practices of the community;
● Further compensation should be paid for

night filming.

Figure 5.21
Festival Routes and
Performance Spaces
Topography
Esplanade
Fort Cornwallis Festival Routes:
Thaipusam Hindu Festival

1st Day of Thaipusam
3rd Day of Thaipusam
Chariot House, Penang Street ↔ Outside WHS
Navarathri Gujerati Festival

Festival Procession
Sri Mahamariamman Temple ↔ Fort Conrnwallis
Nine Emperor Chinese Festival

9th Day of the 9th Chinese Lunar Calendar
Sri Mahamariamman Tao Boo Keong Temple → Yeoh Jetty
Temple
Tua Peh Kong

‘Chneah Hoay’ Flame Watching Ceremony
15th Day of 1st Chinese Lunar Calendar
Poh Hock Seah Temple ↔Outside WHS
Tao Boo Keong Temple Poh Hock Seah Temple Chingay

Giant Flag Carrying in December
Outside WHS → Esplanade
Start Point
End Point
Stage and Altars:
Ghost Month Chinese Festival

Placement of performance stage and altars
Festival Routes in the Past:
Yeoh Jetty
Dondang Sayang
15th Day of 1st Chinese Lunar Calendar
Outside WHS → Esplanade
Source: AJM, 2010 0 100m 500 m

6 Managing Circulation
and Access
6.1 Issues on Access 6.1.2 Regional Issues
Management George Town remains an important centre
for financial and cultural activity. There
6.1.1 Quebec Decision, July 2008 is however a lack of an integrated public
transportation system connecting the
Upon the inscription of 'Melaka and city and the entire Island of Penang. In
George Town, Historic Cities of the Straits positioning George Town as the hub of
of Malacca' in the city of Quebec, the the Northern Corridor Economic Region
World Heritage Committee has requested and towards a new economic model
that the State Party: for the state, it is imperative that the
transportation system is improved.
i) Submit a comprehensive conservation
plan dealing with all the buildings and There is no reliable public transport
its schedule for implementation in alternative to convince private vehicle user
both cities; to shift modes. Focus group consultations
with the local communities point out
ii) Develop measures for decreasing towards the inadequacy of the existing
motor traffic; public transportation system. A mere
11.28% of employees and 3.64% of the
iii) Improve the definition of key residents of the WHS use the buses as
indicators for monitoring the their mode of transportation to work.
architectural heritage components. In contrast, 51.87% of employees and
42.05% of residents travel to work by
These requests were reiterated during the private cars. It must be noted that almost
33rd session of World Heritage Committee 70% of the trips made into the WHS
in June 2009. originates externally. It is important that
this percentage of trips to be taken care of
The growing problem of traffic congestion in order to improve the internal circulation.
is singled out as a main issue in the
World Heritage Sites. Congestion of the Presently, the Government of Penang is
roads can be attributed to the high built embarking on a public transport system
up area of George Town WHS, and to the study for the whole state of Penang. The
national trend of increasing dependency main objective of the study is to relieve
on the private vehicles. Correspondingly, traffic congestion and to improve public
there are limited opportunities for road transport services for the state. The study
upgrading to cater for its increasing which has just been commissioned is
capacity. expected to be completed towards middle
2011. The success of the management of
traffic in the WHS is highly dependant on
how it integrates with this comprehensive
masterplan.

6.1.3 Local Issues Some of the local issues within the

George Town WHS area are similar for
A focus group consultation conducted the whole of George Town such as heavy
in October 28, 2010 identified local congestions, inadequate parking space
issues pertaining to the management of that resulted to illegal parking and double
circulation and access in the WHS. The parking. Within the George Town WHS
following list describes the findings from area, along Lebuh Chulia between Jalan
the session: Penang and Jalan Masjid Kapitan Keling
double parking resulted to congestions
i) Traffic volume is too high, espeically and interruption to bus services that plies
during festive seasons; along this roads.
ii) Address reliability of public 6.2 Access Management

transportation;
Objectives
iii) Suggestion for smaller and more
frequent buses; In developing an access management
plan, the transport strategy adopted
iv) Heavy vehicles should not be allowed has taken into account the vision and
in the WHS; development objectives for George
Town WHS. The traffic management
v) Proper lay-bys for buses; plan is concerned with reducing private
vehicle dependency by developing and
vi) Clan Jetty residents requests for the promoting alternatives, particularly high
possibility of a water taxi across Clan quality public transport improvements and
Jetty for tourists; complementary restraint measures.
vii) Traffic needs to be diverted from the The development of the traffic
waterfront; management strategy has been based on
these main objectives:
viii) Location of bus stops should tie in
with activities; 6.2.1 Short Term Objectives
ix) Enforce loading hours; i) Addressing local issues relating to or

caused by traffic congestion;
x) Consider the possibility of a loading
hub to transfer heavy lorries to smaller ii) To encourage and improve public
lorries; transport travel;
xi) Development intensity should reflect iii) Managing traffic demand;

the Level of Service (LOS) of the
roads; iv) To maximise the existing transport
network; and
xii) Identify tourist bus stops as they are
an obstruction; and v) Adopt universal access principles and
to increase pedestrian connectivity
xiii) Residents should park for free. within the WHS;

FIGURE 6.1 Access Management Objectives and Strategies
Short Term Medium Term Long Term
● Addressing local issues ● To promote transport ● To moderate private

ACCESS MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES
relating to or caused by policies and vehicle use so as to shift

traffic congestion; improvements which to more sustainable mode
minimise environmental of transport such as public
● To encourage and impact; transport, walking and
improve public transport cycling;
travel; ● Integration with the
transportation state ● Make WHS fully universal
● Managing traffic demand; Masterplan (currently accessible;
being drafted);
● To maximise the existing ● Full integration of the
transport network; inner city with the
waterfront;
● Adopt universal access
principles and to increase
pedestrian connectivity
within the WHS;
Accessibility and connectivity for all

ACCESS MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES
Public transportation
Traffic demand management
Traffic circulation
t = year 0 t = year 1 t = year 5

6.2.2 Medium Term Objectives China as a limited access road (Refer to

5.2.2);
vi) To promote transport policies and
improvements which minimise 6.3.2 All development projects in the WHS must
environmental impact; adopt universal accessibility principles;
vii) Integration with the transportation 6.3.3 MPPP to remove obstructions on select
state Masterplan (currently being five footways, particularly on roads with
drafted); high volume of vehicular traffic, beginning
with Lebuh Chulia;
6.2.3 Long Term Objectives
6.3.4 To construct a new traffic light on the
corner of Lebuh Chulia and Pengkalan
viii) To moderate private vehicle use so
Weld. This is to allow pedestrians to cross
as to shift to more sustainable mode
safely as well as to manage the vehicles
of transport such as public transport,
taking a right turn inro Lebuh Chulia.
walking and cycling;
ix) Make WHS fully universal accessible;

Public Transportation
6.3.5 It is proposed MPPP Rapid Penang

x) Full integration of the inner city with
Central Area Transit (CAT), a free shuttle
the waterfront.
bus service that plies the roads within
the core and buffer zones of the WHS,
Figure 6.1 describes these objectives and be expanded and improved in terms of
the strategies. routing and frequency. The first route will
ply the internal area of George Town WHS
area and a second route that ply on the
6.3 Access Management outer boundary as shown in Figure 6.2. It
Strategies is recommended that the proposed CAT
routes to operate at 10 minutes interval
The traffic management proposals for to provide efficient and regular services
George Town WHS are presented by the within the WHS.
following phases:-
Traffic Demand Management
Phase 1 ( < year1)
6.3.6 As to not further encourage the use of
Accessibility and Connectivity private vehicles in the WHS, there is to be
for All no increase in off street parkings;
6.3.1 The improvement of public accessibility 6.3.7 To prevent interruptions to the bus service
is related closely to Chapter 5 of this on Lebuh Chulia, the removal of on-street
document on Enchancing Public Realm, parking within this section of the road is
in the implementation of the Open Space proposed (Figure 6.3). The parking shall
and Pedestrian Network masterplan (Refer be relocated to nearby centralised parking
to chapter 5). This includes the provision locations on the corner of Jalan Argyil and
of new sidewalks on select stretches of Jalan Penang and between Lorong Love
streets, as well as the proposal for Lebuh and Lorong Chulia.

FIGURE 6.2 Proposed CAT Routes and Stops (Phase 1)
Cruise Pier
KOMTAR
JettyTerminal
1. Sustainable travel to work patterns maps 2. Two routes are proposed. The routing
out the employees (+)and residents (x) of aims to optimise the catchment of users of
the WHS who commute using sustainable sustainable transportation methods and the
modes (walk, cycle, public transport) main nodes (KOMTAR, Cruise Pier and Jetty
Terminal)
3. Proposed location of transit stops to 4. Location of transit stops to leverage on

maximise pedestrian shed coverage and connectivity of existing and proposed
near to existing transit stops. A pedestrian pedestrian routes
shed of 380m or 5 minutes is utilised

● Proposed
Centralised Phase 2 ( year 1 < year 5)
Parking
Leb
Traffic Circulation
uh
Chu
lia
6.3.11 It is proposed that a grid system of one-
g
lin
way and two-way serve the WHS. The
Ke
an
● On street parking two-way primary routes at the external
pit
Ka
on section of Lebuh boundary functions to divert the through
Chulia to be removed sjid
Ma
traffic whilst the one-way primary routes
lan
Ja
served to connect to the local road within

the WHS. Figure 6.4 shows the proposed
Figure 6.3: Removing on street parking on Lebuh Chulia medium term plan to the traffic circulation
improvement.
Public Transportation
6.3.8 It is proposed tour bus shall only be
allowed to drop-off passengers within the 6.3.12 Public transport improvement for Phase
WHS and not allow to wait for passengers. 2 is integration with the Public Transport
It is proposed tourist bus stops to be Study proposal. It is envisaged proposal
provided near Gat Lebuh Mccallum; for Park and Ride Stations and Rail Transit
systems will be proposed to improve the
6.3.9 Enforcement of loading/parking times and present public transport services. It is
parking zones to be stepped up, to ensure recommended within the WHS that tram
double parking and illegal parking are not and water taxi could be proposed to further
rampant within the WHS; compliment the proposed free shuttle
service.
6.3.10 To issue parking permits to resident.
Phase 3 ( > year 5)
Accessibility and Connectivity

for All
6.3.13 To propose on grade pedestrian crossing

across the coastal roads of Pengkalan
Weld, Lebuh Light, Lebuh Farquhar and
Jalan Sultan Ahmad Shah, to ensure the
full pedestrian integration of George Town
WHS's waterfront with the inner city and
improve universal accessibility;
6.3.14 To make more streets as pedestrian

priority.

FIGURE 6.4 Proposed Traffic Circulation (Phase 2)
r
sfe
ran
nT
Leb
uh L
Jala
ng
ight
na
g
lin
Pe
Ke
lan
an
Leb
Ja
uh
pit
Chu
Ka
lia
sjid
Ma
lan
Ja
tai
an
u hP
Leb
Ja
la
n
on
Dr
arv
arn
Li
m
C
uh
Ch
b
Le
we
e
Le
on
g
ld
We
kalan
ng
Pe
Primary Circulation:
Two-way traffic
One-way traffic
Secondary Circulation:
One-way traffic
Local Roads:
Two-way traffic

7 Improving Urban Infrastructure
The objective of the management of urban iii. The existing manhole are located in
infrastructure is towards a systematic narrow spaces and therefore difficult to
and practical infrastructure and utility maintain;
systems for the WHS of George Town.
It is essential that all relevant agencies iv. Clan Jetty is a critical area for sewerage
and utility providers work together with management, because there are no proper
the custodians of the WHS (Department Sewerage Treatment System. The sewage
of National Heritage, the World Heritage is channeled directly into the sea, which is
Office and MPPP) to ensure that these both a hygiene and water pollution issue
objectives can be implemented within the for the WHS (Figure 7.1);
expected time frame of between 5 to 10
years. 7.1.3 Proposed Solutions
i) For all new developments within the WHS

7.1 Sewerage of George Town, developers must connect
the sewerage pipe of the development to
7.1.1 Current Situation an existing sewerage treatment plant;
The existing sewerage system used in

the WHS of George Town are (i) sewerage
treatment system, (ii) pumping main
system and (iii) individual septic tank.
The sewerage is channelled to Jelutong

Sewerage Treatment Plant (STP) via
existing sewerage pipes. There are two
pumping stations within the WHS, Pump
PEG001 on Lebuh King and Pump
PEG126 at Ngah Abor. Indah Water
Konsortium Sdn. Bhd. (IWK) is responsible
in maintaining the sewerage system in this
area.
7.1.2 Issues
i. In certain areas, individual septic tanks

and pour flashes are still being used and
maintained by the owners of premises;
ii. There are sewerage pipe laid through

the private land. Should any damage or
blockage occur, the land owners would
have to conduct their own maintenance;
Figure 7.1: Clan Jetties

ii) The authorities must enforce that the

individual land owners of premises to
connect to the existing pipe line;
iii) Alternatively, the existing individual

septic tank may be changed to the more
sustainable sewerage system. One
example is the Biokube;
iv) For the Clan Jetties, a vacuum system

should be implemented and pumped
into an existing manhole, which is then
channelled into Jelutong's STP. Or, they
may be treated with the Biokube system
and discharged as grey water.
Figure 7.2: Catchment areas and discharge

7.2 Drainage
7.2.1 Current Situation
i) The drainage system in the WHS is

managed by two agencies; Jabatan
Pengairan dan Saliran Timur Laut (JPS)
and the Local Authority (MPPP). The river
and the monsoon drains are maintained
by JPS, while the town drainage system is
maintained by MPPP; Figure 7.3: Existing retention pond near the WHS
ii) JPS has construced a retention pond on

Jalan Tar (which is the area marked as
S-10 in Figure 7.2) to alleviate the issue
of flooding during the high tide and heavy
rain. The pumping system is used to pump
the water out from the pond;
iii) Most of the run off water is channelled

towards the Prangin Canal (Figure 7.3)
and into the retention pond (Figure
7.4). Part of the water from the WHS
is channelled directly into the sea as
indicated by PN 1-8 and PS 1-8.
7.2.2 Issues
Flooding is a major issue in the WHS of

George Town. Lebuh Acheh and Jalan
Pintal Tali have been identified as flood
Figure 7.4: Prangin Canal

zones during heavy rain. The flooding is iii) Any new development proposals must
due to the following. incorporate a retention pond and rain
water collection system as per the
i) High built up area Stormwater Management Manual
(MASMA);
The water catchment area is reduced due
to a high built up area and unpermeable iv) A study on the existing drainage system
roads, thus leading to a high quantity of must be conducted, towards a master plan
surface water runoff. proposal to alleviate this situation;
ii) High tide effect v) The drains must be maintained regularly

by the Local Authority;
The sea water level increases during high
tide, leading to higher level of the river. vi) The use grease traps for restaurant is
This further contributes to the issue of mandatory.
flooding especially during heavy rain in the
lower ground areas.
iii) The small and narrow drainage system
The existing drainage system is too small

to cater for the water runoff.
iv) Clogged drains
The drainage system does not function

to its capacity due to rubbish stuck in
between.
7.2.3 Proposed Solutions
i) The design of new public parks and open

spaces must incorporate, where possible,
a stormwater management system such
as an on site detention (OSD) system.
This requirement is exempted for
archaeological sites. Figure 7.5 indicates
the proposed OSD locations in the WHS;
ii) The drainage system needs to be

maintained and upgraded from time to
time to suit the development and land use.
However, the historic street engineering
drains must be maintained;

FIGURE 7.5 Proposed OSD Locations for Sub-catchment Areas
Proposed On Site Detention locations

7.3 Water Supply
The water supply for George Town area

is managed by Perbadanan Bekalan
Air Pulau Pinang Sdn. Bhd. (PBA). The
upgrading and replacement of the current
pipes are in progress and 50% complete.
7.3.2 Issues
i) Improper connection of water supply;
ii) Obstructive location of water meter, and

exposed hosing that affects the visuals of Figure 7.6: Suitable meter location (along column)
the heritage streetscape.
i) Close supervision is required during the

installation of pipes and water meters to
ensure that its placement do not obstruct
pedestrian safety.
ii) PBA should relocate obstructive water

meters to suitable locations. Placement of
water meter along the pillars of heritage
buiidings is recommended (Figure 7.6).
Alternatively, the water meter may be
Figure 7.7: Suitable meter location (boxed up)
boxed up (Figure 7.7).

7.4 Fire Prevention System 7.5 Telecommunication

7.4.1 Current Situation 7.5.1 Current Situation
Currently, the fire hydrant is connected to There are two types of telecommunication
the underground pipe which shares water connections, the antennas from the
with the domestic supply. Fire hydrants are telecommunication tower and the
located by the road side. underground cables and cabinets.
Most of the telcos have their own separate

7.4.2 Issues antennas, i.e. TM, Celcom, Digi and
Maxis. This create unsightly views to the
i) The pipes are shared between domestic urban fabric of the area.
supply and the fire hydrants, thereby
reducing water pressure in peak hour use; 7.5.2 Issues
ii) Inappropriate decorative lighting, hung i) The antennas are an eyesore and
from lighting pillars and crossing the road obstructs views. There is also the
creates problems in terms of accessibility associated health issues arising from the
for fire trucks and large vehicles; waves from the telecommunication towers;
iii) Location of the fire hydrants on the ii) Antennas are erected without following
roadside are exposed to vehicles and specified guideline especially on building
accidents; rooftops;
iv) Building signage blocking the openings of iii) Telecommunication cabinet obstructs
windows, thus a fire hazard. traffic and walkway.
7.4.3 Proposed Solutions 7.5.3 Proposed Solutions
i) To maintain the pillar hydrant pressure, the i) To construct a centralised tower and
pipes should be separated from domestic should be erected away from residential
supply; areas;
ii) Installation of decorative lighting across ii) To impose guidelines on the telcos to
street light pillars are not allowed; share infrastructure resources;
iii) The installation of underground pillar iii) Relocate telecommunication cabinets to

hydrant is required to avoid damage more suitable areas such as back lanes.
caused by vehicles;
iv) The implementation and enforcement

of building guidelines on signage and
advertising.

7.6 Electrical Supply
Electrical supply is obtained from TNB.

The cables were laid underground and
over head. The electricity is supply from
the TNB substation to the premises.
7.6.2 Issues
i) Cables are not install properly, for instance

exposed power outlets and untidy wiring
across building exterior and untidy
connections;
ii) Feeder pillars obstruct walkways and too

close to the road carriageway and may
obstruct vehicular traffic;
iii) Meters are exposed, untidy and

sometimes blocking the aesthetic of
heritage buildings;
Figure 7.8: Proposed feeder pillar on back lanes when pos-
sible
iv) Distribution board is exposed and untidy.
i) Cables to be rearranged and laid on a

tray or conduit, and located behind pillars
and transoms or truss beams of buildings.
Alternatively, cable also can be laid at the
back lanes or underground;
ii) To relocate feeder pillar to a safe and

more suitable place that does not disrupt
the historic streetscape, such as in back
lanes (when possible) or embedded into
buildings (Figure 7.8);
iii) To relocate meters and distribution boards,

either hidden from view or in a way that
does not block important architectural
features (Figure 7.9), such as in back
lanes (when possible).
Figure 7.9: Solution: Meter mounted on walls and hidden

from view

7.7 Roads
The roads are maintained by the Local

Authority (MPPP). They have been
typically resurfaced several times without
the excavation of the old road surface
and thus increasingly the road levels after
every resurfacing work.
7.7.2 Issues
i) Existing road level higher than building

level.
ii) Existing road level and walkway at the

same level.
i) A comprehensive study on the road

network must be undertaken for the WHS.
This study must consider the roadside
drain level as well as the main drains to
determine the discharge point and level. It
is then possible to determine the optimum
road level to ensure that the road level will
be lower than the building level.
ii) Road surface materials should consider
the use of more pervious materials and
encourage slower speed traffic.

ANNEXURE A
Guideline for the Conservation Area

and Heritage Building
in Melaka World Heritage Site
Contents
ANNEXURE A:
GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS FOR MELAKA
WHS
1. Introduction
1.1 Preamble 1-1
1.3 Conservation Objectives 1-3
1.4 Terms and Definition 1-4
2. Works and Activities Requiring Approvals

2.2 Objectives 2-1
2.3 Legal Instruments 2-2
2.4 Repair, Planning & Building Control Procedure 2-2
2.5 Heritage Impact Assessment 2-4
2.6 Dilapidation Survey Report 2-6
2.7 Progress Report 2-7
2.8 Temporary Structures 2-8
3. Conservation Practice
3.2 Authenticity & Interpretation 3-1
3.3 Compatible Building Use 3-4
3.4 Reversibility & Adaptation 3-4
3.5 Dismantling 3-5
3.6 Fire Protection 3-6
3.7 Demolition 3-8
3.8 Alterations and Extension 3-10
4. Category I
4.1 Definition 4-1
4.2 Permitted Use 4-1
4.3 Authenticity and Interpretation 4-1
4.4 Research for Historical Data 4-2
4.5 Permitted Works 4-2
4.6 Examples of Category 1 4-3
4.7 Guidelines for Conservation Work: Category 1 4-4
5. Category IIA
5.1 Definition 5-1
5.4 Research for Historical 5-2
5.6 Examples of Category IIA 5-4
5.7 Guidelines for Conservation Work on Listed Heritage Building: General Guide 5-5
-Category IIA
6. Category IIB
6.1 Definition 6-1
6.6 Guidelines for Conservation Work on Listed Heritage Building: General Guide 6-4
-Category IIB
7. Infill and Replacement

7.2 Infill 7-3
7.3 Replacement 7-4
7.4 Guideline for Compatible Development (Infill and Replacement) 7-6
8. Building Signage and Lighting

8.1 General Guideline of Signage & Advertisement 8-1
8.2 Guideline on Traditional Shophouses Signage 8-2
8.3 Guidelines on Business Signage 8-3
8.4 Guideline on Lighting of Heritage Buildings 8-6
GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS : ANNEXURE A (MELAKA) 1-1
1 Introduction
1.1 Preamble 1.1.1 A brief history of these guidelines
The Melaka State Government’s

"Development is the engine of an urban
commitment in conservation of Melaka
economy but heritage and identity will
started as early as the 1970s and
always be the soul of the city".
this commitment find its first tangible
Christopher Pound
expression in the restoration of Stadthuys
in the 1970’s and the Melaka Enactment
Melaka’s built, natural and human
in 1988 known as the Preservation
landscapes are all reflections of
and Conservation of Cultural Heritage
Melaka;s rich history, a history of both
Enactment. The Enactment led to the
its indigenous and migrant populations.
formation of PERZIM and the setting up
Each brought with them the traditions of
of a Conservation Unit within the Local
their homelands, which over time fused,
Authority, The Melaka Historic City Council
adapted and intermingled to suit the new
(Majlis Bandaraya Melaka Bersejarah –
land. This history, mirrored in the living
MBMB). Capacity building efforts by both
cultures of today, their traditions and
the State and MBMB led to the evolution
architecture, is the identity of the State.
of a series of guidelines which finally
crystallised into a document known as
The built environment echoed the beliefs
Conservation Area Action Plan in 2002.
and needs of its builders and the early
The proposals and guidelines contain in
settlers and is rich in cultural meaning.
this document which was approved by
So closely tied are the intangible and
a meeting of the Full Council of MBMB,
tangible cultures, that it is hard to separate
form the basis for MBMB in managing the
them. A granite step, brings with it the
Heritage Areas and the development of
belief of solidity and permanence, a Datuk
Melaka as a Living Heritage City. These
Shrine Heralds the presence of a Chinese
guidelines were included in the dossier to
community, a call for prayer creates a
UNESCO for Melaka’s inscription together
human pathway of worshipers towards a
with George Town as a World Heritage
mosque and a broken coconut outside a
Site in 2008.
doorway, marks the ridding of egos of the
Hindu community on their auspicious days
for prayer.
1.1.2 Guidelines intent
The tangible and the intangible are
The guidelines reflect MBMB’s aspiration
intertwined - each celebrates the other,
to develop Melaka as a Living Heritage
each creates the whole. These guidelines
City. The guidelines shall guide all
therefore intend to support this cultural
decisions in planning and development
integrity, to highlight its values and
application. It also explains the relationship
recognise its significance in our fast
between planning polices and obligations
changing world.
of the Authorities and its Stakeholders. It
is also material on repair conservation,
maintenance, alteration, extensions and
compatible development issues.

1-2 ANNEXURE A : GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS (MELAKA)
1.1.3 Who uses these guidelines?

The State Government has committed
This guidance is for officers of local itself to the concept of sustainable green
authority, property owners and tenants, development - of not sacrificing what
contractors, developers, investors and future generation will value for the sake
related professionals and students, of short term and, often, illusory gains.
technical agencies, events’ organisers and The Melaka State Government wishes to
film production teams and all members preserve the historic environment, which
of the public with an interest in the by its nature is irreplaceable. Once lost,
conservation and development of Melaka’s heritage buildings cannot be replaced; and
built and natural heritage. the future generations will be nobbed of
the rich history these buildings represents.
recreation.
1.1.4 Why conserve?
The protection, conservation and

enhancement of a conservation areas,
enclaves and buildings provides an
enriching experience for those who works
or live here either as residents or visitors,
creating a sense of belonging, stability
and connection between future and past
generations, community, landscape and
cultures from distant lands.
Melaka’s tangible and intangible heritage

is a testament to its entrepreneurial
forefathers, both indigenous and migratory,
and is expressions of Melaka’s unique
identity and experience. They are
irreplaceable records, which provide a
source of inspiration for the present and
future generations. They also present an
new future where conservation practice
loeads to low carbon communities and
cities; a lonbg term perspective towards
sustainability.

1.2 Conservation Principles 1.3 Conservation
Objectives
In accordance with Article Two of The
BURRA CHARTER (1999), which is the In general, the preservation and
retention of the cultural significance of a conservation activities on heritage assets
place, the Melaka State Government’s of Melaka have been, and will continue
fundamental conservation principle for all to be carried out to achieve the following
heritage buildings in Melaka is a cautious objectives:
approach of changing as much as
mecessaru but as little as possible. (i) to optimize and revitalize the use
Buildings to be conserved shall be of heritage resources and assets
retained, restored or preserved in for future benefits in relation to
accordance with this regulation. In the economic growth, social, cultural
event that the original structural elements and education development.
need to be repaired or replaced, their
features shall be retained. Selective (ii) to preserve and encourage
replacement may be considered only when the protection of significant
absolutely necessary. architectural or cultural or historical
values of a place.
No building or structure shall be altered or
demolished if there is any conceivable way (iii) to preserve the close relationship
of preserving it in its original or current of communities and their social
condition. Adaptive reuse of heritage cultural ties; further enhance the
building is recommended and encouraged sense of belonging and sense of
to generate new life to such buildings in pride among the people.
line with the Living Heritage City concept.
(iv) to act as life education tool and
When upgrading and adapting a building resource of knowledge for the
for new use the existing structure should young and future generations.
be retained by strengthening and repairing
the structural elements. Any alteration (v) to preserve the authentic living
or strengthening to structural elements heritage of multi-ethnic groups
should be done in the most sympathetic and retain the unique identity of
and unobtrusive way possible, using Melaka.
original methods and materials whenever
possible, or matching with materials of
similar properties, if not.

If a building is deemed unsafe, it should be
made safe, following original methods and
materials.

impact of cultural significance. **

Terms and Definitions
Cultural Impact Assessment (CIA)
Adaptation means modifying a place to – a study to be carried out before any
suit the existing use or a proposed use. ** change of use and/or any approval of
compatible development, in order to
Architectural Significance means assess the impact of the new use and new
buildings that demonstrate unique cultural development on the existing community.
practices related to architecture and/ or
examples or developments in building Cultural Landscapes means
technology. environments, that reflects interaction
between people, the built and natural
Associations mean the special environment.
connections that exist between people
and place. ** Associations may include Cultural significance means aesthetic,
social or spiritual values and cultural historic, scientific or social value for
responsibilities for a place. past, present or future generations. It is
embodied in the place itself, its fabric,
Authenticity means that an object is setting, use, associations, meaning,
made or done in the traditional or original records related places, and related
way, or in a way that faithfully resembles objects. **
the original. Within a cultural landscape
authenticity goes on to describe the Dilapidation Report means a report on
genuineness of the landscape that reflects the condition of a building or object.
the traditions, beliefs and ways of being of
communities existing there. A landscape Dossier refers to documents submitted
created by the users for the users. to UNESCO during the application
and nomination process to be a World
Buffer Zone refers to a protected area Heritage Site *.
directly outside the Core Zone of a World
Heritage Site. * Fabric means all the physical material of
the place, including components, fixtures,
Conservation means all the processes of contents, and object. ** Fabric includes
looking after a place - to retain its cultural building interiors and sub surface remains,
significance ** as well as excavated material.
Fabric may define spaces and these may
Conservation areas – are areas where be important elements of the significance
the entire street or enclave is of significant of the place.
Heritage Value**.
Heritage Significance means a building,
Core Zone means the main heart of the object or landscape that reflects cultural
UNESCO World Heritage Site *. and architectural significance that is of
value to the overall cultural landscape of
Compatible use means a use, which the site.
respects the cultural significance of the
place. Such a use involves no, or minimal, Heritage / Historic Buildings - buildings
of architectural and cultural significance.

to a known earlier state by removing
Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) - accretions or by reassembling existing
is a report provided during the planning components without the introduction or
application process for new developments new materials**.
and their possible impact it on the
World Heritage Sites *, may include a Related object means an object that
Community Impact Study and/or Cultural contributes to the cultural significance of a
Impact Assessment.. place but is not at the place **.
Interpretation means all the ways of Related place - a place that contributes to
presenting the cultural significance of a the cultural significance of another place
place **. Interpretation - treatment of the **.
built fabric
Restoration means returning a place to
Maintenance - the continuous protective the existing fabric of a place to a known
care of the fabric and setting of a earlier state by removing accretions of by
place, and it’s to be distinguished from reassembling existing components without
repair. Repair involves restoration or the introduction of new material **.
reconstruction **.e.g. regular inspection,
cleaning of gutters. Setting means the area around a place,
which may include the visual catchments
Meaning denotes what a place signifies,
indicates, evokes or expresses. ** Use means the function of a place, as well
as the activities and practices that may
Outstanding Universal Value (OUV) occur at the place **.
means the UNESCO criteria on which a
site becomes or value to the world – a
World Heritage Site.
Place means site, area, land, landscape,

building or other work, group of buildings
or other works, and may include
components, contents, spaces and views
**.
Preservation - maintaining the fabric of

a place in its existing state and retarding
deterioration **
Reconstruction means returning a

place to a known earlier state and is
distinguished from restoration by the
introduction of materials (new or old) into
the fabric **. New material may include
salvaged, and recycled material.
Restoration means returning a place

ANNEXURE A : GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS (MELAKA) 2-1
2 Works and Activities Requiring
Approvals
2.1 Introduction 2.3 Legal Instruments
This section of the regulation outlines the This guideline has been prepared in
existing legislation and how it supports reference to the relevant legal instrument
the protection of the cultural landscape and statutory:
of Melaka’s conservation areas, enclave
and buildings of heritage significance, ● The Structure Plan and Local
especially in the Core and Buffer Zones of Plans for Melaka
the WHS
● The Action Plan for the UNESCO
World Heritage Site of Melaka
2.2 Objectives 2002
The objective of this section is to assist ● The Conservation Management

in the identification of current support Plan - for the UNESCO
legislation in order to provide a foundation World Heritage Site of - Melaka
of knowledge to all those in the position of
decision-making regarding buildings works ● Draft Special Area Plan for
applications, violations and enforcement. Conservation Area of Melaka 2008
Its intent is to correct misconceptions that ● Acts of Parliament

has built over time, to provide a quick (i) National Heritage Act 2005
reference guide and a framework for (ii) Local Government Act 1976
further research and development on the (iii) Town and Country Planning Act
subject. 1976 (Act 172) as of March 2010
(iv) Street, Drainage and Building Act
This section is divided into 1974 (Act 133) as of May 2010
1. Legal Instruments
2. Repair, Planning& Building ● Relevant By-laws:
Application (i) Uniform Building Bylaws 1984
3. Heritage Impact Assessment (Amendment as of August 2010).
4. Dilapidation Survey Reports (ii) MBMB Advertisement By Laws
5. Progress Reports - during works 1995
6. Maintenance Guide (iii) Earthworks Bylaws 1982
7. Temporary Structures (iv) Trade, Businesses and Industries
Bylaws 1987

In addition, the Operational Guidelines172
of UNESCO for World Heritage Sites are
applicable as the continued inscription
of the properties on the World Heritage
Register is contingent on the State Party’s
compliance with these guidelines.

2.4 Repair, Planning 2.4.1 Planning Permission Application
& Building Control Planning Permission is obligatory in

accordance to the Town and Country
Procedure Planning Act 1976 and is required for :-
● Getting the right advice i) New development projects on Infill

sites;
In all cases, before undertaking either the: ii) New development project
i) purchase of a property or site, and/or; replacing existing building listed as
ii) preparation of a concept design Replacement;
proposal of a property or site; iii) Demolition of parts or the whole of a
heritage building;
It is advisable to understand the cultural iv) Roofing or re-roofing of a building or
landscape of the World Heritage Site – any part of a building;
the OUV's, and what opportunities this v) Extension of buildings or any part of a
offers for conservation and compatible building
development. Relevant bodies that can vi) Increase in height of a building or any
advise are: WHO of Melaka and Unit part of the building; and
Konservasi MBMB vii) Change of use or activity of the
building or land as specified in Part 3
Helping the process through Application of this document
process is sometimes delayed due to
incomplete submissions at whatever
stage of the process. In order to ease the 2.4.2 Building Application
pathway for approval, it is important to
submit proposals that have: Building Application is required under
the Street, Drainage and Building Act
(i) Understood and followed these 1974, Act 133. Building plans, measured
Guidelines. drawings and documents considered
(ii) Compiled plans, elevations, necessary to support such application is
sections and required for :-
visuals that tally.
(iii) complied with the requirements i) Erection of new building in the case of
of the relevant reports - Heritage Infill and Replacement categories;
Impact Assessment /Dilapidation ii) Extension of building or part of a
Survey Reports - where applicable building in the case of Category II
building;
iii) Increasing the height of an existing
building or part of a building;
iv) Change of use or activity of the
building; and
v) Restoration works of a building or part
of a building in the case if Category I
and Category IIA and IIB.

2.4.3 Repair Permit before and after the repair should be
submitted to MBMB together with a Repair
Repair Permit shall be required for works Works application, as soon as possible.
and activities that do not require any
approval or permission from the relevant ● Before works begin
authorities as specified under Planning
Permission and Building Application. i)
Permits are required for temporary
Repair Permits shall be required for :- items such as the temporary deposit
of building material on the streets
i) Repair and maintenance works such and the erection of scaffolding on the
as plumbing, fixing roof leakage that street. Application should be made to
do not require the re-roofing of the the Engineering Department, by the
entire roof or part of the roof; contractor, before works starts.
ii) Putting back original materials where ii) Signboards for the project works – are
missing for front facade and roof; to be installed out side the building
iii) Re-plastering of part of a building; and together with the permit number.
iii) Change of material for any part of the
building. ● Inspection of Works
Such repair permit will be issued by the Site inspection by building inspectors may
Local Authority (MBMB) take place:
i) during the repair works application

● Requirements for Repair Permit: process;
ii) during the repair works period; or
i) The signature of the property owner or iii) following any complaint.
agent;
ii) Land-title, quit rent receipt, proof of Stop-work orders are issued for non-
ownership; compliance. Remedial works are to be
iii) Dilapidation Survey Report - a brief carried out failing which legal action may
photographic description of the be taken.
building, showing areas of repair to be
done - indicated on sketch plans; ● Completion of Works
iv) A brief written description of the works
to be carried out including materials to To inform the Building Department upon
be used; completion of works. The site to be
v) Photographs of the site before and photographed and records kept by MBMB.
after the works.
They can be submitted by the owner, • demolition of parts of or the whole

contractor, licensed draftsman or architect. of a heritage building.
• significant extension to a heritage
● Emergency repair building.
In the case of emergency repair, a repair A Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) may
may take place before the application be required dependant on the significance
of a permit (e.g. roof damaged over a of the building or site, adjacencies and
weekend). However, photographs of size of development. The project together

with the HIA will be presented to the

MBMB Conservation Committee for
2.5 Heritage Impact
support prior to the presentation to the Assessment
One Stop Centre (OSC) for approval or
rejection. A Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA)
is required at Planning Permission
Application stage, for change of use and
for new compatible development projects.
It is part of the general documentation
and is an assessment of the proposed
project site, and its potential impact on the
authenticity of the OUV of the WHS.
The HIA also includes a Cultural Impact

Assessment (CIA). This is an assessment
of the impact of change of use or
compatible development on the existing
cultural environment and local community.
A Heritage Impact Assesment (HIA) may

be required to be prepared depend on
the significance of the building or site,
adjancies and size of development.
The project together with the HIA will be
presented to the MBMB Conservation
Commitee for support prior to the
presentation or submission to One Stop
Centre (OSC) for approval or rejection.
The HIA is written by an approved
consultant, who is paid for by the
developer/owner of the proposed site/
change of use. The final HIA is submitted
directly to the MBMB Heritage Unit and for
major works forwarded to the Department
of National Heritage (JWN).
The HIA is to be submitted together with

the Development Proposal Report (or
Laporan Cadangan Pemajuan) which
is a document required to be submitted
to support any Planning Permission
Application. The requirement for a
Development Proposal Report and its
content is outlined in Section 21A(1),
Town and Country Planning Act 1976
(Act 172) and the Manual Penyediaan
Laporan Cadangan Pemajuan by the
Federal Department of Town and Country
Planning, Peninsular Malaysia.
The Department of National Heritage has The reviewers comment on the data
prepared a Guideline for writing the HIA, presented within the report, its accuracy
available from the Unit Konservasi MBMB and feasibility. The HIA may be remitted to
or the WHO office, and should be used as the HIA Assessor for him to address any
a template. It should include: of the comments raised by the Committee.
i) Impact Assessment
Means the assessment of the impact
the new development will have on the
heritage building(s) on the site and
neighbouring areas, both during the
construction stage and after, when the
project is complete. This should refer
to both, physical, cultural and social
impact.
ii) Mitigating Measures

Means a description of the measures
that will be taken to reduce or avoid
the impacts negative to the heritage
buildings on the site, the neighbouring
buildings and the OUV in general.
● When is an HIA required?
The HIA is required for all compatible

development projects (Infill and
Replacement Categories) in the WHS and
for projects facing the perimeter of the
Buffer Zone.
An HIA is also required for the alteration

or extension of a building other than
shophouses, to assess its impact on
vistas, views, rooflines and streetscapes
for consideration.

2.5.2 HIA Review
The HIA undergo review by members

of the MBMB Conservation Committee,
whereby the structure, contents and
recommendation of the report is assessed
against the requirements and for their
completeness and accuracy e.g. visuals,
elevations and plans etc.

2.6 Dilapidation Survey •

Architectural Significance of the
building/s on the site
Reports • Cultural Significance of the site
Of particular importance is their
A Dilapidation Survey Report is a relationship with other landmark heritage
description of the condition of the heritage items, for example an adjacent Category
building or buildings to be repaired/ I site. These Category IIA sites are
conserved/ adapted. permitted to carry out compatible (but
reversible) changes for new use, therefore
Dilapidation Survey Reports are issued as the Dilapidation Survey Report is prepared
part of the documentation during the pre for the Permit Plan or Building Plan
screening submission to Unit Konservasi Submission Stage.
MBMB. They are also used to guide the
team of consultants during the design
development process and should form 2.6.3 Category IIB– Dilapidation Survey
part of the Documentation for Tender and Report
later construction.
Category IIB heritage buildings are
On small projects, the Dilapidation Survey permitted compatible (and reversible)
Report can be used to record the site adaptation for new use, within the
issues in order for the contractor to make guidelines therefore; the Dilapidation
a quotation. Survey Report is prepared for the Unit
Konservasi MBMB.
2.6.1 Category I – Dilapidation Survey Report
Dilapidation Survey Reports are 2.6.4 Compatible Development– Dilapidation

required for all Category I buildings and Survey Report
should be submitted together with the
application for the Repair Permit. As only Infill and Replacement development
conservation work is taking place, no HIA projects will require both an HIA and a
will be required. However, aspects of the Dilapidation Survey Report, particularly if
Dilapidation Survey Report should include: there is an existing building, or remnants
of existing heritage buildings on the site to
• the identification of Historical be developed.
Significance of the site
• Architectural Significance of the Jabatan Warisan Negara has prepared
building/s on the site a description of what is expected in
• Cultural Significance of the site the Dilapidation Survey Report, this is
available from the MBMB Unit Konservasi
2.6.2 Category IIA– Dilapidation Survey and should be used as a template.
Report
Dilapidation Survey Reports are required

for all Category IIA buildings and should
include the identification of:
• Historical Significance of the site

2.7 Progress Reports should be photographed at each stage for
each report, and location marked on an
accompanying plan.
The Heritage Buildings of Melaka and
George Town go back almost 200 years
and in the case of Melaka some goes 2.7.2 Size of the report
back some 400 years. Some have been
incrementally altered and embellished The size of the report is directly related to
over the decades, each culture and each the size of a project, for example works
age adding to the richness of each site. to a shophouse would be less than works
The early stages of conservation and to a large mansion. The shophouse
repair work may discover many signs of reports therefore would be much smaller
the early histories and is similar to above than for those of the mansion or large
ground archaeology, tracing the traditional development site.
building methods and cultural changes
made by craftsmen at different times. Jabatan Warisan Negara has prepared
a Progress Report template - this is
In respect of the WHS, it is important to available from the Unit Konservasi
record the works that take place during MBMB, and should be used as a guide to
the conservation, repair, alteration and preparing the reports.
extension works; in particular what is
found of the original buildings when work 2.7.3 Report Writer
begins.
These reports can be prepared by owners,
consultants, contractors or an appointed
2.7.1 Contents of the report representative. They are not intended to
take up too much time, but are a simple
The progress of work on site is to be photographic record of the building and
recorded in the form of Progress Reports, the new works during the process of repair
to be submitted to MBMB. A minimum of and conservation.
three stages is required to be recorded,
though more stages recorded are 2.7.4 The User of the report
welcome.
The Progress Report is a photographic It is of value to the owner of a property
record of the building taken: and perhaps to future purchaser to have
• Before works start, a set of the Progress Reports, in order
•. During work in progress (mid- to understand the work that has been
way) undertaken.
• At the completion.
The reports also form part of a knowledge
If possible the same location and angle bank, helping the two World Heritage Sites
learn more about the traditional ways that
the build heritage was created and the
cultures that created them.

2.8 Temporary Structures

Permission should be obtained for
temporary structures placed within the
World Heritage Site, particularly those
required by event’s organisers and
promoters. Examples of temporary
structures are archways, signages etc.

Applicant
Conservation Unit
Initial Screening
Incomplete
Registration
Rejected with
Reasons
MBMB Conservation
Committee
Applicant MBMB Conservation

Approved with
Unit
Conditions
Resubmit for MBMB Conservation
Endorsement JKB
Conservation Unit Jabatan Perundagan
Jabatan Kejuruteraan
PERZIM
JKR
JWN
JPBD
Appeal Successful Support Letter and
Final NGO’s
Endorsed Plans BOMBA
Decision
State Conservation
Unit Applicant OSC
Applicant
Decision
not Successful
Figure 2.2. Application Process

ANNEXURE A: GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS (MELAKA) 3-1
3 Conservation Practice
3.1 Introduction
This guideline is concerned principally with significance, materials, location and
works that affect the special interest and orientation of a place, buildings use and
character of the cultural landscape and daily rituals and performances within the
buildings of heritage significance that fall place and setting. The aim of conservation,
under Category I and Category IIA and therefore, is to retain, support and value
Category IIB. It is divided into the following the cultural significance of a place (Burra
sections: Charter article 2.2) and both its historic
and current heritage significance.
Authenticity & Interpretation
Compatible Building Use In order to conserve and protect the
Reversibility & Adaptation authenticity of the built landscape it
Dismantling must first be understood, and its values
Fire Protection recognised. Thus:
Demolition
Alterations and Extension
“it is the architects
3.2 Authenticity & job to learn the
Interpretation pertinent values (of a
3.2.1 What is authenticity, why is it so host culture) before
important?
starting work”
The protection of the ‘authenticity’ or
‘genuineness’ and integrity of a cultural Herb Stovel, former Director of ICOMOS Heritage
landscape, demonstrates a respect and Settlement Programme
depth of understanding of both the tangible
– the built culture, and the intangible – the
living culture and how the intertwining of This advice refers to all stakeholders of
the two creates the value of the site, place the cultural landscape.
or setting the OUV.
The forefathers of the eclectic communities
In eclectic cultural landscapes such as that live within or visit Melaka, brought with
Melaka and George Town, the connectivity them traditional design ideas, methods of
between the two sites is also part of the construction and decoration, use, foods,
OUV of the World Heritage Site. Loss of belief systems and other customs from
this authenticity through mismanagement, their places of origin. These were adapted
misinterpretations and attempts to to suit the climate and conditions of the
’package’ the cultural landscape, as a land. It is both the culture of the past and
marketable ‘commodity’ will lead to its the culture and tradition of the present that
eventual loss. create the ingredients for the ‘authenticity’
of the cultural landscape.
The ‘authenticity’ of the cultural landscape
is reflected in objects of historic

3.2.2 How do we know what is authentic

and what is not?
● Understanding the written and unwritten

‘rules’ that guided the early settlers in
order to ‘read’ and understand the cultural
landscape, is helpful. Each culture has its
own form of Feng Shui which has guided
the creation and use of the built cultural
landscape.
● Understanding the age of a building and

what technologies were in Melaka at the
time of its building gives and indication of
what is original and what has been added
later.
Misinterpretation
Figure 3.1: The authentic Early

Shophouse Style front
In Melaka, the windows are

significant and varies according to
the styles of the building. But on
the image above, the window is
mistakenly installed and does not
represent any of the shophouses
style.

3.2.3 Why is research important? National Archives Malaysia
http://www.arkib.gov.my/home
Melaka was built on a large swamp, and
on reclaimed sea/land. The heritage Melaka Library
buildings were created using materials http://www.Melakalib.gov.my/
to suit the conditions and climate and of National Library Singapore - newspaper
its heights was to match the urban form, cuttings
allowing natural airflow. Building heights http://newspapers.nl.sg/
was also important in relation to the type
of land the building sits on. National Archives Singapore
http://picas.nhb.gov.sg/picas/public/
By researching the past as much as internetSearch/index.jsp
possible, maintenance and repairs will be
better understood and new building work NAS - access to archives online
can be designed to be more compatible http://www.a2o.com.sg/a2o/public/search/
with the cultural landscape. index.html
http://www.a2o.com.sg/a2o/public/html/
3.2.4 Where do I get help with research?
● Original Building Plans
Property owners may request a search

for original building plans from MBMB
(for a fee). Although what is drawn may
not necessarily be the same as what was
built, they give a good indication as to the
traditional materials and structural design.
● Other Research Resources and Data
Copies of historic maps can be found in

PERZIM or Unit Konservasi MBMB.
The National Archives of Malaysia,

Singapore and the UK are all helpful
resources for researchers.

3.3 Compatible Building 3.4 Reversibility &

Use Adaptation
Generally, the best way of securing the 3.4.1 Reversibility of new works
upkeep of heritage building, place or site,
is to keep them in active use. However, New extensions or any other permitted
judging the best use is one of the most alterations to the original form should
important and sensitive assessments that be reversible, so that future owners may
Unit Konservasi MBMB have to make. It revert back to the original authentic form
requires balancing the economic viability with minimum damage involved in the
of possible uses against the effect of any process.
changes they entail.
Category I buildings should retain their
The best use will very often be the use for authentic and original form according to
which the building was originally designed the significance of the building, and related
and the continuation or reinstatement buildings / enclave e.g. a mosque, temple
of that use should certainly be the first or clock tower.
option when the future of that building
is considered. But not all original uses Category IIA and IIB buildings may,
will now be viable or necessarily be together with conservation works be
appropriate. The nature of uses can adapted for:
change over time, so that in some
cases the original use may now be less i) a continuation of existing use, with
compatible with the building than an the addition modern conveniences not
alternative. found in the original form e.g. toilets,
electricity, piped water etc.
A compatible or adaptive re-use of
heritage buildings may be permitted by ii) a new use, which is compatible with
MBMB to ensure the survival of such the existing form and with permitted
buildings. This means economically viable additions to the built fabric .
uses if they are to survive.
3.4.2 Reversing past misinterpretations
Approval of new use however, must take
into consideration the suitability of the use Over the years of development and
within the cultural landscape. Inappropriate modernisation, alterations have been
use may cause loss of authenticity of the made to the built landscapes. Some
cultural landscape – the OUV of the WHS. changes are lightweight cosmetic changes
that can be reversed to rediscover the
A Heritage Impact Assessment including authentic design, e.g. glass louvered
a Cultural Impact Assessment will be windows replaced authentic timber-louvre
required for change of use application shutters. Other changes have caused
to ensure that the new use reflects the accidental damage, e.g. cement render
authenticity of the OUV. used instead of traditional lime plaster, or
the covering over of the historic drains and
ditches.

Reversing this trend should be a
3.5 Dismantling
considered option when repairing,
Sections being removed to make
conserving, altering and/or extending a
way for authorised changes and / or
heritage building, site or landscape.
additional areas are better dismantled
than demolished and original materials
3.4.3 Using the right materials salvaged if possible.

Choosing the wrong materials can cause
Dismantled items can be:
damage to a property and in the case of a
shophouse, can potentially harm the party
● used in other areas of the property if
wall, causing damage to its neighbours.
in good condition.
● Find out what original materials were

● recycled if matched with the original
used
material and in good condition. e.g.
old timbers may be used to repair
● Check what damage the replacement
remaining ones.
materials have done – if any
● sold to others wishing to restore/
● Remove with care and revert back to
conserve.
the original
When buying materials dismantled
Advice for using the right materials can be
from another building, it is important
asked from Unit Konservasi MBMB.
to purchase from a source that
has not acquired the items through
dismantling another heritage property
without the relevant approvals.

3.6 Fire Protection

3.6.1 Residential use buildings
If a heritage building is being restored

and retained as residential use, the fire
regulations apply regarding a protected
separation from the neighbouring building.
● Early shophouses were designed

with an undivided roof, covering many
units.
● Later shophouses were designed with

a firebreak wall separating each unit.
It is important to maintain the authenticity

Figure 3.2: Shophouses with an unbroken roof tiling
of the roofline of shophouses. A new
fire division for those buildings without a
visible firewall should not show above the
roofline.
3.6.2 Commercial use buildings
All commercial properties, either heritage

buildings or modern buildings must follow
the relevant legal requirements for fire
protection.
Change of use from Residential to

Commercial will require that the buildings
follow the regulations for commercial fire
protection. However, if the change of use
requires too many physical changes that
are not reversible, the use may not be
suitable. Figure 3.3: Shophouses with the party wall visible above
the roof tiles

3.6.3 Mixed-use buildings for bathroom areas, and should not be
considered as a method for fire separation.
Business owners, living above the
shophouse or place of business (Single The following are suggested protective
occupancy), represents a traditional use of layer:
the shophouse. In this instance, the living
quarters on the upper floors would not be i) A fire rated ceiling board
separated by a fireproof division.
ii) A fire retardant paint suitable for
If a building is divided for separate timbers
tenancies, commercial and residential,
then a fireproof division and means of ● Protecting walls
escape must be provided, during the
renovation/ conservation process. See If a new fire protected partition wall is
the requirements in the Uniform-Building- required, it should be of a fire rated
Bylaws Part VII (UBBL). material that does not add weight beyond
the capacity of the original floor structure,
3.6.4 Fire protection materials – and can be removed without damage to
Reversibility the original fabric of the building.
Fire protection is to aid the escape of ● Fire protective doors

people, through a building to the point of
exit, in the case of a fire. The principles Fire protected doors may be required on
of reversibility must be referred to in the both new and existing openings.
selection of fire protection materials.
Certified fire doors must be installed,
● Protecting floors for commercial therefore the original doors must be
buildings removed with care and stored for later
reinstatement should the use of the
If the floor is of timber construction building revert to residential use.
then a fire protective barrier may be
required between floors, according to the Existing openings in Heritage Buildings
requirements in the UBBL Part VII. usually come with thick hardwood frames,
and panelled doors. Every effort should be
The protective barrier should: made to keep the original frames, as well
as install the certified fire door frames.
i) NOT be of a material that cannot be
removed at a later date should use Always discuss the issue of fire escape
revert to residential and/or may cause and heritage building needs, with Jabatan
damage during removal (see section Bomba dan Penyelamat and Unit
4.4). Konservasi MBMB. The importance of
regulations and advice for fire protection
ii) NOT add additional weight to existing in Heritage Buildings has been recognised
structures, beyond their capacity. and is in the process of being evaluated.
It is important to check for the latest
Using a concrete slab on top of the original approved approach that complies with
timber floor structure is only permitted both Jabatan Bomba dan Penyelamat and
the principle of reversibility.

3.7 Demolition i) planning permission, building plan and

commencement of works for those
3.7.1 State policy & legal issues
works have been granted; and
Conservation area designation imposes
ii) a contract for carrying out of works of
control over the demolition of all
redevelopment has been made.
listed buildings or parts of it within the
conservation area. Application for planning
Failure to comply will constitute as illegal
permission to demolish must be made to
demolition.
MBMB
In the conservation area, account should

3.7.4 Strong justification for demolition
clearly be taken of the part played in the
Heritage building controls ensure
architectural or historic interest of the
that proposal for demolitions are fully
area by the building for which demolition
scrutinized before any decision is reached.
is proposed, and in particular of the wider
The destruction of heritage buildings is
effects of demolition of the building’s
the result of neglect or failure to make
surroundings and on the conservation area
imaginative efforts to find new uses
as a whole.
for them or to incorporate them into
compatible development schemes.
The MBMB is entitled to consider the
merits of any proposed development in
The demolition of any Category I or II
determining whether planning permission
building should be wholly exceptional and
should be given for the demolition of an
should require the strongest justification.
unlisted building in the conservation area.
The State Planning Committee would not

Works involving the destruction of part of
expect planning permission to be given
the fabric of the building will be regarded
for the total or substantial demolition of
as ‘demolition’ as per the Town And
any heritage building without clear and
Country Planning Act 1976 and will require
convincing evidence that all reasonable
planning permission.
efforts have been made to sustain existing
uses or find viable new uses, and this
3.7.2 Linking between properties
efforts have failed; or that redevelopment
will produce for the community which
If an owner of a row of a Category II
would decisively outweigh the loss
shophouse wishes to link these properties
resulting from demolition.
by creating openings in the structural party
walls, planning permission to carry out
Planning permission for demolition
such work is required.
would not be granted simply because
redevelopment is economically more
3.7.3 Illegal demolition
attractive to the owner than repair

and re-use of the heritage building, or
As defined in section 22 (3) of the Town
because the owner acquired the building
And Country Planning Act, upon the
at a price that reflected the potential
application for planning permission,
for redevelopment rather the condition
demolition shall not take place until:
and constraints of the existing heritage
building.

Where proposed works will result in the
total or substantial demolition of the
heritage building, or any significant part of
it, Unit Konservasi MBMB, in addition to
the general considerations must address
the following considerations:
i) The condition of the building;
ii) The cost of repairing and maintaining

it in relation to its importance;
iii) The value derived from its continue

use.

Any such assessment should be based
on consistent and long-term assumptions.
Less favourable levels of rent cannot
automatically be assumed for heritage
buildings.
In rare cases where it is clear that a

building has been deliberately neglected in
the hope of obtaining planning permission
for demolition, less weight should be given
to the cost of repair (see above). In this
case two further considerations should be
addressed:
ii) the adequacy of efforts made to retain

the building in use;
iii) the merits of alternative proposals for

the site.
The Unit Konservasi MBMB may wish to

incorporate heritage building within new
development, and this option should be
carefully considered.

The challenge presented by retaining
heritage buildings can be a stimulus to
imaginative new design to accommodate
them.

3.8 Alterations and historical development of a building,

object or site, is of value when
Extension considering proposed alteration. This
may be gained from the physical
3.8.1 General principles for alterations evidence in the building itself – lost
and extension features in the plaster, rough edges
where features have been cut away-
i) Each heritage building has its own which can enlighten the original form
characteristic, which is usually related or construction. There may also be
to an original or subsequent function. documentary information, such as
This should as far as possible early photographs, drawings, written
be respected when proposals for description or other documents
alteration are put forward. Marks relating to its construction or use.
of special interest appropriate to a
particular type of building are not iv) In judging the effect of any alteration
restricted to external elements, or extension it is essential to have
but may include anything from assessed the elements that make
the orientation, the plan or the up the special interest of the building
arrangement of window openings to in question. They may comprise
small internal fittings. Attempt should not only obvious visual features
be made to retain the characteristic such as a decorative façade or
of distinct type of building, especially internally, features such as staircases,
those that are particular to their area. decorated plaster ceilings or capitals
The use of appropriate local material but also the spaces and layout of the
is very desirable. building. These elements are just as
important in simple buildings as in
ii) Alterations should be based on a grander architecture.
proper understanding of the structure.
Some heritage buildings may suffer v) Subsequent addition to the original
from structural defects arising from design of heritage buildings, including
their age, methods of construction or minor accretions, such as porches,
past use, but can still give adequate balconies, verandahs, door dressings,
service provided they are not subject do not necessarily detract from the
to major disturbances. Repairs should quality of building. They are often of
usually be low-key, re-instating or interest in their own right as part of the
strengthening the structure only building’s organic history. Generally
where appropriate. New work should later features of interest should not be
be fitted to the old to ensure the removed merely to restore a building
survival of as much historic fabric as back to an earlier form.
is practical. Old work should not be
sacrificed merely to accommodate the vi) New building extensions should
new. not dominate the existing heritage
building either in scale, material or
iii) Information about the history and situation.

3.8.2 The original building profile such as
features of airwell, forecourt, internal
court, rear court, etc. shall be retained and
restored. Alteration and/or extensions to
heritage buildings are subject to MBMB
permits and approvals. Unauthorised
alteration and addition to the building
profile will require the original to be
reinstated to the original profile.
For guidelines on alterations and

extension for Category I, please refer to
Chapter 4

extension for Category IIA, please refer to
Chapter 5

extension for Category IIB, please refer to
Chapter 6

4 Category I
4.1 Definition 4.2 Permitted Use
Category I is defined as the following! The use should remain as originally
(i) Monuments and buildings of intended.
exceptional interest;
(ii) Monuments and buildings
declared as ancient and 4.3 Authenticity and

gazetted formerly under
the Antiquities Act 1976 now under
Interpretation
the National Heritage Act (2005);
Category I are objects and buildings must
and
be conserved to retain their original use,
(iii) Monuments &buildings registered
form, decoration and traditional materials
as National Heritage under the
in order to preserve their authenticity, both
National Heritage Act (2005).
physical and cultural.
Cultural Landscapes - Category I sites.

(i) Category I buildings should retain
their authentic and original form
Category I buildings and sites are
according to the significance of the
important in that they reflect the
building, and related buildings /
authenticity of the cultural landscape and
enclave/ item. e.g. a temple
therefore the OUVS of WHS.
and surrounding housing.
The Cultural, Social and Architectural

(ii) Research into the object or
significance of objects and buildings, in
building form, architectural style,
other words the cultural landscape, is an
typology, traditional materials,
expression of the Heritage Value of a site,
history of the object or building
and for that reason they are identified as
and the search for original building
Category I.
plans, should be undertaken, in
order to establish the
The numerous religious building in Jalan
authenticity.
Tokong, Jalan Tukang Emas and Jalan
Tukang Besi are centres of cultural life and
(iii) During the conservation of
community activity. They remain relevant
buildings process, a report of
to the lifestyle of the various community
these findings is required by the
in Melaka. As such buildings like Cheng
Local Authority on submission of
Hoon Teng Temple, Kampung Keling
drawings, together with a report
Mosque ans Sri Poyyatha Vinayagar
of the condition of the building,
Moorthi Temple had been categorised as
when conservation works are to be
Category I.
undertaken.
(see Dilapidation Survey Report
Similarly buildings like the Clock Tower,
Part 2).
the Victoria Memoriall Fountain, the
Stadhuys and Christ Church which not
only continue to perform their historical
functions today but also define and give
character to the Town Square had been
categorised as Category I

4.4 Research for Historical i) Dilapidation Survet Report

Data Before any application for
a Repair works can be
For Category I buildings and objects as submitted a Dilapidation Survey
much must be understood about them Report is required for all
before works are carried out – even minor Category I buildings and
repairs. should be submitted together
with the application. The report
This includes researching: should include a description of the:
(i) Traditional construction / - Historical Significance of the Site
manufacture methods typical of - Architectural Significance of the
the type and age of the building/ Site
object; - Cultural Significance of the Site
(ii) Original drawings, photographs,
paintings and other drawn The reports will vary in length
information depending on the extent of works
(iii) Newspaper cutting archives, and being carried out.
archives documentation of the
owner or related association etc. ii) Repair works
(iv) Local oral histories. To refer to Part 4 of this
Guidelines, and to discuss with
Unit Konservasi MBMB for
guidance.
4.5 Permitted Works
iii) Progress Reports
Category I building or object - only These Reports allow the MBMB,
restoration work is allowed be carried owner and architect to follow the
out in order to reinstate back its original course of the work on site. They
character and maintaining its original fabric are a photographic record taken
using similar construction method and before works commence, at the
materials. mid point of the project and when
all is completed.
New construction method will only be
allowed for the purpose of re-strengthen iv) Other Reports and surveys
the original building structure without If major conservation work is to be
disturbing or modifying its original structure carried outfull measured drawings
or removing any of its original fabric. It should accompany the
requires a cautious approach of changing Dilapidation Report and be
as much as necessary but as little as used as Tender/ Contract/
possible Construction Documents.
4.5.1 Requirements for permitted works: It is advisable to prepare a Conservation

(i) Dilapidation Survey Report Management Plan for the conserved
(ii) Repair works Category I building to avoid damage in
(iii) Progress Reports future maintenance and help check for
(iv) Other reports and surveys potential problems.


4.6 Examples of Category I
Figure 4.1 Clock Tower Figure 4.2 Ruins of St. Paul's Church
Figure 4.3 Kampung Keling Mosque Figure 4.4 Christ Church Melaka

4.7 Guidelines for Conservation Work : Category I

4.7.1 Front Forecourt
Item Original designs / building methods Comments

a) Forecourt The forecourt is an important setting in The forecourt may sometimes be
Courtyard which a Category I building is placed identified separately as Category II – the
Compound it should be kept to its original form, same requirements apply.
and used in the manner in which it was
intended when built.
b) Gate and walls The original size & ornamentation of MBMB should avoid obstructions such
the gate and walls shall be retained as bus shelters, parking etc in front of
& restored with original or matching the entrance. Building owners may apply
materials. for their relocation.
c) Ground The original flooring material shall be The original material often has
retained and restored with matching significant cultural meaning even the
materials. Laying of new ground direction of the granite / brickwork is
finishes shall be sensitive and important. Every effort should be made
sympathetic to the front façade. to understand the cultural significance.
d) Drainage The original drainage from the buildings The flow of water has a strong cultural
to the street is an integral part of the significance and should be respected.
Category I Building and Compound Additional drainage may be permitted to
design. It should be retained and avoid flooding.
restored to original.

4.7.2 Roof

a) Tiles All Roofs The original traditional roofing material, Original installation method and tile
eaves detail, (fascia board) shall be profile are to be used
retained and restored
b) Structure Main The original profile, pitch, height, party The original form should be retained
Roof wall and eaves projection and internal damaged elements may be removed
structure shall be retained and restored and replaced with matching elements
c) Jack Roof The original traditional roofing material, Roof tiles are to be identical to the main
eaves detail, (fascia board), ventilation roof.
louvers or glass, shall be retained and
restored
d) Roof Eaves The original eaves, overhang and Original to be maintained.

support features shall be retained and
restored.
e) Parapets, gutters & The original features, shall be retained New gutters may not be added to
down pipes and restored. existing roofs designed without gutters.

4.7.3 Building External and Internal

a) Building Each Category I Building will be unique, Further research into:
culturally and architecturally and must The traditional way of building
be conserved and restored to maintain The building’s architectural, social, and
its authentic uniqueness cultural history.
b) Materials The original materials used for the All effort to be made to replace
walls, columns, windows, doors, damaged or lost elements with matching
railings, floors and decorative elements, size, species, kind or design.
etc, must be conserved, restored or
returned back to the original. New items are only permitted if they
match the performance of the original
material.
c) Alteration and The Category I building has a footprint No alteration or extension is permitted.
Extension and profile unique to its architectural
style.
d) Utilities and Many Category I buildings were Research is required into how the
Services designed before the invention of original buildings respected, and were
electricity. designed to suit the climate.
Those that have had electricity New services required, such as lighting,
installed in the past may require it to be security, must be installed with care and
upgraded. are unobtrusive and discrete.
Temperatures were controlled through Air-conditioning may only be installed

appropriate design elements such as if the original options can no longer be
open air-wells and fanlights; these used and will be assessed on a case-by
should be conserved and restored. case- basis.
Many Category I buildings were Unless part of the original building

designed before the invention of design, all new sanitary and plumbing
plumbing. Water was collected in should be in and ancillary / annex
water tanks and wells, if still part of the building.
building these should be conserved and
retained.

5 Category IIA
5.1 Definition philanthropy of the early ancestors.
Category IIA is defined as the following:-

Category IIA is also used to identify items
selected for their significance in terms of
(i) Buildings of exceptional interest.
urban landscape – for example, the old
(ii) Buildings related to or associated
fountain in the Red Square.
with Category I buildings.
(iii) Corner buildings of architectural
significance.
(iv) Rows of buildings of architectural 5.2 Permitted Use
significance.
(v) Dated building of architectural The use should be as originally intended or
significance. the new use should be compatible with the
(vi) Compounds, boundary walls, original structure and form and the Category
gateposts & gates, landscapes, I site.
trees, enclaves, granite pathways
and sites. Minor alterations may be permitted on a
(vii) Historic street furniture, granite case-by-case basis.
posts and chains, fountains,
lamp-posts, post boxes, tramlines
and trolley buspoles, fire hydrants 5.3 Authenticity and
and fire assurance plaques, Interpretation
granite and engineering
brick drains, etc. Category IIA – buildings, compounds and
objects, compound walls, gateways, dated
Category IIA covers a multitude of elements, buildings, trees and cultural spaces support
all of which are relevant to the cultural, social the Category I buildings and /or the overall
and architectural significance of heritage OUV of the WHS.
buildings and conservation areas, including
the Core and Buffer Zones of the WHS. Research into the form, design style,
They are important to protect, conserve and traditional materials, history and original
maintain as the ‘permanat element’ of the design source, should be undertaken, in
urban fabric of the city and the history of the order to establish the authenticity.
island’s progress.
Category IIA, buildings and objects should
They range from the few remaining historic retain their authentic and original form,
cast iron lamp posts to buildings related to materials and wherever possible use.
Category I buildings. In this instance the
use of the buildings must be compatible For IIA buildings or objects:
to the Category I building and not cause a (i) The original or typical design (or
devaluation in its significance to the Site. floor plans, in case of buildings),
Continuing or re-instating original use is one should only have minor changes for
way of maintaining the cultural and social modern use, but the overall use
significance and serves to highlight the should respect the authentic design.

(ii) The façade (s) should remain or be is intact then the original material may not
returned to the original. be exchanged for a different material, e.g. if
(iii) The roof structure and roof tiling lime plaster has been used then it cannot be
should match the original. Taking replaced with cement plaster.
note of the roof structure in
relation to the party walls when they Alteration is permitted in order to upgrade
are load-bearing structures. sanitary and plumbing, & electrical utilities.
(iv) The requirements for natural
ventilation (described in the UBBL Extension at rear (and side if applicable) is
para. 31) - the internal open not allowed.
air-well and the external kitchen air-
well / yard should be respected. Requirements for permitted works:
Category: IIA objects and buildings
(i) Dilapidation Survey Report
5.4 Research for Historical (ii) Repair Permit
Data

(iii)
(iv)
Heritage Impact Assessment
Building Submission
(v) Progress Reports
Category IIA buildings, places and objects -
as much as possible must be known about i) Dilapidation Survey Report
them in order to guide the team involved Before any application for a Repair
in any desired changes, before works are Permit can be submitted a
carried out – even minor repairs. Dilapidation Survey Report is
required for all Category IIA
This includes researching: buildings and should be
(i) Traditional building methods typical submitted together with the
of the type and age of the building/ application for the Repair
object. Permit or Building Submission.
(ii) Contemporary conservation
methods, suited to the object or ii) Repair Permit
building. To be submitted to MBMB Building
(iii) Original drawings, photographs, Department before any work is
paintings and other drawn carried out on a Category
information. IIA building or object such
(iv) Newspaper cutting archives, and as gateway or compound wall.
archives documentation of In the case of emergency
the owner or related association etc. repair, a repair may take place
(v) Local oral histories. before the application of a permit
(e.g. roof damaged over a
weekend when Building
5.5 Permitted Works Department closed or owner not
contactable).
Authentic conservation work is permitted
be carried out in order to reinstate back However, photographs of before
the original character and maintain the and after the repair should be
original fabric using traditional or compatible submitted to MBMB together
contemporary methods and materials. with a Repair Permit, as soon as
In Category IIA buildings, if the original fabric possible.

(iii) Heritage Impact Assessment
As the permitted extensions or
alterations to category IIA
buildings or objects are restricted,
the overall impact on the existing
building and external environment
should be limited.
However, as some Category IIA

buildings are related to a Category
I building, a Heritage Impact
Assessment is still required though
its size will be relative to the scale
of works involved (see 4.4).
- Historical Significance of the Site

- Architectural Significance of the
Site
- Cultural Significance of the Site
(iv) Building Submission

In Category IIA buildings, minor
extensions and alterations
are allowed as well as e.g.
upgrading sanitary facilities. These
would need to be submitted to
the Unit Konservasi MBMB for
screening before submission to
OSC/Building Control Department.
(v) Progress Reports

These Reports allow the MBMB,
owner and architect to follow the
course of the work on site. They
are a photographic record taken
before works commence, at the
midpoint of the project and when
all is completed.

5.6 Examples of Category IIA
Figure 3.1 - 73, Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock Figure 3.2 - 100, Jalan Hang Jebat
Figure 3.3 113, Jalan Tokong Figure 3.4 - 117, Jalan Tun Tan Cheng Lock
Figure 3.5 Landing Steps, Melaka River 2010 Figure 3.6 Landing Steps, Melaka River 1910

5.7 Guidelines for Conservation Work on Listed Heritage
General Guide: Category IIA
Buildings and Objects
Item Original designs / building Comments

methods
a) Building Each Category IIA Building will Research into:
be either unique, culturally and The architectural style origins.
architecturally, or associated with The traditional way of building
a Category I building, or part of The building’s architectural, social, and
an enclave / corner and must be cultural history.
conserved and restored to maintain
its authentic uniqueness See Part 3 - Conservation Practice
b) Materials The original materials used for the All effort to be made to replace damaged
structure, roofs, walls, columns, or lost elements with matching size,
windows, doors, railings, floors and species, kind or design.
decorative elements, etc, must be
conserved, restored or returned back New items are only permitted if they
to the original. match the performance of the original and
are approved.
c) Alteration The Category IIA Building has a Alteration is permitted to sensitively

footprint and profile unique to its upgrade amenities.
architectural style. This should be
maintained. See Part 3 - Conservation Practice
d) Extension The Category IIA Building has a Shophouses -Extension to the rear
footprint and profile unique to its area, after the yard/air well is permitted,
architectural style. This should be provided it does not impinge on natural
maintained. ventilation and light to other units.
Other buildings – Extension on a case by

case basis
See Part 3 - Conservation Practice

e) Utilities and Many Category IIA buildings were Research is required into how the original
Services designed before the invention of buildings respected and were designed to
electricity. suit the climate.
Those that have had electricity New services required, such as lighting,
installed in the past may require it to security, must be installed with care and
be upgraded. be unobtrusive and discrete.
Temperatures were controlled through Air-conditioning may only be installed if

appropriate design elements such as the original options can no longer be used
open air-wells and fanlights, these and will be assessed on a case-by case-
should be conserved and restored. basis.
Many Category IIA buildings were Unless part of the original building design,
designed before the invention of all new sanitary and plumbing should be in
plumbing. Water was collected in and ancillary building.
water tanks and wells, if appropriate
to the building these should be See Part 3 - Conservation Practice
conserved and retained.
f) Objects Category IIA objects, such as Research into method of manufacture and
lampposts, landing steps, post boxes, repair. Always repair and conserve, rather
granite pathways etc – are remnants than demolish and replace.
of the historic built landscape.

6 Category IIB
6.1 Definition 6.2 Permitted Use
Category IIB is defined as:- Generally, the best way of securing the
Buildings of special interest that warrant upkeep of heritage building, place or site, is
every effort being made to preserve them. to keep them in active use. However, judging
the best use is one of the most important
and sensitive assessments that MBMB have
Cultural Landscapes Category II B to make. It requires balancing the economic
viability of possible uses against the effect of
Category IIB buildings, places and sites, any changes they entail.
make up for the majority of the cultural
landscape of Melaka. They are the humble, The best use will very often be the use for
the vernacular, they tell of the everyday lives which the building was originally designed
of the eclectic cultural landscape of Melaka. and the continuation or reinstatement of that
They are also the most vulnerable to change use should certainly be the first option when
often swept aside by new developments, the future of that building is considered.
converted into boutique hotels, inappropriate But not all original uses will now be viable
remodelling or simply neglect. or necessarily be appropriate. The nature
of uses can change over time, so that in
They were residences of those who had some cases the original use may now be
lived in Melaka for generations. They were less compatible with the building than an
built to support the traditional beliefs of the alternative.
inhabitants and users. The materials used,
the position of a stair, the angle of the door, A compatible or adaptive reuse of heritage
all relevant to the cultural beliefs of the buildings may be permitted by MBMB to
owners and users. ensure the survival of such buildings. This
means economically viable uses if they are
They represent an architectural identity, to survive.
that was adapted to suit climatic needs and
those of the site conditions. They respected Category IIB- where permitted alterations
the environment producing zero carbon and extensions are required for the new use,
structures long before the notion was the original fabric and form of the building
realised for its sustainability. should not be compromised.
They tell of cultural influences in the change

in scale, decoration and materials, each
one a piece of an architectural and cultural
jigsaw. They are the identity of the Historic
Cities of the Straits of Malacca and the
greatest link between its historic cities.

6.3 Authenticity and stream. The type of foundations used in

buildings of the same time period and area
Interpretation and the building materials used at the time
of its construction.
As Category IIB buildings dominate
the streetscape, the authenticity of their Research material:
connection to the street – the façade and (i) Original drawings – from the MBMB
five-foot-way and/or compound, the original archives.
materials used, the style of openings and (ii) Photographs, paintings and other
decoration should be maintained, restored drawn information.
and conserved, or if altered at some point in (iii) Newspaper cutting archives, and
time - returned back to the original. archives documentation of the
owner or related association etc.
Owners of these buildings may apply to (iv) Local oral histories.
build compatible alterations and extensions -
approval will be a case-by-case basis.
6.5 Permitted Works
Owners are advised to visit the Unit
Konservasi MBMB to seek advice regarding: Category IIB building - internal alteration and
extension at rear (and side if applicable) is
(i) The original typology and the allowed for suitable adaptive-reuse and new
authentic appearance or style of the extension should complement and enhance
building. the quality of existing building in terms of
(ii) The authentic streetscape – setting, mass, height, design, scale, material
including neighbours. use and architectural element.
(iii) The authentic roof line, the view
from the street and vistas. The In Category IIB buildings, repairing the
authentic streetscape and roofline is original materials or returning back to
part of the OUV for the WHS; any the original fabric of the building is to be
change must be carefully encouraged, e.g. removing cement plaster
considered. and replacing with traditional lime plaster.
(iv) The guidelines for conservation and
alteration and extension works, The existing building with its original
traditional ways of building etc. character and building profile should be
retained and restored to its original condition.
Replacing the existing materials should have
6.4 Research for Historical similar profile, performance, design, colour

and texture or equivalent.
Data
Requirements for permitted works
i) Dilapidation Report
It is advisable to discover as much as
ii) Repair Proposal Drawings
possible about the Category IIB buildings
iii) Building Plan Submission
or objects, before a proposal for works is
iv) Progress Reports
considered.
v) Heritage Impact Assessment
Research can help in determining the
original ground condition, e.g. swamp or

i) Dilapidation Report iv) Progress Reports
Before any application for These Reports allow the MBMB,
repair can be submitted a owner and architect to follow the
Dilapidation Survey Report is course of the work on site. They
required for all Category IIB are a photographic record taken
buildings and should be submitted before works commence, at the
to Unit Konservasi MBMB before midpoint of the project and when
the application for the Repair all is completed.
approval or Building Plan
submission to Building Control v) Heritage Impact Assessment
Department. On a case-by-case basis, and
subject to the position of the
ii) Repair Proposal Drawings building related to application, a
To be submitted to MBMB Unit HIA may be required.
Konservasi for screening before
submitting to the Building Control
Department prior to any work
being carried out on a Category
IIB building or object such as
gateway or compound wall.
In the case of emergency

repair, a repair may take place
before the application of permit
(e.g. roof damaged over a
weekend when Building
Department closed or owner not
contactable). However,
photographs of before and after
the repair should be submitted
to MBMB Unit Konservasi together
with Repair Proposal Drawings as
soon as possible.
iii) Building Plan Submission

In Category IIB buildings, minor
extensions and alterations
are allowed as well as e.g.
upgrading sanitary facilities. These
together with dilapidation report
need to be submitted to Unit
Konservasi MBMB for screening
before it is submitted to Building
Control Department for approval.

6.6 Guidelines for Conservation Work Detail Guide:

Category IIA and Category IIB
6.7.1 Roof

methods
Tiles - All Roofs The original traditional roofing Original installation method and tile profile
material, eaves detail, (fascia board) are to be used.
shall be retained and restored
Types a) Small size, V or U profile, a)Timber battens run ridge to eaves on

unglazed, natural colour terracotta horizontal purlins (roof beams).
tiles.
b) Interlocking clay roof tile, b)Timber battens run horizontal supported

Marseilles (Indian or French) not by truss roof system.
traditional to shophouses
Structure Main Roof The original profile, pitch, height, The original form should be retained and
party wall and eaves projection and restored.
internal structure Faulty members may be removed and
replaced with matching member.
Types a) Horizontal timber purlins (roof a) Acts as brace for the structural walls.
beams)installed between load-bearing
walls (shophouses)
b) Horizontal timber purlins (roof b) Acts as a tie for the trusses & rafter
beams)installed above truss or
sloping rafter (bungalows)
c) Timber or Metal Truss System c) Often used for corner sites, 1900s
supporting battens for a interlocking godowns and double-pitched roofs of
clay tile roof or timber boards or bungalows etc.
profiled metal roofing sheets
Ridge and Gable A row of shophouses would often The original form should be retained,
have a roof ridge of bricks or with missing elements to be put back.
bricks and air-vent tiles
Original raised gable wall / party wall

(of high cultural significance)

Jack Roof The original traditional roofing Existing Jack Roof to be retained
material, eaves detail, (fascia board), New jack roof is not permitted.
ventilation louvres or glass, shall be
retained and restored
A tiled roof raised above the ridge Roof tiles are to be identical to the main
of an existing roofline to allow for roof
covered ventilation into the main roof
space. Timber structures vary from
building to building,
Skylight These are not original to the Glass moulded Marseilles tiles are
architecture of Melaka sometimes found on Marseille tiled roofs
Dormer Window Dormer windows are not found in New dormer window is not permitted
Melakan architecture
Eaves The original eaves, overhang and No new eave detail or support may be
Roof overhang support features shall be retained and used.
restored. The original form should be retained, and
restored.
Types a) Stepped terracotta flat tiles, brick a) traditional shophouse without gutters.
corbel brackets at junction with wall
c) Exposed battens and facia board. b) shophouse or bungalow with

Brick corbel or timber corbel. overhanging roof
d) RC brackets and ceiling boards c) buildings after 1920s, shophouses,

with patterned beading (1920s) bungalows and commercial buildings
Gutters Gutters and down pipes were Roofs without gutters should remain
introduced in the mid 1800s, many without.
buildings continued without gutters, The original form to be retained and
with rain falling into the open drain restored.
below. Gutters and downpipes were
part of the overall design from the
early 1900s.

6.7.2 Upper Façade

methods
(i) Building Facade The heritage facades styles are The original façade shall be retained &/ or
numerous, changing with new restored.
influences fashions and technologies. Demolition, alteration & addition to original
Over the years many have been / aesthetic façade is not permitted.
altered almost beyond recognition. The original masonry, mortar & plaster
shall be retained (where possible).
(ii) Upper Facade (a) Decorative features – on certain The original decorative features, if
shophouses, there are often bands of any, shall be retained & restored using
decoration, either painted or moulded traditional materials.
with 3D chien nien shardwork, below
the roof beam, or above the first floor
beam.
On certain shophouses, masonry To be repaired, restored or reinstated,

bungalows and commercial buildings, using original materials if evidence.
the decoration was moulded from
lime mortar.
(b) Upper floor shutters– traditional To be repaired, restored or reinstated,

timber shutters with two panels of using original materials.
movable louvres and in some cases
one further solid panel at the base of
each leaf.
(c) Balustrades – behind the door height To be repaired, restored or reinstated,

shutters - a balustrade usually of using original materials. Missing elements
timber, but occasionally of cast iron. shall follow the original design.
(d) New secondary internal windows Leaf frame timber size & width to match
may be required if the internal space the leaf frame of the shutters. Clear,
is being air-conditioned or to cut out kampong or light tinted class is permitted
external noise.
(e) Low wall – below shutters, in some To be restored back to original

instances highly decorated.
(f) Canopy – In a few cases a terracotta Original canopy, if any, to be retained &
‘V” shaped tiled canopy projected restored.
from above the first floor beam, Traditional roofing material is to be used.
below the first floor low wall, out Materials such as metal, asbestos sheet
into the street. The canopy structure or PVC are not permitted.
supported by projecting granite
corbels. Permitted but in design manner and
compliance with requirement of relevant
department.
Original to be retained and restored.

No new opening in side walls permitted
(iii) Side Facade Sidewall openings- In a few cases

openings in the sidewalls were
part of the original design. These
were protected by stepped bricks
and terracotta tiles to form a slight
projection from the main wall above
the opening. Solid or louvred timber
shutters would have filled the
opening.

6.7.3 Lower Façade

(i) Lower Facade The entrance façade of residential shophouses Existing façades that have been altered from the
and certain bungalows follows a similar design original shall be reinstated to original façade in
format. Central doorway and timber doors terms of rhythm, materials used, vertical & horizontal
flanked either side by shuttered openings with elements
air-vents above.
The nature of the decoration and material Traditional material such as timber, lime plaster,lime
reflects the culture of the original owner/builder wash, are to be used.
and the design evolved with ‘modern’ influences
over the years.
To be retained, and restored with traditional materials
(a) Central doorway and ventilation doors – New italics – allowed.
Residential
Ventilation doors and pintu pagar should always
open into the five foot way. These may be pivot
doors or hinged depending on the style of the
façade. The shoe for the pivot was often carved To be retained, and restored with traditional materials,
granite. threshold and method of opening- pivot or hinged.
(b) Central doorway and solid doors - Residential

The timber frame often formed the threshold,
though granite thresholds are also known.
Pivoted solid doors should always open inwards
so that the painted or carved poem/ auspicious To be restored and retained
message is facing towards the inside of the New roller shutters arenot permitted.
building. Existing roller shutter to be replaced with traditional
security shutters.
(c) Security shutters – Commercial
Full width timber panels are considered Clear glass, frameless glass doors are permitted.
traditional. Metal framed doors are not permitted
Reflective glass is not permitted
(d) New secondary glass doors may be required

if the internal space is being air-conditioned
or to cut out external noise. These should be To be restored and retained using traditional materials
placed between the solid timber doors (opening and methods.
inwards) and the ventilated doors opening out.
The glass doors should open inwards.
(e) Openings and air-vents.

Thick timber frames, vertical metal bars and
horizontal timber transoms, created the openings
for the solid timber shutters on the ground floor.
In some cases glass windows were installed Leaf frame timber size & width to match the leaf frame
between the bars and the solid shutters. Above of the shutters. Clear, kampong or light tinted class is
the openings are timber framed air vents with permitted. Reflective glass is not permitted
decorative carved grilles or simple vertical bars.
Carved timber panels sitting on carved lions were
(f) New secondary internal windows may be typical in shophouses.
required if the internal space is being air-
conditioned or to cut out external noise.
(ii) Signage Signage shall be installed in accordance with

Guidelines for Display of Signage.
(iii) Security devices Original security devices such as locks, steel

bars, grilles & etc. shall be retained & restored.

6.7.3 Five Foot Way

methods
Five-Footway - Verandah ---
Original design of five-footway such
as archway & arcades shall be
maintained. Any original decorative
feature(s) shall be retained &
restored.
(i) Walls Decorative wall tiles -

Originally placed as a dado panel
below the two openings either side of
the main door. These were installed Existing to be retained and restored.
using lime mortar. New tiles are not permitted
(ii) Floors Where the five-footway is not level A ramp in compliance with the
with adjacent units & the difference in requirements of relevant departments
level is more than one step, shall be provided.
Original floor finishes shall be Traditional finishes terracotta tiles,

restored. If repair or replacement is terrazzo tiles, and mosaic to be restored.
necessary, finishes used shall be of Finishes of gloss ceramic tiles are not
material close to the original in terms permitted.
of colour & texture. Shall be retained & exposed without
covering up by other materials.
Existing granite slab edging, to mark

the street boundary of the five-foot-
way
(iii) Drain Traditional granite steps and bridge Existing to be retained and restored. If
across drain – missing, new to be installed.
Drain edge – engineering bricks.
(iv) Ceiling In rare cases the five-foot way has a Original ceiling profile / design shall
ceiling. be maintained. Any original decorative
Exposed upper floor structure of feature(s) shall be retained & restored.
timber boards & timber joists are Is permitted to remain.
more usual.
Exposed reinforced concrete floor, if

any.

6.7.4 Rear Area

methods
Kitchen courtyard and air well –
rear court
(i) Roof cover New roof of pitch profile over the Matching roofing material as the main
rear courtyard single storey kitchen roof shall be used. Materials such as
building is allowed subject to the roof zinc, asbestos, metal deck & etc. are not
height requirement. permitted.
No new structure is allowed within the
air-well.
(ii) External Staircase Existing external staircase, if any,

should be retained.
(iii) Rear Boundary Wall The rear wall - plaster and brick with Any original decorative feature(s) shall be
an external opening into the back lane retained & restored.
– if any. The original height of wall is
to be retained.
An increase on wall height to Shall be of matching construction,

accommodate minimum headroom materials and finishes.
requirements is allowed provided
it does not impede neighbouring
buildings, - light, ventilation etc.
Rear Façade
(iv) Windows, Doors & Original openings were simpler than To be retained & restored
Vents the front façade, but of the same
materials. New openings shall be of similar material
The rear opening may be changed as the front façade.
subject to design requirement.
New openings are permitted.

6.7.5 Interior

Floors
(i) Ground Floor The existing ground floor level and changes in Replacement of damaged materials shall match
level shall be retained. with same or close to if the function of the material
Original layout / tile works / finishes shall be matches.
retained & restored.
(ii) Upper Floor(s) The existing floor level & original structural
members including timber main beams or steel
I-beam, timber floor joists & timber floor boards
shall be retained & restored.
Addition of toilets internally is permitted if

existing structure is not compromised. New For wet areas e.g. Toilets & kitchen, concrete floor
support structure, from ground floor must avoid may be used.
damage to original brick, granite and footings
and bakau piles.
Extension for toilet / bathroom at rear of building
preferred.
(iii) Mezzanine Floor Mezzanine floors are not part of the original
layout of the buildings as tall ceilings cooled the
naturally ventilated spaces.
Existing mezzanine floor should be retained if
meets requirements.
New basement is not permitted.
(iv) Ceiling Ceilings

Original ceiling profile / design shall be retained.
Any original decorative feature(s) shall be
Exposed underside of floor structure of timber
boards & timber joists shall be retained & Areas of damage may be replaced with matching or
restored. similar material.
Existing exposed underside of reinforced Traditional material of timber frame, timber boards or
concrete floor above, if any, is allowed to remain. plaster boards.
False ceiling is permitted provided the volume of
internal space is maintained and original features
such as cornices, arches, capitals & decorative
stuccos are not covered.
Walls Repair work is permitted but must follow original

(v) Party wall The majority of Heritage Buildings were design, material & construction method.
constructed using bricks as loadbearing walls -
No material used may damage the integrity of the
Reinforced concrete column structure structural wall and cause nuisance to the neighbouring
was introduced in the early 1900s in new buildings.
construction, but many buildings were
redesigned and adapted from the original load New structure introduced to support the wall above the
bearing brick buildings. openings must avoid damaging the remaining footings,
and bakau piles.
Openings in the party wall for joint units may
be permitted subject to the stability of building Traditional or matching material is to be used.
structure and the value of the features to be that
will be removed as a result of the openings.
(vi) Decorative Features The original decorative features, if any, shall be


6.7.6 Features

Air Well
Long shophouse buildings with two pitched roofs
or more, separated the pitches with an air-well,
to allow for ventilation and cooling of the spaces
below. The air-well allows for access to maintain
the pitched roof.
Below the air-well and on the ground floor is
a recessed area of granite edging and floor. A
drain hole leads to the front of the building and
the street drain.
(i) Size The original size & location shall be retained &
restored.
(ii) Floor Finishes Level up the existing floor is not permitted Replacement or installation of new materials shall be
The original finishes of granite slab & edging the same or close to original materials.
shall be retained & restored.
(iii) Windows, Shutters & vents- The original openings shall be retained & Traditional material is to be used to replace damaged
upper floor restored. pieces.
Installation of other modern materials is not allowed.
(iv) Roof Cover A flat moveable roof cover is allowed & the Lightweight transparent or translucent roof covering
height of the cover shall be lower than the eaves is allowed.
of the main roof.
Total cover up of air well is not permitted.
No other above ground structure or slab is

discouraged within the air well space.
Staircases
Original staircase positioning & design with fine Traditional material is to be used to repair or make
craftsmanship shall be retained & restored. good the original finishes.
Repositioning the original staircase is permitted
if necessary.
The original artistic design of balusters &
balustrades are to be retained & reused. Additional staircase made of reinforced concrete shall
Additional new staircase is permitted if have timber finishes including balusters & balustrades.
necessary
(v) Exterior/Finishes Colours and finishes

Each period of design history had preferred Traditional material such as lime wash is to be used or
colour schemes. Scraping back to the original other breathable material.
base layer will reveal the colour history.
The colour and materials should be chosen from
this investigation.
The original finishes, e.g. Tiles, fair-faced bricks Finishing materials must not harm the structural
or granolithic render (shanghai plaster) shall be integrity of the building.
Painting over the original finishes is prohibited.
The colour scheme or paint used shall match

& harmonise with the typical character of the
heritage buildings& of streetscape.
(vi) Interior/ Finishes Interior finishing materials shall not harm the If lime wash was the original material then a
structural integrity of the building. breathable paint or lime wash may be used.

6.7.7 Utilities
The majority of Category IIA&B properties were built before the age of electricity, air-conditioning, piped
water, sewerage and other utilities and services. Their installation will potentially disturb the original
integrity of the heritage buildings and must be done with care and consideration.

Mechanical & Electrical Systems
(i) Security Surveillance CCTV cameras and gear are permitted, and Installations must seek permits from the relevant
should be placed carefully to avoid damage to authorities.
the façade and original interiors.
Must avoid damage to the original building fabric.
Installation of new security devices is allowed, subject
to requirements of suitability, unobtrusive positioning,
visually discreet in design and colour.
(ii) Electrical Conduits No electrical conduit pipes are allowed on the

surface of external façade.
TNB cable routing and meter must be within the
five-foot-way or rear of building.
Internal wiring may be either
Visible wiring on Patrice boards (Melaka)
.
(iii) Air-conditioning units No air conditioning pipes are permitted on the
external façade.
Air-conditioning pipes are permitted on the
surface of the rear wall or rear air well and shall
be properly encased & neatly laid out.
Air-condensing condenser units shall be located Material such as timber lattice or metal screen, which
least visible from the exterior. harmonized with building rear façade is preferred.
Air-conditioning units may be located below five
foot way on party wall is there is sufficient head
room – for shophouses only.
Installation of compressor unit(s) on front façade
is strictly prohibited.
Air-condensing condenser units may be installed

at the rear courtyard / kitchen area (below the
rear boundary wall / air well / roof) and / or
covered up by a frame with suitable design &
material.
Cooling tower air-conditioners are not allowed

as they add too much humidity to the area
encouraging plant growth and potential damage.

(Continue)

(iv) Satellite Dishes No satellite dishes are permitted on the external To be placed at the rear courtyard if possible.
façade or front roof.
(v) Water tank / Solar panels Water tank, & other external installations, if Material such as timber lattice or metal screen which
any, shall be covered / screened & placed least harmonized with building façade is preferred.
visible from the exterior.
Corner units should avoid these being visible
from the streets
(vi) Lift Installation of lift is allowed for extension / Motor-room-less lifts are advisable. The pit must avoid
annexed building. The lift shaft shall not protrude damage to heritage foundations and footings
from the front slope of the roof of new building. .
(vii) Kitchen Exhaust fan Exhaust fan can be placed at rear kitchen
courtyard. Exhaust fan ducts cannot be placed
outside the building. Exhaust discharge from
kitchen hoods/stoves cannot be directed into any
public space.
(viii) Night Lighting Light fittings, if any, shall be placed at least

obtrusive place & in harmonious with the
character of building façade.
Sanitary, Plumbing, drainage
(i) Waste pipes Wastepipes and floor traps to follow regulations

as required.
Design to avoid damage to heritage buildings
footings, below ground.
Heritage floor tiles, raised to accommodate pipes
work to be restored back if possible.
(ii) Drainage Provide proper drainage at the building perimeter

to ensure that water does not splash against
building or foundation walls nor drain towards
the building.
(iii) Soil vent-pipe Soil vent pipes should not be placed where they
may protrude out through the front roof, visible
to the street.

7 Infill and Replacement
7.1 Introduction detract from, the character or appearance
of the area; their infill or replacement,
respectively, should be a stimulus to
This section is concerned with sites or
imaginative, high quality design, and seen
buildings identified as Infill or replacement
as an opportunity to enhance the area.
on which permitted compatible
development can take place within the
What is important is not that new buildings
WHS, and their potential impact on the
should directly imitate earlier styles, but
OUV's of the WHS.
that they should be designed with respect
for their context, as part of a larger whole,
which has a well established character and
7.1.1 Protection, Conservation, Enhancement
appearance of its own.
The desirability of preserving or enhancing

the conservation area is in the State
7.1.2 Compatible development
Planning Committee’s view a material
consideration in the MBMB’s handling of
MBMB requires detailed plans and
development proposals, which are outside
drawings of proposed new development,
the conservation area but would affect its
including elevations, which show the
setting, or views into or out of the area.
new development in its setting, before
considering a planning application. MBMB
All development proposals will be judged
have special regard for such matters as
for their effect on the character and
scale, height, form, massing, and respect
appearance of the conservation area.
for the traditional pattern of frontages,
vertical or horizontal emphasis and
While conservation of the Core and
detailed design (e.g. the scale & spacing
Buffer Zones whether by preservation
of window openings, and the nature &
or enhancement of their character or
quality of materials). General planning
appearance must be a major contribution,
standards should be applied sensitively
this cannot realistically take the form
in the interests of harmonizing the new
of preventing all new development; the
development with its neighbours in the
emphasis will generally need to be on
conservation area.
controlled and positive management
of change. Policies will need to be
Planning decisions in respect of
implemented to allow the area to
development proposed to be carried out
remain alive and prosperous but at
in the conservation area must give high
the same time to ensure that any new
priority to the objective of preserving
development accords with the area’s
and/or enhancing the character and/or
special architectural, historic and cultural
appearance of the area.
significance.
The conservation area includes gap

sites, and a few insensitive buildings that
make no positive contribution to or indeed

7.2 In Fill 7.2.4

Permitted Works
Temporary buildings or sites categorised
as Infill Development, located within
Definition
conservation areas do not have intrinsic
Existing empty land or temporary structure
architectural or heritage significance,
where compatible re-development is
although the site may have had in the
permitted.
past.
7.2.1 Introduction
Temporary buildings on the site may
Amongst the shophouses, godowns and
be demolished and redeveloped
other properties in the conservation areas
simultaneously subject to statutory
and the WHS, are empty pieces of land.
requirements. It is important that the
Some of these sites have one or two
redevelopment should be designed to
temporary buildings on them and others
enhance the streetscape and the character
are completely empty.
of the adjoining heritage buildings, as
required in the Town and Country Planning
These are prime sites for Compatible In
Act (1976).
fill Development where redevelopment is
permitted.
7.2.5 Requirements for permitted works:
(i) Planning Permission for Infill
For those that are placed within a
Development
WHS, this guideline provide a guide to
(ii) HIA
compatible redevelopment. Those outside
(iii) Building Submission and Report
the WHS, come under the Town and
(iv) Progress Reports
Country Planning Act and other existing
legal instruments.
(i) Planning Permission & Heritage
Impact Assessment
7.2.2 Permitted Use
For all new development within the
For compatible infill development projects
WHS and or other conservation
within the WHS, care must be taken that
areas, a HIA must accompany
the proposed use will not devalue the OUV
the Planning Submission by a
of the Site. Advice should be sought from
Competent Person for Planning
the MBMB as to the permitted use for each
Approval (see section 4).
lot.
For example:
7.2.3 Authenticity and Interpretation
Historic research revealed the
It is recommended that an infill site
progression of reclamation for
(i) set within a row of heritage
the land along the estuary of the
buildings, or
Melaka River and the types of
(ii) placed amongst other infill sites or
building built on it. This forewarns
adjacent to replacement sites,
the Geotechnical and the C&S
should study the authentic design
engineers as to the challenges
of the adjacent buildings and the
of the site and guided the overall
site’s history, in order to propose
design concept at planning stage.
a design compatible with and
interpreting the site and its historic
content.

(ii) Building Submission & paintings and other drawn
Condition Report information.
If, in the case of the WHS, infill (ii) Newspaper cutting archives, and
development is taking place archives documentation of the
on a site where they may be owner or related association etc
adjacent heritage buildings, it
is highly recommended that a To avoid negative impact on neighbouring
report of the general conditions heritage buildings, it is important to
of the neighbouring buildings be understand their construction methods.
submitted together with the project
proposal for Building Submission. This includes researching:
(i) Traditional building methods
This Conditions Report identifies typical of the type and age of the
the condition of the adjacent building/item,
heritage buildings before work (ii) Historic maps (look out for the
commences. If major works are word ‘swamp’).
taking place, the condition of (iii) Local oral histories, place
neighbouring heritage buildings names – (Kampung Java was
should be monitored. All effort the settlement for the Javanese
should be made to avoid damage population before they were
to the neighbouring heritage relocated to Kampung Morten)
properties.
7.2.6 Permitted Height
(iii) Progress Report The height of compatible infill development
These Reports allow the MBMB, within the WHS is dependent on the height
owner and architect to follow the of the adjacent heritage buildings.
course of the work on site. They
are a photographic record taken However, listed buildings outside the
before works commence, at the conservation area will be determined by
midpoint of the project and when planning regulations.
all is complete.
7.2.6 Research for Historical Data

Within the WHS, the HIA – requires
the Historical Significance of the site
and adjacent heritage buildings to be
researched and written.
Historic evidence may influence the design
of the new proposal and give reference to
interesting buildings or events of the past.
It may even inspire a rebuilding of a
building formerly demolished.
Research possibilities are:
(i) Original drawings, photographs,
Figure 7.1: Infill lot refer to the adjacent building

7.3 Replacement 7.3.4 Permitted Works

Sites identified for replacement and
Definition
located within conservation areas do
Existing building without any significant
not have intrinsic architectural and
value where sensitive re-development is
heritage significance. These buildings are
permitted.
permitted to be demolish and replaced
with compatible new development,
7.3.1 Introduction
sensitive to their location, its history and
the significance to the cultural landscape
Unlisted buildings located within
of the overall site and its OUV's or to the
conservation areas are buildings, which
conservation areas and enclaves if outside
do not have intrinsic architectural and
the WHS. These sites are subject to
heritage interest and may be demolished
conservation regulations.
and replaced simultaneously subject
to these conservation guidelines. The
It is important that the projects follow
redevelopment should be designed to
the due process for concept design (see
enhance the streetscape and the character
below) and that the redevelopment should
of the adjoining buildings.
be designed to enhance the streetscape
and the character of the adjoining
For those sites that are placed within the
buildings, as required in the Town and
WHS, these Regulations provide a guide
Country Planning Act (1976).
to compatible Replacement.
Requirements for permitted works:

Those outside the WHS, come under the
(i) Planning Permission - Heritage
Town and Country Planning Act and other
Impact Assessment
existing legal instruments.
(ii) Building Submission & Condition
Report - insurance
7.3.2 Permitted Use
(iii) Progress Reports
For compatible replacement development
(i) Planning Permission - Heritage
projects within the WHS, care must be
Impact Assessment
taken that the proposed use will not
For all new development within the
devalue the OUV's of the Site. Advice
WHS and or other conservation
should be sought from the MBMB as to the
areas, an HIA must accompany the
permitted use for each lot.
Planning Submission for Planning
Approval (see section 4).
7.3.3 Authenticity and Interpretation
It is recommended that a replacement site
It is advisable that the HIA takes
(i) set within a row of heritage
place at an early stage, as this
buildings, or
will help identify key factors than
(ii) placed amongst other infill sites or
may influence / inspire / fore warn
consultants in the schematic
should study the authentic design
design process.
of the adjacent buildings and the
site’s history so that a design
compatible with and interpreting
the site and its historic content is
achieved.


For example: 7.3.5 Research for Historical Data
Historic research revealed the
progression of reclamation for Within the WHS, the HIA – Heritage
the land along the estuary of the Impact Assessment requires the Historical
Melaka River and the types of Significance of the site and adjacent
building built on it. This forewarns heritage buildings to be researched and
the Geotechnical and the C&S written.
engineers as to the challenges of
the site and guided the over all Historic evidence may influence the design
design concept at planning stage. of the new proposal and give reference to
interesting buildings or events of the past.
(ii) Building Submission & It may even inspire the rebuilding of a
Condition Report - insurance building formerly demolished.
In the WHS, it is possible that
replacement development is Research possibilities are:
taking place on a site where they (i) Original drawings, photographs,
may be a building to demolish paintings and other drawn
adjacent heritage buildings, or part information.
of an existing heritage building to (ii) Newspaper cutting archives, and
retain. It is highly recommended archives documentation of the
that the general conditions of owner or related association etc
the neighbouring buildings be
recorded and submitted as a report To avoid negative impact on neighbouring
together with the project proposal heritage buildings, it is important to
for Building Submission. understand their construction methods
when considering demolition methods (of
This Conditions Report identifies the replacement building) and proposed
the condition of the adjacent new construction methods.
heritage buildings before work
commences. If major works are This includes researching:
taking place, the condition of (i) Traditional building methods
neighbouring heritage buildings typical of the type and age of the
should be monitored. All effort building/item,
should be made to avoid damage (ii) Historic maps (look out for the
to the neighbouring heritage word ‘swamp’).
properties. (iii) Local oral histories, place names
(Kampung Java was the
(iii) Progress Reports settlement for the Javanese
These Reports allow the MBMB, population before they
owner and architect to follow the were relocated to Kampung
course of the work on site. They Morten)
are a photographic record taken
before works commence, at the
mid point of the project and when
all is completed.

7.3.6

Permitted height
The height of compatible infill development
7.4 Guidelines for Infill and
within the WHS is dependent on the Replacement
height of the adjacent heritage buildings
or 12metres measured 300mm These regulations refer to new
above the centre of the road to the development to be built within a row of
highest point of the proposed building. existing heritage shophouses or in an area
where there are both heritage buildings
and building identified as replacement.
If the authentic heritage features of the

neighbouring heritage buildings have been
altered over time, it is of value to consult
the Unit Konservasi MBMB,or PERZIM
for these Guidelines Part Three, in order
to establish the authentic features to be
followed.
If the new development is proposed for

an area where there are both heritage
buildings and buildings identified as
replacement and not in a row of existing
shophouses, a contemporary architectural
form may be suitable.

Roof (External)
Item Design Comments

a) Roof form & finish The roof shall be pitched to follow Roofing material shall be
the gradient and roof form of the unglazed, natural clay following
adjacent heritage buildings, if in a the traditional profile suitable for
shophouse row, or neighbouring the traditional roof structure for the
heritage buildings if in other areas. building form.
e.g. shophouse – purlins system
godowns – truss system
b) Projection The eave line of the front roof, materials used in the construction
method of construction and gutter to match the adjacent buildings.
shall be in line with adjacent
heritage building.
c) Skylight See relevant building Category ---

regulations for adjacent properties,
for guidance on skylight.
d) Jack roof Jack roof if the infill is part of a Roofing material shall be
row that already has a jack roof. unglazed, natural clay following
Design to match with adjacent the adjacent jack roof profile and
heritage building. structure.
e) Dormer window Dormer window is not permitted. ---
Street Facade (External)

a) Front Façade & side Within a row of heritage buildings Surface materials, finishes,
- the solid & void expression of texture, colour etc shall be
adjacent conservation building compatible with that of the
may be used as a guide in the adjacent heritage building.
design of the façade & with
emphasis on the vertical &
horizontal elements.
On a corner site - The corner infill

building shall reflect the design of
a corner heritage building.
The height of floors shall be

coordinated & in parallel with the
floor height of adjacent heritage
building.

b) Five footway / verandah way A five-foot-way -covered walkway Floor finishes & colour shall match
shall be provided on the ground the material used in adjacent
floor at the frontage of the building heritage buildings, if authentic.
and also along the street facade of
corner building. The width, height
& level of the walkway shall match
that of adjoining walkway when the
infill is in a row of existing heritage
building
Where there is no adjoining

walkway,the design should follow,
the adjacent heritage buildings.
For new infill adjacent to building

identified as replacement the
minimum width of 2.25 meter shall
be provided for in the design.
The front façade of the new infill
should follow alignment of adjacent
building.
Where it is not possible to match

the walkway level of adjacent
building, a ramp in compliance
with the requirements of relevant
departments shall be provided.
The provision of colonnaded

covered walkway is subject to
evaluation. The size & spacing of
the columns shall take cognizance
of the existing character of the
colonnaded covered walkway of
the street blocks in the vicinity.
Rear Facade (External)

a) Rear Façade Compatibility in terms of materials, The use of clear or light tinted
finish, texture, profile & design glass for openings is preferable.
with adjacent heritage buildings is
encouraged.

Party Wall (External)

a) Gable ends The new building shall not obstruct The use of clear or light tinted
the original raised gable wall glass for openings is preferable.
/ party wall (of artistic merit)of
adjacent heritage buildings.
b) Party wall structure The existing structural integrity of e.g. – Lime mortar, Lime plaster,
an adjoining heritage building must Lime wash or breathable paint
not be compromised, nor damage (silicate)
caused by the infill development.
Others (External)

a) Canopy The use of canopy is generally ---
allowed where appropriate.
Compatibility in terms of design
& material used is encouraged. A
standard projection of 450 mm is
acceptable.
Traditional canopy corbels and

timber structure on a neighbouring
building should be followed if
appropriate.
b) Signage/Advertising Signage shall be designed In compliance with regulations for

& installed according to the the World Heritage Site
regulations for display of signage
and advertising Part 8 of these
Regulations.
c) Secutrity Security & protection measures ---

appropriate to the risk are
generally acceptable provided that
it is visually discreet in design&
colour & place in an unobtrusive
position.

Internal

a) Basements Basement is generally not ---
recommended.
However basement may be
allowed in certain cases subject to
site conditions & provided it does
not affect the structural stability of
adjacent heritage buildings.
b) Air Wells Provision of air well(s) is subject ---

to neighbouring building profile,
street characteristic and the length
of building. The size & positioning
of air well to follow the original air
well of adjacent heritage buildings.
A flat moveable / fixed roof cover

over the air well is allowed & the
height of the cover shall be lower
than the eaves of the main roof.
Floor drainage for the open air-well

must be considered in the overall
design.

Mechanical and Electrical

a) Exhaust fan Exhaust fan shall not intrude or ---
discharge into the public space.
b) Conduits & Pipes All other utility & conduit pipes ---
except for rainwater down pipes
shall not run on the surface of the
external front wall.
Rainwater down pipes shall lead

directly into drains.
c) Air-condensing Units Outdoor air-condensing units shall ---

be located such that they are not
visible from the exterior.
d) Lift shaft Lift shaft is not permitted to project Motor room less lifts are advisable
above the front slope of the main
roof.
The lift shaft should not be visible

from any angle from the street.
e) Satellite dishes Satellite dishes should not be ---

placed on the front elevation

8 Building Signage and Lighting
8.1 General Guideline Because of the special interest of the
heritage buildings and the conservation
of Signage & area, advertisements which may have a
significant visual impact are not permitted
Advertisement for display on heritage buildings and in the
conservation area.
The traditional signage seen in heritage
areas displays a character unique All signage must be carefully located to
to Malakans and their heritage. It avoid obscuring the heritage building,
demonstrates the skills of the craftsmen; and blocking light and ventilation into
the wood carvers, the plasterers and the rooms. It differs according to the
lantern makers and should be protected, architectural style of the buildings and the
conserved and encouraged to be used, in elements on the facade.
both new-use and conservation of heritage
buildings. All signage and advertisement must
obtain the necessary approvals prior
to erecting them such approvals will be
prior to obtaining pront for signboard and
advertising
Figure 8.1: Traditional Engraved Signage Maker in Melaka

8.2 Guidelines on
Traditional Shophouse
Signage
Good examples from the past can be seen
along Jalan Kampung Pantai (figure 8.3)
which the location and the scale of the
signages were in proportion and blend
harmoniously with the buildings.
Figure 8.2: Jalan Kampung Pantai 2010
Figure 8.3: Jalan Kampung Pantai 1930

In a traditional shopfront, original space
for name plaques or signboards should be Other Traditional Signage
utilised to the fullest for signage purposes.
i) The width of the name plaque or These signage devices are encouraged:
signboard shall not be more than the
width of the door and its height shall i) Stonework
be half or less than the width of the Incised stonework (such as the figures
door (Figure 8.3) of the year in which the building was
completed or opened, the name of the
ii) Distinctive features of a traditional building or that of its occupants), embossed
shopfront such as relief motifs, lettering, emblems and logos, which is
ornaments, vents, fanlights, relief incorporated in the fabric of a building is
carvings on timber doors or windows permitted and shall be preserved.
and special finishes shall not be
covered by the signage ii) 3D Individual Letters in Metal
The Early Modern style of architecture
saw the use of three-dimensional letters,
often bronze, as part of the overall design
on the façade. These were not internally
illuminated.
iii) Bamboo Chicks

Bamboo Chicks – blinds- are often used
as a sun-shading device. For a commercial
premises these are ideal places to advertise
the business, otherwise hidden behind the
shade.
Figure 8.4: Traditional Signage in Melaka WHS

8.3 Guidelines on Business

Signage
Buildings are often covered in two types of
signage or advertising.
● Business Signage - giving the name of

the shop/business
● Product Advertising – showing the

product sold from the premises
Illustrated below in Figure 8.5 is a general

guideline on the permitted positions for
business signage/advertising on a heritage
building :
Figure 8.5: Permitted Positions of Facade Signage

8.3.1 Façade Business Signage /
Advertisement
i) Advertisement display shall not

obscure or obstruct any window or
ventilation opening on the wall of a
building.
ii) Placing of horizontal advertisement
display is prohibited above and
beneath roof eave .
iii) Advertisement display shall not
project beyond 0.5 metre from the
building.
iv) Placing of advertisement display on
top of any decorative elements is not
permitted.
v) Placing of advertisement display shall
not cover the silhouette of parapet.
vi) Horizontal advertisement display
shall conform within the width of
the spandrel of the first floor of the
premise / unit (a). If it cannot be
displayed, it is permissible below
the floor beam provided there is a
minimum clear height of 2.5 meters.
Figure 8.6: Facade Signage
8.3.2 Projecting Business Signage /

Advertisement
i) Advertisement display must be affixed

so that any part of it must have a
minimum clear height of 3.7 metres
from the streetway.
ii) Projecting advertisement display may
only be affixed on end columns.
iii) Projecting advertisement display may
varies according to the roof eaves.
iv) Projecting advertisement display of
each floor shall conform within the
floor height.
v) Projected box type casing
advertisement display is prohibited.
Figure 8.7: Projecting Signage

8.3.3 Hanging Business Signage /

Advertisement
i) Hanging signs placed within the

five-foot-way should be within the
clear width between the column
and entrance wall with minimum
headroom clearance of 2.5 metres.
ii) Hanging signs placed above the arch
of five-foot-way should not extend
below the arch level.
iii) Hanging sign placed below the arch
much have minimum headroom
clearance of 2.5m.
iv) No sign may cover the curve of the
2.5 metres
arch.
Figure 8.8: Hanging Signage
8.3.4 Product Advertisement On Flank Wall
i) Advertisement display relating to

name boards attached to the flank
wall of a building is permitted subject
to compliance with the dimension and
design specified in these regulations.
ii) Advertisement display, which
protrudes above the roofline is
prohibited.
iii) Wall mounted poster panels erected
on the walls of a building is prohibited.
Figure 8.9: Signage on Flank Wall

8.4 Guidelines on Lighting 8.4.1 Possible Light arrangements:
of Heritage Buildings ● Strings of light bulbs attached to a

building e.g. around windows and
i) Illuminating heritage buildings must be cornices etc, is not permitted.
carried out with extreme care, to avoid ● Spot lighting on the building should
both ugly and damaging installations. be kept to a minimum, subject to
ii) Drilling of holes through walls in order approval on a case-by-case basis.
to provide power supply, and the fixing ● Flood lighting of buildings should
of light fittings, all causes damage to be unobtrusive and set within the
the heritage buildings and should be landscape, not attached to the
kept to a minimum. building.
iii) Once installed and running, the heat ● Floodlighting of buildings must be
build up from lights placed too close to natural white colour.
the building is likely to cause damage.
Lighting should be considered with
this in mind.
iv) Traditionally the lighting would
have been at the ground floor
entrance, under the five-foot-way of
a shophouse or porch of a bungalow,
and internally in shop windows.
vi) Static and rotational colour lighting is
not permitted.
Figure 8.10: Lighting under the five-footway

ANNEXURE B : GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS (GEORGE TOWN) 1-1
1 Introduction
1.1 Preamble integrity, to highlight its values and

recognise its signif cance in our fast
changing world.
"Development is the 1.1.1 Intent of Guideline
engine of an urban
The function of this Guideline for
economy but heritage Conservation Areas and Heritage
and identity will always Buildings is to regulate the development

and use of land in the World Heritage Site
be the soul of the city." of George Town. It has to take account
of the State Government’s objective of
Christopher Pound
promoting sustainable economic growth
and make provision for development to
Penang Island’s built, natural, and living meet the economic and social needs of the
cultural landscapes are all ref ections community. This Guideline is also required
of the Island’s rich history of both to preserve the built and natural heritage.
indigenous and migrant populations.
Each brought with them the traditions of This Guidelines ref ect the State
their homelands, which over time fused, Government’s aspiration of developing the
adapted and intermingled to suit the new historic centre of the city of George Town
land. This history, mirrored in the living as a truly “Intelligent and Sustainable
cultures of today, their traditions and Heritage City”. Its sets out the State
architecture, is the island’s identity. Government’s policy on planning and
development issues and provides
The built environment echoed the beliefs guidance to MPPP on the operation of
and needs of its builders and the early the planning and development systems.
settlers and is rich in cultural meaning. This regulation is material to decisions on
So closely tied are the intangible and planning applications. It is also material
tangible cultures, that it is hard to separate to decisions on repair, conservation,
them. A granite step, brings with it the maintenance, alteration, extension and
belief of solidity and permanence, a Datuk compatible development issues.
shrine heralds the presence of a Chinese
community, a call for prayer creates a This guideline provides a full statement
human pathway of worshipers towards a of the State Government’s policy for
mosque and a broken coconut outside a the protection of heritage building,
doorway, marks the ridding of egos of the conservation areas and other elements
Hindu community on their auspicious days the historic environment. It explains the
for prayer. role played by the planning and building
systems and the supporting role of the
The tangible and the intangible are GTWHI in their protection. It supersedes
intertwined - each celebrates the other, the ‘Regulations for Conservation Areas
each creates the whole. These guidelines and Heritage Buildings” 2009

1-2 ANNEXURE B : GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS (GEORGE TOWN)
1.1.2 Who uses these guidelines? cannot be replaced; and they can be
robbed of their special interest as surely
This guidance is for off cers of public by unsuitable alteration as by outright
authority, existing and potential property demolition. They are irreplaceable assets.
owners and tenants, contractors,
developers, investors, related It is fundamental to the State’s policies
professionals, students and all members for environmental stewardship that there
of the public with an interest in the should be effective protection for all aspect
repair, conservation, enhancement, and of the historic environment. The physical
compatible development of George Town’s survivals of the State’s past are to be
built and natural heritage. valued and protected for the State’s sake,
as a central part of the State’s cultural and
1.1.3 Why conserve? historical heritage. They are irreplaceable
records, which contribute, through formal
The protection, conservation and education and in many other ways, to
enhancement of a conservation areas, the State’s understanding of both the
enclaves and buildings provides an present and the past. The presences
enriching experience for those who live of the buildings adds to the quality of
in, work in or visit them, creating a sense our lives, by enhancing the familiar and
of belonging, stability and connection cherished local scene and sustaining the
between future and past generations, sense of local distinctiveness, which is
community, landscape and cultures from so important an aspect of the character
distant lands. and appearance of the city of George
Town. The historic environment is also
Penang Island’s tangible and intangible of immense importance for leisure and
testaments to its entrepreneurial recreation.
are expressions of the Island’s unique
resource of inspiration for the present
and future generations. They present
an example of sustainable, low carbon
building practice and way of life – a
knowledge bank for present and future
generations.

itself to the concept of sustainable
development - of not sacrif cing what
future generation will value for the sake
of short term and often-illusory gains. The
State Government wishes to preserve the
historic environment, which by it nature is
irreplaceable. Once lost, heritage buildings

1.2 Terms and Def nitions Compatible use means a use, which
respects the cultural signif cance of the
place. Such a use involves no, or minimal,
Adaptation means modifying a place to
impact of cultural signif cance**
suit the existing use or a proposed use. **

Architectural Significance means
means a cultural mapping and assessment
buildings that demonstrate unique cultural
study to in order to assess the impact
of new building use and new building
examples of developments in building
development on the existing community.
technology.
To be included in the HIA
Associations mean the special
Cultural Landscapes means
environments that ref ect a purposeful
and place. ** Associations may include
relationship between man, the built and
social or spiritual values and cultural
natural environment in response to cultural
responsibilities for a place
traditions and belief. A sense of place.
Authenticity means that an object is
Cultural significance means aesthetic,
made or done in the traditional or original
historic, scientif c or social value for
way, or in a way that faithfully resembles
past, present or future generations. It is
authenticity goes on to describe the
setting, use, associations, meaning,
genuineness of the landscape in that it
records related places, and related objects
ref ects the traditions, beliefs and ways
**
of being of communities existing there.
A landscape created by the users for the
Dilapidation Report means a report on
users
the condition of a building or object.
Dossier refers to documents submitted
Buffer Zone refers to a protected area
to UNESCO during the application and
nomination process to be a World Heritage
Heritage Site
Site *
Conservation means all the processes of
Fabric means all the physical material of
looking after a place - to retain its cultural
the place, including components, f xtures,
significance. Conservation is based on
contents, and object. ** Fabric includes
a respect for the existing fabric, use,
building interiors and sub-surface remains,
associations and meaning. It requires a
as well as excavated material. Fabric may
cautious approach of changing as much
def ne spaces and these may be important
as necessary but as little as possible **
elements of the signif cance of the place
Conservation areas are areas where the
entire street or enclave is of signif cant
object or landscape that ref ects cultural
Heritage Value**
and architectural signif cance that is of
Core Zone means the main heart of the
the site
UNESCO World Heritage Site

Heritage / Historic Buildings - buildings introduction of materials (new or old) into

of architectural and cultural signif cance the fabric **. New material may include
salvaged, and recycled material
Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA)
is a report that describes compatible Related object means an object that
development and new use projects and contributes to the cultural significance of a
assesses their impact on the OUV of the place but is not at the place **
site. The HIA also includes a Cultural
Impact Assessment Related place - a place that contributes to
the cultural significance of another place **
Integrity means the quality of being true
to the original material, form, use, purpose Restoration means returning a place to a
and cultural signif cance known earlier state by removing accretions
of by reassembling existing components
Interpretation means all the ways of without the introduction of new material **
presenting the cultural signif cance of a
place **. Interpretation includes treatment Setting means the area around a place,
of the built fabric which may include the visual catchments
**
Maintenance - the continuous protective
care of the fabric and setting of a Use means the function of a place, as well
place, and it’s to be distinguished from as the activities and practices that may
repair. Repair involves restoration or occur at the place **
reconstruction **. e.g. regular inspection,
cleaning of gutters. ** adapted from the Burra Charter 1999,
The Australian Charter for Places of Cultural
Meaning denotes what a place signif es, Signif cance.
indicates, evokes or expresses **
Outstanding Universal Value (OUV)

refers to the UNESCO criteria for
inscription as a World Heritage Site

**

deterioration **


1.3 Conservation 1.4 Objectives
Principles
In general, the preservation and
In accordance with Article Two of The conservation activities on heritage assets
BURRA CHARTER (1999), which is of Penang Island have been, and will
the retention of the cultural significance continue to be carried out to achieve the
of a place, the State Government’s following objectives:
fundamental conservation principle for all
heritage buildings in Penang Island ‘is a i) to optimise and revitalize the use of
cautious approach of changing as much as heritage resources and assets for
necessary but as little as possible’ (Burra future benef ts in relation to economy
Charter 1999). growth, social, cultural and education
development;
Buildings to be conserved shall be
retained, restored or preserved in ii) to preserve and encourage the
accordance with this regulation. In the signif cant architectural or cultural or
event that the original structural elements historical values of a place;
features shall be retained. Selective iii) to preserve the close relationship of
replacement may be considered only when communities and their social cultural
absolutely necessary. ties; further enhance the sense of
Total reconstruction is prohibited. belonging and sense of pride among
the people;
demolished if there is any conceivable way iv) to act as life education tool and
of preserving it in its original or current resource of knowledge for the young
condition. Adaptive reuse of heritage and future generations;
building is recommended and encouraged
to generate new life to such buildings in v) to preserve the authentic living
line with the “Intelligent and Sustainable heritage of multi-ethnic groups and
Heritage City” concept. retain the unique identity of George
Town.
When upgrading and adapting a building
for new use the existing structure should
the structural elements. Any alteration
or strengthening to structural elements
should be done in the most sympathetic
and unobtrusive way possible, using
similar properties, if not. If a building is
deemed unsafe, it should be made safe,
following original methods and materials.

ANNEXURE B
Guideline for the Conservation Area

and Heritage Building
in George Town World Heritage Site
Contents
ANNEXURE B:
GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION AREAS AND HERITAGE BUILDINGS FOR GEORGE
TOWN WHS
1. Introduction
1.1 Preamble 1-1
1.2 Terms and Definition 1-3
1.4 Objectives 1-5
2. Works and Activities Requiring Approvals

2.2 Legal Provision 2-1
2.3 Repair, Planning & Building Control Procedure 2-2
2.4 Heritage Impact Assessment 2-5
2.5 Dilapidation Survey Reports 2-6
2.6 Progress Reports - for Work in Progress 2-6
2.7 Maintenance / Repair Guides 2-7
3. Conservation Practice
3.2 Authenticity & Interpretation 3-1
3.3 Compatible Building Use 3-4
3.4 Reversibility & Adaptation 3-4
3.5 Dismantling 3-5
3.6 Fire Protection 3-6
3.7 Demolition 3-8
3.8 Alterations and Extension 3-10
4. Category I
4.3 Research for Historical Data 4-2
4.5 Requirements for Permitted Work 4-2
4.6 Guidelines for Conservation Works on Category I Buildings 4-4
5. Category II
5.1 Category II Buildings, Places and Sites 5-1
5.5 Other Objects and Buildings - Category II 5-4
5.7 Permitted Height 5-7
5.8 Guideline for Conservation Work on Category II Buildings 5-10
6. Infill and Replacement
6.2 Compatible Development Guideline for Infill 6-3
6.3 Compatible Development Guidelines for Replacement 6-6
6.4 Guideline for Compatible Development (Infill and Replacement) 6-9
7. Signage and Lighting

7.1 General Guideline of Signage & Advertisement 7-1
7.2 Guideline on Traditional Shophouses Signage 7-2
7.3 Guidelines on Business Signage 7-3
7.4 Guideline on Lighting of Signage & Advertisement 7-6
7.5 Guideline on Lighting on Heritage Building 7-6
1 Introduction
1.1 Preamble integrity, to highlight its values and

recognise its signif cance in our fast
changing world.
"Development is the 1.1.1 Intent of Guideline
engine of an urban
The function of this Guideline for
economy but heritage Conservation Areas and Heritage
and identity will always Buildings is to regulate the development

and use of land in the World Heritage Site
be the soul of the city." of George Town. It has to take account
of the State Government’s objective of
Christopher Pound
promoting sustainable economic growth
and make provision for development to
Penang Island’s built, natural, and living meet the economic and social needs of the
cultural landscapes are all ref ections community. This Guideline is also required
of the Island’s rich history of both to preserve the built and natural heritage.
indigenous and migrant populations.
Each brought with them the traditions of This Guidelines ref ect the State
their homelands, which over time fused, Government’s aspiration of developing the
adapted and intermingled to suit the new historic centre of the city of George Town
land. This history, mirrored in the living as a truly “Intelligent and Sustainable
cultures of today, their traditions and Heritage City”. Its sets out the State
architecture, is the island’s identity. Government’s policy on planning and
development issues and provides
The built environment echoed the beliefs guidance to MPPP on the operation of
and needs of its builders and the early the planning and development systems.
settlers and is rich in cultural meaning. This regulation is material to decisions on
So closely tied are the intangible and planning applications. It is also material
tangible cultures, that it is hard to separate to decisions on repair, conservation,
them. A granite step, brings with it the maintenance, alteration, extension and
belief of solidity and permanence, a Datuk compatible development issues.
shrine heralds the presence of a Chinese
community, a call for prayer creates a This guideline provides a full statement
human pathway of worshipers towards a of the State Government’s policy for
mosque and a broken coconut outside a the protection of heritage building,
doorway, marks the ridding of egos of the conservation areas and other elements
Hindu community on their auspicious days the historic environment. It explains the
for prayer. role played by the planning and building
systems and the supporting role of the
The tangible and the intangible are GTWHI in their protection. It supersedes
intertwined - each celebrates the other, the ‘Regulations for Conservation Areas
each creates the whole. These guidelines and Heritage Buildings” 2009

1.1.2 Who uses these guidelines? cannot be replaced; and they can be
robbed of their special interest as surely
This guidance is for off cers of public by unsuitable alteration as by outright
authority, existing and potential property demolition. They are irreplaceable assets.
owners and tenants, contractors,
developers, investors, related It is fundamental to the State’s policies
professionals, students and all members for environmental stewardship that there
of the public with an interest in the should be effective protection for all aspect
repair, conservation, enhancement, and of the historic environment. The physical
compatible development of George Town’s survivals of the State’s past are to be
built and natural heritage. valued and protected for the State’s sake,
as a central part of the State’s cultural and
1.1.3 Why conserve? historical heritage. They are irreplaceable
records, which contribute, through formal
The protection, conservation and education and in many other ways, to
enhancement of a conservation areas, the State’s understanding of both the
enclaves and buildings provides an present and the past. The presences
enriching experience for those who live of the buildings adds to the quality of
in, work in or visit them, creating a sense our lives, by enhancing the familiar and
of belonging, stability and connection cherished local scene and sustaining the
between future and past generations, sense of local distinctiveness, which is
community, landscape and cultures from so important an aspect of the character
distant lands. and appearance of the city of George
Town. The historic environment is also
Penang Island’s tangible and intangible of immense importance for leisure and
testaments to its entrepreneurial recreation.
are expressions of the Island’s unique
resource of inspiration for the present
and future generations. They present
an example of sustainable, low carbon
building practice and way of life – a
knowledge bank for present and future
generations.

itself to the concept of sustainable
development - of not sacrif cing what
future generation will value for the sake
of short term and often-illusory gains. The
State Government wishes to preserve the
historic environment, which by it nature is
irreplaceable. Once lost, heritage buildings

1.2 Terms and Def nitions Compatible use means a use, which
respects the cultural signif cance of the
place. Such a use involves no, or minimal,
Adaptation means modifying a place to
impact of cultural signif cance**
suit the existing use or a proposed use. **

Architectural Significance means
means a cultural mapping and assessment
buildings that demonstrate unique cultural
study to in order to assess the impact
of new building use and new building
examples of developments in building
development on the existing community.
technology.
To be included in the HIA
Associations mean the special
Cultural Landscapes means
environments that ref ect a purposeful
and place. ** Associations may include
relationship between man, the built and
social or spiritual values and cultural
natural environment in response to cultural
responsibilities for a place
traditions and belief. A sense of place.
Authenticity means that an object is
Cultural significance means aesthetic,
made or done in the traditional or original
historic, scientif c or social value for
way, or in a way that faithfully resembles
past, present or future generations. It is
authenticity goes on to describe the
setting, use, associations, meaning,
genuineness of the landscape in that it
records related places, and related objects
ref ects the traditions, beliefs and ways
**
of being of communities existing there.
A landscape created by the users for the
Dilapidation Report means a report on
users
the condition of a building or object.
Dossier refers to documents submitted
Buffer Zone refers to a protected area
to UNESCO during the application and
nomination process to be a World Heritage
Heritage Site
Site *
Conservation means all the processes of
Fabric means all the physical material of
looking after a place - to retain its cultural
the place, including components, f xtures,
significance. Conservation is based on
contents, and object. ** Fabric includes
a respect for the existing fabric, use,
building interiors and sub-surface remains,
associations and meaning. It requires a
as well as excavated material. Fabric may
cautious approach of changing as much
def ne spaces and these may be important
as necessary but as little as possible **
elements of the signif cance of the place
Conservation areas are areas where the
entire street or enclave is of signif cant
object or landscape that ref ects cultural
Heritage Value**
and architectural signif cance that is of
Core Zone means the main heart of the
the site
UNESCO World Heritage Site

Heritage / Historic Buildings - buildings introduction of materials (new or old) into

of architectural and cultural signif cance the fabric **. New material may include
salvaged, and recycled material
Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA)
is a report that describes compatible Related object means an object that
development and new use projects and contributes to the cultural significance of a
assesses their impact on the OUV of the place but is not at the place **
site. The HIA also includes a Cultural
Impact Assessment Related place - a place that contributes to
the cultural significance of another place **
Integrity means the quality of being true
to the original material, form, use, purpose Restoration means returning a place to a
and cultural signif cance known earlier state by removing accretions
of by reassembling existing components
Interpretation means all the ways of without the introduction of new material **
presenting the cultural signif cance of a
place **. Interpretation includes treatment Setting means the area around a place,
of the built fabric which may include the visual catchments
**
Maintenance - the continuous protective
care of the fabric and setting of a Use means the function of a place, as well
place, and it’s to be distinguished from as the activities and practices that may
repair. Repair involves restoration or occur at the place **
reconstruction **. e.g. regular inspection,
cleaning of gutters. ** adapted from the Burra Charter 1999,
The Australian Charter for Places of Cultural
Meaning denotes what a place signif es, Signif cance.
indicates, evokes or expresses **
Outstanding Universal Value (OUV)

refers to the UNESCO criteria for
inscription as a World Heritage Site

**

deterioration **


1.3 Conservation 1.4 Objectives
Principles
In general, the preservation and
In accordance with Article Two of The conservation activities on heritage assets
BURRA CHARTER (1999), which is of Penang Island have been, and will
the retention of the cultural significance continue to be carried out to achieve the
of a place, the State Government’s following objectives:
fundamental conservation principle for all
heritage buildings in Penang Island ‘is a i) to optimise and revitalize the use of
cautious approach of changing as much as heritage resources and assets for
necessary but as little as possible’ (Burra future benef ts in relation to economy
Charter 1999). growth, social, cultural and education
development;
Buildings to be conserved shall be
retained, restored or preserved in ii) to preserve and encourage the
accordance with this regulation. In the signif cant architectural or cultural or
event that the original structural elements historical values of a place;
features shall be retained. Selective iii) to preserve the close relationship of
replacement may be considered only when communities and their social cultural
absolutely necessary. ties; further enhance the sense of
Total reconstruction is prohibited. belonging and sense of pride among
the people;
demolished if there is any conceivable way iv) to act as life education tool and
of preserving it in its original or current resource of knowledge for the young
condition. Adaptive reuse of heritage and future generations;
building is recommended and encouraged
to generate new life to such buildings in v) to preserve the authentic living
line with the “Intelligent and Sustainable heritage of multi-ethnic groups and
Heritage City” concept. retain the unique identity of George
Town.
When upgrading and adapting a building
for new use the existing structure should
the structural elements. Any alteration
or strengthening to structural elements
should be done in the most sympathetic
and unobtrusive way possible, using
similar properties, if not. If a building is
deemed unsafe, it should be made safe,
following original methods and materials.

2 Works & Activities Requiring
Approvals
2.1 Introduction 2.2 Legal provision
This section of the guidelines outlines the This guideline provides legal provision
existing legal provisions that support the and procedures for the regulation and
protection of the built cultural landscape control of works and activities in the WHS,
of Penang State’s conservation areas, particularly under the following:
enclave and buildings of heritage
signif cance, including the UNESCO World i) The Penang State Structure Plan
Heritage Site. (2007)
ii) Draft Penang Island Local Plan (2005)
This chapter is divided into the following iii) The Conservation Management
sections: Plan and Special Area Plan for the
UNESCO World Heritage Site of
2.2 Legal Provision George Town (2011)
2.3 Repair, Planning & Building
Application Acts of Parliament:
2.4 Heritage Impact Assessment
2.5 Dilapidation Reports i) National Heritage Act 2005 (Act 645)
2.6 Progress Reports - during works ii) Local Government Act 1976 (Act 171)
2.7 Maintenance Guide iii) Town and Country Planning Act 1976
(Act 172)
iv) Street, Drainage and Building Act
1974 (Act 133)
By-laws:
i) Uniform Building By-laws 1984

ii) Municipal Council of Penang Island
(Advertisement) By-law 2000
iii) Municipal Council of Penang Island
By-laws 1998
iv) Licensing By-laws

2.3 Repair, Planning

& Building Control
Procedure
● Getting the right advice
In all cases, before undertaking either the:
i) purchase of a property or site, and/or;
ii) preparation of a concept design

proposal of a property or site;
it is advisable to understand the cultural

landscape of the World Heritage Site – the
OUV, and what opportunities this offers for
conservation and compatible development.
Relevant bodies that can advise are:
MPPP Heritage Unit, and GTWHI.
Figure 2.1: Chart showing control of works and activities in the WHS under TCPA(Town and Country
Planning Act) and SDBA (Street, Drainage and Building Act)

2.3.1 Planning Permission Application iii) Increasing the height of an existing
building or part of a building;
Planning Permission is obligatory in
accordance to the Town and Country iv) Change of use or activity of the
Planning Act 1976 and is required for :- building; and
i) New development projects on Infill v) Restoration works of a building or part

sites; of a building in the case if Category I
and Category II.
ii) New development project
replacing existing building listed as 2.3.3 Repair Permit
Replacement;
Repair Permit shall be required for works
iii) Demolition of parts or the whole of a and activities that do not require any
heritage building; approval or permission from the relevant
authorities as specified under Planning
iv) Roofing or re-roofing of a building or Permission and Building Application.
any part of a building; Repair Permits shall be required for :-
v) Extension of buildings or any part of a i) Repair and maintenance works such

building as plumbing, fixing roof leakage that
do not require the re-roofing of the
vi) Increase in height of a building or any entire roof or part of the roof;
part of the building; and
ii) Putting back original materials where
vii) Change of use or activity of the missing for front facade and roof;
building or land as specified in Part
3 of this document (Item 2.2 on iii) Re-plastering of part of a building; and
Controlling the Use of Land and
Building). iii) Change of material for any part of the
building.
2.3.2 Building Application
Such repair permit will be issued by the
Building Application is required under Local Authority (MPPP)
the Street, Drainage and Building Act
1974, Act 133. Building plans, measured
drawings and documents considered
necessary to support such application is
required for :-
i) Erection of new building in the case of

Infill and Replacement categories;
ii) Extension of building or part of a

building in the case of Category II
building;

● Requirements for Repair Permit: ● Inspection of Works
i) The signature of the property owner or Site inspection by building inspectors may
agent; take place:
ii) Land-title, quit rent receipt, proof of i) during the repair works application
ownership; process;
iii) Dilapidation Survey Report - a brief ii) during the repair works period; or
photographic description of the
building, showing areas of repair to be iii) following any complaint.
done - indicated on sketch plans;
Stop-work orders are issued for non-
iv) A brief written description of the works compliance. Remedial works are to be
to be carried out including materials to carried out failing which legal action may
be used; be taken.
v) Photographs of the site before and ● Completion of Works

after the works.
To inform the Building Department upon
They can be submitted by the owner, completion of works. The site to be
contractor, licensed draftsman or architect. photographed and records kept by MPPP.
● Emergency repair
In the case of emergency repair, a repair

may take place before the application
of a permit (e.g. roof damaged over a
weekend). However, photographs of
before and after the repair should be
submitted to MPPP together with a Repair
Works application, as soon as possible.
● Before works begin
i) Permits are required for temporary

items such as the temporary deposit
of building material on the streets
and the erection of scaffolding on the
street. Application should be made to
the Engineering Department, by the
contractor, before works starts.
ii) Signboards for the project works – are

to be installed out side the building
together with the permit number.

2.4 Heritage Impact The Department of National Heritage has
prepared a Guideline for writing the HIA,
Assessment available from the MPPP Heritage Unit or
the GTWHI office, and should be used as
A Heritage Impact Assessment (HIA) a template. It should include:
is required at Planning Permission
Application stage, for change of use and i) Impact Assessment
for new compatible development projects.
It is part of the general documentation Means the assessment of the impact
and is an assessment of the proposed the new development will have on the
project site, and its potential impact on the heritage building(s) on the site and
authenticity of the OUV of the WHS. neighbouring areas, both during the
construction stage and after, when the
The HIA also includes a Cultural Impact project is complete. This should refer
Assessment (CIA). This is an assessment to both, physical, cultural and social
of the impact of change of use or impact.
compatible development on the existing
cultural environment and local community. ii) Mitigating Measures
The HIA is written by an approved Means a description of the measures

consultant, who is paid for by the that will be taken to reduce or avoid
developer/owner of the proposed site/ the impacts negative to the heritage
change of use. The final HIA is submitted buildings on the site, the neighbouring
directly to the MPPP Heritage Unit and for buildings and the OUV in general.
major works forwarded to the Department
of National Heritage (JWN).
● When is an HIA required?
The HIA is to be submitted together with
the Development Proposal Report (or The HIA is required for all compatible
Laporan Cadangan Pemajuan) which development projects (Infill and
is a document required to be submitted Replacement Categories) in the WHS and
to support any Planning Permission for projects facing the perimeter of the
Application. The requirement for a Buffer Zone.
Development Proposal Report and its
content is outlined in Section 21A(1), A HIA is also required for the alteration
Town and Country Planning Act 1976 or extension of a building other than
(Act 172) and the Manual Penyediaan shophouses, to assess its impact on
Laporan Cadangan Pemajuan by the vistas, views, rooflines and streetscapes
Federal Department of Town and Country for consideration.
Planning, Peninsular Malaysia.

2.5 Dilapidation Survey 2.6 Progress Reports

Reports – for work in progress
A Dilapidation Survey Report is a The Heritage Buildings of George Town,
description of the condition of the heritage go back over two hundred years. In that
building or buildings to be repaired/ period of time some buildings have been
conserved/ adapted. incrementally altered and embellished,
each culture, each age adding to the
Dilapidation Survey Reports are written richness of each site.
as part of the documentation for Building
Application. In the early stages of conservation and
repair work and compatible development,
The content of the report is directly related discovers many show signs of the early
to the size of a project. histories allowing us to trace the traditional
building methods and cultural changes
On big and small projects, the Dilapidation made by craftsmen from different lands.
Survey Report can be used to record the
site issues in order for the contractor to ● Why write a report?
make a quotation. They are also used to
guide the team of consultants during the It is important to record the works that
design development process and form part takes place during the conservation,
of the Documentation for Tender and later repair, alteration and extension works, as
Construction. well as compatible development and in
particular to record what is found of the
As well as a photographic survey of the original buildings, when work begins, for
building condition, together with drawings, example – size of bricks, materials used,
the Dilapidation Survey Report should layout of tiles, layers of f ooring, original
include: colours.
i) Historical Signif cance of the Site; ● What is in the report?
ii) Architectural Signif cance of the Site; The Progress Report is a photographic
record of the building taken:
iii) Cultural Signif cance of the Site.
i) before works start;
The Department of National Heritage has
prepared a description of what is expected ii) during work in progress (mid-way);
in the Dilapidation Survey Report for
major works under Building Control, this iii) at the completion.
is available from the MPPP Heritage Unit
or the GTWHI, and should be used as a If possible the same location and angle
template. should be photographed at each stage for
each report, and location marked on an
accompanying plan. Submitted to MPPP
Heritage Unit.

● How big does it have to be? 2.7 Maintenance /
The size of the report is directly related
Repair Guides
to the size of a project, for example a
A Maintenance / Repair Guide is a check-
report on re-roofing a shophouse, would
list of all the elements of a heritage
not be as big as a report for the entire
building, which may, from time to time,
shophouse.
require further maintenance work. It
is a record of materials used in the
● Who prepares the reports?
conservation work, their warranties,
guarantees and performance (if
These reports can be prepared by owners,
applicable). The guide allows the
consultants, contractors or an appointed
owner, manager or tenant of a heritage
representative. The Department of
property to carry out further works, using
National Heritage has prepared a Progress
appropriate materials suitable for the age
Report template, which is available from
and style of a heritage building.
the MPPP or the GTWHI office, and
should be used as a guide to preparing the
The guide will help avoid future
reports.
inappropriate repairs, advise on the
materials and methods to use and promote
● Who benefits from the reports?
the continued wellbeing of the heritage
buildings.
It is of value to the owner of a property
and perhaps to future purchaser to have
a set of the Progress Reports, in order
to understand the work that has been
undertaken.

3 Conservation Practice
3.1 Introduction The ‘authenticity’ of the cultural landscape
is ref ected in objects of historic
signif cance, materials, location and
This guideline is concerned principally
orientation of a place, buildings use and
with works that affect the special interest
daily rituals and performances within the
and character of the cultural landscape
place and setting. The aim of conservation,
and buildings of heritage signif cance that
therefore, is to retain, support and value
fall under Category I and Category II. It is
the cultural signif cance of a place (Burra
divided into the following sections:
Charter article 2.2) and both its historic
and current heritage signif cance.
3.2 Authenticity & Interpretation
3.3 Compatible Building Use
In order to conserve and protect the
3.4 Reversibility & Adaptation
authenticity of the built landscape it
3.5 Dismantling
must f rst be understood, and its values
3.6 Fire Protection
recognised. Thus:
3.7 Demolition
3.8 Alterations and Extension
These principles for must be adhered to

“it is the architects
for any conservation works in the WHS of job to learn the
George Town.
pertinent values (of a
3.2 Authenticity & host culture) before
Interpretation starting work”
3.2.1 What is authenticity, why is it so
important? Herb Stovel, former Director of ICOMOS Heritage
Settlement Programme
The protection of the ‘authenticity’ or

‘genuineness’ and integrity of a cultural
This advice refers to all stakeholders of
landscape, demonstrates a respect and
the cultural landscape.
depth of understanding of both the tangible
– the built culture, and the intangible – the
The forefathers of the eclectic
living culture and how the intertwining of
communities that live within or visit the
the two creates the value of the site, place
island of Penang, brought with them
or setting the OUV.
traditional design ideas, methods of
construction and decoration, use, foods,
In eclectic cultural landscapes such as
belief systems and other customs from
Melaka and George Town, the connectivity
their places of origin. These were adapted
between the two sites is also part of the
to suit the climate and conditions of the
OUV of the World Heritage Site. Loss of
land. It is both the culture of the past and
this authenticity through mismanagement,
the culture and tradition of the present that
misinterpretations and attempts to
create the ingredients for the ‘authenticity’
’package’ the cultural landscape, as a
of the cultural landscape.
marketable ‘commodity’ will lead to its
eventual loss.

3.2.2 How do we know what is authentic

and what is not?
● Understanding the written and unwritten

‘rules’ that guided the early settlers in
order to ‘read’ and understand the cultural
landscape, is helpful. Each culture has its
own form of Feng Shui or Vashtu Shastra,
which has guided the creation and use of
the built cultural landscape.
● Understanding the age of a building and

what technologies were on the island at
the time of its building gives and indication
of what is original and what has been
added later.
● As each building, place or site is

different, GTWHI aims to help in this
identif cation process though its resource
centre, temporary exhibitions, talks and
workshops. Comparing each building,
place or site with old maps and drawings,
Figure 3.1: In an authentic shophouse, its outer door is
for example will give a good indication a carved door with ventilation slots or decorative carving.
of what is original and what is a later an The solid doors, together with an auspicious message are
addition. always on the inside of the doorframe. When they open, the
door and auspicious message face into the house. Ground
f oor shutters, under the f ve-foot-way are solid and beyond
the grill

3.2.3 Why is research important? National Archives Malaysia
http://www.arkib.gov.my/home
By researching the past as much as
possible, maintenance and repairs will be Penang Library
better understood and new building work http://www.penanglib.gov.my/
can be designed to be more compatible
with the cultural landscape. National Library Singapore - newspaper
cuttings
George Town was built on a large swamp, http://newspapers.nl.sg/
on beachfront and on reclaimed land.
The heritage buildings were created National Archives Singapore
using materials to suit the conditions and http://picas.nhb.gov.sg/picas/public/
climate. internetSearch/index.jsp
3.2.4 Where do I get help with research? NAS - access to archives online
http://www.a2o.com.sg/a2o/public/
● Original Building Plans search/index.html
http://www.a2o.com.sg/a2o/public/html/
Property owners may request a search
for original building plans from MPPP (for GTWHI website
a fee). Although what is drawn may not http://www.gtwhi.com.my/
necessarily be the same as what was - will be regularly updated as new archives
built, they give a good indication as to the come online, including historic maps
traditional materials and structural design.
● OtherResearch Resources and Rata
The GTWHI is developing a resource

centre for design styles and traditional
ways of building as well as an Archive/
Knowledge Bank for research purposes.
Published postcard collections, and copies
of historic maps can be found in the
GTWHI library.
The National Archives of Malaysia,

Singapore and the UK are all helpful
resources for researchers.

3.3 Compatible Building 3.4 Reversibility &

Use Adaptation
The best use will very often be the use for 3.4.1 Reversibility of new works
which the building was originally designed
and the continuation or reinstatement New extensions or any other permitted
of that use should certainly be the f rst alterations to the original form should
option when the future of that building be reversible, so that future owners may
is considered. But not all original uses revert back to the original authentic form
will now be viable or necessarily be with minimum damage involved in the
appropriate. The nature of uses can process.
change over time, so that in some
cases the original use may now be less Category I buildings should retain their
compatible with the building than an authentic and original form according to
alternative. the signif cance of the building, and related
buildings / enclave e.g. a mosque, temple
A compatible or adaptive re-use of or clock tower.
heritage buildings may be permitted by
MPPP to ensure the survival of such Category II buildings may, together with
buildings. conservation works be adapted for:
Approval of new use however, must take i) a continuation of existing use, with
into consideration the suitability of the use the addition modern conveniences not
within the cultural landscape. Inappropriate found in the original form e.g. toilets,
use may cause loss of authenticity of the electricity, piped water etc..
cultural landscape – the OUV of the WHS.
ii) a new use, which is compatible with
A Heritage Impact Assessment including the existing form and with permitted
a Cultural Impact Assessment will be additions to the built fabric .
required for change of use application
to ensure that the new use ref ects the 3.4.2 Reversing past misinterpretations
authenticity of the OUV.
Over the years of development and
modernisation, alterations have been
made to the built landscapes. Some
changes are lightweight cosmetic changes
that can be reversed to rediscover the
authentic design, e.g. glass louvered
windows replaced authentic timber-louvre
shutters. Other changes have caused
accidental damage, e.g. cement render
used instead of traditional lime plaster, or
the covering over of the historic drains and
ditches.

Reversing this trend should be a
considered option when repairing,
3.5 Dismantling
conserving, altering and/or extending a
Sections being removed to make
heritage building, site or landscape.
way for authorised changes and/or
additional areas are better dismantled
3.4.3 Using the right materials than demolished and original materials
salvaged if possible.
Choosing the wrong materials can cause
damage to a property and in the case of a
Dismantled items can be:
shophouse, can potentially harm the party
wall, causing damage to its neighbours.
● used in other areas of the property if
in good condition.
● Find out what original materials were
used
● recycled if matched with the original
material and in good condition. e.g.
● Check what damage the replacement
old timbers may be used to repair
materials have done – if any
remaining ones.
● Remove with care and revert back to

● sold to others wishing to restore/
the original
conserve.
Advice for using the right materials can

When buying materials dismantled
be asked from MPPP Heritage Unit and
from another building, it is important
GTWHI.
to purchase from a source that
has not acquired the items through
dismantling another heritage property
without the relevant approvals.

3.6 Fire Protection

3.6.1 Residential use buildings
If a heritage building is being restored

and retained as residential use, the f re
regulations apply regarding a protected
separation from the neighbouring building.
● Early shophouses were designed

with an undivided roof, covering many
units.
● Later shophouses were designed with

a f rebreak wall separating each unit.
It is important to maintain the

Figure 3.2: Shophouses with an unbroken roof tiling
authenticity of the roofline of
shophouses. A new fire division for
those buildings without a visible
firewall should not show above the
roofline.
3.6.2 Commercial use buildings
All commercial properties, either heritage

buildings or modern buildings must follow
the relevant legal requirements for f re
protection.
Change of use from residential to

commercial will require that the buildings
follow the regulations for commercial f re
protection. However, if the change of use
requires too many physical changes that
are not reversible, the use may not be Figure 3.3: Shophouses with the party wall visible above
the roof tiles
suitable.

3.6.3 Mixed-use buildings for bathroom areas, and should not be
considered as a method for f re separation.
Business owners, living above the
shophouse or place of business (Single The following are suggested protective
occupancy), represents a traditional use of layer:
the shophouse. In this instance, the living
quarters on the upper f oors would not be i) A f re rated ceiling board
separated by a f reproof division.
ii) A f re retardant paint suitable for
If a building is divided for separate timbers
tenancies, commercial and residential,
then a f reproof division and means of ● Protecting walls
escape must be provided, during the
renovation/ conservation process. See the If a new f re protected partition wall is
requirements in the Universal-Building- required, it should be of a f re rated
Bylaws (UBBL) Part VII. material that does not add weight beyond
the capacity of the original f oor structure,
3.6.4 Fire protection materials – and can be removed without damage to
Reversibility the original fabric of the building.
Fire protection is to aid the escape of ● Fire protective doors

people, through a building to the point of
exit, in the case of a f re. The principles Fire protected doors may be required on
of reversibility must be referred to in the both new and existing openings.
selection of f re protection materials.
Certi f ed f re doors must be installed,
● Protecting floors for commercial therefore the original doors must be
buildings removed with care and stored for later
reinstatement should the use of the
If the f oor is of timber construction building revert to residential use.
then a f re protective barrier may be
required between f oors, according to the Existing openings in Heritage Buildings
requirements in the UBBL Part VII. usually come with thick hardwood frames,
and panelled doors. Every effort should be
The protective barrier should: made to keep the original frames, as well
as install the certif ed f re door frames.
i) NOT be of a material that cannot be
removed at a later date should use Always discuss the issue of f re escape
revert to residential and/or may cause and heritage building needs with Fire
damage during removal (see section and Rescue Department, MPPP Heritage
3.4) Unit and GTWHI. The importance of
regulations and advice for f re protection
ii) NOT add additional weight to existing in Heritage Buildings has been recognised
structures, beyond their capacity. and is in the process of being evaluated.
It is important to check for the latest
Using a concrete slab on top of the original approved approach that complies
timber f oor structure is only permitted with both Bomba and the principle of
reversibility.

3.7 Demolition 3.7.3 Illegal demolition
3.7.1 State policy & legal issues As def ned in section 22 (3) of the Town
And Country Planning Act, upon the
Conservation area designation imposes application for planning permission,
control over the demolition of all demolition shall not take place until:
listed buildings or parts of it within the
conservation area. Application for planning i) planning permission, building plan and
permission to demolish must be made to commencement of works for those
MPPP. works have been granted; and
In the conservation area, account should ii) a contract for carrying out of works of
clearly be taken of the part played in the redevelopment has been made.
architectural or historic interest of the
area by the building for which demolition Failure to comply will constitute as illegal
is proposed, and in particular of the wider demolition.
effects of demolition of the building’s
surroundings and on the conservation area 3.7.4 Strong justif cation for demolition
as a whole.
Heritage building controls ensure
The MPPP is entitled to consider the that proposal for demolitions are fully
merits of any proposed development in scrutinized before any decision is reached.
determining whether planning permission The destruction of heritage buildings is
should be given for the demolition of an the result of neglect or failure to make
unlisted building in the conservation area. imaginative efforts to f nd new uses
for them or to incorporate them into
Works involving the destruction of part of compatible development schemes.
the fabric of the building will be regarded
as ‘demolition’ as per the Town And The demolition of any Category I or II
Country Planning Act 1976 and will require building should be wholly exceptional and
planning permission. should require the strongest justif cation.
3.7.2 Linking between properties The State Planning Committee would not
expect planning permission to be given
If an owner of a row of a Category II for the total or substantial demolition of
shophouse wishes to link these properties any heritage building without clear and
by creating openings in the structural party convincing evidence that all reasonable
walls, planning permission to carry out efforts have been made to sustain existing
such work is required. uses or f nd viable new uses, and this
efforts have failed; or that redevelopment
will produce for the community which
would decisively outweigh the loss
resulting from demolition.
Where proposed works will result in the

total or substantial demolition of the
heritage building, or any signif cant part
of it, the MPPP, in addition to the general
considerations must address the following
considerations:
i) The condition of the building;
ii) The cost of repairing and maintaining

it in relation to its importance;
iii) The value derived from its continue

use.
Any such assessment should be based on

consistent and long-term assumptions.
In the cases where it is clear that a

building has been deliberately neglected in
the hope of obtaining planning permission
for demolition, less weight should be given
to the cost of repair (see above). In this
case two further considerations should be
addressed:
ii) the adequacy of efforts made to retain

the building in use;
iii) the merits of alternative proposals for

the site.
The MPPP may wish to incorporate

heritage building within new development,
and this option should be carefully
considered.
The challenge presented by retaining

heritage buildings can be a stimulus to
imaginative new design to accommodate
them.

3.8 Alterations and This may be gained from the physical

evidence in the building itself – lost
Extension features in the plaster, rough edges
where features have been cut away-
3.8.1 General principles for alterations which can enlighten the original form
and extension or construction. There may also be
documentary information, such as
i) Each heritage building has its own early photographs, drawings, written
characteristic, which is usually related description or other documents
to an original or subsequent function. relating to its construction or use.
This should as far as possible
be respected when proposals for iv) In judging the effect of any alteration
alteration are put forward. Marks or extension it is essential to have
of special interest appropriate to a assessed the elements that make
particular type of building are not up the special interest of the building
restricted to external elements, in question. They may comprise
but may include anything from not only obvious visual features
the orientation, the plan or the such as a decorative façade or
arrangement of window openings to internally, features such as staircases,
small internal f ttings. Attempt should decorated plaster ceilings or capitals
be made to retain the characteristic but also the spaces and layout of the
of distinct type of building, especially building. These elements are just as
those that are particular to their area. important in simple buildings as in
The use of appropriate local material grander architecture.
is very desirable.
v) Subsequent addition to the original
ii) Alterations should be based on a design of heritage buildings, including
proper understanding of the structure. minor accretions, such as porches,
Some heritage buildings may suffer balconies, verandahs, door dressings,
from structural defects arising from do not necessarily detract from the
their age, methods of construction or quality of building. They are often of
past use, but can still give adequate interest in their own right as part of the
service provided they are not subject building’s organic history. Generally
to major disturbances. Repairs should later features of interest should not be
usually be low-key, re-instating or removed merely to restore a building
strengthening the structure only back to an earlier form.
where appropriate. New work should
be f tted to the old to ensure the vi) New building extensions should
survival of as much historic fabric as not dominate the existing heritage
is practical. Old work should not be building either in scale, material or
sacrif ced merely to accommodate the situation.
new.
iii) Information about the history and

historical development of a building,
object or site, is of value when
considering proposed alteration.

3.8.2 Permitted alterations and extension
The original building prof le such as

features of airwell, forecourt, internal
court, rear court, etc. shall be retained and
restored. Alteration and/or extensions to
heritage buildings are subject to MPPP
permits and approvals. Unauthorised
alteration and addition to the building
prof le will require the original to be
reinstated to the original prof le.

extension for Category I, please refer to
Chapter 4

extension for Category II, please refer to
Chapter 5

4 Category I
Definition:
(a) Monuments and buildings of exceptional interest.
(b) Monuments and buildings declared as ancient and gazetted formerly under the Antiquities act 1976 now
under the National Heritage Act (2005)
(c) Monuments & buildings registered as National Heritage under the National Heritage Act (2005)
Category I buildings and sites

are important in that they ref ect the
authenticity of the cultural landscape and
therefore the Outstanding Universal Value
of the Site.
For example:
The cultural links between a temple on
Armenian Street and its related temple
in Tanjung Tokong, and the ceremonial
processions carried out between the two sites, Figure 4.1: Kapitan Keling Mosque
are evidence of the cultural significance of the
temples, which is still highly relevant to the 4.1 Permitted Use
present Chinese population of Armenian Street
and Penang. Equally, the architecture of the The use should remain as originally
temple bears evidence of migrant ancestors intended, when possible. Any adaptation
- craftsmen, sponsors and worshipers of the to the use must be of similar use or nature
temple, whose entrepreneurial spirit helped, and activities and have minimal impact
create the settlement we see today. on the cultural signif cance of the place
and requires the preparation of a Cultural
In the same way, the clock tower on Prince Impact Assessment.
Edward place is not only identified by
MPPP but also under the National Heritage 4.2 Authenticity and
Act. It represents an interesting time in the
history of the settlement, under the colonial
Interpretation
administration of the British, the hard won
Category I buildings and objects must
wealth and philanthropy of the donor, the
be conserved to retain their original use,
art of the architect and the skill of the local
form, decoration and traditional materials
craftsmen.
in order to preserve their authenticity, both
physical and cultural.
The Cultural, Social and Architectural
signif cance of objects and buildings, in
i) Category I buildings should retain
other words the cultural landscape, is an
their authentic and original form
expression of the Heritage Value of a site,
according to the signif cance of
and for that reason they are identif ed as
the building, and related buildings
Category I.
/ enclave/ item. e.g. a temple and
surrounding housing.

ii) Research into the object or building

4.4 Permitted Works
form, architectural style, typology,
Only restoration work is allowed be carried
traditional materials, history of the
out in order to reinstate back its original
object or building and the search for
character and maintaining its original fabric
original building plans, should be
using similar construction method and
undertaken, in order to establish the
materials.
authenticity.
New construction method will only be
iii) During the conservation of buildings
allowed for the purpose of re-strengthen
process, a report of these f ndings
the original building structure without
is required by the local authority on
disturbing or modifying its original structure
submission of drawings, together
or removing any of its original fabric. It
with a report of the condition of the
requires a cautious approach of changing
building, when conservation works are
as much as necessary but as little as
to be undertaken.
possible
4.3 Research for Historical 4.5 Requirements for

Data Permitted Works
For Category I buildings and objects as
4.5.1 Dilapidation Survey Report
much must be understood about them
before works are carried out – even minor
Before any application for a Repair
repairs.
works can be submitted a Dilapidation
Survey Report is required for all Category
These may include researching on:
I buildings and should be submitted
together with the application. The report
● Traditional building methods typical of
should include a description of the:
the type and age of the building/item;
i) Historical Signif cance of the Site
● Historic maps (look out for the word
‘swamp’);
ii) Architectural Signif cance of the Site
● Local oral histories, place names –

iii) Cultural Signif cance of the Site
(the local name for Jalan Sugei Ujong
translates as ‘Soft Ground’ on the old
The reports will vary in length depending
maps this was a very big swamp.
on the extent of works being carried out.
Refer chapter 2.5 for Dilapidation Report.
Refer to chapter 3.2.4 on research
methods
4.5.2 Repair Works Permit
Refer chapter 2.3.1 for more information

on the Repair Works permit.

4.5.3 Progress Reports
These are a photographic record taken

before works commence, at the mid point
of the project and when all is completed.
The reports allow MPPP, the owner and
architect to follow the course of the work
on site.
Refer chapter 2.3.6 for more information

on progress reports.
4.5.4 Other Reports
If major conservation work is to be

carried out, full measured drawings
should accompany the Dilapidation
Survey Report and be used as Tender/
Contract/Construction Documents. Under
the Department of National Heritage's
conservation projects for building listed
as National Heritage, other reports will
be required, such as Historic Architecture
Building Survey (HABS) survey.
It is advisable to prepare a Figure 4.2: ClockTower King Edward Place

conservation management plan
for the conserved Category I
building to avoid damage in future
maintenance and help check for
potential problems.
4.5.5 Permitted Heights
The height of the building is to be

maintained as per original. No increase in
height is allowed.
Figure 4.3: Yeng Keng Hotel Gateway

4.6 Guidelines for Conservation Work

on Category I Buildings
4.6.1 Forecourt
Item Design Materials / Requirements
Forecourt/ Courtyard The forecourt is an important setting in which a The forecourt may sometimes be
Compound Category I. Building is placed it should be kept to its identif ed separately as
original form, and used in the manner in which it was Category II– the same requirements
intended when built apply
Gate and walls The original size & ornamentation of the gate and walls MPPP should avoid obstructions such as
shall be retained & restored with original or matching bus shelters, parking etc in front of the
materials entrance. Buildings owner may apply for
their relocation
Ground The original f ooring material shall be retained and The original material often has
restored with matching materials signif cant cultural meaning even the
direction of the granite / brickwork is
Laying of new ground f nishes shall be sensitive and important. Every effort should be made
sympathetic to the front façade to understand the cultural signif cance
Drainage The original drainage from the buildings to the street The f ow of water has a strong cultural
is an integral part of the Category I Building and signif cance and should be respected.
Compound design. It should be retained and restored Additional drainage may be permitted to
to original avoid f ooding

4.6.2 Roof
Tiles All Roofs The original traditional roof ng material, eaves detail, Original installation method and tile
(fascia board) shall be retained and restored prof le are to be used
Structure Main Roof The original prof le, pitch, height, party wall and eaves The original form should be retained
projection and internal structure shall be retained and Faulty members may be removed and
restored replaced with matching member
Jack Roof The original traditional roof ng material, eaves detail, Existing Jack Roof to be retained, Roof
(fascia board), ventilation louvres or glass, shall be tiles are to be identical to the main roof
retained and restored New jack roof is not permitted
Dormer Windows Not part of original architecture Is permitted if hidden from view
and allowing access to the roof for
maintenance
Roof Eaves The original eaves, overhang and support features shall Original to be maintained
be retained and restored
Parapets, gutters & down The original features, shall be retained and restored New gutters may not be added to
pipes existing roofs designed without gutters

4.6.3 Building External and Internal
Building Each Category I building will be unique, culturally and Further research into:
architecturally and must be conserved and restored to The traditional way of building
maintain its authentic uniqueness The building’s architectural, social, and
cultural history
Materials The original materials used for the walls, columns, All effort to be made to replace damaged
windows, doors, railings, f oors and decorative or lost elements with matching size,
elements, etc, must be conserved, restored or returned species, kind or design
back to the original
New items are only permitted if they
match the performance of the original
material
Alteration and Extension The Category I building has a footprint and prof le No alteration or extension is permitted.
unique to its architectural style
Utilities and Services Many Category I buildings were designed before the Is permitted if hidden from view
invention of electricity and allowing access to the roof for
maintenance
Those that have had electricity installed in the past may
require it to be upgraded
Temperatures were controlled through appropriate

design elements such as open air-wells and fanlights;
these should be conserved and restored
Many Category I buildings were designed before the

invention of plumbing. Water was collected in water
tanks and wells, if still part of the building these should
be conserved and retained
Roof Eave The original eaves, overhang and support features shall Original to be maintained
be retained and restored
Parapets, gutters & down The original features, shall be retained and restored. New gutters may not be added to
pipes existing roofs designed without gutters

5 Category II
Definition:
(a) Buildings and items of special interest that warrant every effort being made to preserve them.
5.1 Category II Buildings, 5.2 Permitted Use

Places and Sites
The best use will be the use for which
Category II buildings, places and sites, the building was originally designed for
make up for the majority of the built and the continuation or reinstatement
cultural landscape of George Town. They of that use should certainly be the f rst
are the humble, the vernacular, and they option when the future of that building is
represent the everyday lives of the eclectic considered. But not all original uses are
cultural landscape of George Town: now viable or necessarily be appropriate.
The nature of uses can change over time,
i) They were residences and business so that in some cases the original use may
premises of those who have lived in now be less compatible with the building
George Town for generations. They design intent or with its original use.
were built to support the traditional
beliefs of the inhabitants and users. A compatible or adaptive reuse of heritage
The materials used, the position of buildings may be permitted by MPPP to
a stair, the angle of the door, were ensure the survival of such buildings.
and are still all relevant to the cultural
beliefs of the owners and users. Refer to Part 3, Chapter 2 on Managing
the Use of Land and Building for a
ii) They are also part of the commercial schedule of allowable use in the WHS.
heart of each urban area, def ning Advice can be sought from the MPPP
its character and relating the heart to Heritage Unit and GTWHI for the type of
human scale. use that are suitable for these buildings.
iii) They represent an architectural 5.3 Authenticity and

identity, that was adapted to suit Interpretation
climatic needs and those of the
site conditions, they respected the As Category II buildings dominate the
environment producing carbon zero streetscape the authenticity of their
structures long before the notion was connection to the street – the façade
realised for its sustainability. and f ve-footway and/or compound,
the original materials used, the style
iv) They tell of cultural inf uences in of openings and decoration should
the change in scale decoration and be maintained, restored and
later materials, each one a piece of conserved, or if altered at some point
an architectural and cultural jigsaw. in time, is returned back to the original.
They are the identity of the Straits of
Melaka and the greatest link between Refer to Chapter 3 for guide to Authenticity
its historic cities.

and Interpretation. the street and vistas. The Authentic

streetscape and roof ine is part of
Refer to Exhibit A on the following page the OUV for the UNESCO site, any
on how to reinstate a facade back to its change must be carefully considered;
original and authentic design
iv) The guidelines for conservation
Owners are advised to visit the MPPP and alteration and extension works,
Heritage Unit and GTWHI off ce to seek traditional ways of building etc.
advise regarding:
5.4 Research for Historical
i) The original form and the authentic
appearance or style of the building;
ii) The authentic streetscape;
iii) The authentic roof line, the view from
Figure 5.1: Authenticity – example shophouse

How to Reinstate a Façade to its Original
EXHIBIT A:
Design?
● Step 1: Is the building a part of a group?
This one is the middle of a group of f ve
● Step 2: Do its neighbours have more or less the same design?

This ensemble all have low walls on the f rst f oor, column-to-column windows and pitched
roof
The property
● Step 3: Check the Shophouse Style

sheets and see if a neighbour is
similar in design
These will tell you all the features and
materials typical of the shophouse style
● Step 4: Check old maps and surveys to

understand how and when the
shophouses were built.
The Kelly Town survey 1891-3 shows the
group of f ve shophouses, conf rming that
these shophouses were built as one design.
Kelly maps without the watermark are available from

JUPEM.

Data 5.5 Other Objects and

Buildings – Category II
It is advisable to discover as much as
possible about the Category II buildings Whilst the majority of properties identified
or objects, before a proposal for works is as Category II are shophouses, there are
also other types of buildings, shophouses
considered.
and objects of added interest. These
include:
Research can help in determining the
original ground condition, e.g. swamp or
● Category II items or objects
stream. The type of foundations used in
buildings of the same time period and area
i) Compounds, boundary walls,
and the building materials used at the time
gateposts & gates, landscapes, trees,
of its construction.
enclaves, granite pathways and sites;
Research material include:

ii) Historic street furniture, granite posts
and chains, fountains, lamp-posts,
● Original drawings from the MPPP
post boxes, tramlines and trolley bus
archives
poles, f re hydrants and f re assurance
plaques, granite and engineering brick
● Photographs, paintings and other
drains, etc.
drawn information
● Category II buildings of added interest

● Newspaper cutting archives, and
archives documentation of the owner
i) Buildings of special interest –
or related association etc.
historical;
● Local oral histories

ii) Buildings historically associated with
Category 1 buildings;
● Refer to Chapter 3.2.3 for guide to
research
iii) Corner buildings of architectural
signif cance;
iv) Rows of buildings of architectural

signif cance;
v) Dated building of architectural

signif cance.

Category II Items or Objects
Figure 5.2: Items such as cast iron foun-

tains and granite pathways are identif ed
as part of the authentic built landscape
Category II Buildings of added interest
Figure 5.3: Dated buildings allow us to

clearly date architectural styles, materials
and technologies
Figure 5.4: The humble category II shophouses surrounding a

granite compound create the authentic setting for the Category I
Khoo Kongsi Temple and stage. They are all part of the history of
the site and of the Khoo clan vistas. Figure 5.5: Corner sites are clear landmarks, and key
buildings in the streetscape, often framing important vistas.
Figure 5.6: Rows of buildings, built by the same craftsmen Figure 5.7: 120 Lebuh
for the same owner with beautiful shard work. Armenian former base of
Dr. Sun Yat Sen

5.6 Permitted Works 5.6.2 Extensions on shophouses
The original building prof le such as The original height of all listed buildings
features of air well, forecourt, internal shall be maintained, The rear courtyard
court, rear court, etc. shall be retained open air-well should remain open, and the
and and restored to its original condition. buildings may be increased by one storey.
Replacing the existing materials should
have similar prof le, performance, design, Extension, increase in height, and
colour and texture or equivalent. It additional storey above the permitted
requires a cautious approach of changing height at the rear of building shall be
as much as necessary but as little as considered based on the merit of each
possible. case, application should include an HIA to
show the design ref ects the authenticity
Alteration and/or extensions to heritage of the OUV of the WHS. In all cases the
buildings are subject to MPPP permits and UBBL shall be followed.
approvals. Unauthorised alteration and
addition to the building prof le will require Refer to Exhibit B for a visual guide
the original to be reinstated to the original on height extensions for Category II
prof le. shophouses
Please refer to Chapter 2 for repair, 5.6.3 Back-to-back or back-to-side

planning & building control procedure. extension
Please refer to Chapter 3 on the If a heritage building has been built back-
conservation practices applicable to all to-back (Figure 5.11) or back-to-side of a
heritage buildings. neighbouring house, the possibility of an
extension at the rear is limited by the need
5.6.1 Alterations and extension to to provide, natural ventilation and light to
buildings other than shophouses comply with the UBBL and escape in the
case of f re.
A Heritage Impact Assessment is
required for the alteration or extension The need for natural light and ventilation
of a building other than shophouses, still applies to each building even if the
to assess its impact on vistas, back-to-back houses are owned by the
views, roof ines and streetscapes for same owner.
consideration.
5.6.4 Extension of rear courtyard and
Each application should be discussed kitchen
with the MPPP Heritage Unit and the
GTWHI, to assess the possibilities before In the heritage shophouses, the traditional
application is made. arrangement at the rear of the building is
a single storey terrace with kitchen below
or later a single storey jack roof kitchen
with open yard. Over the years the yards
have been covered over. It is advisable to
reinstate the yards or terrace and air-well

in order to allow for light, ventilation and
escape – returning to the ‘green building’
concept. Rear courtyard and open air-well
should remain open.
5.6.5 Buildings backing on to Category I

buildings.
In some instances the rear of a building

may be seen from the compound of, or is
adjacent to a Category I building (Figure
5.4). In this case care should be taken to Figure 5.8: A row of shophouses with a rear courtyard that
is covered with temporary structures
maintain the authenticity and integrity of
the Category I site. Extensions to Category
II buildings shall be considered based on
the merit of each case.
5.7 Permitted Height
5.6.6 Extension of buildings with back
lanes The original height of all listed buildings
shall be maintained.
The height of any new extension must
not block the ventilation or escape of its The height for extension may be increased
neighbours. Thus, the traditional external by one storey from the original height/
air-well/ kitchen and terrace arrangement storey in accordance with this guidelines.
should be retained or put back if formerly Listed buildings outside the UNESCO
demolished. World Heritage Site, will be determined
by planing regulations and subject the
acceptance of the HIA report. In all cases,
such extension of height shall comply with
the UBBL.

EXHIBIT B: Height Extension for Category II Shophouses
Requirements for extension works

on Category II buildings:
i) Planning Approval for increase in height minor and major
works;
ii) Building Plan Approval ;
iii) DPR including HIA;
iv) Dilapidation Survey Report;
v) Progress reports.
After completion of works its advisable to produce a

Maintentance & Repairs Reports.
● The original open rear

courtyard converted into
air-well
● Additional room created
for new bathroom and
toilet on first floor balcony
● Upgraded toilet and
kitchen on ground floor
NOTE:
These illustrations are diagrammatic sketch examples –
in reality each shophouse differs in size and surrounding
situation. It is important, therefore, to discuss any
proposal with the MPPP Heritage Unit or GTWHI in
order to assess the opportunities and limitations of
each site, before starting work or even purchasing the
Figure 5.9: An example of a single storey extension building.
above building with an air-well,
air-well with an open rear
courtyard

Figure 5.10: An example of a single

storey extension above building without
an airwell, with an open rear courtyard
Figure 5.11: An example of a back-to-

back shophouse arrangement without
a back lane, the extension should allow
ventilation and avoid being a solid mass

5.8 Guidelines for Conservation Work on Category II

Buildings
5.8.1 External Forecourt
Original design - building methods Requirements / conditions
1.0 Forecourt
1.1 Enclosure Bungalows set in a Original materials, design & f nishing

compound or forecourt, to be used.
with wall and gates. Laying of new ground f nishes shall
be sensitive & sympathetic to the front
Example 1: façade.
Stewart Lane bungalow
The original size & ornamentation of
the wall & gate shall be retained &
1900s Terrace/ Town restored.
Houses, with forecourt
and garden wall and
gate.
Example 2:
Cannon Street

5.8.2 External Finishes and Colours
Original design - building methods Requirements / conditions
2.0 Finishes and colours
2.1 Exterior / Walls Each period of design history had preferred colour The original f nishes, shall be
schemes. retained & restored.
(See Shophouse styles in Annexure D) Painting over the original
Scraping back to the original base layer will reveal f nishes e.g. Shanghai
the colour history. plaster, is not permitted.
The colour and materials for conservation should
be chosen from this investigation.
Types of Finish:
a. Lime Plaster / Lime Wash - Most buildings in
the WHS If lime plaster / wash was
b. Shanghai Plaster - Buildings after 1930s – the original material then a
1960s breathable paint or lime wash
c. Cement Render - Early ModernBuildings may be used.
2.2 Exterior Timber Each period of design history had preferred colour The colour scheme or
Work schemes. paint used shall match &
(See Shophouse styles in Annexure D) harmonise with the typical
Scraping back to the original base layer will reveal character of the heritage
the colour history. buildings & of streetscape.
The colour and materials for conservation should
be chosen from this investigation.
Types of Finish:
a. Ta Chi, Tong Oil - Traditional Chinese
timberwork
b. Kampong Oil f nish - Traditional Malay
timberwork
c. Timber oil/ stain - Timber work
d. Oil based paints - Metal or timber work

5.8.3 External - Roof
Items Original design - building methods Requirements / conditions
3.0 ROOF
3.1 Tiles - All Roofs The original traditional roof ng material, eaves Original installation method and
detail, (fascia board) tile prof le shall be retained and
Roof Material Types: restored.
a. Small size, V or U prof le, unglazed,
natural colour terracotta tiles. Timber battens
run ridge to eaves on horizontal purlins (roof
beams) - Shophouses, bungalows, godowns,
etc.
b. Interlocking clay roof tile, Marseilles (Indian b) Not suitable for pre 1930s
or French). Timber battens run horizontal Shophouses
supported by truss roof system – Bungalows,
Beach St Off ce buildings
c. Slate roofs - Supported by timber boards, on

purlins- Godowns, Church roofs & Beach St
Off ces.
3.2 Structure Main The original - prof le, pitch, height, party wall. The original form to be retained &
Roof restored.
Roof Structure Types: Faulty members may be removed
and replaced with matching
a) Horizontal timber purlins (roof beams) installed member.
between load-bearing walls. Acts as brace for New metal trusses are not
the structural party walls. - shophouses permitted, unless they match the
original.
b) Horizontal timber purlins (roof beams)
installed above truss or sloping rafters. Acts
as a tie for the trusses & rafter.- Shophouses,
Godowns, Beach St Off ces. Bungalows
c) Timber or Metal Truss System supporting c) Not suitable for pre 1930s
battens for a interlocking clay tile roof or Shophouses
timber boards and slate roofs (Boustead). -
Often used for corner sites, 1900s godowns
car showrooms and double-itched roofs of
bungalows etc.

3.3 Ridge and Gable, Roof ridge to top of roof pitch. Roof Ridge Type The original form should be
Party wall retained, and conserved
a) Raised brickwork or brickwork and vent Missing elements to be put back.
bricks. - Shophouses
b) Lime plastered or V tiled over joint.-

Shophouse, Godowns, Beach St Off ces,
Bungalows
c) Ridge tiles and f nial (Marseilles). Often

used for corner sites, double-pitched roofs of
bungalows etc
Raised gable end wall / party wall, brickwork and of high cultural signif cance –
lime plaster original to be conserved
Middle Brick work party wall sometimes raised

above the roof tiles, dividing each unit.
a) Early Penang Shophouses – not raised party

wall – continuous roof with neighbour
b) Later Penang shophouses – raised party wall high cultural signif cance – original
– division with neighbour. to be conserved
A jack roof is a tiled roof raised above the ridge of The original traditional roof ng
3.4 Jack Roof an existing roof ine. material, eaves detail, (fascia
board), ventilation louvres or glass,
To allow for covered ventilation into the main roof shall be retained and restored.
space. Timber structures vary from building to Existing Jack Roof to be retained.
building. Roof tiles are identical to the main roof. New jack roof is only permitted
on back extension for natural
ventilation.

3.5 Skylight Skylights not original to the architecture of Penang. New skylight is not permitted.
Glass moulded Marseilles tiles are sometimes Original design of shophouse
found on Marseille tiled roofs allows for natural light and
ventilation
Dormer windows not original to the architecture of
3.6 Dormer Window Penang. New dormer window is not
Hidden dormer access doorways, for maintenance permitted.
are found on larger buildings. New access dormer doorway is
permitted if hidden from general
view for large buildings e.g.
Courthouse.
Not permitted for shophouses.
Eaves, overhang & support features -specif c to
3.7 Eaves Roof each architectural style. Original form should be retained &
overhang restored.
Types:
No new eave detail or support may
a) Stepped terracotta f at tiles, brick corbel be used.
brackets at wall junction - traditional
shophouse without gutters.
b) Exposed battens and facia board. Brick corbel

or timber corbel.- shophouse/bungalow with
overhanging roof
c) RC brackets and ceiling boards with patterned

beading (1920s) - buildings after 1920s,
shophouses, bungalows and commercial
buildings
Gutters and down pipes are not original to all

3.8 Gutters buildings.
Introduced in the mid 1800s, many buildings Roofs without gutters should
continued without gutters remain without.
Gutters and downpipes were part of the overall
design from the early 1900s

4.0 Front / Side Facade
4.1 Building Facade The front part of the building with the main doorway, The original façade shall be
and for a corner sites also the side of a building, retained &/ or restored.
Demolition, alteration & addition
The heritage facades styles are numerous - See to original / aesthetic façade is not
Part 7 Heritage Buildings for guides on original permitted.
shophouse façade styles. The original masonry, mortar &
plaster shall be retained (where
possible).
4.2 Upper Facade
(under roof)
a) Decorative features types:– below roof beam & f rst To be repaired, restored or
f oor beam reinstated, using original materials
i) Painted historic stories / mural or if evidence.
ii) Chien Nien cut and paste porcelain work.
iii) Lime mortar mouldings
Found in 20C shophouses, masonry bungalows

and commercial buildings.
b) Upper f oor timber shutters types

i) Window height shutter - All movable To be repaired, restored or
timber louvre shutters - reinstated, using original materials.
ii) Door height shutters -Two panels of Missing elements shall follow the
movable louvres + solid panel at the base original design.
of each leaf. Clear, kampong or light tinted class
iii) Fixed louvre shutters. is permitted for area above shutters
if part of the original design.
See Part 7 Heritage Buildings for guides on original
shutter styles.
To be repaired, restored or
c) Balustrades – behind the door height shutters –
a balustrade usually of timber, but occasionally of reinstated, using original materials.
cast iron.
Leaf frame timber size & width

d) New secondary internal windows - behind shutters
inside to match the leaf frame of the
Original in later designs from 1890s onwards -, new shutters. Clear, kampong or light
may be required if the internal space is being air- tinted class is permitted.
conditioned or to cut out external noise.

e) Low wall (spandrel) – types: below shutters, above To be repaired, restored or

f ve-foot-way beam– various types - Shophouses reinstated, using original materials.
i) Simple indedented brickwork, lime plaster Missing elements shall follow the
mouldings. original design.
ii) Indented brickwork with Green Chinese
Vent Tiles
iii) Indented brickwork cast iron panels.
iv) Highly decorated with Chien Nien Shard
work
See Part 7 Heritage Buildings for guides on original
low wall styles.
f) Canopy / awning– projecting our from above the Original timber and tiled canopy
f ve-foot-way beam. retained & restored.
Traditional Canopy-
In a few cases a terracotta ‘V” shaped tiled canopy Traditional roof ng material to be
projected out into the street. The canopy structure used.
was supported on projecting granite corbels. These
can still be found but the canopy may be missing.
Timber fan canopy. Following historical design and

Concrete slab – art deco materials.
New canopy –
4.3 Side Façade
Sidewall openings- In f at shophouse wall Original to be retained and
In a few cases openings in the sidewalls were part restored.
of the original design.
i. Drip stone - stepped bricks and terracotta No new opening in side walls
tiles to form a slight projection above the permitted
opening
ii. Timber shutters solid or louvred.

5.0 Five-Footway - Verandah
The f ve-foot-way – it is a recessed area below the Original design of f ve-footway such
f rst f oor of a building that is designated as public as archway & arcades shall be
space. The entrance to the building is recessed in by maintained. Any original decorative
minimum f ve feet, – creating for this passageway . feature(s) shall be retained &
restored.
It is also a culturally signif cant space – where Should not be blocked with f xed
prayer and thanksgivings are offered to protect the obstructions.
occupants of the buildings.
5.1 Walls
a) Decorative wall tiles -
Originally placed as a da do panel below the two
openings either side of the main door. These were
installed using lime mortar.
Types: see shophouse style sheets for when each
type was used.
i) Majolica and tube line embossed tiles. Existing to be retained and
ii) Printed Pattern Tiles restored.
iii) 4” x 4” ceramic tiles (Japanese)- Terrace
houses circa 1930s
v) Mosaic, Small tile designed in sheets- New dado tiles on a case-by-case
Circa 1950s basis.
v) Terrazzo (in situ – rare in the WHS)- Early
Modern Buildings.
b) Wall Materials
The f ve foot way wall f nish was lime plaster / Existing to be retained and
wash– even when the exterior walls were shanghai restored.
plaster.
5.2 Floor Five-footway f oor
a) Types: see Shophouse Style sheets Part 7 for when

each type was used.
i) Granite slab/ sleepers/ blocks Traditional f nishes e.g. terracotta

ii) Terracotta tiles in either diamond or ‘I ‘ tiles, terrazzo tiles, and mosaic to
pattern. be restored.
iii) Encuaustic individual tiles of different New f nishes to follow original.
coloured clays

iv) Cement Tiles with coloured pattern -

Terrace houses circa 1920 – 1930s
v) Mosiac, small tile designed in sheets - Gloss ceramic tiles are not
around 1950s permitted.
vi) Terrazzo - Early Modern Buildings. (in situ
– rare in the WHS)
b) Granite slab edging, marks the street boundary of Shall be retained & exposed
the f ve-foot-way without covering up by other
materials.
c) Granite steps and bridge across drain – original Existing to be retained and
Drain edge – engineering bricks. restored. If missing, new to be
installed.
e) Motorbike ramp next to steps across drain. Not original – to be removed. no

new ramp permitted.
5.3 Ceiling Ceiling to f ve-foot-way
Types:
i. Exposed upper f oor structure of timber Original ceiling prof le / design
boards & timber joists shall be maintained. Any original
ii. Timber strip ceiling c/w carved decoration. decorative feature(s) shall be
iii. Exposed reinforced concrete f oor (rare retained & restored.
cases

6.0 Kitchen courtyard and air well – rear

court
The kitchen area was additional to the overall

building form – single storey and designed to allow
for good drainage and ventilation, there are a few
types of back yards / kitchens.
6.1 Roof cover Roof covering for the single storey kitchen took New roof of pitch prof le over the
different forms. rear kitchen is allowed subject to
the roof height requirement.
a. Traditionally under a terracotta terrace Matching roof ng material as the
(first floor) next to an open air-well - main roof shall be used.
Shophouses Materials such as zinc, asbestos,
metal deck & etc. are not permitted.
b. Under a tiled roof with jack roof for
ventilation – next to an air-well.- Town/
terrace houses
c. Under an rc terrace, next to an air-well.

Town/ terrace houses
6.2 Air Well The kitchen air-well / yard is a sunken f oor New habitable space above the
area lined with granite. Open air allows natural kitchen is permitted subject to
ventilation for both the kitchen and the toilet located height/ materials & ventilation
in this area. When the houses are back to back this requirements.
air-well is important for healthy living.
No new structure is allowed within
Even the smallest of shophouses would have had the air-well / open air space.
an open area at the rear.
6.3 External Staircase Existing external staircase. Can be retained or removed

subject to use of the premises and
New external staircase is permitted for means of requirements.
escape. Material used is subject to the
requirements of the relevant
authority e.g. Bomba.
6.4 WC The WC is at the rear in the Kitchen area, usually A new WC should be installed,
adapted from the original used for night soil subject to requirements of the
collection. relevant departments.

7.0 Rear Façade
7.1 Windows, Doors Original openings were simpler than the front Materials be retained & restored
& Vents façade, but of the same materials. New openings are permitted and
Lime plaster wall f nish– even if the front façade shall be of similar material as the
was shanghai plaster front façade openings.
7.2 Terrace See Kitchen roof cover 6.1 above New habitable space above the
Terracotta tiled terrace. terrace is permitted subject to
height/ materials and ventilation
requirements.
7.3 Rear Boundary Original decorative wall Original height and decorative
Wall feature(s) shall be retained &
The rear load bearing brick and plaster wall with an restored.
external opening into the back lane.
New Extension – above original kitchen area . New extension to wall is permitted
provided it does not impede
neighbouring buildings, - light,
ventilation etc

8.0 Floors
8.1 Ground Floor The existing ground f oor level and changes in level Original levels shall be retained.
are traditional to the building types.
The traditional f oor f nishes were designed

to breath, though later cement was used as a
decorative feature.
Types: see shophouse style sheets for when each

type was used.
i) Terracotta tiles in either diamond or ‘I ‘ Original f nishes shall be retained &

pattern. restored.
ii) Encuaustic individual tiles of different Replacement of damaged materials
coloured clays shall match with same or close
iii) Cement Tiles with coloured pattern - to if the function of the material
Terrace houses circa 1930s matches.
iv) Mosiac, small tile designed in sheets -
Circa 1950s For wet areas e.g. Toilets & kitchen,
v) Terrazzo (in situ – rare in the WHS) - Early waterproof concrete f oor may be
Modern Buildings. used.
8.2 Upper Floor(s) The traditional timber f oors on timber joists acted Original shall be retained &
as part of the original structure of the building, restored.
bracing and separating the party walls.
a) The existing f oor level & original structural Original shall be retained &
members including timber main beams or steel restored
I-beam, timber f oor joists & timber f oor boards -
b) The existing structure of the f oor members -

including timber main beams or steel I-beam, timber
f oor joists & timber f oor boards -
c) New use requirements for f re protection of timber Must NOT be of a material that
f oors cannot be removed at a later date
Must NOT put additional weight to

existing structures, beyond their
capacity.

d) Addition of toilets f rst f oor internally For wet areas e.g. toilets, concrete
New support structure, from ground f oor must f oor may be used.
avoid damage to original brick, granite and footings Permitted if original structure is not
and bakau piles. compromised.
e) Extension for toilet / bathroom at rear of building See 6.0 Kitchen Area.
preferred.
8.3 Mezzanine Floor Mezzanine f oors are not part of the original layout
of the buildings as tall ceilings cooled the naturally
ventilated spaces
Existing mezzanine f oor Can be retained or removed.
New Mezzanine f oor may be considered subject Any material except reinforced
to existing f oor height and compliance with concrete is permitted. The choice of
requirements or relevant departments material used shall be compatible
and harmonious with existing
structure.
Subject to UBBL.

9.0 Ceilings
9.1 Ceiling Ground f oor ceilings were usually the exposed Original ceiling prof le / design shall
timbers of the f oor structure above. Cornices below be retained. Any original decorative
the joists on the ground f oor were also a feature. feature(s) shall be retained &
restored.
Occasionally they were covered with a ceiling – Areas of damage may be replaced
mainly on the roof f oor or in coffee shops on the with matching or similar material.
ground f oor.
Types :
a. Exposed upper f oor structure of timber Shall be retained & restored
boards & timber joists - Lower f oors
b. Timber strip ceiling c/w carved
decoration.- Below roof f oor
c. 4’ x 4’ f at ceilng panels c/w timber beading
- Lower f oors
d. exposed underside of terracotta terrace
f oor structure
e. exposed RC slab f oor
New Ceilings New ceiling is permitted provided

the volume of internal space is
maintained and original features
such as cornices, arches, capitals
& decorative stuccos are not
covered.
Installation of aluminium or metal

frame is not permitted.

10.0 Walls
10. 1 Party wall Shophouses and terraced / town houses share Repair work is permitted but must
party walls. Commercial buildings that were follow original design, material &
originally shophouse construction – Beach St. share construction method.
party walls.
Bungalows and some commercial buildings and

godowns have detached wall.
Types of wall: No material used may damage the

a) Load bearing clay brick – lime mortar and integrity of the structural wall and
lime plaster. cause nuisance to the neighbouring
b) Load bearing clay brick - latter added RC buildings.
columns (1900s)
c) Concrete beam and post system – inf ll
clay or cement bricks – lime mortar /
plaster (1910s- 1970s)
d) Concrete beam and post system – inf ll
clay or cement bricks – cement mortar /
render (1970s- )
10.2 New openings Openings in the party wall to join units Openings permitted on a case-by-
case basis, subject to the stability
of building structure –
Opening not to exceed 80% of air-

well opening. Supporting structure
to avoid damage to original
footings.
Internal walls - 90o to party walls – brick load Permission to remove on a case-
bearing walls c/w openings by-case basis.
10.3 Decorative Masonry Features Stepped brick and lime plaster Shall be retained & restored using
Features cornices, arch architraves, etc. traditional or matching materials.
Timber Features – Traditional carved screen, Shall be retained & restored using
traditional wall cupboards, and ground f oor & traditional or matching materials.
lattice/ solid partitions c/w doors 1st f oor.

11.0 Air Well
Long shophouse buildings with two pitched roofs

or more, separated the pitches with an air-well,
to allow for ventilation and cooling of the spaces
below. The air-well allows for access to maintain the
pitches roof.
Below the air-well and on the ground f oor is a

recessed area of granite edging and f oor. A drain
hole leads to a covered drain usually f owing to the
front of the building and the street drain.
11.1 Size The original size & location of the air-well - Shall be retained & restored.
11.2 Floor f nishes The original f nishes of granite slab & edging - Shall be retained & restored.
Replacement of damaged or
installation of new materials shall
be the same or close to original
materials.
Level up the existing f oor is not
permitted.
11.3 Windows, The original openings on the f rst f oor around the
Shutters & vents air-well opening - Shall be retained & restored
– upper f oors Replacement or installation of new shutters/ walls/ Replacement of damaged or
balustrades installation of new materials shall
be the same or close to original
materials. Installation of other
modern materials is not permitted.
11.4 Roof cover Traditionally the air- well is open air without a roof Permitted lightweight transparent
cover. roof covering below eaves.
However, an addition of a f at, moveable roof cover, Total cover up not permitted.
that can be later removed is -
Not permitted - No other above
Air-well in f ll with f oors and solid roof ground structure or slab is
permitted within the air well space.

12.0 Staircases
Original staircase positioning & design with f ne

craftsmanship -
12.01 Wells Repositioning original timber staircase c/w brick or Make good and make safe the
granite lower steps - original
Restore back and / or make safe.

Additional new staircase – required for Bomba
approval
Traditionally the air- well is open air without a roof

cover.
However, an addition of a f at, moveable roof cover,
that can be later removed is -
Air-well in f ll with f oors and solid roof

13.0 Mechanical & Electrical Systems Permits must be sought from the
relevant authorities.
13.1 Security CCTV surveillance cameras and gear - Are permitted - installation of
Surveillance new security devices subject
to requirements of suitability,
unobtrusive positioning, visually
discreet in design and colour.
Must avoid damage to the original
building fabric.
13.2 Electrical Electrical conduit pipes on the surface of external Not permitted
Conduits façade are - TNB cable routing and meter In 5’way or back lane of building.
Internal wiring may be either
a) Visible conduit (George Town) Channel must be Makita cut to

b) Visible, double insulated wiring on Patrice avoid unnecessary damage.
boards (Melaka) Conduit to be held in place with
c) Wiring in conduit burried in the existing metal clips, not Portland cement.
walls.
13.3 Air-conditioning Air conditioning pipes and conduits on the external Not permitted
units façade are - Are permitted and shall be properly
Air-conditioning pipes on the surface of the rear wall encased & neatly laid out.
or rear air well Is strictly prohibited.
Air-condensing condenser unit(s) on front façade -
Air-condensing units installation position : And can be covered by a frame

a) Shall be located least visible from the with suitable design such as timber
exterior. lattice or metal screen, which
b) Below f ve foot way on party wall if harmonized with building rear,
suff cient headroom –shophouses only. façade.
c) at the rear courtyard / kitchen area.
Cooling tower air-conditioners - new installations at Not permitted

ground level.
VRV air-conditioning systems for larger buildings Permitted, screened and discrete
require suitable f oor space. positioning required.

13.4 Satellite TV Satellite TV dishes. To be placed at the rear courtyard if

Dishes possible. Should not block the view
of the front façade.
13.5 Water tanks/ Water tank, & other external installations, if any, Material such as timber lattice or
Solar panels shall be covered / screened & placed least visible metal screen which harmonized
from the exterior. with building façade is preferred.
Solar panels Location on front roof not permitted.
13.5 Lift Installation of lift for extension / annexed building. Motor-room-less lifts are permitted.
The lift shaft shall not protrude from the roof of the The pit must avoid damage to
new extension. heritage foundations and footings.
13.6 Kitchen Exhaust fan shall be placed at rear kitchen Location to be reviewed on a case-
Exhaust fan courtyard or back lane. by-case basis.
13.7 External External decorative / f ood lighting is not part of the Flood lights - Not Permitted.
Lighting original character.
Coloured Spot lights or cyclical lights Not permitted.
Residential buildings – lanterns or lights in f ve-foot- Light bulbs f xed to the fabric of the
ways -original. building are not permitted.
Commercial buildings / monuments / places of
worship etc –

14.0 Sanitary, Plumbing, drainage
14.1 Pipe work Water supply pipe work to be concealed within walls Permitted,
– Channel -Makita cut to avoid
unnecessary damage.
Water supply pipe work to be surface mounted – Conduit to be held in place with
with metal clips - metal clips, not Portland cement.
Preferred.
14.2 Waste pipes

Wastepipes and f oor traps to follow regulations as Design to avoid damage to heritage
required. buildings footings, below ground
. Heritage f oor tiles, raised to
accommodate pipes work to
be restored back if possible, or
replaced with same if damaged.
14.3 Drainage
Provide proper drainage at the building perimeter to Landscape to allow for maximum
ensure that water does not splash against building evaporation around heritage
or foundation walls nor drain towards the building. buildings where possible.
Internal air-well drainage to be

maintained – solid concrete water
channels to be avoided – allow
breathability to walls.
14.4 Soil vent- pipe.
Soil stack - vent pipe s should not be placed where To follow requirements.
they may protrude out through the front roof, visible
to the street.

15.0 Alteration
15.1 Basement Below Ground basements are not a characteristic New basement is not permitted
of the historic buildings – built on swamp, beach or
reclaimed sea.
No swimming pools permitted
15.2 Swimming pools Other deep projections into the ground such as inside the heritage buildings.
swimming pools must avoid displacement of ground Compound swimming pools are
water into building walls and neighbours. permitted, on case-by-case basis.
Internal water feature permitted on

15.3 Water features Internal water features may add too much moisture a case –by case basis.
and encourage fungus and harmful growth External water feature permitted on
a case-by-case basis.
16.0 Extension
16.1 Extension Roof New pitched roof to rear extension – Roof covering materials & pitch
to match the main roof in terms of
colour, texture, material & prof le &
internal structure.
New f at roof – for contemporary extension Permitted only if used as a green

roof garden.
New jack roof Jack roof to rear extension only.
New Dormer window Dormer window not permitted
New skylight Skylight not permitted
16.2 Extension façade The new façade may be of traditional (to match Modern material is allowed but
existing) or contemporary style. shall be designed in harmony &
match with the traditional heritage
façade & surrounding streetscape
in terms of texture, prof le, colour &
performance etc.

16.3 Extension upper Canopy above second storey opening may be Traditional roof ng material is to be
facade allowed subject to sympathetic and unobtrusive used.
in design manner and in compliance with the Materials such as metal, asbestos
requirements of relevant departments. sheet or PVC are not allowed.
16.4 Upper f oor(s) New concrete f oor slabs for extension. Permitted - f oor f nishes shall
match the existing in terms of
texture, colour & material.
16.5 Finishes The new block shall be rendered in appropriate & Material, which is similar or close to
subtle colour & f nishes which blend & complement existing f nishes is preferable.
the conserved part & does not detract from the
character of the surroundings.
16.6 Footings & piles The method of excavation works for new footings Shall be approved by the MPPP
(piling for over two storey building) before commencement of work.
All reasonable care & protection shall be accorded Traditional construction method
to adjacent heritage buildings to ensure retention of to match building is encouraged,
their structural stability & integrity. but must pass all regulations and
departments’ requirements.
Figure 5.11 : Granite below columns
Figure 5.10 : Detail of typical bakau piling in heritage buildings
Figure 5.12 : Granite below stepped footing

6 Inf ll and Replacement
(core and buffer of the WHS) whether

6.1 Introduction by preservation or enhancement of
their character or appearance must
This section is concerned with sites or be a major contribution, this cannot
buildings identif ed as Inf ll or Replacement realistically take the form of preventing
on which permitted compatible all new development; the emphasis will
development can take place within the generally need to be on controlled and
World Heritage Site, and their potential positive management of change. Policies
impact on the OUV of the WHS. will need to be implemented to allow the
area to remain alive and prosperous but
However, developments adjacent to at the same time to ensure that any new
listed buildings, or enclaves outside the development accords with the area’s
conservation area will be determined special architectural, historic and cultural
by State or Local Authority planning signif cance.
regulations. This chapter is divided into two
sections: The World Heritage Site includes gap
sites, and a few insensitive buildings that
6.2 Compatible Development Guidelines make no positive contribution to or indeed
for Inf ll detract from, the character or appearance
6.3 Compatible Development Guidelines of the area; their inf ll or replacement,
for Replacement respectively, should be a stimulus to
imaginative, high quality design, and seen
6.1.1 Protection, Conservation, as an opportunity to enhance the area.
Enhancement
The desirability of preserving or enhancing What is important

the World Heritage Site is in the State is not that new
Planning Committee’s view a material
consideration in the MPPP’s handling of
buildings should
development proposals, which are outside directly imitate earlier
the Site but would affect its setting, or views
into or out of the area.
styles, but that they
should be designed
All development proposals will be judged with respect for their
for their effect on the character and
appearance of the World Heritage Site. context, as part of a
larger whole, which
While conservation of the two zones
has a well established
character and
appearance of it own.

6.1.2 Compatible development
The MPPP requires detailed plans and

drawings of proposed new development,
including elevations, and 3D views, which
show the new development in it’s setting,
before considering a planning application.
The MPPP should have special regard
for such matters as scale, height, form,
massing, respect for the traditional pattern
of frontages, vertical or horizontal emphasis
and detailed design (e.g. the scale & spacing
of window openings, and the nature & quality
of materials). General planning standards
should be applied sensitively in the interests
of harmonizing the new development with its
neighbours in the conservation area.
Planning decisions in respect of

development proposed to be carried out in
the conservation area must give high priority
to the objective of preserving or enhancing
the character or appearance of the area. If
any proposed development would conf ict
with that objective, there will be a strong
presumption against the grant of planning
permission, though in exceptional cases the
presumption may be overridden in favour
of development which is desirable on the
ground of some other public interest.
Whilst the character and appearance of

the World Heritage Site should always be
given full weight in planning decisions, the
objective of preservation can be achieved
either by development which makes a
positive contribution to the area’s character
or appearance or by development which
leaves the character and appearance
unharmed.

6.2 Compatible Historic evidence may inf uence the
design of the new proposal and give
Development reference to interesting buildings or events
Guidelines for Inf ll of the past and even buildings previously
demolished.
Definition:
(a) Existing empty land or temporary structure where To avoid negative impact on neighbouring
compatible re-development is permitted heritage buildings, it is important to
understand their construction methods.
6.2.1 Permitted Use These may include researching on:
For compatible inf ll development projects ● Traditional building methods typical of

within the WHS, care must be taken that the type and age of the building/item;
the proposed use will not devalue the OUV
of the Site. Advice should be sought from ● Historic maps (look out for the word
the MPPP or GTWHI as to the permitted ‘swamp’);
use for each lot.
● Local oral histories, place names –
6.2.2 Authenticity and Interpretation (the local name for Jalan Sugei Ujong
It is recommended that an Inf ll site: maps this was a very big swamp.
i) set within a row of heritage Refer to chapter 3.2.4 on research

buildings, or methods
ii) placed amongst other inf ll sites or 6.2.4 Permitted Works

Temporary buildings or sites categorised
the architect should study the authentic as Inf ll Development, located within
design of the adjacent buildings and the conservation areas do not have intrinsic
site’s history, in order to propose a architectural or heritage signif cance,
design compatible with and interpreting although the site may have had in the
the site and its historic content. past.
6.2.3 Research for Historical Data Temporary buildings on the site may
be demolished and redeveloped
Within the WHS, the Heritage Impact simultaneously subject to this Guideline.
Assessment (HIA) requires the Historical
Signif cance of the site and adjacent It is important that the redevelopment
heritage buildings to be researched and should be designed to enhance the
documented. streetscape, vistas and the character of
the adjoining heritage buildings.

6.2.5 Requirements for permitted

works:
i) Planning Permission and Heritage

Impact Assessment (including Cultural
Impact Assessment)
ii) Building Plan Approval
Refer to Chapter 2 for further details
6.2.6 Heritage Impact Assessment

(HIA)
Figure 6.1: Compatible Inf ll. The building is the new court-
house building complimenting the historic courthouse building
Important to the inf ll development in height, pitch of roof and an interpretation of the architec-
is the Heritage Impact Assessment. tural style of the original building
Accompanying the HIA is a Cultural
Impact Assessment (CIA), which takes
into considerations the impact of the
development of the Cultural Cluster in
which it is placed.
It is advisable that the CIA and HIA takes

place at an early stage, as this will help
identify key factors than may inf uence
/ inspire / forewarn consultants in the
schematic design process.
For example: historic research revealed

the progression of reclamation for the land
between Beach Street and Weld Quay, and the
types of building built on it. This forewarned the
Geotechnical and the C&S engineers as to the
challenges of the site and guided the over all
tage.
design concept at planning stage.
Height of
infill and
replacement
sites within a
row of heritage
buildings to
follow the
height of
lower adjacent
building
Figure 6.2: Development of inf ll and replacement sites within a row of heritage buildings

6.2.7 Permitted height
The height of compatible Inf ll

development within the World Heritage
Site is dependant on the height of the
lower adjacent heritage building (Figure
6.2)
In f ll sites without adjacent heritage

buildings, within the WHS, may be built to
a maximum of 18m from ground level to
roof EAVE, subject to the HIA reports.
6.2.8 Facade Guidelines for Figure 6.3: Compatible Inf ll within a row of heritage buildings
Compatible Inf ll within a row of
heritage buildings
The facade composition of compatible Inf ll

development must respect the scale and
rhythm of it's surrounding buildings. Inf ll
sites within a row of heritage buildings are
subject to these facade guidelines:
i) The inf ll development must

correspond to the number of bays of
its neighbouring building (Figure 6.4),
or
ii) The number of bays to correspond

to the typical width of the bays of its Figure 6.4: Facade to correspond to the number of bays of
its neighbouring building
neighbouring buildings (Figure 6.5), or
iii) The reconstruction of the original built

fabric following research conducted
i.e through historical maps, old
photographs, etc
Figure 6.5: Facade to correspond to the typical width of the

bays of its neighbouring buildings

6.3 Compatible
Development
Guidelines for
Replacement
Definition:
(a) Existing building without any significant value
where sensitive re-development is permitted.
Figure 6.6: Rear area – replacement – The new owner of this

6.3.1 Permitted Use historic bungalow, empty for may years, was permitted to build
a contemporary building following the footprint of adjacent
buildings and the height of the neighbouring Bank Negara
For compatible replacement development
Building.
projects within the WHS, care must be
taken that the proposed use will not
devalue the OUV of the Site. Advice heritage buildings to be researched and
should be sought from the MPPP Heritage documented.
Unit as to the permitted use for each lot.
Historic evidence may inf uence the
6.3.2 Authenticity and Interpretation design of the new proposal and give
reference to interesting buildings or events
It is recommended that a Replacement of the past and even buildings previously
site: demolished.
i) set within a row of heritage buildings, To avoid negative impact on neighbouring

or heritage buildings, it is important to
understand their construction methods.
ii) placed amongst other inf ll sites or
adjacent to replacement sites, or These may include researching on:
iii) a mixed site which includes a building ● Traditional building methods typical of
or part building of heritage value and the type and age of the building/item;
not necessarily to be demolished,
● Historic maps (look out for the word
the architect should study both the ‘swamp’);
authentic design of the adjacent buildings
and the site’s history, in order to propose a ● Local oral histories, place names –
design in support of the OUV. (the local name for Jalan Sugei Ujong
6.3.3 Research for Historical Data: maps this was a very big swamp.
Within the WHS, the Heritage Impact Refer to chapter 3.2.4 on research
Assessment (HIA) requires the Historical methods
Signif cance of the site and adjacent

6.3.4 Permitted Works 6.3.6 Heritage Impact Assessment
(HIA)
Sites identif ed for replacement and
located within conservation areas do not Important to the replacement
have intrinsic architectural and heritage development is the Heritage Impact
signif cance. These buildings are permitted Assessment. Accompanying the HIA is a
to be demolish and replaced with Cultural Impact Assessment (CIA), which
compatible new development. takes into considerations the impact of
the development of the Cultural Cluster in
Sites that are mixed sites may have which it is placed.
intrinsic architectural and heritage
signif cance. For these sites both It is advisable that the CIA and HIA takes
Replacement and Conservation guidelines place at an early stage, as this will help
apply.. identify key factors than may inf uence
/ inspire / forewarn consultants in the
It is important that the redevelopment schematic design process.
should be designed to enhance the
streetscape and the character of the For example: historic research revealed
adjoining buildings, as required in the the progression of reclamation for the land
Town and Country Planning Act, 1976 (Act between Beach Street and Weld Quay, and the
172) types of building built on it. This forewarned the
Geotechnical and the C&S engineers as to the
6.3.5 Requirements for permitted challenges of the site and guided the over all
works design concept at planning stage.
i) Planning Permission and Heritage

Impact Assessment (including Cultural
Impact Assessment)
ii) Building Plan Approval (along with

Dilapidation Survey Report if heritage
building is part of site)
Refer to Chapter 2 for further details
Height of
infill and
replacement
sites within a
row of heritage
buildings to
follow the
height of
lower adjacent
building
Figure 6.7: Development of inf ll and replacement sites within a row of heritage buildings

6.3.7 Dilapidation Survey Report
If there is both a building for replacement

and a heritage building on the same site,
a dilapidation survey report is required for
the heritage building. The MPPP Heritage
Unit will be able to advise.
6.3.8 Permitted height
The height of compatible Replacement

development within the World Heritage
Site is dependant on the height of the
lower adjacent heritage building (Figure Figure 6.8: Compatible Inf ll within a row of heritage buildings
6.6 and 6.7)
Replacement sites without adjacent

heritage buildings, within the WHS, may
be built to a maximum of 18 from ground
level to roof EAVE, subject to the HIA
reports.
6.3.9 Facade Guidelines for

Compatible Inf ll Within a Row of
Heritage Buildings
The facade composition of compatible Inf ll

development must respect the scale and
rhythm of it's surrounding buildings. Inf ll
sites within a row of heritage buildings are Figure 6.9: Facade to correspond to the number of bays of
its neighbouring building
subject to these facade guidelines:
i) The inf ll development must

correspond to the number of bays of
its neighbouring building (Figure 6.9),
or
ii) The number of bays to correspond

to the typical width of the bays of its
neighbouring buildings (Figure 6.10),
or
iii) The reconstruction of the original built

fabric following research conducted
i.e through historical maps, old
photographs, etc
Figure 6.10: Facade to correspond to the typical width of the
bays of its neighbouring buildings

6.4 Guidelines for Compatible Development (Inf ll and
Replacement)
External 1.0 Roof
1.1 Roof form & f nish A pitched roof to follow the gradient and roof form of Roof ng material shall be unglazed,
the adjacent heritage buildings, if in a shophouse row, natural clay following the traditional
or neighbouring heritage buildings if in other areas. prof le of adjacent heritage buildings
A f at roof – for new buildings Is permitted if used as a green roof

1.2 Projection garden. After f rst air-well and subject
to HIA
1.3 Skylight The eave line of the front roof, method of construction ---
and gutter shall be in line with adjacent heritage
building.
Skylights on inf ll building adjacent to heritage Sky light is not permitted

buildings
1.4 Jack roof Jack roof on inf ll building adjacent to heritage Permitted if the inf ll is part of a row that
buildings already has a jack roof to match with
adjacent heritage building.
1.5 Dormer window Dormer window on inf ll building adjacent to heritage Dormer window not permitted
buildings
2.0 Street Façade

2.1 Front Façade & side a) Within a row of heritage buildings - the solid & void Surface materials, f nishes, texture,
expression of adjacent conservation building may be colour etc shall be compatible with that
used as a guide in the design of the façade & with of the adjacent heritage building.
emphasis on the vertical & horizontal elements.
b) On a corner site - The corner inf ll building shall ref ect

the design of a corner heritage building.
c) The height of f oors shall be coordinated & in parallel

with the f oor height of adjacent heritage building. In
accordance with the TCP Act
2.2 Five footway/

verandah way a) A f ve-footway -covered walkway shall be provided Floor f nishes & colour shall match
on the ground f oor at the frontage of the building and the material used in adjacent heritage
also along the street facade of corner building. The buildings, if authentic.
width, height & level of the walkway shall match that of
adjoining walkway when the inf ll is in a row of existing
heritage building

2.2 Five-foot-way cont. b) Where there is no adjoining walkway, for example ---
some areas of Beach Street where the heritage
buildings front the pavement without a verandah, the
design should follow, the adjacent heritage buildings.
c) For new inf ll / replacement buildings adjacent to ---

heritage buildings the f ve-foot-way width should
match the existing heritage building width.
d) The front façade of the new inf ll/ replacement should ---
follow alignment of adjacent buildings.
e) Where it is not possible to match the walkway level ---

of adjacent building, a ramp in compliance with
the requirements of relevant departments shall be
provided.
f) The provision of colonnaded covered walkway is ---

subject to evaluation. The size & spacing of the
columns shall take cognizance of the existing
character of the colonnaded covered walkway of the
street blocks in the vicinity.
3.0 Rear Façade
Compatibility in terms of materials, f nish, texture, The use of clear or light tinted glass for
prof le & design with adjacent heritage buildings is openings is preferable.
encouraged.
If the rear façade overlooks a Category I building,

the features should match those of the Category IIA
neighbours.
4.0 Party Wall
4.1 Gable ends The new building shall not obstruct the original raised ---
gable wall / party wall (of artistic merit) of adjacent
heritage buildings.

4.2 Party wall structure The existing structural integrity of an adjoining ---
heritage building must not be compromised, nor have
damage caused by the inf ll development.
If the party wall is load-bearing brickwork and it is to The materials used in the conservation
be part of the new inf ll structure, and of the party wall should be compatible
If new support structure is to be introduced for the inf ll with those traditionally used. This will
development: avoid damage to the interior of the
adjacent property and the load bearing
walls
e.g. – Lime mortar, Lime plaster, Lime
wash or breathable paint (silicate)
5.0 Canopy
The canopy is to follow traditional form. Materials of timber frame & roof ng
similar to that of the main roof is
encouraged while the use of modern
rigid & colourful canopies may deem
inappropriate.
Traditional canopy corbels and timber structure --

on a neighbouring building should be followed if
appropriate.
6.0 Signage / advertising In compliance with guidelines for the

World Heritage Site
Signage shall be designed & installed according to the
regulations for display of signage (See Chapter 7).
7.0 Security
Security & protection measures appropriate to the risk ---

are generally acceptable provided that it is visually
discreet in design & colour & place in an unobtrusive
position.
INTERNAL 8.0 Basements

Due to swamp conditions and high ground water Basement is not recommended.
basements were not part of heritage buildings design. However, a basement may be allowed in
certain cases subject to site conditions,
& provided it does not affect the
structural stability of adjacent heritage
buildings.

9.0 Airwells
Provision of air well(s) is subject to neighbouring ---

building prof le, street characteristic and the length of
building.
The size & positioning of air well to follow the original ---
air well of adjacent heritage buildings (if any).
A f at moveable / f xed roof cover over the air well is Light weight transparent or translucent
allowed & the height of the cover shall be lower than roof covering is preferable
the eave of the main roof.
Floor drainage for the open air-well must be ---

considered in the overall design.
10.0 Mechanical and Electrical
10.1 Exhaust fan Exhaust fan shall be placed at rear façade facing the Any material. Metal vents are preferably
rear court / back lane. anodized or colour coated
10.2 Conduits & All other utility & conduit pipes except for rainwater ---
Pipes down pipes shall not run on the surface of the external
front wall.
Rainwater down pipes shall lead directly into drains. ---

10.3 Air-condensing
units Outdoor air-condensing units shall be located such ---
that they are least visible form the exterior.
Water cooling towers to be away from moisture ---

absorbing heritage buildings
10.4 Lift shaft Lifts are to be found in many heritage buildings – Lift shaft not permitted to project above
original Waygood – Otis lifts installed in George Town roof, or be visible from any angle from
Dispensary, Public Bank, Lim Leang Teng Mansions the street. Motor room less lifts are
and many others, none projected above the roof. recommended
New lifts installed in heritage buildings, do not project
above the roof.
10.5 Water tanks Water tanks need to be concealed and screened Not to be visible above roof
10.6 TV dishes Satellite dishes on front façade or side if corner ---

building –
10.7 Cell phone towers Cell phone towers etc on roof tops or gantries on the Not to be visible from the street
side of buildings

7 Signage and Lighting
7.1 General Guideline
of Signage &
Advertisement
The traditional signage seen on heritage
displays a character unique to the
origins of the island’s population and
their heritage. It demonstrates the skills
of the craftsmen; the wood carvers, the
plasterers and lantern makers and should
be protected, conserved and encouraged
to be used, in both new-use and
conservation of heritage buildings.
Because of the special interest of the

heritage buildings and the conservation
area, advertisements which may have a
signif cant visual impact are not permitted
for display on heritage buildings and in the
conservation area.
Buildings are often covered in two

types of signage or advertising.
● Business Signage - giving the name

of the shop/business
● Product Advertising – showing the

product sold from the premises
All signages must be carefully located

to avoid obscuring the heritage building,
and blocking light and ventilation into
the rooms. Advertisement on business
premises, must refer to either or both of
the following:
i) the business carried on at the

premises; and
ii) the name and qualif cation of the

person operating it

Other Traditional Signage
These signage devices are encouraged:
i) Stonework
Incised stonework (such as the f gures
of the year in which the building was
completed or opened, the name of the
building or that of its occupants), embossed
lettering, emblems and logos, which is
incorporated in the fabric of a building is
permitted and shall be preserved.
ii) 3D Individual Letters in Metal

The Early Modern style of architecture
(m) saw the use of three-dimensional letters,
often bronze, as part of the overall design
on the façade. These were not internally
illuminated.
iii) Bamboo Chicks

Bamboo Chicks – blinds- are often used
(n) as a sun-shading device. For a commercial
Figure 7.1: Location and size of traditional shophouse premises these are ideal places to advertise
signage the business, otherwise hidden behind the
shade.
7.2 Guidelines on
Traditional Shophouse
Signage
In a traditional shopfront original space for
name plaques or signboards should be
utilised to the fullest for signage purposes.
i) The width (m) of the name plaque or

signboard shall not be more than the
width of the door and its height shall
be half or less than the width of the
door (n) (Gigure 7.1)
ii) Distinctive features of a traditional

shopfront such as relief motifs,
ornaments, vents, fanlights, relief
carvings on timber doors or windows
and special f nishes shall not be
covered by the signage
Figure 7.2: Samples of traditional building signage

7.3 Guidelines on Business
Signage
i) Horizontal advertisement display shall
conform within the central section of
the spandrel - or low wall - of the f rst
f oor of the premise / unit.
ii) As per Figure 7.3, the height of

advertisement display is determined
by depth (h). Length of advertisement
display is determined by width (w).
iii) If it cannot be displayed, it is

permissible below the f oor beam
provided there is a minimum clear
height of 2.5 meters. as per Figure
7.4
(w)
2.5m
Figure 7.3: Permitted positions of business signage/ Figure 7.4: Permitted positions of business signage/
advertisement on the spandrel / low wall advertisement on shophouse without low wall

Performance Criteria for Façade Performance Criteria for

Advertisement/ Sign Boards Projecting Advertisement/ Sign
Boards
1. Advertisement display shall not obscure or
obstruct any window or ventilation opening 1. Advertisement display must be aff xed so
on the wall of a building; that any part of it must have a minimum
clear height of 3.7 metres from the street-
2. Placing of horizontal advertisement display way (Refer Figure 7.5);
is prohibited above and beneath roof eave;
2. Projecting advertisement display may only
3. Advertisement display shall not project be aff xed on end columns;
beyond 0.5 metres from the building;
3. No advertisement shall project more than
4. Placing of advertisement display on top of 0.8 metres from the façade of a building.
any decorative elements is not permitted; (Refer Figure 7.5);
5. Placing of advertisement display shall not 4. Projecting advertisement display of each

cover the silhouette of parapet. f oor shall conform within the f oor height;
5. Fixed projecting and hanging advertisement

shall be hung from a well-designed and
detailed metal bracket;
6. Projected box type casing advertisement

display is not permitted.
Traditional f at
signboards
panel signboard
were angled aw away
from the façade
to allow shutter
shutters
0.8m above to open
Signage
3.7m
3
3. 7m
7m ve-
in the f ve
footway
should
shou not
uld n
2.
2 5
5m
2.5m cover the
curve of the
arch. Figure 7.5: Permitted positions of business signage/
advertisement on a heritage building

Performance Criteria for Hanging Performance Criteria for Buildings
Advertisement / Sign Boards on a Corner Site with Two Road
Frontages
1. Hanging signs placed within the f ve-
foot-way should be within the clear width 1. Advertisement display on frontage and
between the column and entrance wall sidewall of the building is permitted subject
with minimum headroom clearance of 2.5 to compliance with the dimension and
metres (Refer Figure 7.5) ; design specif ed in these guidelines;
2. Hanging signs placed above the arch of 2. Advertisement display may be erected on
f ve-foot-way should not extend below the each frontage;
arch level;
3. Only one advertisement may be displayed
3. Hanging sign placed below the arch must on each road frontage;
have minimum headroom clearance of
2.5m. 4. On the f rst frontage a main advertisement
board may be displayed as specif ed in
these guidelines;
5. On the second wall entrance,

advertisement board shall not exceed the
Advertisement Display on
width of the entrance opening;
Sidewall
6. Not more than one advertisement parallel
1. Advertisement display attached to the
to a wall and one projecting at right angles
sidewall of heritage a building is not
from such a wall.
permitted;
2. Advertisement display attached to

the sidewall of contemporary inf ll or
replacement building will be considered Performance Criteria for
based on merit; Advertisement on Columns
3. Advertisement display, which protrudes 1. Advertisement shall not be displayed on

above the roof ine, is not permitted; columns without the approval of MPPP.
4. Wall mounted poster panels erected on the

walls of a building is not permitted.

Advertisement on Rooftop
1. Rooftop advertisement display is not

permitted on all buildings within the WHS.

7.4 Guidelines on 7.5.1 Possible Light arrangements:

Lighting of Signage & ● Strings of light bulbs attached to a
Advertisement building e.g. around windows and
cornices etc, is not permitted.
i) Passive Lighting : Spotlights or
● Spot lighting on the building should be
back illumination of advertisement is
kept to a minimum, subject to approval
permitted. The lighting f xtures shall not
on a case-by-case basis.
be intrusive or obtrusive in nature to the
whole building and shall be kept to the
● Flood lighting of buildings should
minimum.
be unobtrusive and set within the
landscape, not attached to the building.
ii) Light f ttings for signage shall be
discreet and have concealed cables and
● Floodlighting of buildings must be
gear.
natural white colour.
7.5 Guidelines on Lighting

of Heritage Buildings
i) Illuminating heritage buildings must be
carried out with extreme care, to avoid
both ugly and damaging installations.
ii) Drilling of holes through walls in order to

provide power supply, and the f xing of
light f ttings, all causes damage to the
heritage buildings and should be kept to
a minimum.
iii) Once installed and running, the heat

build up from lights placed too close to
the building is likely to cause damage.
Lighting should be considered with this
in mind.
iv) Traditionally the lighting would have

been at the ground f oor entrance, under
the f ve-foot-way of a shophouse or
porch of a bungalow, and internally in
shop windows.
vi) Static and rotational colour lighting is

not permitted.

ANNEXURE C
Heritage Buildings Form and Styles

in George Town World Heritage Site
Contents
ANNEXURE C:
HERITAGES BUILDINGS OF GEORGETOWN WHS
1. Introduction 1
2. Shophouse 2
3. Bungalow
3.1 Early Penang Bungalow 13
3.2 Early Straits Eclectic Bungalow 14
3.3 Late Straits Eclectic Bungalow 15
3.4 Straits Art-Deco Bungalow 16
3.5 Art-Deco Modern Bungalow 17
4. Residential Blocks
4.1 Art-Deco Residential Block 18
4.2 Art-Deco Modern Residential Block 19
4.3 Art and Craft Residential Block 20
4.4 Early Modern Residential Block 21
5. Godown 22
6. Building of Commerce and Trade

6.1 Straits Classic 24
6.2 Straits Art-Deco 24
6.3 Art-Deco 25
7. Administration
7.1 Fort Cornwallis 26
7.2 Anglo Indian 27
7.3 Early Straits Eclectic 27
7.4 Straits Baroque 28
7.5 Early Modern 28
8. Places of Worship
8.1 Mosque 29
8.2 Chinese Temple 29
8.3 Hindu Temple 30
8.4 Church 30
8. Jetties 31
ANNEXURE C : HERITAGE BUILDINGS OF GEORGE TOWN 1
Annexure C
Heritage Buildings of George Town
1.0 Introduction
Although the Malay bungalow was the "Turning the eye southward, Georgetown
earliest built form on the Island, and its
and the harbour are seen. The various
inf uence can be seen in the evolution of
the bungalow architecture, this chapter styles in the construction of habitations
begins with an analysis of the building
of this small town have a strange effect-
form that dominates both Melaka and
George Town, the heritage cities on the the European house, the Hindoo [sic]
Straits of Malacca now listed as World
bungalow, the Malay cottage, the Chinese
Heritage Sites. This form is that of the
‘Shophouse’ which line the streets of the dwelling and the Burman hut are mingled
urban cultural landscapes.
together without regularity and apparently
Researchers to date have worked hard without plan, the f rst settlers having each
to analyse the inf uences and styles that
built his residence according to the custom
these shophouses took on (Figure C1). It
is this analysis that has been transferred of the country… These various modes
onto other built forms and is used to
of building, by exhibiting the strongest
describe the styles in which they too were
built. contrast, add considerably to the beauty of
the picture."
James Wathen, Journal of a Voyage in 1811 and 1812 to

Madras and China, 1811 page 146
Figure C1: Architectural styles of shophouses

2 ANNEXURE C : HERITAGE BUILDINGS OF GEORGE TOWN
When the same descriptions are used for

2.0 Shophouse
other forms, the historic time line begins to
The shophouse is an urban building form
evolve. There is still much research work
that dominates the built cultural landscape
to be done in this area, but for now, this
of both Melaka and George Town. Built in
document presents the heritage buildings
rows with shared party walls, they were
in groups of building form as listed below.
used as family dwellings (and ancestral
worship), stores, commercial premises and
2.0 Shophouses
mixed use of commercial with the family or
3.0 Bungalows
workers living above.
4.0 Residential Blocks
5.0 Godowns
They were simple in their design, thick
6.0 Buildings of Commerce and Trade
brick walls kept out the mid-day sun.
7.0 Buildings of Administration
Lime plastered walls and terracotta f oors
8.0 Places of Worship
dispersed the cool moisture from the
9.0 Jetties
swamps beneath, whilst louvred shutters
kept out the glaring sun and allow cooling
Within the section on each form or building
breezes to take away the warmer air.
type, there are also visual descriptions
of each architectural style. As research
The earlier shophouses, and later terrace
continues more collections of images
town houses, were small, just one pitched
will be assembled of other architectural
roof with a kitchen at the back under a
forms – the car showroom, the hotels, the
single-storey terrace, surrounding and
cinemas for example.
open air-well which took away the heat
from the charcoal f red stoves.
Figure C2: The urban form of shophouse streets

Architecture without architect – Architecture with architect –

the age or the artisan and natural the age of the architect and
materials industrial imports
Figure C3: The shophouse styles, pre-architect and post-architect
As more land was cleared and the wealth

and needs of the owners grew, the
shophouses became longer, separating
each pitch roof with an air-well, to help
cool and ventilate the building. Originally
built and used by migrant Indian and later
Chinese populations, they brought with
them the inf uences from their homelands.
By the 1900s the European architectural

and engineering professionals began to
migrate from Singapore, Ceylon, India and
later Shanghai and Hong Kong, bringing
with them new technologies and building
forms.
Owners of traditional shophouses, eager

to adapt to modern styles, began to
refashion their facades in the latest styles,
whilst the strict hierarchical use of space
within the shophouse remained.
The following pages describe the timeline

of the six main shophouse styles in Penag
Figure C4: A section through the shophouse showing
internal conf gurations and structure anGeorge Town, and their characteristics
and features.

This diagram describes the timeline of the

shophouse styles in George Town, in relation to
important events globally as well as pertaining to
the region and the establishment of Malaysia as
an independant nation. The table also traces the
introduction of new materials in George Town
and the ideology of the constructors.
The eclecticism of the architecture of the

shophouses can be contributed to the migrant
Indian and Chinese builders, who brought with
them the inf uences from their homelands.
By the 1900s the European architectural and

engineering professionals came to George
Town and brought with them new technologies
and building forms in f uenced from the western
architecture movement.

FIGURE C5
3.06Timeline
TimelineofofShophouse
ShophouseStyles
StylesininGeorge
PenangTown







3.0 Bungalow
"The lowlands of Penang being Before, Johnson arrived on Prince of
liable to inundation in the rainy Wales Island to write his descriptions
above, and indeed before Sir Francis
season, the houses of the
Light established the East India Company
Europeans are all elevated from Settlement, there were at least 2,000
the ground, eight of ten feet, or Malays living in the Datuk Keramat Area of
arches or pillars. They seldom the Island.
consist of more than one f oor, Their typical buildings form clearly
are built of wood and thatched inf uenced that of the Europeans, as
over with leaves of trees, &c., the described above, and that of the Chinese
miller, contractor and entrepreneur Loh
roofs resembling those of cottages
Amee – whose bungalow artist and
in England, having the eaves voyager James Wathen illustrates in 1811
projecting owner the verandahs in (right).
order to throw off the rain into the
The Malayan bungalow was ideally suited
areas. They are all detached from to the swampy ground thus became the
each other, and surrounded with building form of the urban Malays, the
gardens, and trees of various kinds, Europeans and later the suburban elite.
that defend them a great degree

from the sun."
J Johnson Esq., Feb 1805, The Oriental Voyager
Figure C12: The Early Penang bungalow as depicted by James Wathen in 1811

3.1 Early Penang Bungalow
Beautiful bungalow, similar to those

found in Bangkok, that were built for the
Achenese Settlers – sometimes called
Indo Malay Style.
The period of "Early Penang
Bungalows" in reference to the
shophouse styles of the same
period
Figure C13: Plan of the brick walls of the

ground f oor of the bungalow, – creating cool
places below (from Kelly Map 1891-96). Note
the H-shaped plan internally.
Figure C14: Early Penang bungalow

3.2 Early Straits Eclectic Bungalow
The Early Straits Eclectic bungalow

ref ected the new wealth of the owners
who built with two f oors of masonry and
often a projecting porch. The full height
shutters on the upper f oor were separated In reference to the
into ‘door opening widths’ frames by a shophouse styles of
simple f at ‘keyhole' escutcheon type the same period
boarder.
Figure C15:
The f at ‘keyhole’
architrave
surrounding the
shutter fame,
complete with
keystone
Figure C15: Plan of the brick wall layout of the Bungalow

– complete with compound, Chinese Gate and out houses.
(from Kelly Map 1891-96)
Figure C16: The Early Straits Electic bungalow

3.3 Late Straits Eclectic Bungalow
3.3.1 Syed Alatas Mansion
As masons and plasters became more

skilled the bungalows became highly
decorated according to each culture – here In reference to the
we see a crescent and star of the Straits shophouse styles of
Muslims. The plan remained similar the same period
to that of the Early Penang Bungalow,
with the addition of the Porch or Porte
Cochere. The heavily moulded architrave
surrounding the shutter frame, complete
with keystone, and bands of plaster
decoration are typical of the Late Straits
Eclectic Style.
Figure C17:
The heavily
moulded
architrave
surrounding
the shutter
frame
Figure C18: Plan of the bungalow, with masonry

walls and columns, and the H-shaped plan.
The stair is in the bottom right corner, the same
as the Early Penang and Early Straits Eclectic Figure C19: Syed Alatas Mansion, a Late Straits Eclectic
bungalows. (Kelly Map 1891-93) bungalow

3.4 Straits-Art Deco Bungalow
Art Deco Style in its pure form was

introduced into George Town through the
car showroom and the Cinema.
Bungalows (and shophouses) of the In reference to the

Straits of Malacca created a wonderful shophouse styles of
mixture of Straits Eclectic and Art Deco the same period
that is only found in this region, hence the
name Straits Art Deco. Inf uences from
Europe brought the use of glass casement
windows and reinforced concrete.
The suburban Straits-Art Deco bungalow

still used lime plaster. Both glass windows
and timber louver shutters were used in
the design and the roof f nish used clay
V-shaped or U-shaped tiles. The gatepost
for this bungalow are later and show the
ultra modern Shanghai plaster f nish.
Figure C20: A Straits-Art Deco bungalow on Leith Street. An
open canopy with columns projects out in front of the house
and meets the driveway
Figure C21: A Straits-Art Deco bungalow

3.5 Art Deco-Modern Bungalow
There was a period in the architecture

of George Town when the Art Deco
style merged into the Early Modern
style, keeping elements of both styles in
the design. Suburban bungalows, and In reference to the
commercial buildings in George Town shophouse styles of
demonstrate this style best of all. the same period
The emphasis on the vertical lines of

the staircase tower ref ects the art Deco
elements. Use of Glass Blocks for light into Figure C22:
the central stairwell was typical. Steel casement
windows with aqua
The wrap-around corner windows, with coloured obscured
columns set back, lean more towards glass and decorative
modernism. Again this style is a fusion of wrought iron security
both and a move from Art Deco into pure grille demonstrates
Modernism. a mixture between
Art Deco and Early
Modern
Figure C23: An Art Deco-Modern bungalow

4.0 Residential Blocks

4.1 Art Deco Residential Block
Lim Leang Teng Mansion
The residential block came about in the In reference to the

1930s at the height of the rubber and shophouse styles of
tin boom. The f rst such block – the Lim the same period
Leang Teng Mansion below included
studio and three bedroom apartments
on the upper f oors, and commercial
accommodation on the ground f oor. New
technologies such as RC construction
offered new opportunities to build
taller. Lim Leang Teng was built for the
wealthier members of society, but walk-up
residential blocks were built from many
different socio-economic groups.
Figure C24:
Decorative corner to top
f oor parapet wall rich in
Egyptian motifs, typical of
Art Deco Style
Figure C25: The Lim Leang Teng Mansion, an Art Deco residential block with commercial level on ground f oor

4.2 Art Deco-Modern Residential
Block
4.2.1 21 Lebuh Light
These walk-up residential apartments

were originally built as two f oors above a In reference to the
commercial lower f oor. Each atair well was shophouse styles of
ventilated and the ‘towers’ rose above the the same period
f at roof parapet. The metal-framed glass
windows appear to wrap around the corner
(a Modern feature), but the expression of
vertical structure (an Art Deco feature) is
still visible in between.
Figure C26:
Precast concrete
ventilation grill
in Art Deco
‘Chevron‘ pattern.
Figure C27: Art Deco-Modern residential block

4.3 Arts and Craft Residential Block
4.3.1 1, 1e, 1f Lebuh Buckingham
This walk-up residential block, consists

of a commercial ground f oor and two
f oors of apartments. These represent the
‘Arts and Craft’ movement, with Spanish
inf uenced arches into the f ve-footway and
doorways, and timber windows with both
louvres and glass panes. This building
also features a mixture of exposed fair-
faced brickwork and lime plaster, in
addition to precast air-vent 'Chevron' detail
to the stairwells.
Figure C28: Spanish inf uenced arches along the

f ve-footway
Figure C29: An Arts and Craft residential block on Lebuh Buckingham

4.4 Early Modern Residential Block
4.4.1 Fire Brigade Quarters
This is a walk-up residential block for

government f remen fashioned after the
Federal Style of government buildings In reference to the
in Malaysia. The open corridor brought shophouse styles of
the f ve-footway back, providing shade the same period
and community connection. The vertical
columns also became f ns for shade, and
the angled columns (piloti) to the ground
f oor added a playful touch. This design
worked with the climate to create greater
living comfort.
4.4.2 People's Court
People's Court is a series of walk-up

residential blocks with commercial ground
f oors and three f oors of apartments.
Each block features an end stairwell

for good ventilation, open corridor f ve-
footway for circulation, and a playful inset
balcony with ventilation block wall on the Figure C30: The f re brigade quarters on Gat Lebuh Chulia
main façade creating a checkerboard look.
Figure C31: People's Court

5.0 Godowns
Godowns or warehouses were probably
the f rst buildings seen along the coastline
looking from ship to the Eastern shore.
They were the emblem of the transhipment
trade, for storage and safekeeping of
goods from around the region and further
af eld on which fortunes would be made.
In 1801 when Leith encouraged the

building on the reclaimed mud f at
of Beach Street, reclamation began Figure C32: The godowns as depicted by James Wathen in
1811
in earnest for godowns and the
administrative off ces of the trading
companies. Even as early as the 1811
images by Wathen shows, the godowns
were of solid brick construction. These
buildings began to spread further
and further out into the sea, until the
Administration of the day decided to build
Weld Quay as the f nal line of reclamation.
The godowns continued to stretch huge

lengths from Beach Street to Weld Quay
until the 1920s when Victoria Street was
built and cut many of them in half.
The godowns have been added too, cut

in half and changed as new technologies
have been introduced over the years.
Once a neglected building form, it is now

becoming appreciated as current research Figure C33: The 1877 map above shows the reclamation
is revealing buildings and techniques of works for the construction of Godowns. The Godowns were
great interest. This research will continue. constructed of solid brick work with later addition of 1880s
cast iron columns and timber gallery to f rst f oor.

Figure C34: Traditional cobbled pathways from Pengkalan

Weld to Lebuh Pantai, once pounded by the feet of coolies
and labourers - for the loading and off oading of cargo of the
vibrant trans shipment port. These pathways support the local
OUV of the site.
Figure C35: A brick godown with terracotta roof

6.0 Buildings of Commerce

and Trade
The inf ux of European architects
and engineers matched the growth
of commerce and the design to build
prestigious buildings. They took on a
more European / Colonial appearance,
seen from Calcutta to Canton. Some were
built new and others ‘grew’ out of existing
shophouse architecture.
6.1 Straits Classical
6.1.1 RBS Bank, 9 Lebuh Pantai
This building features Classical

architectural elements, such as the
symmetrical pediment columns and
archways. However, it has a tower to one
side, f ve-footways for the tropical climate
and originally a Chinese temple tile roof,
suggesting a further eclectic style.
Figure C36: 9 Lebuh Pantai, a Straits Classical building of

commerce for the RBS bank
6.2 Straits-Art Deco
6.2.1 George Town Dispensery,
This building features Classical

architectural elements mixed with other
features, notably a pitched roof and
f ve-footway for the tropical climate and
Marseilles tiled roof on a truss system..
The Chamfered corner and broken
pediment are playful rearrangements of
classical design elements. It has
Figure C37: George Town Dispensery

6.3 Art Deco
6.3.1 28, 30 Lebuh Pantai
A 1938 Art Deco façade using Shanghai

plaster f nish, steel framed casement and
top hung windows, and simple lines with
emphasis on the vertical using f agpole to
emphasise the central stair well.
Internal building is a 1880s brick and lime

mortar/ plaster three-storey shophouse of
the late straits eclectic style.
Built for OCBC as a bank and off ce

chambers. This building does not feature
a f ve-footway.
Figure C38: An Art Deco building built for OCBC Bank

7.0 Administration
The buildings of Administration began
with the building of Fort Cornwallis, shortly
after the arrival of the East India Company
in 1786. Early buildings took reference
directly from the urban layout and
building works of Calcutta and Madras,
following the architectural styles favoured
by the East India Company engineers.
When the administration changed from
that of a trading company to that of a
colonial administration, the Public Works
Department recruited engineers and
assistant architect from the homeland,
Britain. Many of these building stand
today and are considered under Category
I. Research is ongoing. Figure C40: 1877 map showing Fort Cornwallis
7.1 Fort Cornwallis
As the biggest and the most intact fort Early survey maps, old photographs and
in Malaysia, the Fort Cornwallis was historical records of the Fort Cornwallis
originally built with a nibong (palm trunk) have shown that the star-shaped fort
stockade with no permanent structures. In was packed with buildings and structures
1804, the fort was rebuilt with bricks and including military barracks and off ces as
stones by Indian convict labour during well as a gunpowder magazine, a chapel,
Colonel R.T. Farquhar’s term as Governor a harbour light, f agstaff, cannons, cell
of Penang. The Fort Cornwallis was rooms, a store and guard houses; some
later completed in 1810 during Norman of which still survived and are structurally
Macalister’s term as Governor of Penang. sound. A moat of 9m wide and 2m deep
was built around the fort. However, due
to the malaria epidemic in the 1920’s, the
moat had been f lled in. The harbour light
was used to signal incoming ships whilst
the f agstaff was used to announce the
arrival of mail ships or the decent of the
Governor and other dignitaries from the
Penang Hill.
Figure C39: Fort Cornwallis

7.2 Anglo Indian
7.2.1 Penang State Assembly Building
The E-shaped plan and Tuscan columns

supporting triangular pediments are typical
of courthouse architecture. Constructed
from clay bricks, lime mortar and lime
plaster load-bearing walls, the Penang
State Assembly feature timber doors with
open ventilation fanlights above.
Figure C41: Penang State Assembly Building

7.3 Early Straits Eclectic
7.3.1 Penang High Court
The Penang High Court building Library

is designed in 1901 and commenced
construction in 1905 by the Public Works
Department. Constructed from clay bricks,
lime mortar and lime plaster load-bearing
walls. Originally the walkways between
the courts on the f rst f oor were open
verandahs. The projecting upper rooms
below the triangular pediments were also
open, but later timber louvres were added.
Figure C42: Supreme Court and Library

7.4 Straits Baroque
7.4.1 City Hall
Constructed in 1903 from clay bricks, lime

mortar and lime plaster load-bearing walls
and possibly reinforced concrete structure,
the original design of the CIty Hall was
intended to have open galleries on both
f oors. Today, the timber framed, glazed
windows of the projecting wings have been
copied for the f lling in of the once open
galleries. Figure C43: City Hall
7.5 Early Modern
7.5.1 Bangunan Tuanku Syed Putra
The reinforced concrete construction

building appears to be f oating above the
long single storey podium building and
screened by tall three dimensional vertical
louvres.
Set back from the grid of sunshading is a

wall of clear and coloured glass panels in
Figure C44: Bangunan Tuanku Syed Putra
red and yellow, a palette reminiscent of
the De Stijl movement. The rear and side
elevations expresses the vertical columns
and horizontal beams with recessed inf ll
panels.

8.0 Places of Worship 8.2 Chinese Temple
At the heart of all the communities in 8.2.1 Kuan Yin Temple

George Town are their places of worship.
Each building has a distinct style relevant Kuan Yin Teng, or Temple of the Goddess
to the community and cultures for who of Mercy, is one of the most important
it was dedicated. On these following temples in Penang. Off cially known as
pages is a collection of a few main sites Kong Hock Keong, it is located along Jalan
and a brief description. As centres of Masjid Kapitan Keling, formerly Pitt Street,
community as well as examples of unique and is one of the oldest Chinese temples
architectural styles they are identif ed as in George Town. The temple's architecture
Category I buildings. take reference from the Souther Chinese
temple architecture from Fujian. The Kuan
8.1 Mosque Yin Teng continues to be one of the most
popular temples among the Chinese taoist
8.3.1 Kapitan Keling Mosque community of Penang, and throngs come
to worship here, especially on Temple
The Kapitan Keling Mosque along Jalan Days, which fall on the f rst and f fteenth of
Masjid Kapitan Keling was named after every lunar month, and on the Goddess of
Caudeer Mohudeen, the head of the Mercy’s feast days, which are on the 19th
Indian Muslim community credited to day of the 2nd, 6th and 9th month of the
have built it around 1800. The name lunar calendar.
"Kapitan Keling" is used to denote the
headman or leader of the South Indian
Muslim community. He was the f rst
Superintendent of the mosque, and
brought in builders and materials from
India. The mosque was remodelled in
the year 1916 to its present appearance.
The exterior is ochre yellowed while the
interior had white marble f oors and a high
ceiling. The interior aisles are formed by a
series of horseshoe arches, crowned with
King Edward's plaques. The façade of the
building and its interior were decorated
with geometric designs.
Figure C46: Kuan Yin Temple
Figure C45: Kapitan Kling Mosque

8.3 Hindu Temple 8.4 Church
8.3.1 Sri Mahamariamman Temple 8.4.1 St. George's Church
Situated at Lebuh Queen, Sri St. George's Church is one of the oldest
Mahamariamman Temple was built in Anglican Church in Southeast Asia, built
accordance with the saiva agamas with an in 1816 with the help of the EIC during
antechamber, a hall, circumambient dome, Colonel J. A. Bannerman's term as British
surrounding walls and an entrance. The Governor of Penang. It features a Grecian
complexity of Hindu mythology is ref ected columns and pediments on its front facade,
in the sculpture gopuram, which is over and a rotunda across the main building.
23 feet high and features 38 statues The brick structure has a solid plastered
of gods and goddesses and for swans stone base, a gable shaped roof for the
over the entrance. It is from this temple tropical climate, and an octogonal-shaped
that the Navarathri procession starts steeple.
every year. Built in 1833, this temple is
dedicated to the Hindu goddess Sri Maha
Mariamman. Historically, it catered to the
tamil community of traders and stevedores
originating from South India.
Figure C48: St. George's Church
Figure C47: Sri Mahamariamman Temple

9.0 Jetties
Pointing out like f ngers into the sea in a
f shbone layout, each of the clan jetties
represent a major Chinese family clan
name. Built on stilts over the water, these
jetties have existed for almost a century.
Although the architecture has evolved and
new materials have been used to build the
houses, the general construction method
remains the same. These include timber
f oors, walls, either vertical or horizontal
Figure C49 : An impression of the Clan Jetties
ship-lap planking and in some cases still
an attap (thatched) roof.
There are six jetties in George Town WHS:

Lim, Chew, Yeoh, Lee, Tan and a mixed
clan jetty.
Figure C50 : Lee Jetty
Figure C51 : Tan Jetty

mgmt1223 2011 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

mgmt1223 2011 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

mgmt1223 2011 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT PLAN

AND SPECIAL AREA PLAN

2. Description of the Property

3. The History and Development of The Straits of Malacca

6. Vision and Conservation Principles

7. Management Strategies and Actions

8. Management and Implementation Mechanism for WHS

9. Incentives and Funding for the World Heritage Site

2. Managing the use of Land and Building

3. Protecting Built Cultural Heritage

4. Protecting Vistas, Enclaves and Streetscape

5. Enhancing Public Realm

6. Managing Circulation and Access

7. Improving Urban Infrastructure

2. Managing the use of Land and Building

3. Protecting the Built Cultural Heritage

4. Protecting Vistas, Enclaves and Streetscape

5. Enhancing Public Realm

6. Managing Circulation and Access

7. Improving Urban Infrastructure

1.2 The Need for A WHS

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

1.2.2 The preparation of a special area plan is

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

1. To formulate the vision and policies 7. To prepare planning controls, regulations

3. To review the existing site management 9. To formulate guidelines on traffic

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

1.4.2 Consultations were also undertaken

1.4.4 The CMP that is presented here has

1.4.5 Further public consultations would be

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

1.5 User of the Plan 1.6 Monitoring of the Plan

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

1.7 Reviewing the Plan 1.8 Structure of the

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

Figure 2.1: Map showing location of Melaka and George

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

areas: First is St. Paul’s Hill Civic Zone

Longitude 20 10’ 36.3929” N,

The site corresponds to the oldest part

2.2.3 Core Zone: 45.3 hectares (15.7%)

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

1020 15’ 48.06”

20 10’ 36.3929” Longitude

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

2.3 Justification Changes

TOTAL CORE AND BUFFER AREA 172.65 hectare

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

TOTAL CORE AND BUFFER AREA 288.10 hectares

Figure 2.6 : Proposed Amendment Boundary

Table 2.1 : Inscribed Boundary vs Proposed Amendment Boundary

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

Figure 2.8 : Bukit China Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

Melaka River Mouth 2 This is to protect the river mouth from

Figure 2.9 : Melaka River Mouth Inscribed Boundary (Buffer Zone)

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .

Melaka and George Town . Historic Cities of the Straits of Malacca .